United States

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 10-K

 

x

Annual Report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015

¨

Transition report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

for the transition period from                      to                      .

Commission File Number: 0-16195

 

II-VI INCORPORATED

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

PENNSYLVANIA

 

25-1214948

(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

 

 

375 Saxonburg Boulevard
Saxonburg, PA

 

16056

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

(Zip code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: 724-352-4455

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of Each Class

 

Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered

Common Stock, no par value

 

Nasdaq Global Select Market

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes   x     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act.     Yes   ¨     No   x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.     Yes   x     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).     Yes   x     No    ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.    x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definition of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer

x

 

 

Accelerated filer

 

¨

 

Non-accelerated filer

¨

(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

 

Smaller reporting company

 

¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).     Yes   ¨     No   x

Aggregate market value of outstanding Common Stock, no par value, held by non-affiliates of the Registrant at December 31, 2014, was approximately $798,334,460 based on the closing sale price reported on the Nasdaq Global Select Market. For purposes of this calculation only, directors and executive officers of the Registrant and their spouses are deemed to be affiliates of the Registrant.

Number of outstanding shares of Common Stock, no par value, at August 20, 2015, was 61,222,480.

 

 

 

 

 


 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the registrant’s definitive proxy statement, which will be issued in connection with the 2015 Annual Meeting of Shareholders of II-VI Incorporated, are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Forward-Looking Statements

This Annual Report on Form 10-K (including certain information incorporated herein by reference) contains forward-looking statements made pursuant to Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These statements can be identified as those that may predict, forecast, indicate or imply future results, performance or advancements and by forward-looking words such as “expects,” “anticipates,” “intends,” “plans,” “projects,” “believes,” “estimates” or similar expressions. Forward-looking statements address, among other things, our expectations, our growth strategies, our efforts to increase bookings, sales and revenues, projections of our future profitability, results of operations, capital expenditures, our financial condition or other “forward-looking” information and include statements about revenues, earnings, spending, margins, costs or our actions, plans or strategies.

The forward-looking statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K involve risks and uncertainties, which could cause actual results, performance or trends to differ materially from those expressed in the forward-looking statements herein or in previous disclosures. II-VI Incorporated believes that all forward-looking statements made by it have a reasonable basis, but there can be no assurance that these expectations, beliefs or projections will actually occur or prove to be correct. Actual results could materially differ from such statements.

The following factors, among others, in some cases have affected and in the future could affect our financial performance and actual results, and could cause actual results for fiscal 2016 and beyond to differ materially from those expressed or implied in any forward-looking statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K or otherwise made by our management:

·

Dependency on international sales and successful management of global operations,

·

Our ability to develop and market new products and processes,

·

Our ability to keep pace with key industry developments,

·

Our ability to successfully integrate and capitalize on newly acquired businesses,

·

Decline in the operating performance of a business segment resulting in impairment of the segment’s goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets,

·

Global economic and political uncertainties,

·

Our ability to protect our intellectual property,

·

Changes in or interpretations of U.S. and non-U.S. laws governing trade, funds flow, employment, social and property taxes and foreign investment,

·

Potential costs for violations of applicable environmental, health and safety laws and the costs of complying with governmental regulations,

·

Disruption of information and communication technologies, including outages or control breakdowns,

·

The future availability and prices of raw materials,

·

The use of defective or contaminated materials in our products which we may be unable to detect until deployment by customers,

·

Changes in defense spending and cancellation or changes in defense programs or initiatives,

·

Changes in tax rates, liabilities or accounting rules,

·

Competition in the markets that we serve,

·

Our ability to attract and retain key personnel,

·

The impact of natural disasters or other global or regional catastrophic events in our areas of operation,

·

Historically high cyclicality of our customers’ end markets,

·

Impact of commodity prices,

2


 

·

The fluctuation o f the price of our Common Stock, and

·

Provisions in our Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws, which may limit the price investors are willing to pay for our Common Stock.

The foregoing and additional risk factors are described in more detail herein under Item 1A. “Risk Factors”. In addition, we operate in a highly competitive and rapidly changing environment and therefore, new risk factors can arise. It is not possible for management to predict all such risk factors, assess the impact of all such risk factors on our business nor estimate the extent to which any individual risk factor, or combination of risk factors, may cause results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statement. The forward-looking statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K speak only as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We do not assume any obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or developments, or otherwise, except as may be required by the securities laws. We caution you not to rely on them unduly.

Investors should also be aware that while the Company does communicate with securities analysts, from time to time, such communications are conducted in accordance with applicable securities laws. Investors should not assume that the Company agrees with any statement or report issued by any analyst irrespective of the content of the statement or report.

 

 

 

3


 

PART I

 

Item 1.

BUSINESS

Introduction

II-VI Incorporated (“II-VI,” the “Company,” “we,” “us,” or “our”) was incorporated in Pennsylvania in 1971. Our executive offices are located at 375 Saxonburg Boulevard, Saxonburg, Pennsylvania 16056. Our telephone number is 724-352-4455. Reference to “II-VI,” the “Company,” “we,” “us,” or “our” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, unless the context requires otherwise, refers to II-VI Incorporated and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. The Company’s name is pronounced “Two Six Incorporated.” The majority of our revenues are attributable to the sale of engineered materials and opto-electronic components for industrial, military and medical laser applications, optical communications products, compound semiconductor substrate-based products and elements for material processing and refinement. Reference to “fiscal” or “fiscal year” means our fiscal year ended June 30 for the year referenced.

Effective July 1, 2014, the Company realigned its organizational structure into three reporting segments for the purpose of making operational decisions and assessing financial performance: (i) II-VI Laser Solutions, (ii) II-VI Photonics, and (iii) II-VI Performance Products. The segment information (revenue through operating income) for all periods presented in this document reflects the realigned segment organization.

·

The II-VI Laser Solutions segment contains the former Infrared Optics segment, the semiconductor laser portion of the former Active Optical Products segment (now II-VI Laser Enterprise), and smaller units of high-power laser technology from the former Near-Infrared Optics segment (now II-VI Suwtech) and the former Advanced Products Group segment (now II-VI Lasertech).

·

The II-VI Photonics segment contains the remaining majority of the former Near-Infrared Optics segment (now part of both II-VI Photop and II-VI Optical Communications) as well as the pump laser and optical amplifier businesses of the former Active Optical Products segment (now II-VI Optical Communications).

·

The II-VI Performance Products segment contains the former Military & Materials and the majority of the former Advanced Products Group segments.

In August 2013, the Company announced that its subsidiary, II-VI Performance Metals, a business in the II-VI Performance Products segment, would discontinue its tellurium product line. In addition, the Company downsized its selenium product line and now only provides selenium metal to the Company’s II-VI Laser Solutions segment, while maintaining production of its rare earth element. The Company’s goal was to provide a reliable supply of selenium for the Company’s internal needs while significantly decreasing write-downs and profit volatility associated with minor metal index pricing. Financial and operational data included herein for all periods presented reflects the presentation of the tellurium product line as a discontinued operation.

Our Internet address is www.ii-vi.com . Information contained on our website is not part of, and should not be construed as being incorporated by reference into, this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We post the following reports on our website as soon as reasonably practical after they are electronically filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”): our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, our Current Reports on Form 8-K, and any amendments to those reports or statements filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act. In addition, we post our proxy statements on

4


 

Schedule 14A related to our annual shareholders’ meetings as well as reports filed by our directors, officers and ten-percent beneficial owners pursuant to Section 16 of the Exchange Act. I n addition, all filings are available via the SEC’s website ( www.sec.gov ). We also make our corporate governance documents available on our website, including the Company’s Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, governance guidelines and the charters for var ious board committees. All such documents are located on the Investors page of our website and are available free of charge.

Information Regarding Market Segments and Foreign Operations

Financial data regarding our revenues, results of operations, industry segments and international sales for the three years ended June 30, 2015 are set forth in the Consolidated Statements of Earnings and in Note 11 to the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and are incorporated herein by reference. We also discuss certain Risk Factors set forth in Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K related to our foreign operations, which are incorporated herein by reference.

General Description of Business

We develop and manufacture engineered materials, opto-electronic components and products for precision use in industrial, optical communications, military, semiconductor and life science applications. We use advanced engineered material growth technologies coupled with proprietary high-precision fabrication, micro-assembly, thin-film coating and electronic integration to enable complex opto-electronic devices and modules. Our products are deployed in applications that we believe reduce costs and improve performance and reliability in a variety of applications, including:

·

Laser cutting, welding and marking operations,

·

Optical communication products,

·

Intelligence, surveillance and reconnaissance,

·

Semiconductor processing and tooling,

·

Medical procedures and

·

Thermo electric cooling and power generation solutions.

A key Company strategy is to develop and manufacture high performance materials that are differentiated from those produced by our competitors. We focus on providing critical components to the heart of our customers’ assembly lines for products serving the above noted applications.  

Our U.S. production and research and development operations are located in Pennsylvania, California, New Jersey, Texas, Mississippi, Massachusetts, Connecticut, Delaware, New York and Florida and our non-U.S. production operations are based in China, Singapore, Vietnam, the Philippines, Germany and Switzerland. We also utilize contract manufacturers in Thailand and China. In addition to sales offices at most of our manufacturing sites, we have sales and marketing subsidiaries in Hong Kong, Japan, Germany, China, Switzerland, Belgium, the United Kingdom (“U.K.”), Italy and South Korea. Approximately 63% of our revenues for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 were generated from sales to customers outside of the U.S.

Our Products

The main products for each of our markets are described as follows:

II-VI Laser Solutions Segment

II-VI Infrared Optics Group:

We supply a broad line of precision infrared opto-electronic components such as lenses, output couplers, windows, mirrors and scan-lenses for use in CO 2 lasers. Our precision opto-electronic components are used to attenuate the amount of laser energy, enhance the properties of the laser beam and focus and direct laser beams to a target work surface. The opto-electronic components include both reflective and transmissive optics and are made from materials such as zinc selenide, zinc sulfide, copper, silicon, gallium arsenide and germanium. Transmissive optics used with CO 2 lasers are predominately made from zinc selenide. We believe we are the largest manufacturer of zinc selenide in the world. We supply replacement optics to end users of CO 2 lasers. Over time, optics may become contaminated and must be replaced to maintain peak laser operations. This aftermarket portion of our business continues to grow as laser applications proliferate worldwide and the installed base of serviceable laser systems increases each year. We estimate that 85% to 90% of our infrared optics sales service this installed base of CO 2 laser systems. We serve the aftermarket via a combination of selling to OEMs and directly

5


 

to system end users.  We are also one of the leading producers of CVD Diamond substrates for applications including multi-spectral las er optics, dielectric windows, heat sinks, and other applications. Diamond is the ultimate material for a wide variety of applications because of its outstanding physical properties, including extreme hardness and strength, high thermal conductivity, low t hermal expansion, excellent dielectric properties, resistance to chemical attack, and optical transmission over a wide spectral range.

II-VI HIGHYAG Division:

Our broad expertise in laser technology, optics, sensor technology and laser applications enables us to supply a broad array of tools for laser materials processing, including modular laser processing heads for fiber lasers, YAG lasers and other one-micron laser systems. We also manufacture beam delivery systems including fiber optic cables and modular beam systems.

II-VI Laser Enterprise Division:

Our semiconductor laser diode products cover a broad wavelength from 750 nm to 1500 nm and varying optical output power ranges. The laser diode products are available as integrated modules with and without active cooling, fiber pigtails or assemblies.

II-VI Suwtech Division:

We supply high-power laser, green laser, narrow linewidth laser and Q-switched laser solutions for various applications, including laser leveling, range finding, bio-medical instrumentation, Raman spectroscopy, machine vision, laser entertainment and display, and digital printing.

II-VI Lasertech Division:

The need for industry to be able to process very hard materials is growing as more applications for materials such as CVD and PCD Diamond, Poly Crystalline Boron Nitride, and ultra-hard ceramics emerge. The laser cutting machines manufactured by II-VI Lasertech are specifically designed to cut, drill and etch these kinds of materials.

II-VI Photonics Segment

II-VI Photop Group:

We manufacture products across a broad spectral range in the visible and near-infrared wavelengths. We offer a wide variety of standard and custom laser gain materials, optics, optical components and optical module assemblies for optical communications, laser systems, and photonic applications in the medical, life science, industrial, scientific and research and development markets. Laser gain materials are produced to stringent industry specifications and precisely fabricated to customer specifications. Key materials and precision optical components for YAG, fiber lasers and other solid-state laser systems are an important part of our product offerings. We manufacture lenses, windows, prisms, mirrors, gratings, wave-plates, and polarizers for visible and near-infrared applications, which are used to control or alter visible or near-infrared energy and its polarization. In addition, we manufacture specialty coated glass wafers used as optical filters in the life science and optical communications markets, and coated windows used as debris shields in the industrial and medical laser aftermarkets. We offer fiber optics, micro optics and photonic crystal parts for optical communications, instrumentation and laser applications, optical components and modules for optical communication networks, as well as diode pumped solid-state laser devices for optical instruments, display and biotechnology.

II-VI Optical Communications Group:

We manufacture a broad range of passive optical components and modules, leveraging our core micro optics platform for the filtering, combining, splitting, attenuating and monitoring of optical wavelengths within optical communication systems. We supply a broad portfolio of cooled and uncooled pumps, both single and multi-mode designs in single chip and multi-chip configurations based on our gallium arsenide (GaAs) chip technology, facet passivation processes and wafer fab and module manufacturing capabilities. The single chip designs are predominantly used as low noise pump sources for EDFA covering gain block, single channel to multi-channel data wavelength-division multiplexing (DWDM), addressing access, cross-connect, metro and also long haul requirements of the telecom market. Our dual chip pump solutions are designed and able to address the arrayed amplifier market where 8 or 16 amplification stages are required. Our single mode high-power uncooled pump modules address both the single channel and small form factor terrestrial market and also the stringent high reliability demands of the submarine (subsea) network market. The latter is a testament to the stability of our chip, module design technology and manufacturing capabilities. Finally, we are able to address segments of the cable television market with both single mode and uncooled multimode GaAs pump lasers, typically used for distribution amplification. In addition, we offer a wide variety of standard, semi-custom and customer amplifiers. These products are offered at varying levels of sophistication ranging from a simple collection of active and passive components mounted to a printed circuit board

6


 

assembly (“PCBA”) through assemblies with large amounts of firmware and software which are either mounted onto our customer’s PCBA’s controlled amplifier modules or plug directly into our customers’ equipment shelf line cards. We offer EDFA and Raman amplifiers as well as amplifiers which are combined with wavelength selective switches. Also, we are starting to offer a range of 40G and 100G transceivers which are focused on meeting the tra nsmission needs within data centers.

II-VI Performance Products Segment

II-VI Optical Systems operation: 

We offer optics and optical sub-assemblies for UV, Visible, and Infrared systems including thermal imaging, night vision, laser designation, missile warning, targeting and navigation systems. Our product offering is comprised of missile domes, electro-optical windows and sub-assemblies, imaging lenses, UV filter assemblies, laser cavity optics and prisms and other optical components. Our precision optical products utilize optical materials such as sapphire, germanium, zinc sulfide, zinc selenide, silicon and spinel. In addition, our products also include crystalline materials such as calcium fluoride, barium fluoride, YAG, YLF and fused silica. Our products are currently utilized on the F-35 Joint Strike Fighter, F-16 fighter jet, Apache Attack Helicopter, unmanned platforms such as the Predator and Reaper UAV and ground vehicles such as the Abrams M-1 Tank and Bradley Fighting Vehicle.

II-VI Performance Metals operation: 

Our product offering includes a rare earth element in specific purity levels and forms.

II-VI Marlow operation: 

We supply a broad array of TEMs and related assemblies to various market segments. In the defense market, TEMs are used in guidance systems, smart weapons and night vision systems, as well as soldier cooling. TEMs are also used in products providing temperature stabilization for telecommunication lasers that generate and amplify optical signals for fiber optic communication systems. TEMs are also used in the personal comfort market. We also produce and sell a variety of solutions from thermoelectric components to complete sub-assemblies used in the medical equipment market and other industrial, commercial and personal comfort applications. Thermoelectric modules, used as power generators, are also applied in a range of end-use applications. We offer single-stage TEMs, micro TEMs, multi-stage TEMs, planar multi-stage TEMs, extended life thermo-cyclers, thermoelectric thermal reference sources, power generators and thermoelectric assemblies.

II-VI M Cubed operation:

We supply a diverse array of products to several market segments. In the semiconductor market, reaction bonded SiC is used to produce wafer chucks, robot end effectors, structural components, and mechanical stage assemblies. In the defense market, we supply next generation personnel armor, monolithic helicopter seats, and vehicle and aviation armor sub systems. In the industrial market, we supply wear resistant components, refractory assemblies, and precision optical substrates for chemical, refractory, and scientific applications.

II-VI Advanced Materials operation: 

Our product offerings include 6H-SiC (semi-insulating) and 4H-SiC (semi-insulating and semi-conducting)  substrates which are used in the wireless communications infrastructure, radio frequency (“RF”) electronics, thermal management, highly efficient (green energy) power conversion and power switching markets. We are also one of the leading producers of CVD Diamond substrates for applications including multi-spectral laser optics, dielectric windows, heat sinks, and other applications. Diamond is the ultimate material for a wide variety of applications because of its outstanding physical properties, including extreme hardness and strength, high thermal conductivity, low thermal expansion, excellent dielectric properties, resistance to chemical attack, and optical transmission over a wide spectral range. Our CVD diamond materials are being utilized in semiconductor equipment manufacturing, microwave frequency windows and thermal management applications.

7


 

Our Markets

Our market-focused businesses are organized by technology and products. Our businesses are composed of the following primary markets:

II-VI Laser Solutions Segment

II-VI Infrared Optics Group:

·

Design, manufacture and marketing of engineered materials and opto-electronic components for industrial applications.

Increases in the installed worldwide base of laser machines for a variety of laser processing applications have driven CO 2 laser optics component consumption. It is estimated that there are over 75,000 CO 2 laser systems currently deployed in the world. CO 2 lasers offer benefits in a wide variety of cutting, welding, drilling, ablation, cladding, heat treating and marking applications for materials such as steel alloys, non-ferrous metals, plastics, wood, paper, fiberboard, ceramics and composites. Laser systems enable manufacturers to reduce parts cost and improve quality, as well as improve process precision, speed, throughput, flexibility, repeatability and automation. Automobile manufacturers, for example, deploy lasers both to cut body components and to weld those parts together in high-throughput production lines. Manufacturers of motorcycles, lawn mowers and garden tractors cut, trim, and weld metal parts with lasers to reduce post-processing steps and, therefore, lower overall manufacturing costs. Furniture manufacturers utilize lasers because of their easily reconfigurable, low-cost prototyping and production capabilities for customer-specified designs. In high-speed food and pharmaceutical packaging lines, laser marking is used to provide automated product, date and lot coding on containers. In addition to being installed by original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”) of laser systems in new machine builds, our optical components are purchased as replacement parts by end-users of laser machines to maintain proper system performance. In newer and developing market segments, SiC and CVD Diamond both exhibit very high thermal conductivities for use in high-end applications in the semiconductor and opto-electronic markets.  CVD Diamond also has applications in the windows, tooling, microwave and radiation detection markets. We believe that the current addressable markets serviced by our II-VI Infrared Optics operations are approximately $500 million.

II-VI HIGHYAG Division:

·

Design, manufacture and marketing of customized technology for laser material processing to deliver both low-power and high-power one-micron laser light for industrial applications.

In many areas of material processing, laser technology has proven to be a better alternative to conventional production techniques. It has also enabled novel processing steps not previously achievable with legacy technologies. The precise cut and elegant seam are visible proof of a laser beam’s machining efficiency. Industrial applications such as welding, drilling and cutting have driven the recent market growth of the one-micron laser systems, and are demanding increased performance, lower total cost of ownership, ease of use and portability of the one-micron laser systems. One-micron laser systems require efficient and reliable tools, including modular laser processing heads for fiber lasers, beam delivery systems, including fiber optic cables, and modular beam systems. We believe that the current addressable markets serviced by our II-VI HIGHYAG operations are approximately $700 million.

II-VI Laser Enterprise Division:

·

Design, manufacture and marketing of advanced semiconductor laser diodes and low-power polarization locked laser diodes.

We market advanced laser technology diodes for material processing, medical, cosmetic, 3-D sensing and printing applications and are exploring other new market opportunities for our high-power lasers. In addition, we sell low-power polarization locked products for optical mouse and finger navigation applications. Our market opportunities for Vertical-Cavity Surface-Emitting Laser (“VCSEL”) products are expanding to include optical high-speed datacom applications and high-power sensing for consumer electronics applications. We believe that the current addressable markets serviced by our II-VI Laser Enterprise operations are approximately $300 million.

II-VI Suwtech & II-VI Lasertech Divisions:

·

Design, manufacture and marketing of high-power lasers for industrial applications and green lasers for consumer, life science and industrial applications by our II-VI Suwtech division.

·

Design, manufacture and marketing of ultra-hard material laser cutting machines for industrial applications by our II-VI Lasertech division.

The need for high-power and green laser for industrial and medical applications continue to grow as does the need for a laser cutting device capable of processing the next generation of ultra-hard materials like diamond. We believe that the

8


 

current addressable markets serviced by our II -VI Lasertech and II-VI Suwtech operations are approximately $400 million.

II-VI Photonics Segment

II-VI Photop Group:

·

Design, manufacture and marketing of a diverse range of customized optics, optical assemblies for consumer and commercial applications such as fiber optic communications, projection and display products, lasers, medical equipment and bio-medical instrumentation.

·

Design, manufacture and marketing of crystal ad optical components to OEM customers for fiber, solid state and gas laser systems used in industrial and medical applications.

The II-VI Photop market is driven by applications in the optical communications, medical and life science, and industrial markets. The optical communications market segment requires delivery of ever-increasing data bandwidth and necessitates innovations in performance and cost of the underlying optics and optical components. Medical and life science applications continue to gain traction in the market and include aesthetic, vision correction, dental, ophthalmic and diagnostic lasers and instruments. Industrial market segments are addressed by solid state lasers and fiber lasers, which are used in high-power applications such as cutting, welding, drilling, and lower power applications such as marking and engraving. These industrial applications are demanding higher performance levels for less cost and more efficiency, creating competition for other technologies. II-VI Photop also addresses opportunities in the semiconductor processing, instrumentation, test and measurement and research segments. We believe that the current addressable markets serviced by our II-VI Photop operations are approximately $1.4 billion.

II-VI Optical Communications Group:

·

Design, manufacture and marketing of optical components, assemblies and modules for use in telecommunications and CATV networks and data centers.

·

Design, manufacture and marketing of 980 nanometer (“nm”) pump laser diodes for high-power, reliable pump sources for EDFAs in terrestrial and submarine applications.

·

Design, manufacture and marketing of Erbium Doped Fiber Amplifiers (“EDFA”) used to compensate for losses in optical fiber and other optical components and modules in optical transmission systems.

·

Design, manufacture and marketing of optical monitoring products for communications networks.

·

Design, manufacture and marketing of transceivers for data networks.

The optical communications market is being driven in part by demand for high-bandwidth communication capabilities through increasing worldwide usage of the Internet and data services, the growing number of broadband users, mobile device and cloud computing users, and the greater reliance on high-bandwidth capabilities in our daily lives. High-bandwidth communication networks are being extended closer to the end user with fiber-to-the-home and other fiber optic networks. Mobile data traffic also is increasing as smart phones continue to proliferate with increasingly sophisticated audio, photo, video, email and Internet capabilities, as well as data connection and storage through cloud computing networks. The resulting traffic, in turn, is felt throughout the network, including the core that depends on optical technology. Our passive components, assemblies and modules are used for filtering, switching, combining and routing optical wavelengths within optical networks. Our monitoring products are used for measuring the performance of optical channels and systems. Our 980 nm pump laser diodes are designed for use as high-power, highly reliable pump sources for EDFAs in terrestrial access, cross-connect, metro to long haul and undersea (submarine) repeater applications. Single mode high-power uncooled modules are designed for both the single channel and small form factor terrestrial market and also the stringent high reliability demands of the submarine (subsea) network market. In addition, we market EDFAs which are used to compensate for losses in optical fiber and other optical components and modules in optical transmission systems. We offer optical amplifiers at all levels of functionality, from simple optical modules through full circuit cards, which plug directly into our customers’ equipment racks and service the metro, regional and long-haul optical transmission markets. In some cases, we add additional switching and monitoring functionality to the base amplifier. We believe that the currently addressable markets serviced by our II-VI Optical Communications Group operations are approximately $1.9 billion.

9


 

II-VI Performance Products Segment

II-VI Optical Systems operation:

·

Design, manufacture and marketing of Ultra Violet (“UV”), Visible (“VIS”) and Infrared (“IR”) optical components and high precision optical assemblies, laser gain material and micro-fine conductive mesh patterns for intelligence, surveillance, reconnaissance and other military, life science and commercial laser and imaging applications.

We provide several key assemblies and optical components such as windows, domes, laser rods and optics and related subassemblies to military, semiconductor, medical, and life sciences markets for UV, Visible, and Infrared applications in night vision, targeting, navigation, missile warning, and Homeland Security intelligence, surveillance and reconnaissance (“ISR”) systems. Infrared window and window assemblies for navigational and targeting systems are deployed on fixed and rotary-wing aircraft, such as the F-35 Joint Strike Fighter, F-16 fighter jet, Apache Attack Helicopter, unmanned platforms such as the Predator and Reaper Unmanned Aerial Vehicle (“UAV”) and ground vehicles such as the Abrams M-1 Tank and Bradley Fighting Vehicle. Additionally, multiple fighter jets, including the F-16, are being equipped with large area sapphire windows, as a key component for the aircraft, providing advanced targeting and imaging systems. Our ability to grow large sapphire materials and manufacture these materials into large area sapphire windows has played a key role in our ability to provide an even larger suite of sapphire panels, which are a key component of the F-35 Joint Strike Fighter Electro Optical Targeting System. Infrared domes are used on missiles with infrared guidance systems ranging from small, man-portable designs to larger designs mounted on helicopters, fixed-wing aircraft and ground vehicles. High-precision domes are an integral component of a missile’s targeting system, providing efficient tactical capability, while serving as a protective cover to its internal components. The Company also offers precision optical engineering and manufacturing, with particular efficiency in designing to customer end-item specifications, assisting with co-engineering designs, and designing for manufacturability. The high precision optical components and assemblies programs include Deep Impact Comet Flyby HRI & MRI, Lunar Reconnaissance Orbiter, Hellfire II Missile Optics, Missile launch detection sensor optical assembly, and High Altitude Observatory telescopes among others. In addition to imaging, many of these systems employ laser designation and range-finding capabilities supported by our YAG material growth and competency in short wave infrared and visible optics. Turreted systems and mounted targeting pods employ these capabilities in addition to hand-held soldier systems. Rotary and fixed-wing platforms also use missile warning systems to protect against shoulder fired man-portable missiles. Our competencies in material growth for UV crystals and our optical assembly capabilities provide significant support to these missile warning systems. A key attribute to several of these systems is the ability to filter electro-magnetic interference using micro-fine conductive mesh patterns. This technology is also applied to non-optical applications for absorbing and transmitting energy from the surfaces of aircraft and missiles. Our military optical and non-optical products are sold primarily to U.S. Government prime contractors and directly to various U.S. Government agencies. Certain products have applications in commercial, medical and life science markets. We believe that the current addressable markets serviced by our II-VI Optical Systems operations business are approximately $1.6 billion.

II-VI Performance Metals operation:

·

Refinement, reclamation, and marketing of a rare earth element for a green energy application.

Rare earth elements are used in many electronic and alternative green energy applications. We believe that the current addressable market serviced by our II-VI Performance Metals business for its rare earth element is approximately $40 million.

II-VI Marlow operation:

·

Design, manufacture and marketing of thermoelectric modules and assemblies for cooling, heating and power generation applications in the defense, telecommunications, medical, consumer and industrial markets.

Thermoelectric Modules (“TEMs”) are solid-state semiconductor devices that act as small heat pumps to cool, heat and temperature stabilize a wide range of materials, components and systems. Conversely, the principles underlying thermoelectrics allow TEMs to be used as a source of power when subjected to temperature differences. TEMs are more reliable than alternative cooling solutions that require moving parts and provide more precise temperature control solutions than competing technologies. TEMs also have many other advantages which have spurred their adoption in a variety of industries and applications including defense and space applications that involve infrared cooled and uncooled night vision technologies and thermal reference sources that are deployed in state-of-the-art weapons, as well as cooling high-powered lasers used for range-finding target designation by military personnel. TEMs also allow for temperature stabilization of telecommunication lasers that generate and amplify optical signals for fiber optics systems. Thermoelectric-based solutions appear in a variety of medical applications including instrumentation and analytical applications such as DNA replication, blood analyzers and medical laser equipment. The industrial, commercial and consumer markets provide a variety of niche applications ranging from desktop refrigerators and wine coolers to

10


 

personal comfort technology, semiconductor processes and test equipment. In addition, power generation applications are expanding into fields such as waste heat recovery, heat scavenging and co-generati on. We believe that the current addressable markets serviced by our II-VI Marlow operations are approximately $250 million.

II-VI M Cubed operation:

·

Design, manufacture and marketing of advanced ceramic materials and precision products for the semiconductor, display, industrial and defense markets.

Metal matrix composites (“MMC”) and reaction bonded ceramics products are found in applications requiring precision, lightweight, strength, hardness and matched coefficient of thermal expansion. Each market has its own unique requirements and applications that drive material selection. This is especially true in semiconductor tool applications that require advanced materials to meet the need for increased tolerance, enhanced thermal stability, faster wafer transfer speeds, increased yields and reduced stage settling times. The semiconductor markets employ SiC for wafer chucks, light-wave scanning stages and high temperature, corrosion resistant wafer support systems. Cooled SiC mirrors are used in the illumination systems of lithography tools. The industrial market uses a variety of ceramic materials for applications requiring chemical inertness or high temperature tolerance such as in flat panel display capital equipment, and refractory components. The defense market uses MMCs for protective body armor as well as protection for ground, air and naval resources. We believe that the current addressable markets serviced by our II-VI M Cubed operations are approximately $400 million.

II-VI Advanced Materials operation:

·

Design, manufacture and marketing of single crystal SiC substrates and polycrystalline CVD diamond materials for use in the mobile communications, renewable energy, industrial, defense, semiconductor equipment and thermal management markets.

SiC is a wide bandgap semiconductor material that offers high-temperature, high-power and high-frequency capabilities as a substrate for applications at the high-performance end of the defense, telecommunication and industrial markets. SiC has a high number of intrinsic physical and electronic advantages over competing semiconductor materials such as silicon and gallium arsenide. For example, the high thermal conductivity of SiC enables SiC-based devices to operate at high-power levels and still dissipate the excess heat generated. II-VI Advanced Materials supplies the base SiC substrates into this market. SiC based structures are being developed and deployed for the manufacture of a wide variety of microwave and power switching devices. High-power, high-frequency SiC-based microwave devices are used in next generation wireless switching telecommunication applications and in both commercial and military radar applications. SiC-based, high-power, high-speed devices improve the performance, efficiency and reliability of electrical power transmission and distribution systems (“smart grid”). They also provide power conditioning and switching in power supplies and motor controls in a wide variety of applications including aircraft, hybrid vehicles, industrial, communications and green energy applications. Both SiC and CVD Diamond are being utilized in optical and electronic applications requiring high thermal conductivity for advanced thermal management. CVD Diamond also has applications in the semiconductor equipment (EUV Lithography), windows, tooling, microwave and radiation detection markets. We believe that the current addressable markets serviced by our II-VI Advanced Materials operations are approximately $125 million.

Our Strategy

Our strategy is to build businesses with core world-class engineered materials capabilities to penetrate new markets through innovative technologies and platforms, new product introductions and performance improvements. Our materials capabilities include:

·

II-VI Infrared Optics: Zinc Selenide (ZnSe), Zinc Sulfide (ZnS), Zinc Sulfide Multi Spectral (ZnS-MS), and CVD Diamond

·

II-VI Laser Enterprise: Epitaxial growth of Aluminum Indium Gallium Arsenide (AlInGaAs) based semiconductor laser materials

·

II-VI Photonics: Yttrium Aluminum Garnet (YAG), Yttrium Lithium Fluoride (YLF), Calcium Fluoride (CaF 2 ), Yttrium Vanadate (YVO 4 ), Potassium Titanyl Phosphate (KTP), Barium Borate Oxide (BBO), Terbium Gallium Garnet (TGG) and Amorphous Silicon (a-Si)

·

II-VI Optical Systems: Germanium (Ge), Silicon (Si), Sapphire (Al 2 O 3 ), Yttrium Aluminum Garnet (YAG), Yttrium Lithium Fluoride (YLF), and Calcium Fluoride (CaF 2 )

·

II-VI Performance Metals: Processing and Refinement: Selenium (Se) for internal consumption and a Rare Earth Element

·

II-VI Marlow: Bismuth Telluride (Bi 2 Te 3 )

11


 

·

II-VI M Cubed: Metal Matrix Composites (“MMC”), Reaction Bonded Ceramic (RB SiC and RB B 4 C) and Aluminum Silicon Carbide (Al-SiC)

·

II-VI Advanced Materials: SiC Substrates, CVD Diamond

A substantial portion of our business is based on sales orders with market leaders, which enable our forward planning and production efficiencies. We intend to continue capitalizing and executing on this proven model, participating effectively in the growth of the markets discussed above, and continuing our focus on operational excellence as we execute additional growth initiatives in the areas of:

·

Identify New Products and Markets.  We intend to identify new technologies, products and markets to meet evolving customer requirements for high performance engineered materials through our dedicated corporate research and development program to increase new product revenue and maximize return on investment.

·

Balanced Approach to Research and Development.  Our research and development program includes both internally and externally funded research and development expenditures, targeting an overall investment of between 7 and 9 percent of revenues. We are committed to accepting the right mix of internally and externally funded research that ties closely to our long-term strategic objectives.

·

Leverage Vertical Integration . By combining the capabilities of our various business segments and operating units, we have created opportunities for our businesses to address manufacturing opportunities across multiple disciplines and markets and to reduce cost and lead time, thus enhancing competiveness, time to market and profitability. Where appropriate, we develop and/or acquire technological capabilities in areas such as material refinement, crystal growth, fabrication, diamond-turning, thin-film coating, metrology and assembly.

·

Investment in Low Cost Manufacturing . We strategically invest in our manufacturing operations worldwide, including Asia, to increase production capacity, capabilities and cost effectiveness. The majority of our capital expenditures are used in our manufacturing operations.

·

Enhance Our Performance and Reputation as a Quality and Customer Service Leader .  We have established ourselves as a consistent, high-quality supplier of components into our customers’ products and are committed to continuous improvement. In many cases, we deliver on a just-in-time basis. We are implementing a global quality transformation process eliminating costs of non-conforming materials and processes.

·

Identify and Complete Strategic Acquisitions and Alliances . From time to time we carefully evaluate strategic acquisitions and alliances with companies whose products or technologies may complement our current products, expand our market opportunities or create synergies with our current capabilities. We seek to identify acquisition opportunities that accelerate our access to emerging high-growth segments of the markets we serve and further leverage our competencies and economies of scale.

Research, Development and Engineering

During the current fiscal year ended June 30, 2015, the Company launched a new initiative to identify, invest in and focus our research and development on new products across the Company in an effort to accelerate our organic growth.  This initiative is managed under a disciplined innovation program that we refer to as the “II-VI Phase Gate Process”.

Our research and development program includes internally and externally funded research and development expenditures targeting an overall annual investment of between 7 and 9 percent of product revenues. From time to time, the ratio of externally funded contract activity to internally funded contract activity varies due to the unevenness of government funded research programs and changes in the focus of our internally funded research programs. We are committed to having the right mix of internally and externally funded research that ties closely to our long-term strategic objectives. The Company continues to believe that externally funded research and development will decrease in the near term due to governmental budget constraints.

We devote significant resources to research, development and engineering programs directed at the continuous improvement of our existing products and processes and to the timely development of new technologies, materials and products. We believe that our research, development and engineering activities are essential to establish and maintain a leadership position in each of the markets we serve. As of June 30, 2015, we employed 1,010 people in research, development and engineering functions, 645 of whom are engineers or scientists. In addition, certain manufacturing personnel support or participate in our research and development efforts on an ongoing basis. We believe this interaction between the development and manufacturing functions enhances the direction of our projects and design for manufacturing, reducing costs and accelerating technology transfers.

12


 

During the fiscal year ended Jun e 30, 2015, we focused our research and development investments in the following areas:

·

Silicon Carbide Technology : SiC substrate technology development efforts continued to move forward, with emphasis in the areas of defect density reduction, substrate fabrication, surface polishing, diameter expansion and cost reduction. Through these efforts, we have become one of the leading suppliers of high quality 150mm SiC material and have emerged as the first supplier of 200mm SiC material. Our research and development efforts have been both internally and externally funded.

·

CVD Diamond Technology : The Company continued to develop CVD synthetic diamond materials for various optical applications, including EUV lithography. The Company’s efforts are focused on improving performance and quality, reducing cost and broadening our product portfolio beyond infrared window applications. Our research and development efforts in this area have been internally funded.

·

Photonics Design:  We have ongoing efforts to design, refine and improve our photonic crystal materials, precision optical and micro-optical parts, passive and active optical components and modules, components for fiber lasers and laser devices for instrumentation and display. Our research and development efforts in this area have been internally funded.

·

Micro-Optics Manufacturing : Systems are driving towards smaller, more compact platforms and packages which are also reducing the size of the optical components that support these systems. The Company invests in equipment to manufacture substrates using high-volume, computer-controlled manufacturing processes. Our research and development efforts in this area have been both internally and externally funded.

·

Thermoelectric Materials and Devices:  We continued to develop the industry-leading Bi 2 Te 3 for thermoelectric cooling and heating applications. Our research and development has focused on achieving levels of miniaturization and watt density beyond materials produced by standard crystal growth techniques.  In addition, we are developing capabilities in thermoelectric power generation materials that, combined with our intellectual property position, will allow us to bring to market new thermoelectric products. Our research and development efforts in this area have been both internally and externally funded.

·

Metal Matrix Composites and Reaction Bonded Ceramics: We continued to support OEMs in connection with new product development relating to process, inspection and test measurement tools in both the front and back ends of the semiconductor fabrication. Our research and development efforts in this area have been both internally and externally funded.

·

High-power Laser Diodes and High Volume Components: Our engineering efforts focus on increasing the fiber coupled optical output power of our multi-emitter modules.  The Company is focusing on the development of high-power VCSELs for applications in consumer devices as well as on the development of next generation high speed VCSELs for datacom applications. Our research and development efforts in this area have been internally funded.

·

Pump Lasers: We continued our investment in next generation GaAs pump chip and module for both terrestrial high-power and undersea improved reliability and performance. We are developing an indium phosphide growth and processing capability in order to address the market with performance competitive design elements brought across from the high volume 980nm pump capability. Our research and development efforts in this area have been internally funded.

·

Optical Amplifiers: We continued to invest in broadening the range of semi-custom and custom amplifiers to service our tier 1 customers. Our research and development efforts in this area have been internally funded.

·

Optical Monitoring: We continued our investment in optical channel monitors. We also started efforts on developing Optical Time Domain Reflectometer (“OTDR”) monitors for measuring the health of the outside fiber plant and connections within central offices. Our research and development efforts in this area have been internally funded.

·

Transceivers: We continued our investment in developing 40G and 100G transceivers for use within data centers. Our research and development activities in this area have been internally funded.

The development of our products and manufacturing processes is largely based on proprietary technical know-how and expertise. We rely on a combination of contract provisions, trade secret laws, invention disclosures and patents to protect our proprietary rights. We have entered into selective intellectual property licensing agreements. When faced with potential infringement of our proprietary information, we have in the past and will continue to assert and vigorously protect our intellectual property rights.

Internally funded research and development expenditures were $51.3 million, $42.5 million and $22.7 million for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. For these same periods, externally funded research and development expenditures were $9.5 million, $3.5 million and $4.5 million, respectively.

13


 

Marketing and Sales

We market our products through a direct sales force and through representatives and distributors around the world. Our market strategy is focused on understanding our customers’ requirements and building market awareness and acceptance of our products. New products are continually being produced and sold to our new and established customers in all markets.

Each of our subsidiaries is responsible for its own worldwide marketing and sales functions, although certain subsidiaries sell more than one product line. However, there is significant cooperation and coordination among our subsidiaries to utilize the most efficient and appropriate marketing channel when addressing diverse applications within markets.

Our sales forces develop effective communications with our OEM and end-user customers worldwide. Products are actively marketed through targeted mailings, telemarketing, select advertising and attendance at trade shows and customer partnerships. Our sales force includes a highly-trained team of application engineers to assist customers in designing, testing and qualifying our parts as key components of our customers’ systems. As of June 30, 2015, we employed 293 individuals in sales, marketing and support.

We do business with a number of customers in the defense industry, who in turn generally contract with a governmental entity, typically a U.S. governmental agency. Most governmental programs are subject to funding approval and can be modified or terminated without warning by a legislative or administrative body. For further information regarding our exposure to government markets, see the discussion set forth in Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Manufacturing Technology and Processes

As noted in the “Our Strategy” section, many of the products we produce depend on our ability to manufacture and refine technically challenging materials and components. The ability to produce, process and refine these difficult materials and to control their quality and yields is an expertise of the Company that is critical to the performance of our customers’ instruments and systems. In the markets we serve, there are a limited number of suppliers of many of the components we manufacture and there are very few industry-standard products.

Our network of worldwide manufacturing sites allows us to manufacture our products in regions that provide cost-effective advantages and proximity to our customers. We employ numerous advanced manufacturing technologies and systems at our manufacturing facilities. These include automated CNC (Computer Numeric Control) optical fabrication, high throughput thin-film coaters, micro-precision metrology and custom-engineered automated furnace controls for the crystal growth processes. Manufacturing products for use across the electro-magnetic spectrum requires the capability to repeatedly produce products with high yields to atomic tolerances. We embody a technology and quality mindset that gives our customers the confidence to utilize our products on a just-in-time basis straight into the heart of their production lines.

Export and Import Compliance

We are required to comply with various export/import control and economic sanction laws, including:

·

The International Traffic in Arms Regulations (“ITAR”) administered by the U.S. Department of State, Directorate of Defense Trade Controls, which, among other things, imposes license requirements on the export from the U.S. of defense articles and defense services, which are items specifically designed or adapted for a military application and/or listed on the U.S. Munitions List;

·

The Export Administration Regulations (“EAR”) administered by the U.S. Department of Commerce, Bureau of Industry and Security, which, among other things, imposes licensing requirements on the export or re-export of certain dual-use goods, technology and software, which are items that potentially have both commercial and military applications;

·

The regulations administered by the U.S. Department of Treasury, Office of Foreign Assets Control, which implement economic sanctions imposed against designated countries, governments and persons based on U.S. foreign policy and national security considerations; and

·

The import regulatory activities of the U.S. Customs and Border Protection.

Foreign governments have also implemented similar export and import control regulations, which may affect our operations or transactions subject to their jurisdiction. For additional discussions regarding our import and export compliance, see the discussion set forth in Item 1A of this Annual Report Form on Form 10-K.

14


 

Sources of Supply

The major raw materials we use include zinc, selenium, zinc selenide, zinc sulfide, hydrogen selenide, hydrogen sulfide, tellurium, yttrium oxide, aluminum oxide, iridium, platinum, bismuth, silicon, thorium fluoride, antimony, carbon, gallium arsenide, copper, germanium, molybdenum, quartz, optical glass, diamond, and other materials. Excluding our own production, there are more than two external suppliers for all of the above materials except for zinc sulfide, hydrogen selenide and thorium fluoride, for which there is only one proven source of supply outside of the Company’s capabilities, and zinc selenide, for which there are no other proven external sources of supply. For many materials, we have entered into purchase arrangements which provide discounts for annual volume purchases in excess of specified amounts.

The continued high-quality of and access to these materials is critical to the stability and predictability of our manufacturing yields. We test materials at the onset of the production process. Additional research and capital investment may be needed to better define future starting material specifications. We have not experienced significant production delays due to shortages of materials. However, we do occasionally experience problems associated with vendor-supplied materials not meeting contract specifications for quality or purity. As discussed in greater detail in Item 1A, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, significant failure of our suppliers to deliver sufficient quantities of necessary high-quality materials on a timely basis could have a materially adverse effect on our results of our operations.

15


 

Customers

The main groups of customers by segments are as follows:

 

Segment:

Group/Division:

Our Customers Are:

Representative Customers:

II-VI Laser Solutions

II-VI Infrared Optics Group

OEM and system integrators of industrial, medical and military laser systems.

· Trumpf, Inc.

· Bystronic, Inc.

· Rofin-Sinar Technologies, Inc.

 

 

Laser end users who require replacement optics for their existing laser systems.

· Caterpillar, Inc.

· Honda of America Mfg., Inc.

 

 

Military, aerospace and commercial customers requiring products for use in advanced targeting, navigation and surveillance.

· Lockheed Martin Corporation

· Northrop Grumman Corporation.

 

II-VI HIGHYAG Division

Automotive manufacturers, laser manufacturers and system integrators.

· Volkswagen AG

· Laserline GmbH.

 

II-VI Laser Enterprise Division

Manufacturers of industrial laser components and optical communication equipment.  

· Laserline GmbH

· Huawei Technologies, Co., Ltd.

· Cisco Systems, Inc.

II-VI Photonics

II-VI Photop Group

and

II-VI Optical Communications Group

Worldwide network system and sub-system providers of telecommunications, data communications and cable TV.

 

· Huawei Technologies, Co., Ltd.

· Cisco Systems, Inc.

· Corning Incorporated

· Google, Inc.

Global manufacturers of commercial and consumer products used in a wide array of instruments, fiber lasers, display and projection devices.

II-VI Performance Products

II-VI Optical Systems

Manufacturers of equipment and devices for aerospace, defense, life science and commercial markets.

· Lockheed Martin Corporation

· Raytheon Company

· BAE Systems

· Boeing Corporation

· Northrup Grumman Corporation

II-VI Marlow

Manufacturers and developers of equipment and devices for defense, space, telecommunications, medical, industrial, automotive, personal comfort and commercial markets.

· Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc.

· Raytheon Company

· Flextronics International Ltd.

II-VI M Cubed

Manufacturers and developers of integrated circuit capital equipment for the semiconductor industry.

· ASML Holding NV

· Nikon Corporation

· KLA-Tencor

 

Manufacturers and developers of products and components for various defense and industrial markets.

· BAE Systems

· Corning Incorporated.

II-VI Advanced Materials

Manufacturers and developers of equipment and devices for high-power RF electronics and high-power and voltage switching and power conversion systems for both commercial and military applications.

· IQE plc

· Infineon Technologies

 

Manufacturers of high-power optical and electronic devices requiring advanced thermal management solutions.

 

16


 

Competition

We believe we are a global leader in many of our product families. We compete on the basis of the highly engineered nature of our products, quality, delivery time, technical support and pricing. We believe that we compete favorably with respect to these factors and that our vertical integration, manufacturing facilities and equipment, experienced technical and manufacturing employees and worldwide marketing and distribution channels provide us with competitive advantages. The main groups of our competitors are as follows:

 

Segment:

Areas of Competition:

Competitors:

II-VI Laser Solutions

Infrared laser optics

· Sumitomo Electric Industries, Ltd.

· Newport Corporation

Automated equipment and laser material processing tools to deliver high-power one-micron laser systems

· Optoskand AB

· Precitec, Inc

Semiconductor laser diodes for the industrial and consumer markets

· JDSU Uniphase Corporation

· Finisar Corporation

· Avago Technologies

· Sumitomo Electric Industries, Ltd.

· Koninklijke Philips N.V

· Jenoptik AG

· Osram Licht AG

II-VI Photonics

Optical component and optics products

· O-Net Communications Group Ltd.

· OPLINK Communication, LLC

· Axsun

Optical amplifier modules

· JDSU Uniphase Corporation

· Finisar Corporation

· Accelink

· O-Net Communications Group, Ltd.

II-VI Performance Products

Infrared optics for military applications

· DRS Technologies, Inc.

· UTC Aerospace Systems (formerly Goodrich Corporation)

· In-house fabrication and thin-film coating capabilities of major military customers

TEMs

· Komatsu, Ltd.

· Laird plc

· Ferrotec Corporation

MMCs and reaction bonded ceramics products

· Berliner Glas

· CoorsTek, Inc.

Single crystal SiC substrates

· Cree, Inc.

· Dow Corning Corporation

· Nippon Steel & Sumitomo Metal

· SiCrystal AG

In addition to competitors who manufacture products similar to those we produce, there are other technologies and products available that may compete with our technologies and products.


17


 

Bookings and Backlog

We define our bookings as customer orders received that are expected to be converted to revenues over the next twelve months. For long-term customer orders, to address the inherent uncertainty of orders that extend far into the future, the Company records only those orders which are expected to be converted into revenues within twelve months from the end of the reporting period. Bookings are adjusted if changes in customer demands or production schedules move a delivery beyond twelve months. For the year ended June 30, 2015, our bookings were approximately $762 million compared to bookings of approximately $691 million for the year ended June 30, 2014.

We define our backlog as bookings that have not been converted to revenues by the end of the reporting period. As of June 30, 2015, our backlog was approximately $242 million, compared to approximately $220 million at June 30, 2014.

Employees

As of June 30, 2015, we employed 8,490 persons worldwide. Of these employees, 1,010 were engaged in research, development and engineering, 6,516 in direct production (of which 1,114 are employees of Photop in China who work under contract manufacturing arrangements for customers of the Company) and the remaining balance of the Company’s employees work in sales and marketing, administration, finance and support services. Our production staff includes highly skilled optical craftsmen. We have a long-standing practice of encouraging active employee participation in areas of operations management. We believe our relations with our employees are good. We reward our employees with incentive compensation based on achievement of performance goals. There are 131 employees located in the United States and the Philippines who are covered under collective bargaining agreements. The Company’s collective bargaining agreement in the Philippines will expire in June 2016. The collective bargaining agreement covering certain U.S. based employees expired August 5, 2015. The Company is currently in negotiations to extend the collective bargaining agreement that expired in the U.S.

Trade Secrets, Patents and Trademarks

We rely on a combination of trade secrets, proprietary know-how, invention disclosures, patents and contractual provisions to help us develop and maintain our competitive position with respect to our products and manufacturing processes. We aggressively pursue process and product patents in certain areas of our businesses. We have entered into selective intellectual property licensing agreements.  When faced with potential infringement of our proprietary information, we have in the past and will continue to assert and vigorously protect our intellectual property rights.  We have confidentiality and noncompetition agreements with certain personnel. We require that all U.S. employees sign a confidentiality and noncompetition agreement upon their commencement of employment with us.

The processes and specialized equipment utilized in crystal growth, infrared materials fabrication and infrared optical coatings as developed by us are complex and difficult to duplicate. However, there can be no assurance that others will not develop or patent similar technology or that all aspects of our proprietary technology will be protected. Others have obtained patents covering a variety of infrared optical configurations and processes, and others could obtain patents covering technology similar to our technology. We may be required to obtain licenses under such patents, and there can be no assurance that we would be able to obtain such licenses, if required, on commercially reasonable terms, or that claims regarding rights to technology will not be asserted which may adversely affect our results of operations. In addition, our research and development contracts with agencies of the U.S. Government present a risk that project-specific technology could be disclosed to competitors as contract reporting requirements are fulfilled.


18


 

Item 1A.

RISK FACTORS

The Company cautions investors that its performance and, therefore, any forward-looking statement, is subject to risks and uncertainties. The following material risk factors may cause the Company’s future results to differ materially from those projected in any forward-looking statement. You should carefully consider these factors, as well as the other information contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K when evaluating an investment in our securities.

Our Future Success Depends on International Sales and Successful Management of Global Operations

Sales to customers in countries other than the U.S. accounted for approximately 63%, 65% and 56% of revenues during the years ended June 30, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. We anticipate that international sales will continue to account for a significant portion of our revenues for the foreseeable future. In addition, we manufacture products in China, Singapore, Vietnam, the Philippines, Germany, and Switzerland, and through contract manufacturers in Thailand and China, and maintain direct sales offices in Hong Kong, Japan, Germany, Switzerland, the U.K., Belgium, China, Singapore, Italy and South Korea. Sales and operations outside of the U.S. are subject to certain inherent risks, including fluctuations in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to foreign currencies, global economic uncertainties, tariffs, quotas, taxes and other market barriers, political and economic instability, restrictions on the export or import of technology, potentially limited intellectual property protection, difficulties in staffing and managing international operations and potentially adverse tax consequences, and required compliance with U.S.- and non-U.S. laws and regulations.  More specifically, we are subject to laws and regulations worldwide affecting our operations outside the U.S. in areas including, but not limited to, IP ownership and infringement, tax, customs, import and export requirements, anti-corruption and anti-bribery, foreign exchange controls and cash repatriation restrictions, foreign investment, data privacy requirements, anti-competition, pensions and social insurance, employment, and environment, health, and safety. Compliance with these laws and regulations may be onerous and expensive and requirements may differ among jurisdictions.  Further, the promulgation of new laws, changing in existing laws and abrogation of local regulations by national laws may have a negative impact on our business and prospects.  In addition, certain laws and regulations are relatively new and their interpretation and enforcement involve significant uncertainties. There can be no assurance that any of these factors will not have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

Our Continued Success Depends on Our Ability to Develop New Products and Processes

In order to meet our strategic objectives, we must continue to develop, manufacture and market new products, develop new processes and improve existing processes. As a result, we expect to continue to make significant investments in research and development and to continue to consider from time to time the strategic acquisition of businesses, products or technologies complementary to our business. Our success in developing, introducing and selling new and enhanced products depends upon a variety of factors including product selection, timely and efficient completion of product design and development, timely and efficient implementation of manufacturing and assembly processes, effective sales and marketing and product performance in the field. There can be no assurance that we will be able to develop and introduce new products or enhancements to our existing products and processes in a manner which satisfies customer needs or achieves market acceptance. The failure to do so could have a material adverse effect on our ability to grow our business.  

Keeping Pace with Key Industry Developments is Essential

The introduction of products or processes utilizing new developments could render existing products or processes obsolete or unmarketable. Our continued success will depend upon our ability to develop and introduce, in a timely and cost-effective manner, new products, processes and applications that keep pace with developments and address increasingly sophisticated customer requirements. There can be no assurance that we will be successful in identifying, developing and marketing new products, applications and processes and that we will not experience difficulties that could delay or prevent the successful development, introduction and marketing of product or process enhancements or new products, applications or processes, or that our products, applications or processes will adequately meet the requirements of the marketplace and achieve market acceptance. Our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected if we were to incur delays in developing new products, applications or processes or if they do not achieve market acceptance.

We May Expand Product Lines and Markets by Acquiring Other Businesses, Which May Adversely Affect our Results and Affect the Value of our Stock Following Such Acquisitions  

Our business strategy includes expanding our product lines and markets through both internal product development and acquisitions.  We have completed various acquisitions in recent years and the success of these acquisitions will depend, in part, on our ability to realize the anticipated benefits from integrating and successfully running the businesses acquired.  The strategic acquisition of businesses, products or technologies complementary to our business involves numerous potential risks, including difficulties in the assimilation of the acquired business and products, uncertainties associated with operating in new markets, working with new customers and the potential loss of the acquired company’s key personnel.  In addition, acquired businesses may experience operating

19


 

losses as of, and subsequent to, the acquisition date. Further, we significantly increased our long-term debt to finance these acquisitions, the costs of which (in terms of interest expense and similar debt service costs), must be weighed against the potential benefits of such acquisitions. The anticipated benefits and cost savings of an acquisition may not be realized fully, or at all, or may take longer to realize than expected, and as a result our results of operations, financial position, and cash flow may be adversely affected.  

Further, any future business acquisitions completed by us may result in potentially dilutive issuances of our equity securities, the incurrence of debt, contingent liabilities and amortization expense related to intangible assets acquired, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

Declines in the Operating Performance of One of Our Business Segments Could Result in an Impairment of the Segment’s Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets

As of June 30, 2015, we had goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets of approximately $195.9 million and $14.4 million, respectively, on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. In accordance with applicable accounting guidance, we test our goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment on an annual basis or when an indication of possible impairment exists, to determine whether the carrying value of our assets is still supported by the fair value of the underlying business. To the extent that it is not, we are required to record an impairment charge to reduce the asset to fair value. A decline in the operating performance of any of our business segments could result in an impairment charge which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition.

General Global Economic Conditions May Adversely Affect Our Business, Operating Results and Financial Condition

Current and future conditions in the global economy have an inherent degree of uncertainty. As a result, it is difficult to estimate the level of growth or contraction for the global economy as a whole. It is even more difficult to estimate growth or contraction in various parts, sectors and regions of the economy, including industrial, military, optical communications, telecommunications, semiconductor, and medical and life science markets in which we participate. Because all components of our forecasting are dependent upon estimates of growth or contraction in the markets we serve and demand for our products, the prevailing global economic uncertainties render estimates of future income and expenditures very difficult to make. In addition, changes in general economic conditions may affect industries in which our customers operate. These changes could include decreases in the rate of consumption or use of our customers’ products due to economic downturn, and such conditions could have a material adverse effect on demand for our customers’ products, and in turn, on demand for our products. Adverse changes may occur in the future as a result of declining or flat global or regional economic conditions, fluctuations in currency and commodity prices, wavering confidence, capital expenditure reductions, unemployment, decline in stock markets, contraction of credit availability or other factors affecting economic conditions. For example, factors that may affect our operating results include disruptions to the credit and financial markets in the U.S., Europe and elsewhere; adverse effects of ongoing stagnation in the European economy; slowdown in the Chinese economy; contractions or limited growth in consumer spending or consumer credit; and adverse economic conditions that may be specific to the Internet, e-commerce and payments industries. These changes may negatively affect sales of products, increase exposure to losses from bad debt and commodity prices, increase the cost and availability of financing and increase costs associated with manufacturing and distributing products. Any economic downturn could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

There Are Limitations on the Protection of Our Intellectual Property

We rely on a combination of trade secret, patent, copyright and trademark laws combined with employee noncompetition and nondisclosure agreements to protect our intellectual property rights. There can be no assurance that the steps taken by us will be adequate to prevent misappropriation of our technology or intellectual property. Furthermore, there can be no assurance that third-parties will not assert infringement claims against us in the future. Asserting our intellectual property rights or defending against third-party claims could involve substantial expense, thus materially and adversely affecting our business, results of operations or financial condition. In the event a third-party were successful in a claim that one of our processes infringed its proprietary rights, we could be required to pay substantial damages or royalties, or expend substantial amounts in order to obtain a license or modify processes so that they no longer infringe such proprietary rights, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

We Are Subject to Governmental Regulation

We are subject to the passage of and changes in the interpretation of regulation by U.S. government entities at the federal, state and local levels and non-U.S. agencies, including, but not limited to, the following:

·

We are required to comply with various import laws and export control and economic sanctions laws, which may affect our transactions with certain customers, business partners and other persons, including in certain cases dealings with or

20


 

between our employees and subsidiaries. In certain circumstances, export control and e conomic sanctions regulations may prohibit the export of certain products, services and technologies, and in other circumstances we may be required to obtain an export license before exporting the controlled item. Compliance with the various import laws th at apply to our businesses may restrict our access to, and may increase the cost of obtaining, certain products and could interrupt our supply of imported inventory.

·

Exported technology necessary to develop and manufacture certain Company products are subject to U.S. export control laws and similar laws of other jurisdictions, and the Company may be subject to adverse regulatory consequences, including government oversight of facilities and export transactions, monetary penalties and other sanctions for violations of these laws. In certain instances, these regulations may prohibit the Company from developing or manufacturing certain of its products for specific end applications outside the U.S.

·

Our agreements relating to the sale of products to government entities may be subject to termination, reduction or modification in the event of changes in government requirements, reductions in federal spending and other factors. We are also subject to investigation and audit for compliance with the requirements of government contracts, including requirements related to procurement integrity, export control, employment practices, the accuracy of records and the recording of costs. A failure to comply with these requirements might result in suspension of these contracts and suspension or debarment from government contracting or subcontracting.

In addition, failure to comply with any of these laws and regulations could result in civil and criminal, monetary and non-monetary penalties, disruptions to our business, limitations on our ability to import and export products and services and damage to our reputation.

We Are Subject to Stringent Environmental Regulation

We use or generate certain hazardous substances in our research and manufacturing facilities. We believe that our handling of such substances is in material compliance with applicable local, state and federal environmental, safety and health regulations at each operating location. We invest substantially in proper protective equipment, process controls and specialized training to minimize risks to employees, surrounding communities and the environment resulting from the presence and handling of such hazardous substances. We regularly conduct employee physical examinations and workplace monitoring regarding such substances. When exposure problems or potential exposure problems have been uncovered, corrective actions have been implemented and re-occurrence has been minimal or non-existent. We do not carry environmental impairment insurance.

We have in place an emergency response plan with respect to our generation and use of the hazardous substance Hydrogen Selenide. Special attention has been given to all procedures pertaining to this gaseous material to minimize the chances of its accidental release into the atmosphere.

With respect to the manufacturing, use, storage and disposal of the low-level radioactive material Thorium Fluoride, our facilities and procedures have been inspected and licensed by the Nuclear Regulatory Commission. Thorium-bearing by-products are collected and shipped as solid waste to a government-approved low-level radioactive waste disposal site in Clive, Utah.

The generation, use, collection, storage and disposal of all other hazardous by-products, such as suspended solids containing heavy metals or airborne particulates, are believed by us to be in material compliance with regulations. We believe that we have obtained all of the permits and licenses required for operation of our business.

Although we do not know of any material environmental, safety or health problems in our properties or processes, there can be no assurance that problems will not develop in the future which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

We May Be Adversely Affected by Climate Change Regulation

In many of the countries in which we operate, government bodies are increasingly enacting or contemplating enacting legislation and regulations in response to potential impacts of climate change. These laws and regulations may be mandatory or voluntary, and have the potential to impact our operations directly or indirectly through implications on our customers or our supply chain. Inconsistency of regulations may also affect the costs of compliance with such laws and regulations. Assessments of the potential impact of future climate change legislation, regulation and international treaties and accords are uncertain, given the wide scope of potential regulatory change in countries in which we operate. We may incur increased capital expenditures resulting from required compliance with revised or new legislation or regulations, costs to purchase or profits from sales of, allowances or credits under a “cap and trade” system, increased insurance premiums and deductibles as new actuarial tables are developed to reshape coverage, a change in competitive position relative to industry peers and changes to profit or loss arising from increased or decreased demand for goods produced by us and indirectly, from changes in costs of goods sold.

21


 

Regulations Related to Conflict Minerals Could Adversely Impact Our Business.

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act contain provisions to improve transparency and accountability concerning the supply of gold, columbite-tantalite (coltan), cassiterite and wolframite, including their derivatives, which are limited to tantalum, tin and tungsten, known as “conflict minerals,” originating from the Democratic Republic of Congo (DRC) and adjoining countries (collectively known as the "covered countries"). Pursuant to these rules, the SEC has adopted certain annual disclosure and reporting requirements for those companies that use conflict minerals in their products, regardless of whether such minerals were mined from the covered countries, compliance with which began in 2014. We could incur significant costs associated with complying with these disclosure requirements, including costs related to our due diligence efforts to determine the sources of any conflict minerals used in our products. These rules could adversely affect the sourcing, supply and pricing of materials we use in our products, particularly if it turns out that there are only a limited number of suppliers offering conflict minerals that are not from recycled or scrap sources, can be traced to a country of origin other than the covered countries, or can be traced to a source within the covered countries that definitely does not finance or benefit armed groups in those countries. We cannot be sure that we will be able to obtain products from such suppliers in sufficient quantities or at competitive prices. Also, we may face reputational challenges if we determine that certain of our products contain conflict minerals originating from the covered countries and we cannot definitively determine whether the conflict minerals financed or otherwise benefited armed groups, or if we are unable to sufficiently verify the origins of all of the conflict minerals used in our products through the due diligence procedures we implement.

Data Breach Incidents and Breakdown of Information and Communication Technologies Could Disrupt our Operations and Impact Our Financial Results

In the course of our business, we collect and store sensitive data, including intellectual property [both proprietary and of our customers], as well as proprietary business information. We could be subject to service outages or breaches of security systems which may result in disruption, unauthorized access, misappropriation, or corruption of this information. Security breaches of our network or data including physical or electronic break-ins, vendor service outages, computer viruses, attacks by hackers or similar breaches can create system disruptions, shutdowns, or unauthorized disclosure of confidential information. Although we have not experienced an incident, if we are unable to prevent such security or privacy breaches, our operations could be disrupted or we may suffer legal claims, loss of reputation, financial loss, property damage, or regulatory penalties because of lost or misappropriated information.

We Depend on Highly Complex Manufacturing Processes That Require Products from Limited Sources of Supply

We utilize high-quality, optical grade zinc selenide (ZnSe) in the production of many of our infrared optical products. We are the leading producer of ZnSe for our internal use and for external sale. The production of ZnSe is a complex process requiring a highly controlled environment. A number of factors, including defective or contaminated materials, could adversely affect our ability to achieve acceptable manufacturing yields of high quality ZnSe. No proven external sources of ZnSe are currently available. Lack of adequate availability of high quality ZnSe could have a material adverse effect upon us. There can be no assurance that we will not experience manufacturing yield inefficiencies which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

We produce Hydrogen Selenide gas which is used in our production of ZnSe. There are risks inherent in the production and handling of such material. Our lack of proper handling of Hydrogen Selenide could require us to curtail our production of Hydrogen Selenide. Hydrogen Selenide is available from only one outside source whose quantities and quality may be limited. The cost of purchasing such material is greater than the cost of internal production. As a result, the purchase of a substantial portion of such material from the outside source would increase our ZnSe production costs. Therefore, our inability to internally produce Hydrogen Selenide could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

In addition, we produce and utilize other high purity and relatively uncommon materials and compounds to manufacture our products including, but not limited to, Zinc Sulfide (ZnS), Yttrium Aluminum Garnet (YAG), Yttrium Lithium Fluoride (YLF), Calcium Fluoride (CaF 2 ), Germanium (Ge), Selenium (Se), Telluride (Te), Bismuth Telluride (Bi 2 Te 3 ) and Silicon Carbide (SiC). A significant failure of our internal production processes or our suppliers to deliver sufficient quantities of these necessary materials on a timely basis could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

Some Systems That Utilize our Products Are Complex in Design and May Contain Defects that Are Not Detected Until Deployed Which Could Increase Our Costs and Reduce Our Revenues

Some systems that utilize our products are inherently complex in design and require ongoing maintenance. Our customers may discover defects in our products after the products have been fully deployed and operated under peak stress conditions. In addition, some of our products are combined with products from other vendors, and these third-party products may contain defects. Should problems occur, it may be difficult to identify the source of the problem. If we are unable to correct defects or other problems, we could experience, among other things: loss of customers; increased costs of product returns and warranty expenses; damage to our

22


 

brand reputation; failure to attract new customers or achieve market acceptance; diversion of de velopment and engineering resources; or legal action by our customers. The occurrence of any one or more of the foregoing factors could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

Continued U.S. Budget Deficits Could Result in Significant Defense Spending Cuts and/or Reductions in Defense Programs, which Could Adversely Impact the Company

Specific to the military business within our II-VI Laser Solutions and II-VI Performance Products segments, sales to customers in the defense industry totaled approximately 12% of revenues for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015. These customers in turn generally contract with a governmental entity, typically a U.S. governmental agency. Future reductions in defense spending could result from the current or future economic or political environment, such as the ongoing sequestration of the defense budget, which could result in reductions in demand for defense-related products that we produce. Further, changes to existing defense procurement laws and regulations could adversely affect our results of operations.  Most governmental programs are subject to funding approval and can be modified or terminated with no warning upon the determination of a legislative or administrative body. The loss of or failure to obtain certain contracts or the loss of a major government customer could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

Changes in Tax Rates, Tax Liabilities or Tax Accounting Rules Could Affect Future Results

As a global company, we are subject to taxation in the U.S. and various other countries and jurisdictions. As such, we must exercise a level of judgment in determining our worldwide tax liabilities. Our future tax rates could be affected by changes in the composition of earnings in countries with differing tax rates or changes in tax laws. Changes in tax laws or tax rulings may have a significantly adverse impact on our effective tax rate. For example, proposals for fundamental U.S. international tax reform, if enacted, could have a significant adverse impact on our effective tax rate. In addition, we are subject to regular examination of our income tax returns by the Internal Revenue Service and other tax authorities. We regularly assess the likelihood of favorable or unfavorable outcomes resulting from these examinations to determine the adequacy of our provision for income taxes. Although we believe our tax estimates are reasonable, there can be no assurance that any final determination will not be materially different than the treatment reflected in our historical income tax provision and accruals, which could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operation or financial condition.

We May Encounter Substantial Competition

We may encounter substantial competition from other companies in the same market, including established companies with significant resources. Some of our competitors may have financial, technical, marketing or other capabilities that are more extensive than ours and may be able to respond more quickly than we can to new or emerging technologies and other competitive pressures. We may not be able to compete successfully against our present or future competitors, and such competition could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

Our Success Depends on Our Ability to Retain Key Personnel

We are highly dependent upon the experience and continuing services of certain scientists, engineers, production and management personnel. Competition for the services of these personnel is intense, and there can be no assurance that we will be able to retain or attract the personnel necessary for our success. The loss of the services of our key personnel could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

Natural Disasters or Other Global or Regional Catastrophic Events Could Disrupt Our Operations and Adversely Affect Results

We may be exposed to business interruptions due to catastrophe, natural disaster, pandemic, terrorism or acts of war that are beyond our control. Disruptions to our facilities or systems, or to those of our key suppliers, could also interrupt operational processes and adversely impact our ability to manufacture our products and provide services and support to our customers. As a result, our business, results of operations or financial condition could be materially adversely affected.

A Significant Portion of Our Business is Dependent on Cyclical Industries

Our business is significantly dependent on the demand for products produced by end-users of industrial lasers and optical communication products. Many of these end-users are in industries that have historically experienced a highly cyclical demand for their products. As a result, demand for our products is subject to these cyclical fluctuations. This cyclical demand could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

23


 

Commodity Prices May Adversely Affect Our Results of Operations and Financial Condition

We are exposed to a variety of market risks, including the effects of changes in commodity prices. Our businesses purchase, produce and sell high purity selenium and other raw materials based upon quoted market prices from minor metal exchanges. As a result, the negative impact from changes in commodity prices may not be recovered through our product sales, and as such could have a material adverse effect on our net earnings and financial condition.

The Market Price of Our Common Stock Can Be Highly Volatile

Factors that could cause fluctuation in our stock price include, among other things: general economic and market conditions; actual or anticipated variations in operating results; changes in financial estimates by securities analysts; our inability to meet or exceed securities analysts’ estimates or expectations; conditions or trends in the industries in which our products are purchased; announcements by us or our competitors of significant acquisitions, strategic partnerships, divestitures, joint ventures or other strategic initiatives; capital commitments; additions or departures of key personnel; and sales of our Common Stock.

Many of these factors are beyond our control. These factors could cause the market price of our Common Stock to decline, regardless of our actual operating performance.

Provisions in Our Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws May Limit the Price that Investors May be Willing to Pay in the Future for Shares of Our Common Stock

Our Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws contain provisions that could make us a less attractive target for a hostile takeover and could make more difficult or discourage a merger proposal, a tender offer or a proxy contest. Such provisions include: a requirement that shareholder-nominated director nominees be nominated in advance of the meeting at which directors are elected and that specific information be provided in connection with such nomination; the ability of the board of directors to issue additional shares of Common Stock or preferred stock without shareholder approval; and certain provisions requiring supermajority approval (at least two-thirds of the votes cast by all shareholders entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class). In addition, the Pennsylvania Business Corporation Law contains provisions that may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control of the Company. All of these provisions may limit the price that investors may be willing to pay for shares of our Common Stock.

Because We Do Not Currently Intend to Pay Dividends, Shareholders Will Benefit From an Investment in our Common Stock Only if it Appreciates in Value

We have never declared or paid any dividends on our Common Stock, and do not expect to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future, as we currently anticipate that we will retain any future earnings to support operations and to finance the development of our business. As a result, the success of an investment in our Common Stock will depend entirely upon any future appreciation in its value. There is no guarantee that our Common Stock will maintain its value or appreciate in value.


24


 

RECENTLY ISSUED FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

In July 2015, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued an Accounting Standard Update (“ASU”) 2015-11, Inventory (Topic 330): Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory. This update simplifies the measurement of inventory valuation at the lower of cost or net realizable value.  Net realizable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal and transportation. The new inventory measurement requirements are effective for the Company’s 2018 fiscal year and will replace the current inventory valuation guidance that requires the use of a lower of cost or market framework. The adoption of these changes is not expected to have a material impact to the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

In April 2015, the FASB issued as final, ASU 2015-05, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other - Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40): Customer’s Accounting for Fees Paid in a Cloud Computing Arrangement. This update provides guidance about whether a cloud computing arrangement includes a software license. The update is effective for annual reporting periods, including interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption is permitted. The update allows for the use of either a prospective or retrospective adoption approach. Management is currently evaluating the available transition methods and the potential impact of adoption on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-03, Interest – Imputation of Interest: Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs.  This ASU requires entities to present debt issuance costs in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of the corresponding debt liability, consistent with debt discounts. The guidance does not address situations in which debt issuance costs do not have an associated debt liability or exceed the carrying amount of the associated debt liability. This ASU will be effective beginning in fiscal year 2017. Management is currently evaluating the potential impact of adoption on the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements.

In February 2015, the FASB issued as final, ASU 2015-02, Consolidation (Topic 810): Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis, which affects reporting organizations that are required to evaluate whether they should consolidate certain legal entities. The update is effective for interim and annual reporting periods in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption is permitted, including adoption in an interim period. The update allows for the use of either a full retrospective or a modified retrospective adoption approach. Management is currently evaluating the available transition methods and the potential impact of adoption on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

In January 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-01, Income Statement - Extraordinary and Unusual Items. This ASU eliminates the requirement to separately present and disclose extraordinary and unusual items in the financial statements. This ASU will be effective beginning in 2016. The adoption of this ASU is not expected to have a material effect on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09: Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) which supersedes virtually all existing revenue recognition guidance under U.S. GAAP. The update's core principle is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The update allows for the use of either the retrospective or modified retrospective approach of adoption. On July 9, 2015 the FASB approved a one year deferral of the effective date of the update. The update is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2017 (the first quarter of our fiscal year 2019). We have not yet selected a transition method and are currently evaluating the impact of this guidance on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

In April 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-08: Reporting Discontinued Operations and Disclosures of Disposals of Components of an Entity, which changes the criteria for determining which disposals can be presented as discontinued operations and modifies related disclosure requirements. Under the new guidance, a discontinued operation is defined as a disposal of a component or group of components that is disposed of or is classified as held for sale and represents a strategic shift that has or will have a major effect on an entity's operations and financial results. The new standard will be effective for annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2014, with early adoption permitted and will be effective for the Company beginning in the first quarter of fiscal year 2016. The adoption of this standard is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

In July 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-11: Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax benefit when a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit carryforward Exists.  The ASU changes how certain unrecognized tax benefits are to be presented on the consolidated balance sheet. This ASU clarified existing guidance to require that an unrecognized tax benefit, or a portion thereof, be presented in the consolidated balance sheet as a reduction to a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforward, similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward, except when an NOL carryforward, similar tax loss, or tax credit carryforward is not available under the tax law of the applicable jurisdiction to settle any additional income taxes that would result from the disallowance of a tax position. In such a case, the unrecognized tax benefit would be presented in the consolidated balance sheet as a liability. This update was effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2013 and was effective for the Company

25


 

for the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2014. The adoption of this standard did not have a significant impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Item 1B.

UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

 

Item 2.

PROPERTIES

Information regarding our principal U.S. properties at June 30, 2015 is set forth below:

 

Location

 

Primary Use(s)

  

Primary Business Segment(s)

  

Square
Footage

  

Ownership

Saxonburg, PA

 

Manufacturing, Corporate Headquarters and Research and Development

  

II-VI Laser Solutions and II-VI Performance Products

  

252,000

  

Owned
and
Leased

Newark, DE

 

Manufacturing and
Research and Development

  

II-VI Performance Products

  

90,000

  

Leased

Temecula, CA

 

Manufacturing and
Research and Development

  

II-VI Performance Products

  

87,000

  

Leased

Dallas, TX

 

Manufacturing and
Research and Development

  

II-VI Performance Products

  

68,000

  

Owned
and
Leased

New Port Richey and Port Richey, FL

 

Manufacturing and
Research and Development

  

II-VI Photonics and II-VI Performance Products

  

67,000

  

Owned

Monroe, CT

 

Manufacturing and
Research and Development

  

II-VI Performance Products

  

48,000

  

Leased

Tustin, CA

 

Manufacturing and
Research and Development

  

II-VI Performance Products

  

37,000

  

Leased

Santa Rosa, CA

 

Manufacturing and
Research and Development

  

II-VI Photonics

  

33,000

  

Leased

Philadelphia, PA

 

Manufacturing and
Research and Development

  

II-VI Performance Products

  

30,000

  

Leased

Pine Brook, NJ

 

Manufacturing and
Research and Development

  

II-VI Performance Products

  

26,000

  

Leased

Newtown, CT

 

Manufacturing and
Research and Development

  

II-VI Performance Products

  

19,000

  

Leased

Woburn, MA

 

Manufacturing and
Research and Development

  

II-VI Photonics

  

17,000

  

Leased

Horseheads, NY

 

Research and Development

  

II-VI Photonics

  

15,000

  

Leased

Vista, CA

 

Manufacturing and
Research and Development

  

II-VI Performance Products

  

10,000

  

Leased

Starkville, MS

 

Manufacturing

  

II-VI Performance Products

  

10,000

  

Leased

Flemington, NJ

 

Manufacturing and
Research and Development

  

II-VI Photonics

  

5,000

  

Leased

San Jose, CA

 

Research and Development

  

II-VI Photonics

  

5,000

  

Leased

Sunnyvale, CA

 

Distribution

  

II-VI Photonics

  

2,300

  

Leased

 

26


 

Information regarding our principal foreign properties at June 30, 2015 is set forth below:

 

Location

  

Primary Use(s)

  

Primary Business Segment(s)

  

Square
Footage

  

Ownership

China

  

Manufacturing, Research and Development, and Distribution

  

II-VI Laser Solutions, II-VI Photonics and II-VI Performance Products

  

1,125,000

  

Leased

Philippines

  

Manufacturing

  

II-VI Performance Products

  

249,000

  

Leased

Vietnam

  

Manufacturing

  

II-VI Photonics and II-VI Performance Products

  

207,000

  

Leased

Switzerland

  

Manufacturing, Research and Development, and Distribution

  

II-VI Laser Solutions

  

134,000

  

Leased

Germany

  

Manufacturing and Distribution

  

II-VI Laser Solutions, II-VI Photonics and II-VI Performance Products

  

78,000

  

Owned and Leased

Singapore

  

Manufacturing

  

II-VI Laser Solutions

  

35,000

  

Leased

Japan

  

Distribution

  

II-VI Laser Solutions, II-VI Photonics and II-VI Performance Products

  

4,000

  

Leased

Belgium

  

Distribution

  

II-VI Laser Solutions

  

3,000

  

Leased

Italy

  

Distribution

  

II-VI Laser Solutions and II-VI Photonics

  

2,000

  

Leased

South Korea

 

Distribution

  

II-VI Laser Solutions

  

2,000

  

Leased

United Kingdom

  

Distribution

  

II-VI Laser Solutions and II-VI Photonics

  

1,500

  

Leased

The square footage listed for each of the above properties represents facility square footage, except in the case of the Philippines location, which includes land.

 

Item 3.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

The Company and its subsidiaries are involved in various claims and lawsuits incidental to its business. The resolution of each of these matters is subject to various uncertainties, and it is possible that these matters may be resolved unfavorably to the Company. Management believes, after consulting with legal counsel, that the ultimate liabilities, if any, resulting from such legal proceedings will not materially affect the Company’s financial condition, liquidity or results of operation.

 

Item 4.

MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

The executive officers of the Company and their respective ages and positions are set forth below. Each executive officer listed has been appointed by the Board of Directors to serve until removed or until such person’s successor is appointed and qualified.

 

Name

  

Age

  

Position

Francis J. Kramer

  

66

  

Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Vincent D. Mattera, Jr.

  

59

  

President and Chief Operating Officer and Director

Mary Jane Raymond

  

55

  

Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

Giovanni Barbarossa

 

53

 

Vice President II-VI Laser Solutions and Chief Technology Officer

David G. Wagner

 

52

 

Vice President, Human Resources

 

Francis J. Kramer has been employed by the Company since 1983, has been its Chairman since 2014, and has been its Chief Executive Officer since July 2007. Mr. Kramer has served as a Director of the Company since 1989. Previously, Mr. Kramer served as the Company’s Chief Operating Officer from 1985 through June 2007. Mr. Kramer joined the Company as Vice President and General Manager of Manufacturing and was named Executive Vice President and General Manager of Manufacturing in 1984. Prior to his employment by the Company, Mr. Kramer was the Director of Operations for the Utility Communications Systems Group of Rockwell International Corp. Mr. Kramer graduated from the University of Pittsburgh with a B.S. degree in Industrial Engineering

27


 

and from Purdue University with a M.S. degree in Industrial Administration. Mr. Kramer has served as Director of Barnes Group Inc., a publicly traded aerospace and industrial manufacturing company (NYSE: B), since 2012.

Vincent D. Mattera, Jr. has been employed by the Company since 2004 and has been its President and Chief Operating Officer since 2013. Dr. Mattera has served as a Director of the Company since 2012. Previously, Dr. Mattera served as Executive Vice President from 2010 to 2013 and was Vice President of the Advanced Products Group from 2004 to 2010. Dr. Mattera served as Vice President, Undersea Optical Transport, Agere Systems (formerly Lucent Technologies, Microelectronics and Communications Technologies Group) from 2001 to 2004. Previously, Dr. Mattera served as Optoelectronic Device Manufacturing and Process Development Vice President with Lucent Technologies, Microelectronics and Communications Technologies Group from 2000 until 2001. He was Director of Optoelectronic Device Manufacturing and Development at Lucent Technologies, Microelectronics Group from 1997 to 2000. From 1995 to 1997 he served as Director, Indium Phosphide Semiconductor Laser Chip Design and Process Development with Lucent Technologies, Microelectronics Group. From 1984 to 1995 he held management positions with AT&T Bell Laboratories. Dr. Mattera holds B.S. and Ph.D. degrees in Chemistry from the University of Rhode Island and Brown University, respectively.

Mary Jane Raymond has been employed by the Company as its Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer since March 2014. Previously, Ms. Raymond was the Chief Financial Officer of Hudson Global, Inc. from 2005 to 2013. Ms. Raymond was the Chief Risk Officer and Vice President and Corporate Controller at Dun and Bradstreet, Inc. from 2002 to 2005. Additionally, she was the Vice President, Merger Integration at Lucent Technologies, Inc. from 1997 to 2002 and held several management positions at Cummins Engine Company from 1988 to 1997. Ms. Raymond holds a B.A. degree in Public Management from St. Joseph’s University, and an MBA from Stanford University.

Giovanni Barbarossa has been employed by the Company since 2012 and has been Vice President, II-VI Laser Solutions segment since 2014 and Chief Technology Officer since 2012.  Dr. Barbarossa was employed at Avanex Corporation from 2000-2009, serving in various executive positions in product development and general management, ultimately becoming its Chief Executive Officer. When Avanex merged with Bookham Technology plc, forming Oclaro Inc., Dr. Barbarossa became a member of the Board of Directors of Oclaro and served as such from 2009 to 2011. Dr. Barbarossa graduated from the University of Bari, Italy with a B.S. in Electrical Engineering and a Ph.D. in Photonics from the University of Glasgow, U.K.

David G. Wagner has been employed by the Company since 2008 and has been the Vice President, Human Resources since 2011 Prior to his employment with the Company, Mr. Wagner was employed with Owens Corning (NYSE: OC) from 1985-2008, serving in various human resource management positions, ultimately becoming the Vice President, Human Resources for Owens Corning’s global sales forces. Mr. Wagner graduated with a B.S. degree in Human Resources Management from Juniata College in 1985.   

 

 

 

28


 

PART II

 

Item 5.

MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

The Company’s Common Stock is traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market (“NASDAQ”) under the symbol “IIVI.” The following table sets forth the range of high and low closing sale prices per share of the Company’s Common Stock for the fiscal periods indicated, as reported by NASDAQ.

 

 

 

High

 

 

Low

 

Fiscal 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First Quarter

 

$

14.71

 

 

$

11.77

 

Second Quarter

 

$

14.44

 

 

$

10.95

 

Third Quarter

 

$

18.70

 

 

$

12.67

 

Fourth Quarter

 

$

19.53

 

 

$

17.68

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

High

 

 

Low

 

Fiscal 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First Quarter

 

$

20.76

 

 

$

16.51

 

Second Quarter

 

$

19.16

 

 

$

15.25

 

Third Quarter

 

$

17.47

 

 

$

14.72

 

Fourth Quarter

 

$

15.62

 

 

$

12.79

 

On August 20, 2015, the last reported sale price for the Company’s Common Stock was $17.82 per share. As of such date, there were approximately 785 holders of record of our Common Stock. The Company historically has not paid cash dividends and does not presently anticipate paying cash dividends in the future.

ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

In August 2014, the Board of Directors authorized the Company to purchase up to $50.0 million of its Common Stock. The repurchase program calls for shares to be purchased in the open market or in private transactions from time to time. Shares purchased by the Company are retained as treasury stock and available for general corporate purposes. During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 the Company purchased 936,049 shares of its Common Stock pursuant to the repurchase program for approximately $12.7 million.

The following table provides information with respect to purchases of the Company’s equity securities during the quarter ended June 30, 2015.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Number of

 

 

Dollar Value of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares Purchased

 

 

Shares That May

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

as Part of Publicly

 

 

Yet be Purchased

 

 

 

Total Number of

 

 

Average Price Paid

 

 

Announced Plans or

 

 

Under the Plan or

 

Period

 

Shares Purchased

 

 

Per Share

 

 

Programs (a)

 

 

Program

 

April 1, 2015 to April 30, 2015

 

 

-

 

 

$

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

$

37,255,646

 

May 1, 2015 to May 31, 2015

432

 

(a)

$

18.66

 

 

 

-

 

 

$

37,255,646

 

June 1, 2015 to June 30, 2015

 

 

-

 

 

$

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

$

37,255,646

 

(a)

Includes 432 shares of our Common Stock transferred to the Company from employees in satisfaction of minimum tax withholding obligations associated with the vesting of restricted share awards.

The information incorporated by reference in Item 12 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K from our 2015 Proxy Statement under the heading “Equity Compensation Plan Information” is hereby also incorporated by reference into this Item 5.

29


 

PERFORMANCE GRAPH

The following graph compares cumulative total shareholder return on the Company’s Common Stock with the cumulative total shareholder return of the Nasdaq Composite Index and with a peer group of companies constructed by the Company for the period from June 30, 2010, through June 30, 2015. The Company’s peer group includes Cabot Microelectronics Corporation, Franklin Electric Co., Inc., MKS Instruments, Inc., Rofin-Sinar Technologies, Inc. and Silicon Laboratories.

 


30


 

Item 6.

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

Five-Year Financial Summary

The following selected financial data for the five fiscal years presented are derived from II-VI’s audited Consolidated Financial Statements as adjusted to reflect the Company’s II-VI Performance Metals tellurium product line as a discontinued operation. All periods presented have been adjusted to present this product line on a discontinued operations basis. The data should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

Year Ended June 30,

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

2012

 

 

2011

 

($000 except per share data)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Statement of Earnings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net revenues from continuing operations

 

$

741,961

 

 

$

683,261

 

 

$

551,075

 

 

$

516,403

 

 

$

486,638

 

Earnings from continuing operations

 

 

65,975

 

 

 

38,316

 

 

 

58,720

 

 

 

70,718

 

 

 

79,676

 

Earnings (loss) from discontinued operations

 

 

-

 

 

 

133

 

 

 

(6,789

)

 

 

(9,443

)

 

 

3,342

 

Net earnings attributable to redeemable noncontrolling interest

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

1,118

 

 

 

969

 

 

 

336

 

Net earnings attributable to II-VI Incorporated

 

 

65,975

 

 

 

38,449

 

 

 

50,813

 

 

 

60,306

 

 

 

82,682

 

Basic earnings (loss) per shares:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Continuing operations

 

 

1.08

 

 

 

0.62

 

 

 

0.92

 

 

 

1.10

 

 

 

1.28

 

Discontinued operation

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(0.11

)

 

 

(0.15

)

 

 

0.05

 

Consolidated

 

 

1.08

 

 

 

0.62

 

 

 

0.81

 

 

 

0.96

 

 

 

1.33

 

Diluted earnings (loss) per shares:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Continuing operations

 

 

1.05

 

 

 

0.60

 

 

 

0.90

 

 

 

1.08

 

 

 

1.25

 

Discontinued operation

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(0.11

)

 

 

(0.15

)

 

 

0.05

 

Consolidated

 

 

1.05

 

 

 

0.60

 

 

 

0.80

 

 

 

0.94

 

 

 

1.30

 

Diluted weighted average shares outstanding

 

 

62,586

 

 

 

63,686

 

 

 

63,884

 

 

 

64,385

 

 

 

63,612

 

 

Year Ended June 30,

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

2012

 

 

2011

 

($000)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance Sheet

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Working capital

 

$

373,812

 

 

$

370,666

 

 

$

366,710

 

 

$

326,645

 

 

$

304,573

 

Total assets

 

 

1,058,164

 

 

 

1,071,926

 

 

 

863,802

 

 

 

706,486

 

 

 

647,202

 

Long-term debt

 

 

155,957

 

 

 

221,960

 

 

 

114,036

 

 

 

12,769

 

 

 

15,000

 

Total debt

 

 

175,957

 

 

 

241,960

 

 

 

114,036

 

 

 

12,769

 

 

 

18,729

 

Retained earnings

 

 

587,302

 

 

 

521,327

 

 

 

482,878

 

 

 

434,940

 

 

 

377,264

 

Shareholders' equity

 

 

729,081

 

 

 

675,043

 

 

 

636,108

 

 

 

586,226

 

 

 

521,273

 

 

 

Item 7.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Forward-Looking Statements

Certain statements contained in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations are forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements are also identified by words such as “expects,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “intends,” “plans,” “projects” or similar expressions. Actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements for many reasons, including those potential risks set forth in Item 1A, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, which are incorporated herein by reference.

Overview

The Company generates revenues, earnings and cash flows from developing, manufacturing and marketing engineered materials and opto-electronic components for precision use in industrial, optical communications, military, semiconductor, medical and life science, and consumer applications. We also generate revenue, earnings and cash flows from government funded research and development contracts relating to the development and manufacture of new technologies, materials and products.

31


 

Our customer base includes OEMs, laser end users, system integrators of high-power lasers, manufacturers of equipment and devices for the industrial, optica l communications, military, semiconductor, medical and life science markets, U.S. government prime contractors, various U.S. Government agencies and thermoelectric integrators.

Critical Accounting Estimates

The preparation of financial statements and related disclosures in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) and the Company’s discussion and analysis of its financial condition and results of operations requires the Company’s management to make judgments, assumptions and estimates that affect the amounts reported in its Consolidated Financial Statements and accompanying notes. Note 1 of the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K describes the significant accounting policies and accounting methods used in the preparation of the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements. Management bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that it believes to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

Management believes the Company’s critical accounting estimates are those related to revenue recognition, allowance for doubtful accounts, warranty reserves, inventory valuation, business combinations, valuation of long-lived assets including acquired intangibles and goodwill, accrual of bonus and profit sharing estimates, accrual of income tax liability estimates and accounting for share-based compensation. Management believes these estimates to be critical because they are both important to the portrayal of the Company’s financial condition and results of operations, and they require management to make judgments and estimates about matters that are inherently uncertain.

Management has discussed the development and selection of these critical accounting estimates with the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors and the Audit Committee has reviewed the foregoing disclosure. In addition, there are other items within our financial statements that require estimation, but are not deemed critical as described above. Changes in estimates used in these and other items could have a material impact on the financial statements.

The Company recognizes revenues in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Revenues for product shipments are realizable when we have persuasive evidence of a sales arrangement, the product has been shipped or delivered, the sales price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. Title and risk of loss passes from the Company to its customer at the time of shipment in most cases, with the exception of certain customers for whom customer’s title does not pass and revenue is not recognized until the customer has received the product at its physical location.

The Company’s revenue recognition policy is consistently applied across the Company’s segments, product lines and geographical locations. Further for the periods covered herein, we did not have post shipment obligations such as training or installation, customer acceptance provisions, credits and discounts, rebates and price protection or other similar privileges. Our distributors and agents are not granted price protection. Our distributors and agents, who comprise less than 10% of consolidated revenue, have no additional product return rights beyond the right to return defective products covered by our warranty policy. We believe our revenue recognition practices are consistent with Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) 104 and that we have adequately considered the requirements of Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 605 Revenue Recognition. Revenues generated from transactions other than product shipments are contract-related and have historically accounted for less than 2% of the Company’s consolidated revenues.

The Company establishes an allowance for doubtful accounts based on historical experience and believes the collection of revenues, net of this reserve, is reasonably assured. The allowance for doubtful accounts is an estimate for potential non-collection of accounts receivable based on historical experience. The Company did not experience a non-collection of accounts receivable materially affecting its financial condition or results of operations as of and for each of the fiscal years ended June 30, 2015, 2014 and 2013. If the financial condition of the Company’s customers were to deteriorate, causing an impairment of their ability to make payments, additional provisions for bad debts could be required in future periods. The Company’s allowance for doubtful accounts balance at June 30, 2015 was approximately $1.0 million. The Company’s allowance for doubtful accounts reserve estimates have historically been proven to be materially correct based upon actual charges incurred.

The Company records a warranty reserve as a charge against earnings based on a historical percentage of revenues utilizing actual returns over a period that approximates historical warranty experience. If actual returns in the future are not consistent with the historical data used to calculate these estimates, additional warranty reserves could be required. The Company’s warranty reserve balance at June 30, 2015 was approximately $3.3 million. The Company’s warranty reserve estimates have historically been proven to be materially correct based upon actual charges incurred.

The Company records an inventory reserve as a charge against earnings for all products on hand for more than twelve to eighteen months, depending on the products that have not been sold to customers or cannot be further manufactured for sale to alternative

32


 

customers. An additional reserve is recorded for products on hand that are in excess of product sold to customers over the same periods noted above. If actual market conditions are less favorable than projected, additional inventory reserves may be required.

The Company accounts for business acquisitions by establishing the acquisition-date fair value as the measurement for all assets acquired and liabilities assumed. Certain provisions of U.S. GAAP prescribe, among other things, the determination of acquisition-date fair value of consideration paid in a business combination (including contingent consideration) and the exclusion of transaction and acquisition-related restructuring costs from acquisition accounting.

The Company tests goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets on an annual basis for impairment or when events or changes in circumstances indicate that goodwill or indefinite-lived intangible assets might be impaired. Other intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives. The determination of the estimated useful lives of other intangible assets and whether goodwill or indefinite-lived intangibles are impaired requires us to make judgments based upon long-term projections of future performance. Estimates of fair value are based on our projection of revenues, operating costs and cash flows of each reporting unit considering historical and anticipated results and general economic and market conditions. The fair values of the reporting units are determined using a discounted cash flow analysis based on historical and projected financial information as well as market analysis. The carrying value of goodwill at June 30, 2015, 2014 and 2013 was $195.9 million, $196.1 million and $123.4 million, respectively. The annual goodwill impairment analysis considers the financial projections of the reporting unit based on our most recently completed long-term strategic planning processes and also considers the current financial performance compared to our prior projections of the reporting unit. Changes in our internal structuring, financial performance, judgments and projections could result in an impairment of goodwill or indefinite-lived intangible assets.

The Company has the option to perform a qualitative assessment of goodwill prior to completing the two-step process described above to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, including goodwill and other intangible assets. If the Company concludes that this is the case, it must perform the two-step process. Otherwise, the Company will forego the two-step process and does not need to perform any further testing.

As a result of the July 1, 2014 segment realignment, the Company reviewed the recoverability of the carrying value of goodwill at its reporting units.  The Company had the option to perform a qualitative assessment of goodwill prior to completing the quantitative test to determine whether it was more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit was less than its carrying amount, including goodwill and other intangible assets.  Due to the short duration of time since the Company’s most recent annual quantitative goodwill impairment test, which was completed on April 1, 2014, the Company elected to perform a qualitative test on its reporting units as part of the segment realignment.  The Company did not record any impairment of goodwill as a result of the segment realignment, as the qualitative assessment did not indicate deterioration in the fair value of its reporting units since the most recent annual impairment test.

As a result of the purchase price allocations from our prior acquisitions, and due to our decentralized structure, our goodwill is included in multiple reporting units which are the same as the Company’s operating segments. Due to the cyclical nature of our business, and the other factors described in the section on Risk Factors set forth in Item 1A, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the profitability of our individual reporting units may periodically suffer from downturns in customer demand, operational challenges and other factors. These factors may have a relatively more pronounced impact on the individual reporting units as compared to the Company as a whole, and might adversely affect the fair value of the individual reporting units. If material adverse conditions occur that impact one or more of our reporting units, our determination of future fair value may not support the carrying amount of one or more of our reporting units, and the related goodwill would need to be impaired.

Based upon our annual quantitative goodwill impairment test, the Company did not record any impairments of goodwill for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2015, 2014 or 2013.

As the estimated fair value of the II-VI Photonics reporting unit was approximately 5% greater than its carrying value, the Company has concluded that this reporting unit is at risk of not passing step one of future goodwill impairment tests. In the event of unfavorable changes to the existing assumptions used in the impairment test, such as the weighted average cost of capital (discount rate), growth rates and market multiples as well as changes in our internal structure, the carrying value of the Company’s goodwill could be impaired.  Although the Company believes that the current assumptions and estimates are reasonable, supportable and appropriate, the II-VI Photonics reporting unit competes in a challenging environment with significant pricing pressure and rapidly changing technology and there can be no assurance that the estimates and assumptions made for purposes of the goodwill impairment test will prove to be accurate predictions of future performance.

During the year ended June 30, 2015, the Company recognized an impairment charge on two of its indefinite lived trademarks in the II-VI Photonics reporting unit, as these trademarks were abandoned as a result of the Company’s re-branding efforts. Total impairment recorded during the year ended June 30, 2015 was $2.0 million, which represented the entire carrying value of these two trademarks and was recorded in Other expense (income), net in the Consolidated Statements of Earnings.

33


 

The Company records certain bonus and profit sha ring estimates as a charge against earnings. These estimates are adjusted to actual based on final results of operations achieved during the fiscal year. Certain partial bonus amounts are paid quarterly based on interim Company performance, and the remaind er is paid after fiscal year end. Other bonuses are paid annually.

The Company prepares and files tax returns based on its interpretation of tax laws and regulations and records estimates based on these judgments and interpretations. In the normal course of business, the Company’s tax returns are subject to examination by various taxing authorities, which may result in future tax, interest and penalty assessments by these authorities. Inherent uncertainties exist in estimates of many tax positions due to changes in tax law resulting from legislation, regulation and/or as concluded through the various jurisdictions’ tax court systems. The Company recognizes the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such a position are measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate resolution. The amount of unrecognized tax benefits is adjusted for changes in facts and circumstances. For example, adjustments could result from significant amendments to existing tax law and the issuance of regulations or interpretations by the taxing authorities, new information obtained during a tax examination, or resolution of an examination. The Company believes that its estimates for uncertain tax positions are appropriate and sufficient to pay assessments that may result from examinations of its tax returns. The Company recognizes both accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense.

The Company has recorded valuation allowances against certain of its deferred tax assets, primarily those that have been generated from net operating losses in certain foreign taxing jurisdictions. In evaluating whether the Company would more likely than not recover these deferred tax assets, it has not assumed any future taxable income or tax planning strategies in the jurisdictions associated with these carry-forwards where history does not support such an assumption. Implementation of tax planning strategies to recover these deferred tax assets or future income generation in these jurisdictions could lead to the reversal of these valuation allowances and a reduction of income tax expense.

In accordance with U.S. GAAP, the Company recognizes share-based compensation expense over the requisite service period of the individual grantees, which generally equals the vesting period. The Company utilized the Black-Scholes valuation model for estimating the fair value of stock option expense using assumptions such as the risk-free interest rate, expected stock price volatility, expected stock option life and expected dividend yield. The risk-free interest rate is derived from the average U.S. Treasury Note rate during the period, which approximates the rate in effect at the time of grant related to the expected life of the options. Expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of the Company’s Common Stock over the period commensurate with the expected life of the options. The expected life calculation is based on the observed time to post-vesting exercise and/or forfeitures of options by our employees. The dividend yield is zero, based on the fact the Company has never paid cash dividends and has no current intention to pay cash dividends in the future.

Fiscal Year 2015 Compared to Fiscal Year 2014

Effective July 1, 2014, the Company realigned its organizational structure into the following three reporting segments for the purpose of making operational decisions and assessing financial performance: (i) II-VI Laser Solutions, (ii) II-VI Photonics, and (iii) II-VI Performance Products. The Company is reporting financial information (revenue through operating income) for these new reporting segments in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, which management believes provides enhanced visibility and transparency into the operations, business drivers and the value of the enterprise.

34


 

The following table sets forth bookings and select items from our Consolidated Statements of Earnings for the years ended June 30, 2015 and June 30, 2014 ($ in millions except per share information):

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

June 30, 2015

 

 

June 30, 2014

 

Bookings

 

$

761.7

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

691.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

% of

 

 

 

 

 

 

% of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues

 

Total Revenues

 

$

742.0

 

 

 

100.0

%

 

$

683.3

 

 

 

100.0

%

Cost of goods sold

 

 

470.4

 

 

 

63.4

 

 

 

456.5

 

 

 

66.8

 

Gross margin

 

 

271.6

 

 

 

36.6

 

 

 

226.7

 

 

 

33.2

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Internal research and development

 

51.3

 

 

 

6.9

 

 

 

42.5

 

 

 

6.2

 

Selling, general and administrative

 

143.5

 

 

 

19.3

 

 

 

137.7

 

 

 

20.2

 

Interest and other, net

 

 

(2.3

)

 

 

(0.3

)

 

 

0.8

 

 

 

0.1

 

Earnings before income tax

 

 

79.1

 

 

 

10.7

 

 

 

45.6

 

 

 

6.7

 

Income taxes

 

 

13.1

 

 

 

1.8

 

 

 

7.3

 

 

 

1.1

 

Earnings from Continuing Operations

 

 

66.0

 

 

 

8.9

 

 

 

38.3

 

 

 

5.6

 

Earnings from Discontinued Operation, net of income tax

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

0.1

 

 

 

-

 

Net Earnings

 

$

66.0

 

 

 

8.9

%

 

$

38.4

 

 

 

5.6

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per share:

 

$

1.05

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

0.60

 

 

 

 

 

 

Executive Summary

Net earnings for fiscal year 2015 were $66.0 million ($1.05 per-share diluted), compared to $38.4 million ($0.60 per-share diluted) for the same period last fiscal year.  During fiscal year 2015, the Company began to realize synergies from prior year acquisitions, resulting in increased market share and revenues as well as operational efficiencies that are reflected in the Company’s 340 basis point increase in gross margin percentage compared to fiscal year 2014.  During the current fiscal year, the Company continued its restructuring program within the II-VI Photonics and II-VI Performance Products segments to right-size its business operations.  Total after-tax restructuring charges recorded in fiscal year 2015 were $4.1 million compared to $3.4 million in fiscal year 2014.  Net earnings were also favorably impacted in the current fiscal year as a result of a one-time settlement relating to certain payment obligations from prior year acquisitions in the amount of $7.1 million (after-tax) or $0.11 per share-diluted.  Financial results for fiscal year 2014 were negatively impacted by one-time transaction and purchase accounting expenses of approximately $8.0 million.

Consolidated

Bookings. Bookings are defined as customer orders received that are expected to be converted to revenues over the next twelve months. For long-term customer orders, the Company does not include in bookings the portion of the customer order that is beyond twelve months, due to the inherent uncertainty of such an order that far out in the future.  Bookings for the year ended June 30, 2015 increased 10% to $761.7 million, compared to $691.3 million for the same period last fiscal year.  The increase in bookings was mostly attributable to a full year of bookings from the prior year acquisitions of II-VI Laser Enterprise and II-VI Network Solutions. In addition, the II-VI HIGHYAG business within the II-VI Laser Solutions segment recorded increased bookings for fiber beam delivery systems and laser processing heads used in automotive manufacturing.

Revenues. Revenues for the year ended June 30, 2015 increased 9% to $742.0 million, compared to $683.3 million for the prior fiscal year.  The increase in revenues was mostly attributable to a full year of revenues from the prior year acquisitions of II-VI Laser Enterprise and II-VI Network Solutions. In addition, increased revenues at II-VI HIGHYAG from the automotive markets as well as higher revenues at II-VI Photonics driven by increased demand across a variety of products, such as optical components and modules required by global cable television operators for their broadband initiatives and ongoing investments drove this increase. Somewhat offsetting these higher revenue levels was a decrease in shipment volumes at the Company’s military related businesses, driven primarily by reduced U.S. defense spending.  

Gross margin. Gross margin for the year ended June 30, 2015 was $271.6 million, or 36.6%, of total revenues, compared to $226.7 million, or 33.2%, of total revenues for the same period last fiscal year.  The increase in gross margin during the current fiscal year was primarily the result of the incremental margin realized on the 9% revenue increase during this period and the elimination of unprofitable product lines.  In addition, as noted above, the Company has begun to realize synergies and operational improvements in connection with its fiscal year 2014 acquisitions, which resulted in higher margin levels.  Gross margin for fiscal year 2014 was

35


 

negatively impac ted by a one-time purchase accounting fair market inventory adjustment of $4.1 million relating to the fiscal year 2014 acquisitions as well as product lines with lower margins.

Internal research and development. Company-funded internal research and development expenses for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 were $51.3 million, or 6.9% of revenues, compared to $42.5 million, or 6.2% of revenues, last fiscal year.  The increase in research and development expense as a percentage of revenues in the current year was due to a full year of internal research and development from businesses acquired in prior fiscal years, which invest in higher levels of research and development activity to support their ongoing product development of fiber and direct diode laser components, fiber optical amplifiers and micro-optics.

Selling, general and administrative. Selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”) expenses for the year ended June 30, 2015 were $143.5 million, or 19.3% of revenues, compared to $137.7 million, or 20.2% of revenues, last fiscal year.  In relative dollar amounts, the increase in SG&A expenses was the result of increased expenses incurred to support an overall revenue base increase from the prior fiscal year. The Company experienced leverage improvement with respect to SG&A expenses as a percentage of revenues through synergies, cost savings and restructuring programs undertaken during the current fiscal year.  

Interest and other, net. Interest and other, net for the year ended June 30, 2015 was income of $2.3 million compared to expense of $0.8 million last fiscal year. Other income of $2.3 million for the current fiscal year was primarily the result of a one-time settlement income of $7.7 million (pre-tax, $7.1 million after tax) related to certain payment obligations from the prior fiscal year acquisitions offset by foreign currency losses of $2.2 million due to weakened foreign currencies against the U.S. dollar and a $2.0 million impairment recorded during the current year for the write-off of certain tradenames in the II-VI Photonics segment. Included in interest and other, net for the year ended June 30, 2015 were earnings from the Company’s equity investment in Guangdong Fuxin Electronic Technology (“Fuxin”), interest expense on borrowings, interest income on excess cash reserves, unrealized gains on the Company sponsored deferred compensation plan, foreign currency gains and losses.  

Income taxes. The Company’s year-to-date effective income tax rate at June 30, 2015 was 16.6%, compared to an effective tax rate of 16.0% last fiscal year. The variation between the Company’s effective tax rate from continuing operations and the U.S. statutory rate of 35% was primarily due to the Company’s foreign operations, which are subject to income taxes at lower statutory rates. The year-to-date effective tax rate between the two fiscal years was consistent.

Discontinued operation .   During December 2013, the Company completed the discontinuation of its tellurium product line by exiting all business activities associated with this product.  This product line was previously serviced by II-VI Performance Metals, which is part of the II-VI Performance Products segment.   Financial information included in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K has been adjusted to properly reflect the tellurium product line as a discontinued operation for all periods presented. The revenues and earnings (losses) of the tellurium product line reflected as a discontinued operation for the periods presented are as follows (in millions):

 

June 30,

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

Revenues

 

$

-

 

 

$

1.8

 

 

$

7.3

 

Earnings (loss) from discontinued operation before income taxes

 

 

-

 

 

 

0.1

 

 

 

(6.8

)

Income tax benefit (expense)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Earnings (loss) from discontinued operation, net of taxes

 

$

-

 

 

$

0.1

 

 

$

(6.8

)

 

Segment Reporting

Bookings, revenues and operating income for each of the Company’s reportable segments are discussed below. Operating income differs from income from operations in that operating income excludes certain operational expenses included in other expense (income) – net as reported. Management believes operating income to be a useful measure for investors, as it reflects the results of segment performance over which management has direct control and is used by management in its evaluation of segment performance. See “Note 11. Segment and Geographic Reporting,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further information on the Company’s reportable segments and for the reconciliation of operating income to net earnings, which is incorporated herein by reference.

36


 

II-VI Laser Solutions ($ in millions)

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

%

 

 

 

June 30,

 

 

Increase

 

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

 

 

 

Bookings

 

$

284.8

 

 

$

262.8

 

 

 

8

%

Revenues

 

$

287.9

 

 

$

254.4

 

 

 

13

%

Operating income

 

$

55.0

 

 

$

24.5

 

 

 

124

%

 

The Company’s II-VI Laser Solutions segment includes the combined operations of II-VI Infrared Optics, II-VI HIGHYAG, II-VI Laser Enterprise, II-VI Suwtech and II-VI LaserTech.

Bookings for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 for II-VI Laser Solutions increased 8% to $284.8 million, compared to $262.8 million last fiscal year.  The increase in bookings was due in part to higher order levels at II-VI HIGHYAG, which continues to grow its product offerings into the one-micron fiber laser market, for fiber beam delivery systems and for laser processing heads used in automotive manufacturing. In addition, the II-VI Laser Solutions segment recorded a full year of bookings from the prior fiscal year acquisition of II-VI Laser Enterprise, which has experienced increased demand for products in the direct diode and fiber laser components markets.

Revenues for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 for II-VI Laser Solutions increased 13% to $287.9 million, compared to revenues of $254.4 million last fiscal year.  The increase in revenues was the result of increased shipment volumes of the segment’s fiber beam delivery systems and laser process heads from II-VI HIGHYAG as well as a full year of revenues from the prior fiscal year acquisition of II-VI Laser Enterprise. 

Operating income for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 for II-VI Laser Solutions increased 124% to $55.0 million, compared to $24.5 million last fiscal year. The increase in segment earnings was the result of higher revenues as well as gross margin improvements from II-VI Laser Enterprise, as this business unit has begun to realize certain operational efficiencies and acquisition related synergies.  Operating income for fiscal year 2014 was negatively impacted by transaction expenses of $3.9 million, $2.5 million of purchase accounting relating to the fair market inventory adjustment and $2.0 million of restructuring efforts at II-VI Laser Enterprise.

II-VI Photonics ($ in millions)

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

%

 

 

 

June 30,

 

 

Increase

 

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

 

 

 

Bookings

 

$

282.9

 

 

$

220.2

 

 

 

28

%

Revenues

 

$

260.8

 

 

$

216.5

 

 

 

20

%

Operating income (loss)

 

$

7.2

 

 

$

(0.1

)

 

 

7300

%

 

The Company’s II-VI Photonics segment includes the combined operations of II-VI Photop and II-VI Optical Communications.

Bookings for the year ended June 30, 2015 for II-VI Photonics increased 28% to $282.9 million, compared to $220.2 million for last fiscal year. The increase in bookings was due to increased demand for a variety of the segment’s products, such as optical components and modules driven by broadband initiatives, development of next generation wireless networks and increasing bandwidth trends in the datacenter and cloud applications.  In addition, the segment recorded a full year of bookings from the prior fiscal year acquisition of II-VI Network Solutions.

Revenues for the year ended June 30, 2015 for II-VI Photonics increased 20% to $260.8 million, compared to $216.5 million for last fiscal year. The increase in revenues was due to increased customer demand for optical filters, optical components and assemblies, pump lasers and fiber amplifier modules that serve multiple markets. In addition, the segment recorded a full year of revenues from the prior year acquisition of II-VI Network Solutions.

Operating income for the year ended June 30, 2015 for II-VI Photonics increased 7300% to $7.2 million, compared to an operating loss of $(0.1) million last fiscal year. The improvement in operating income was attributed primarily to incremental margin realized on increased revenues, and favorable product mix towards higher margin products, operational efficiencies and the absence of certain one-time purchase accounting fair market inventory adjustments that occurred in fiscal 2014, offset by $4.5 million of restructuring expenses to “right-size” its business in fiscal 2015. During fiscal year 2014, one-time fair market inventory purchase accounting adjustments totaled $1.6 million.    

37


 

II-VI Performance Products ($ in millions)

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

%

 

 

 

June 30,

 

 

(Decrease)

 

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

 

 

 

Bookings

 

$

194.0

 

 

$

208.3

 

 

 

(7

%)

Revenues

 

$

193.3

 

 

$

212.4

 

 

 

(9

%)

Operating income

 

$

14.6

 

 

$

22.1

 

 

 

(34

%)

 

The Company’s II-VI Performance Products segment includes the business units of II-VI Marlow, II-VI M Cubed, II-VI Advanced Materials, II-VI Optical Systems and II-VI Performance Metals.

Bookings for the year ended June 30, 2015 for II-VI Performance Products decreased 7% to $194.0 million, compared to $208.3 million for last fiscal year.  The decrease in bookings related to lower order volumes of military-related products as a result of the decline in overall defense spending and funding constraints specific to certain U.S. military programs, as well as softness in the semiconductor capital equipment market. The decrease in bookings was somewhat offset by increased demand for SiC substrates addressing high-power high-frequency semiconductor devices.

Revenues for the year ended June 30, 2015 for II-VI Performance Products decreased 9% to $193.3 million, compared to $212.4 million for last fiscal year.  The decrease in revenues was due to lower shipment volumes of military related products from lower overall defense spending as well as lower shipments to customers in the semiconductor capital equipment markets.  The decrease in revenues was somewhat offset by higher revenues from the segment’s SiC substrates.

Operating income for the year ended June 30, 2015 for II-VI Performance Products decreased 34% to $14.6 million, compared to $22.1 million for last fiscal year.  The decrease in operating income was a result of lower revenues during the current fiscal year as well as restructuring charges of $1.1 million relating to the consolidation of the Company’s military-related businesses.

Fiscal Year 2014 Compared to Fiscal Year 2013

The following table sets forth bookings and select items from our Consolidated Statements of Earnings for the years ended June 30, 2014 and 2013. ($ millions, except per share information):

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

June 30, 2014

 

 

June 30, 2013

 

Bookings

 

$

691.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

521.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

% of

 

 

 

 

 

 

% of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues

 

Total Revenues

 

$

683.3

 

 

 

100.0

%

 

$

551.1

 

 

 

100.0

%

Cost of goods sold

 

 

456.5

 

 

 

66.8

 

 

 

347.6

 

 

 

63.1

 

Gross margin

 

 

226.7

 

 

 

33.2

 

 

 

203.5

 

 

 

36.9

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Internal research and development

 

 

42.5

 

 

 

6.2

 

 

 

22.7

 

 

 

4.1

 

Selling, general and administrative

 

 

137.7

 

 

 

20.2

 

 

 

109.3

 

 

 

19.8

 

Interest and other, net

 

 

0.8

 

 

 

0.1

 

 

 

(6.0

)

 

 

(1.1

)

Earnings before income tax

 

 

45.6

 

 

 

6.7

 

 

 

77.5

 

 

 

14.1

 

Income taxes

 

 

7.3

 

 

 

1.1

 

 

 

18.8

 

 

 

3.4

 

Earnings from Continuing Operations

 

 

38.3

 

 

 

5.6

 

 

 

58.7

 

 

 

10.7

 

Earnings (loss) from Discontinued Operation, net of income tax

 

 

0.1

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(6.8

)

 

 

(1.2

)

Net Earnings

 

 

38.4

 

 

 

5.6

 

 

 

51.9

 

 

 

9.4

 

Net earnings attributable to noncontrolling interest

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

1.1

 

 

 

0.2

 

 

 

$

38.4

 

 

 

5.6

%

 

$

50.8

 

 

 

9.2

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per shares:

 

$

0.60

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

0.90

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

Bookings . Bookings for the year ended June 30, 2014 increased 33% to $691.3 million, compared to $521.1 million for the 2013 fiscal year. The increase in bookings was mostly attributable to the acquisitions of II-VI Laser Enterprise and II-VI Network Solutions in fiscal year 2014 as well as the incremental bookings from the 2013 fiscal year acquisitions.  In addition, the Company’s II-VI Laser

38


 

Solutions segment recorded increased bookings at its legacy business for both diamond window optics used in EUV photolithography systems and at II-VI HIGHYAG for fiber beam delivery systems and laser processing heads used in automotive manufacturing.

Revenues . Revenues for the year ended June 30, 2014 increased 24% to $683.3 million, compared to $551.1 million for fiscal year June 30, 2013. The increase in revenues was mostly attributable to the acquisitions of II-VI Laser Enterprise and II-VI Network Solutions in fiscal year 2014, incremental revenues from fiscal year 2013 acquisitions and higher revenues associated with shipments of diamond windows at II-VI Laser Solutions and SiC wafers at II-VI Advanced Materials.  Somewhat offsetting these higher revenue levels was a decrease in shipment volumes of passive optical components sold by II-VI Photonics segment as well as lower shipments at the Company’s military-related businesses, driven primarily by reduced U.S. defense spending.

Gross margin.  Gross margin as a percentage of revenues for the year ended June 30, 2014 was 33.2%, compared to 36.9% for fiscal year June 30, 2013. The decrease in gross margin was the result of purchase accounting fair market value inventory adjustments related to the acquisitions of II-VI Laser Enterprise and II-VI Network Solutions of $4.1 million as well as restructuring charges of $2.2 million (pre-tax) related to inventory write-offs at II-VI Performance Products and severance costs at II-VI Laser Enterprise and II-VI Network Solutions.  Exclusive of the restructuring charges, the operating gross margin profile of these two acquisitions put downward pressure on gross margin during fiscal year 2014 as the Company continued to align the operating costs of the new bus inesses with their existing and prospective revenue profile. In addition, gross margin decreased at II-VI Laser Solutions’ legacy business due to pricing pressure and increased raw material costs and gross margin at II-VI Photonics segment was negatively impacted by both lower revenue volume and pricing pressure on legacy passive optical component products from increased competition in China.

Internal research and development . Company-funded internal research and development expenses for the year ended June 30, 2014 were $42.5 million, or 6.2% of revenues, compared to $22.7 million, or 4.1% of revenues, for fiscal year June 30, 2013.  The increase in research and development expense as a percentage of revenues is due to increased research and development efforts within the II-VI Photonics segment, which continued to invest in the development of component parts that support higher speed optical communication and data networks around the world.  In addition, the acquisitions of II-VI Laser Enterprise and II-VI Network Solutions increased levels of research and development activity to support ongoing product development of high-power laser components, micro-optics and amplifiers.

Selling, general and administrative . SG&A expenses for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014 were $137.7 million, or 20.2% of revenues, compared to $109.3 million, or 19.8% of revenues, for fiscal year June 30, 2013. As a percentage of revenues, SG&A expenses were consistent with the prior fiscal year.  

Interest and other, net. Interest and other, net for the year ended June 30, 2014 and 2013 was expense of $0.8 million compared to income of $6.0 million prior fiscal year. Included in interest and other, net for the year ended June 30, 2014 were earnings from the Company’s equity investment in Fuxin, interest expense on borrowings, interest income on excess cash reserves, unrealized gains on the Company-sponsored deferred compensation plan and foreign currency gains and losses.  The majority of the income included in the 2013 fiscal year was the result of a $5.3 million contractual settlement with a contract manufacturer related to the October 2011 Thailand flood.     

Income taxes.  The Company’s year-to-date effective income tax rate at June 30, 2014 was 16.0%, compared to an effective tax rate of 24.2% for the prior fiscal year. The variations between the Company’s effective tax rates and the U.S. statutory rate of 35% were primarily due to the Company’s foreign operations, which are subject to income taxes at lower statutory rates. The lower year-to-date effective tax rate was primarily the result of improved profitability in lower taxing jurisdictions such as the Philippines. In addition, the Company recorded $0.8 million of tax benefits during the year ended June 30, 2014 as a result of the expiration of the statute of limitation on previously filed income tax returns.

II-VI Laser Solutions ($ in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

%

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

Increase

 

 

 

June 30,

 

 

(Decrease)

 

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

 

 

 

Bookings

 

$

262.8

 

 

$

212.3

 

 

 

24

%

Revenues

 

$

254.4

 

 

$

217.6

 

 

 

17

%

Operating income

 

$

24.5

 

 

$

54.0

 

 

 

(55

%)

Bookings for the year ended June 30, 2014 for II-VI Laser Solutions increased 24% to $262.8 million, compared to $212.3 million for fiscal year June 30, 2013. The increase in bookings was due to higher order levels from European customers specific to diamond windows and other products used in EUV lithography systems. The acquisition of II-VI Laser Enterprise in September 2013

39


 

contributed approximately $33.0 mill ion of bookings in fiscal year 2014.  At II-VI HIGHYAG, continued growth in the one-micron laser market resulted in higher bookings for fiber beam delivery systems, and laser processing heads used in the automotive manufacturing industry.

Revenues for the year ended June 30, 2014 for II-VI Laser Solutions increased 17% to $254.4 million, compared to $217.6 million for fiscal year June 30, 2013. The increase in revenues was the result of increased shipment volumes in Europe of replacement optics for CO 2 laser systems as well as diamond windows and other component parts used in EUV lithography systems. In addition, the acquisition of II-VI Laser Enterprise contributed approximately $35.0 million of revenues in fiscal year 2014.

Operating income for the year ended June 30, 2014 for II-VI Laser Solutions decreased 55% to $24.5 million, compared to $54.0 million for fiscal year June 30, 2013. The decrease in operating income was the result of the acquisition of II-VI Laser Enterprise in fiscal year 2014.  The segment recorded $2.5 million of purchase accounting adjustments relating to the fair value of inventory, $3.9 million of transaction expenses and $2.0 million of severance costs associated with restructuring of the acquired business.  In addition, lower gross margin at II-VI Laser Enterprise caused by higher material cost, unfavorable absorption of manufacturing overhead costs, and production inefficiencies all negatively impacted operating income in fiscal year 2014.

II-VI Photonics ($ in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

%

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

Increase

 

 

 

June 30,

 

 

(Decrease)

 

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

 

 

 

Bookings

 

$

220.2

 

 

$

134.9

 

 

 

63

%

Revenues

 

$

216.5

 

 

$

141.3

 

 

 

53

%

Operating (loss) income

 

$

(0.1

)

 

$

15.0

 

 

 

(101

%)

 

Bookings for the year ended June 30, 2014 for II-VI Photonics increased 63% to $220.2 million, compared to $134.9 million for fiscal year June 30, 2013.The increase in bookings was due to the acquisition of II-VI Network Solutions in November 2014, which contributed approximately $84.0 million of bookings in fiscal year 2014. Absent that acquisition, bookings were consistent between the two fiscal years.

Revenues for the year ended June 30, 2014 for II-VI Photonics increased 53% to $216.5 million, compared to $141.3 million for fiscal year June 30, 2013. The increase in revenues was due to the acquisition of II-VI Network Solutions, which contributed approximately $80.0 million of revenues in fiscal year 2014. Revenues decreased from the segment’s legacy businesses due to price erosion for products serving 10G and 40G applications in the optical communications market.  

Operating (loss) income for the year ended June 30, 2014 for II-VI Photonics decreased 101% to an operating loss of $(0.1) million, compared to operating income of $15.0 million for fiscal year June 30, 2013. The decrease in operating income was the result of the acquisition of II-VI Network Solutions in fiscal year 2014.  The segment recorded $1.6 million of purchase accounting adjustments relating to the fair value of inventory as well as lower gross margin at II-VI Network Solutions caused by higher material cost and production inefficiencies, all of which negatively impacted operating income in fiscal year 2014. In addition, the legacy businesses experienced a downward shift in gross margin as the technology shifted to higher speed networks in the optical communications industry resulting i n price erosion on shipments of the segment’s legacy products.  In addition, operating expenses increased when compared to the prior fiscal year, primarily due to increased compensation costs in China as well as higher levels of investment regarding internal research and development of next generation products aimed at serving higher speed networks and data centers.

II-VI Performance Products ($ in millions)

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

%

 

 

 

June 30,

 

 

Increase

 

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

 

 

 

Bookings

 

$

208.3

 

 

$

174.0

 

 

 

20

%

Revenues

 

$

212.4

 

 

$

192.2

 

 

 

11

%

Operating income

 

$

22.1

 

 

$

2.5

 

 

 

784

%

Bookings for the year ended June 30, 2014 for II-VI Performance Products increased 20% to $208.3 million, compared to $174.0 million for fiscal year June 30, 2013. The increase in bookings was attributable to strong order placement from Japanese OEMs specific to II-VI Advanced Materials 100mm and 150mm SiC wafers used in commercial applications in the wireless infrastructure and power device markets.  II-VI Advanced Materials also received a $4.0 million research and development contract from the

40


 

Department of Defense for ongoing development of 150mm SiC wafers.  In addition, incremental bookings from the November 2012 acquisition of II-VI M Cubed helped contribute to the increase.

Revenues for the year ended June 30, 2014 for II-VI Performance Products increased 11% to $212.4 million, compared to $192.2 million for fiscal year June 30, 2013. The increase in revenues was primarily due to the acquisition of II-VI M Cubed as well as strong product sales at II-VI Advanced Materials specific to 100mm and 150mm semi-insulating SiC wafers used by Japanese OEMs to support the continued growth of 4G wireless stations in Asia.  Somewhat offsetting these increases were reduced shipments at II-VI Marlow for products servicing the personal comfort market.

Operating income for the year ended June 30, 2014 for II-VI Performance Products was $22.1 million, compared to $2.5 million for fiscal year June 30, 2013. The increase in segment earnings was a result of the restructured business model at II-VI Performance Metals, which eliminated the exposure to volatility in the minor metals market for selenium. In addition, operating income was favorably impacted in fiscal year 2014 from increased revenues and profit contribution from II-VI M Cubed as well as increased revenues at II-VI Advanced Materials.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Historically, our primary sources of cash have been provided through operations and long-term borrowings. Other sources of cash include proceeds received from the exercise of stock options and sales of equity investments. Our historical uses of cash have been for capital expenditures, investments in research and development, business acquisitions, payments of principal and interest on outstanding debt obligations and purchases of treasury stock. Supplemental information pertaining to our sources and uses of cash is presented as follows:

Sources (uses) of Cash (millions):

 

 

 

Year Ended June 30,

 

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

$

129.4

 

 

$

95.5

 

 

$

107.6

 

Additions to property, plant and equipment

 

 

(52.3

)

 

 

(29.2

)

 

 

(25.3

)

Net (payments) proceeds on long-term borrowings

 

 

(65.5

)

 

 

128.0

 

 

 

102.0

 

Purchases of treasury shares

 

 

(12.7

)

 

 

(20.0

)

 

 

(20.0

)

Proceeds from exercises of stock options

 

 

5.2

 

 

 

4.4

 

 

 

4.1

 

Purchases of businesses, net of cash acquired

 

 

-

 

 

 

(177.7

)

 

 

(126.2

)

Payments of redeemable noncontrolling interest

 

 

-

 

 

 

(8.8

)

 

 

-

 

Payments on holdback arrangements

 

 

(2.4

)

 

 

(3.0

)

 

 

-

 

Proceeds received from contractual settlement from Thailand flooding

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

4.8

 

Proceeds from sale of equity method investment

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

2.1

 

Other

 

 

(2.7

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

1.5

 

Net cash provided by operating activities:

Net cash provided by operating activities was $129.4 million and $95.5 million for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The increase in cash flows from operating activities in fiscal year 2015 compared to fiscal year 2014 was the result of an increase in the Company’s net earnings by $27.5 million, or 72%, compared to fiscal year 2014.  

Net cash provided by operating activities was $95.5 million and $107.6 million for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The decrease in cash flows from operating activities in fiscal year 2014 compared to fiscal year 2013 was mostly due to lower earnings levels, offset somewhat by favorable overall working capital changes, specifically in the areas of inventory and accounts payable.  In addition, the higher non-cash charges for depreciation, amortization and share-based compensation expense that impacted net earnings did not affect operating cash flow.

Net cash used in investing activities:

Net cash used in investing activities was $52.2 million and $206.8 million for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Net cash used in investing activities during the year ended June 30, 2015 consisted of $52.3 million paid for capital expenditures of which $13.4 million represented the purchase of the II-VI HIGHYAG manufacturing facility in Berlin, Germany

41


 

which was previously account ed for as a capital lease.  The majority of net cash used in investing activities for fiscal year 2014 consisted of $93.1 million for the acquisition of II-VI Laser Enterprise and $84.6 million net cash for the acquisition of II-VI Network Solutions.  In a ddition, the Company paid $29.2 million for capital expenditures in fiscal year 2014.

Net cash used in investing activities was $206.8 million and $144.5 million for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The majority of net cash used in investing activities during the year ended June 30, 2014 consisted of $93.1 million net cash for the acquisition of Laser Enterprise and $84.6 million net cash paid for the acquisition of Network Solutions.  This compares to $126.2 million of net cash during the year ended June 30, 2013 for the acquisitions of M Cubed, the thin-film filter business and interleaver product lines of Oclaro and LightWorks.  In addition, during the year ended June 30, 2014, the Company paid $29.2 million for capital expenditures, increasing its investment from fiscal year 2013 in an effort to support revenue growth and capacity expansion.

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities:

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities was $(76.1) million for the year ended June 30, 2015 compared to $99.1 million for the year ended June 30, 2014.  During fiscal year 2015, the Company repaid $65.5 million on its outstanding long-term borrowings, repurchased $12.7 million of treasury shares under a current share repurchase plan and paid $2.4 million pursuant to a holdback arrangement from our fiscal year 2014 acquisitions.  Net cash paid was somewhat offset by cash received from exercises of stock options. 

Net cash provided by financing activities was $99.1 million for the year ended June 30, 2014 compared to net cash provided by financing activities of $85.8 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013. The change in net cash provided by financing activities was primarily due to additional borrowings used to finance the Company’s acquisitions of Laser Enterprise and Network Solutions, offset somewhat by a $3.0 million earnout payment to the former owners of LightWorks and an $8.8 million payment made to acquire the remaining ownership interest in II-VI HIGHYAG. 

Company Credit Facility

The Company’s Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (the “Credit Facility”) provides for a revolving credit facility of $225 million, as well as a $100 million term loan (“the Term Loan”). As of June 30, 2015, the Company had $108.5 million and $65.0 million outstanding under the line of credit and term loan, respectively. The Term Loan is being re-paid in consecutive quarterly principal payments on the first business day of each January, April, July and October, with the first payment having commenced on October 1, 2013, as follows: (i) twenty consecutive quarterly installments of $5.0 million and (ii) a final installment of all remaining principal due and payable on the maturity date. The Credit Facility is unsecured, but is guaranteed by each existing and subsequently acquired or organized wholly-owned domestic subsidiary of the Company. The Company has the option to request an increase to the size of the Credit Facility in an aggregate additional amount not to exceed $100 million. The Credit Facility has a five-year term through September 2018 and has an interest rate of LIBOR, as defined in the agreement governing the Credit Facility, plus 0.75% to 1.75% based on the Company’s ratio of consolidated indebtedness to consolidated EBITDA. Additionally, the facility is subject to certain covenants, including those relating to minimum interest coverage and maximum leverage ratios. As of June 30, 2015, the Company was in compliance with all financial covenants under the Credit Facility.

In conjunction with entering into the Credit Facility, the Company incurred approximately $1.0 million of deferred financing costs which are being amortized over the term of the agreement. As a result of the overall increase in borrowing capacity, existing deferred financing costs at the time of the amendment of $0.5 million are also being amortized over the term of the Credit Facility.

The Company’s yen denominated line of credit is a 500 million Yen ($4.1 million) facility that has a five-year term through June 2016 and has an interest rate equal to LIBOR, as defined in the loan agreement governing the yen facility, plus 0.625% to 1.50%. At June 30, 2015 and 2014, the Company had 300 million yen outstanding under the line of credit. Additionally, the facility is subject to certain covenants, including those relating to minimum interest coverage and maximum leverage ratios. As of June 30, 2015, the Company had $2.5 million outstanding and was in compliance with all financial covenants under its Yen facility. On August 21, 2015, the Company received and accepted a commitment from its lender to extend the maturity date of the Yen facility to August 2020 on substantially the same terms of the current facility. The lender’s commitment to provide the extension is subject to the satisfaction of certain customary conditions.

The Company had aggregate availability of $116.6 million and $71.0 million under its lines of credit as of June 30, 2015 and June 30, 2014, respectively. The amounts available under the Company’s lines of credit are reduced by outstanding letters of credit. As of June 30, 2015 total outstanding letters of credit supported by the Credit Facility were $1.5 million. The weighted average interest rate of total borrowings was 1.8% for each of the years ended June 30, 2015 and 2014.

42


 

In August 2014, the Board of Directors authorized the Company to purchase up to $50.0 million of its Common Stock. The repurchase program has no expiration date and provides for shares to be purchased in the open market or in priva te transactions from time to time. Shares purchased by the Company are retained as treasury stock and are available for general corporate purposes. During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015, the Company purchased 936,049 shares of its Common Stock for $12 .7 million under this repurchase program.

In August 2014, the Company exited its capital lease obligation related to the existing manufacturing facility in Berlin, Germany utilized by the Company’s II-VI HIGHYAG business.  The total cash paid for this purchase was approximately $13.4 million and was financed through existing cash balances.

Our cash position, borrowing capacity and debt obligations are as follows (in millions):

 

 

 

June 30,

 

 

June 30,

 

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

173.6

 

 

$

174.7

 

Available borrowing capacity

 

 

116.6

 

 

 

71.0

 

Total debt obligation

 

 

176.0

 

 

 

242.0

 

 

The Company believes cash flow from operations, existing cash reserves and available borrowing capacity will be sufficient to fund its working capital needs, capital expenditures and internal and external growth for fiscal year 2016. The Company’s cash and cash equivalent balances are generated and held in numerous locations throughout the world, including amounts held outside the U.S. As of June 30, 2015, the Company held approximately $145 million of cash and cash equivalents outside of the U.S. Cash balances held outside the United States could be repatriated to the U.S., but, under current law, would potentially be subject to U.S. federal income taxes, less applicable foreign tax credits. The Company has not recorded deferred income taxes related to the majority of its undistributed earnings outside of the U.S., as the majority of the earnings of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries are indefinitely reinvested.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

The Company’s off-balance sheet arrangements include the operating lease obligations and the purchase obligations disclosed in the contractual obligations table below as well as letters of credit as discussed in Note 6 to the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The Company enters into these off-balance sheet arrangements to acquire goods and services used in its business.

Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations

 

 

Payments Due By Period

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less Than 1

 

 

1-3

 

 

3-5

 

 

More Than 5

 

Contractual Obligations

Total

 

 

Year

 

 

Years

 

 

Years

 

 

Years

 

($000)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term debt obligations

$

175,957

 

 

$

20,000

 

 

$

40,000

 

 

$

113,500

 

 

$

2,457

 

Interest payments (1)

 

9,288

 

 

 

2,965

 

 

 

4,806

 

 

 

1,510

 

 

 

7

 

Capital lease obligations

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Operating lease obligations (2)

 

51,813

 

 

 

12,875

 

 

 

15,775

 

 

 

6,514

 

 

 

16,649

 

Purchase obligations (3)

 

18,136

 

 

 

13,062

 

 

 

5,074

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Other long-term liabilities reflected on the balance sheet under GAAP

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Total

$

255,194

 

 

$

48,902

 

 

$

65,655

 

 

$

121,524

 

 

$

19,113

 

 

(1)

Variable rate interest obligations are based on the interest rate in place at June 30, 2015 and relate to the Credit Facility.  

(2)

Includes an obligation for the use of two parcels of land related to II-VI Performance Metals. The lease obligations extend through years 2039 and 2056, respectively.

(3)

A purchase obligation is defined as an agreement to purchase goods or services that is enforceable and legally binding on the Company and that specifies all significant terms, including fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased; minimum or variable price provisions, and the approximate timing of the transaction. These amounts are primarily comprised of open purchase order commitments to vendors for the purchase of supplies and materials.

43


 

Pension obligations are not included in the table above. The Company expects defined benefit plan employer contributions to be $2.0 million in 2016. Estimated funding obligations are determined by asset performance, workforce and retiree demographics, tax and employment laws and other actuarial assumptions which may change the annual funding obligations. The funded status of our defin ed benefit plans is disclosed in Note 14 to the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

The gross unrecognized income tax benefits at June 30, 2015, which are excluded from the above table, were $4.0 million. The Company is not able to reasonably estimate the amount by which the liability will increase or decrease over time; however, at this time, the Company does not expect a significant payment related to these obligations within the next fiscal year.

Item 7A.

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

MARKET RISKS

The Company is exposed to market risks arising from adverse changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates. In the normal course of business, the Company uses certain techniques and a derivative financial instrument as part of its overall risk management strategy, primarily focused on its exposure to the Japanese Yen. The Company also has transactions denominated in euros, pounds sterling, renminbi and swiss francs. No significant changes have occurred in the techniques and instruments used other than those described below.

Foreign Exchange Risks

In the normal course of business, the Company enters into foreign currency forward exchange contracts with its financial institutions. The purpose of these contracts is to hedge ordinary business risks regarding foreign currencies on product sales. Foreign currency exchange contracts are used to limit transactional exposure to changes in currency rates. The Company enters into foreign currency forward contracts that permit it to sell specified amounts of foreign currencies expected to be received from its export sales for pre-established U.S. dollar amounts at specified dates. The forward contracts are denominated in the same foreign currencies in which export sales are denominated. These contracts provide the Company with an economic hedge in which settlement will occur in future periods, thereby limiting the Company’s exposure. These contracts had a total notional amount of $10.8 million and $7.4 million at June 30, 2015 and June 30, 2014, respectively. The Company continually monitors its positions and the credit ratings of the parties to these contracts. While the Company may be exposed to potential losses due to risk in the event of non-performance by the counterparties to these financial instruments, it does not currently anticipate such losses.

A 10% change in the yen to U.S. dollar exchange rate would have changed revenues in the range from a decrease of approximately $4.8 million to an increase of approximately $5.9 million for the year ended June 30, 2015.

The Company has short-term intercompany notes that are denominated in U.S. dollars with certain European subsidiaries. A 10% change in the euro to dollar exchange rate would have changed net earnings in the range from a decrease of $1.3 million to an increase of $1.6 million for the year ended June 30, 2015.

Assets and liabilities of foreign operations are translated into U.S. dollars using the period-end exchange rate, while income and expenses are translated using the average exchange rates for the reporting period. Translation adjustments are recorded as accumulated other comprehensive income within shareholders’ equity.

Interest Rate Risks

As of June 30, 2015, the Company’s total borrowings of $176.0 million were from a line of credit borrowing of $108.5 million denominated in U.S. dollars, a term loan denominated in U.S. dollars of $65.0 million and a line of credit borrowing of $2.5 million denominated in Japanese yen. As such, the Company is exposed to changes in interest rates. A change in the interest rate of 100 basis points on these borrowings would have changed net earnings by $1.4 million, or $0.02 per-share diluted, for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015.

Discount Rate Risks

As of June 30, 2015, a 10% change in the Company’s discount rate used to determine the pension benefit obligation of the Switzerland Defined Benefit Plan would have had an immaterial impact on the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

44


 

Item 8.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLE MENTARY DATA

MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

Management’s Responsibility for Preparation of the Financial Statements

Management is responsible for the preparation of the financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The financial statements were prepared in accordance with the accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and include amounts that are based on the best estimates and judgments of management. The other financial information contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K is consistent with the financial statements.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. The Company’s internal control system is designed to provide reasonable assurance concerning the reliability of the financial data used in the preparation of the Company’s financial statements, as well as reasonable assurance with respect to safeguarding the Company’s assets from unauthorized use or disposition.

All internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement presentation and other results of such systems.

Management conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2015. In making this evaluation, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) . Management’s evaluation included reviewing the documentation of its controls, evaluating the design effectiveness of controls and testing their operating effectiveness. Based on the evaluation, management concluded that as of June 30, 2015, the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting were effective and provide reasonable assurance that the accompanying financial statements do not contain any material misstatement.

Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, has issued its report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2015. Its report is included herein.

 

 

 

45


 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of II-VI Incorporated and Subsidiaries

We have audited II-VI Incorporated and Subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2015, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (the COSO criteria). II-VI Incorporated and Subsidiaries’ management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, II-VI Incorporated and Subsidiaries maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2015, based on the COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of II-VI Incorporated and Subsidiaries as of June 30, 2015 and 2014, and the related consolidated statements of earnings, comprehensive income, shareholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2015 of II-VI Incorporated and Subsidiaries and our report dated August 28, 2015 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Pittsburgh, PA

August 28, 2015

46


 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of II-VI Incorporated and Subsidiaries

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of II-VI Incorporated and Subsidiaries as of June 30, 2015 and 2014, and the related consolidated statements of earnings, comprehensive income, shareholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2015. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a)(2). These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of II-VI Incorporated and Subsidiaries at June 30, 2015 and 2014, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2015, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein. 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), II-VI Incorporated and Subsidiaries' internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2015, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) and our report dated August 28, 2015 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Pittsburgh, PA

August 28, 2015

 

 

 

47


 

II-VI Incorporated and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

June 30,

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

173,634

 

 

$

174,660

 

Accounts receivable - less allowance for doubtful accounts of $1,048 at June 30, 2015 and $1,852 at June 30, 2014

 

 

140,772

 

 

 

136,723

 

Inventories

 

 

164,388

 

 

 

165,873

 

Deferred income taxes

 

 

13,260

 

 

 

11,118

 

Prepaid and refundable income taxes

 

 

6,881

 

 

 

4,440

 

Prepaid and other current assets

 

 

14,033

 

 

 

12,917

 

Total Current Assets

 

 

512,968

 

 

 

505,731

 

Property, plant & equipment, net

 

 

203,812

 

 

 

208,939

 

Goodwill

 

 

195,894

 

 

 

196,145

 

Other intangible assets, net

 

 

122,462

 

 

 

136,404

 

Investment

 

 

11,914

 

 

 

11,589

 

Deferred income taxes

 

 

2,210

 

 

 

4,038

 

Other assets

 

 

8,904

 

 

 

9,080

 

Total Assets

 

$

1,058,164

 

 

$

1,071,926

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current portion of long-term debt

 

$

20,000

 

 

$

20,000

 

Accounts payable

 

 

45,275

 

 

 

45,767

 

Accrued compensation and benefits

 

 

39,310

 

 

 

32,461

 

Accrued income taxes payable

 

 

9,310

 

 

 

4,584

 

Deferred income taxes

 

 

685

 

 

 

732

 

Other accrued liabilities

 

 

24,576

 

 

 

31,521

 

Total Current Liabilities

 

 

139,156

 

 

 

135,065

 

Long-term debt

 

 

155,957

 

 

 

221,960

 

Deferred income taxes

 

 

7,105

 

 

 

7,440

 

Other liabilities

 

 

26,865

 

 

 

32,418

 

Total Liabilities

 

 

329,083

 

 

 

396,883

 

Shareholders' Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock, no par value; authorized - 5,000,000 shares; none issued

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Common stock, no par value; authorized - 300,000,000 shares; issued - 71,779,704 shares at June 30, 2015; 70,935,098 shares at June 30, 2014

 

 

226,609

 

 

 

213,573

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income

 

 

8,665

 

 

 

19,406

 

Retained earnings

 

 

587,302

 

 

 

521,327

 

 

 

 

822,576

 

 

 

754,306

 

Treasury stock, at cost - 10,565,209 shares at June 30, 2015 and 9,481,963 shares at June 30, 2014

 

 

(93,495

)

 

 

(79,263

)

Total Shareholders' Equity

 

 

729,081

 

 

 

675,043

 

Total Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity

 

$

1,058,164

 

 

$

1,071,926

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

 

 

48


 

II-VI Incorporated and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Earnings

 

Year Ended June 30,

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

($000, except per share data)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Domestic

 

$

274,142

 

 

$

240,534

 

 

$

241,045

 

International

 

 

467,819

 

 

 

442,727

 

 

 

310,030

 

Total Revenues

 

 

741,961

 

 

 

683,261

 

 

 

551,075

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Costs, Expenses and Other Expense (Income)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of goods sold

 

 

470,363

 

 

 

456,545

 

 

 

347,558

 

Internal research and development

 

 

51,260

 

 

 

42,523

 

 

 

22,689

 

Selling, general and administrative

 

 

143,539

 

 

 

137,707

 

 

 

109,337

 

Interest expense

 

 

3,863

 

 

 

4,479

 

 

 

1,160

 

Other expense (income), net

 

 

(6,176

)

 

 

(3,634

)

 

 

(7,155

)

Total Costs, Expenses and Other Expense (Income)

 

 

662,849

 

 

 

637,620

 

 

 

473,589

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings from Continuing Operations Before Income Taxes

 

 

79,112

 

 

 

45,641

 

 

 

77,486

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income Taxes

 

 

13,137

 

 

 

7,325

 

 

 

18,766

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings from Continuing Operations

 

 

65,975

 

 

 

38,316

 

 

 

58,720

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) from Discontinued Operation, net of income tax

 

 

-

 

 

 

133

 

 

 

(6,789

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Earnings

 

 

65,975

 

 

 

38,449

 

 

 

51,931

 

Less: Earnings Attributable to Redeemable Noncontrolling Interest

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

1,118

 

Net Earnings Attributable to II-VI Incorporated

 

$

65,975

 

 

$

38,449

 

 

$

50,813

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic Earnings (loss) Attributable to II-VI Incorporated Per Share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Continuing Operations

 

$

1.08

 

 

$

0.62

 

 

$

0.92

 

Discontinued Operation

 

$

-

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

(0.11

)

Consolidated

 

$

1.08

 

 

$

0.62

 

 

$

0.81

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted Earnings (loss) Attributable to II-VI Incorporated Per Share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Continuing Operations

 

$

1.05

 

 

$

0.60

 

 

$

0.90

 

Discontinued Operation

 

$

-

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

(0.11

)

Consolidated

 

$

1.05

 

 

$

0.60

 

 

$

0.80

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

 

 

49


 

II-VI Incorporated and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

 

Year Ended June 30,

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

($000)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net earnings

 

$

65,975

 

 

$

38,449

 

 

$

51,931

 

Other comprehensive income (loss):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

 

 

(8,497

)

 

 

2,363

 

 

 

5,362

 

Pension adjustment, net of taxes of ($602) for the year ended June 30, 2015 and $387 for the year ended June 30, 2014, respectively

 

 

(2,244

)

 

 

1,443

 

 

 

-

 

Comprehensive income

 

$

55,234

 

 

$

42,255

 

 

$

57,293

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net earnings attributable to redeemable noncontrolling interest

 

$

-

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

1,118

 

Other comprehensive income (loss) attributable to redeemable noncontrolling interest:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustments attributable to redeemable noncontrolling interest

 

$

-

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

(295

)

Comprehensive income attributable to redeemable noncontrolling interest

 

$

-

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

823

 

Comprehensive income attributable to II-VI Incorporated

 

$

55,234

 

 

$

42,255

 

 

$

56,470

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

 

 

50


 

II-VI Incorporated and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common Stock

 

 

Comprehensive

 

 

Retained

 

 

Treasury Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

Income

 

 

Earnings

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

Total

 

(000)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance - June 30, 2012

 

 

69,627

 

 

$

176,295

 

 

$

10,238

 

 

$

434,940

 

 

 

(6,794

)

 

$

(35,247

)

 

$

586,226

 

Shares issued under share-based compensation plans

 

 

596

 

 

 

4,104

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

4,104

 

Net earnings

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

50,813

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

50,813

 

Purchases of treasury stock

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(1,141

)

 

 

(19,978

)

 

 

(19,978

)

Treasury stock under deferred compensation arrangements

 

 

-

 

 

 

1,291

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(70

)

 

 

(1,291

)

 

 

-

 

Minimum tax withholding requirements

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(7

)

 

 

(138

)

 

 

(138

)

Foreign currency translation adjustments

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

5,362

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

5,362

 

Share-based compensation expense

 

 

-

 

 

 

11,959

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

11,959

 

Excess tax benefits from share-based compensation expense

 

 

-

 

 

 

635

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

635

 

Adjustment to redeemable noncontrolling interest

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(2,875

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(2,875

)

Balance - June 30, 2013

 

 

70,223

 

 

$

194,284

 

 

$

15,600

 

 

$

482,878

 

 

 

(8,012

)

 

$

(56,654

)

 

$

636,108

 

Shares issued under share-based compensation plans

 

 

712

 

 

 

4,482

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(44

)

 

 

(827

)

 

 

3,655

 

Net earnings

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

38,449

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

38,449

 

Purchases of treasury stock

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(1,333

)

 

 

(19,973

)

 

 

(19,973

)

Treasury stock under deferred compensation arrangements

 

 

-

 

 

 

1,809

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(93

)

 

 

(1,809

)

 

 

-

 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

2,363

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

2,363

 

Share-based compensation expense

 

 

-

 

 

 

12,347

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

12,347

 

Pension adjustment, net of taxes of $387

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

1,443

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

1,443

 

Excess tax benefits from share-based compensation expense

 

 

-

 

 

 

651

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

651

 

Balance - June 30, 2014

 

 

70,935

 

 

$

213,573

 

 

$

19,406

 

 

$

521,327

 

 

 

(9,482

)

 

$

(79,263

)

 

$

675,043

 

Shares issued under share-based compensation plans

 

 

773

 

 

 

5,196

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(75

)

 

 

(1,085

)

 

 

4,111

 

Net earnings

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

65,975

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

65,975

 

Purchases of treasury stock

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(936

)

 

 

(12,729

)

 

 

(12,729

)

Treasury stock under deferred compensation arrangements

 

 

72

 

 

 

418

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(72

)

 

 

(418

)

 

 

-

 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(8,497

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(8,497

)

Share-based compensation expense

 

 

-

 

 

 

11,340

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

11,340

 

Pension adjustment, net of taxes of ($602)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(2,244

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(2,244

)

APIC pool reclassification

 

 

-

 

 

 

(3,812

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(3,812

)

Tax deficiency from share-based compensation expense

 

 

-

 

 

 

(106

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(106

)

Balance - June 30, 2015

 

 

71,780

 

 

$

226,609

 

 

$

8,665

 

 

$

587,302

 

 

 

(10,565

)

 

$

(93,495

)

 

$

729,081

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

 

 

51


 

II-VI Incorporated and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

Year Ended June 30,

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

($000)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net earnings

 

$

65,975

 

 

$

38,449

 

 

$

51,931

 

Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Earnings) loss from discontinued operation, net of tax

 

 

-

 

 

 

(133

)

 

 

6,789

 

Depreciation

 

 

41,114

 

 

 

41,805

 

 

 

34,135

 

Amortization

 

 

11,969

 

 

 

11,293

 

 

 

6,657

 

Share-based compensation expense

 

 

11,340

 

 

 

12,347

 

 

 

11,959

 

Impairment of intangible assets

 

 

1,964

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Losses on foreign currency remeasurements and transactions

 

 

2,178

 

 

 

700

 

 

 

1,244

 

Earnings from equity investment

 

 

(948

)

 

 

(698

)

 

 

(1,048

)

Deferred income taxes

 

 

(3,781

)

 

 

(4,435

)

 

 

1,962

 

Excess tax benefits from share-based compensation expense

 

 

(335

)

 

 

(651

)

 

 

(635

)

Impairment on property, plant, and equipment

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

900

 

Increase (decrease) in cash from changes in:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

(10,742

)

 

 

(28,486

)

 

 

5,441

 

Inventories

 

 

(4,207

)

 

 

12,794

 

 

 

1,969

 

Accounts payable

 

 

61

 

 

 

19,813

 

 

 

(9,376

)

Income taxes

 

 

7,589

 

 

 

(6,282

)

 

 

4,351

 

Other operating net assets

 

 

7,189

 

 

 

(2,251

)

 

 

(5,807

)

Net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Continuing Operations

 

 

129,366

 

 

 

94,265

 

 

 

110,472

 

Discontinued Operation

 

 

-

 

 

 

1,197

 

 

 

(2,865

)

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

 

129,366

 

 

 

95,462

 

 

 

107,607

 

Cash Flows from Investing Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additions to property, plant & equipment

 

 

(52,313

)

 

 

(29,220

)

 

 

(25,205

)

Purchases of businesses, net of cash acquired

 

 

-

 

 

 

(177,676

)

 

 

(126,193

)

Proceeds received from contractual settlement from Thailand flooding

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

4,797

 

Proceeds received from sale of equity method investment

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

2,138

 

Other investing activities

 

 

67

 

 

 

79

 

 

 

-

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Continuing Operations

 

 

(52,246

)

 

 

(206,817

)

 

 

(144,463

)

Discontinued Operation

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(68

)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(52,246

)

 

 

(206,817

)

 

 

(144,531

)

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from borrowings

 

 

3,000

 

 

 

183,000

 

 

 

113,000

 

Payments on borrowings

 

 

(68,500

)

 

 

(55,000

)

 

 

(11,000

)

Purchases of treasury stock

 

 

(12,729

)

 

 

(19,973

)

 

 

(19,978

)

Payments of redeemable noncontrolling interest

 

 

-

 

 

 

(8,789

)

 

 

-

 

Payments on holdback arrangements

 

 

(2,350

)

 

 

(3,000

)

 

 

-

 

Proceeds from exercises of stock options

 

 

5,196

 

 

 

4,358

 

 

 

4,104

 

Other financing activities

 

 

(681

)

 

 

(1,514

)

 

 

(347

)

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

 

 

(76,064

)

 

 

99,082

 

 

 

85,779

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

 

 

(2,082

)

 

 

1,500

 

 

 

1,634

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

(1,026

)

 

 

(10,773

)

 

 

50,489

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Period

 

 

174,660

 

 

 

185,433

 

 

 

134,944

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Period

 

$

173,634

 

 

$

174,660

 

 

$

185,433

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non cash transactions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchases of businesses - holdback amount recorded in Other accrued liabilities

 

$

-

 

 

$

10,000

 

 

$

-

 

Capital lease obligation incurred on facility lease

 

$

-

 

 

$

11,636

 

 

$

-

 

Purchase of business utilizing earnout consideration recorded in other current liabilities

 

$

-

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

3,300

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

 

 

52


 

II-VI Incorporated and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Note 1.

Nature of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Nature of Business.  II-VI Incorporated and its subsidiaries (the “Company,” “we,” “us,” or “our”), a global leader in engineered materials and opto-electronic components, is a vertically-integrated manufacturing company that develops innovative products for diversified applications in the industrial, optical communications, military, life sciences, semiconductor equipment and consumer markets. The Company markets its products through its direct sales force and through distributors and agents.

The Company uses certain uncommon materials and compounds to manufacture its products. Some of these materials are available from only one proven outside source. The continued high quality of these materials is critical to the stability of the Company’s manufacturing yields. The Company has not experienced significant production delays due to a shortage of materials. However, the Company does occasionally experience problems associated with vendor-supplied materials not meeting specifications for quality or purity. A significant failure of the Company’s suppliers to deliver sufficient quantities of necessary high-quality materials on a timely basis could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations.

Effective July 1, 2014, the Company realigned its organizational structure into three reporting segments for the purpose of making operational decisions and assessing financial performance: (i) II-VI Laser Solutions, (ii) II-VI Photonics, and (iii) II-VI Performance Products. The Company is reporting financial information (revenue through operating income) for these new reporting segments which management believes will provide enhanced visibility and transparency into the operations, business drivers and the value of the enterprise.

Principles of Consolidation.  The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of the Company. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.

Estimates.  The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States  (“U.S. GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Foreign Currency Translation.  For II-VI Singapore Pte., Ltd. and its subsidiaries, II-VI Suisse S.a.r.l. and II-VI Laser Enterprise of the II-VI Laser Solutions segment, II-VI Network Solutions Division of the II-VI Photonics segment, and II-VI Performance Metals of the II-VI Performance Products segment the functional currency is the United States (U.S.) dollar. The determination of the functional currency is made based on the appropriate economic and management indicators.

For all other foreign subsidiaries, the functional currency is the local currency. Assets and liabilities of those operations are translated into U.S. dollars using period-end exchange rates while income and expenses are translated using the average exchange rates for the reporting period. Translation adjustments are recorded as accumulated other comprehensive income within shareholders’ equity in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Cash and Cash Equivalents.  The Company considers highly liquid investment instruments with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. We place our cash and cash equivalents with high credit quality financial institutions and to date have not experienced credit losses in these instruments. Cash of foreign subsidiaries is on deposit at banks in China, Vietnam, Singapore, Japan, Switzerland, the Netherlands, Germany, the Philippines, Belgium, Italy, Hong Kong, Australia, the United Kingdom (“U.K.”) and South Korea.

Accounts Receivable.  The Company establishes an allowance for doubtful accounts based on historical experience and believes the collection of revenues, net of this allowance, is reasonably assured.

The Company factored a portion of the accounts receivable of its Japan subsidiary during each of the years ended June 30, 2015 and 2014. Factoring is done with high credit quality financial institutions in Japan. During the years ended June 30, 2015 and 2014, $17.8 million and $12.7 million, respectively, of accounts receivable had been factored. As of June 30, 2015 and 2014, the amount included in other accrued liabilities representing the Company’s obligation to the bank for these receivables factored with recourse was immaterial.

Inventories.  Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market (“LCM”), with cost determined on the first-in, first-out basis. Inventory costs include material, labor and manufacturing overhead. Market cannot exceed the net realizable value (i.e., estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business less reasonably predicted costs of completion and disposal) and market shall not be less than net realizable value reduced by an allowance for an approximately normal profit margin. In evaluating LCM, management also

53


 

considers, if applicable, other factors as w ell, including known trends, market conditions, currency exchange rates and other such issues. The Company records an inventory reserve as a charge against earnings for all products on hand more than twelve to eighteen months depending on the products that have not been sold to customers or cannot be further manufactured for sale to alternative customers. An additional reserve is recorded for product on hand that is in excess of product sold to customers over the same periods noted above. Inventories are pr esented net of reserves. The reserves totaled $22.3 million and $12.0 million at June 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The increase in reserves for fiscal year 2015 was primarily due to excess inventory on hand at II-VI Laser Enterprise.

Property, Plant and Equipment.  Property, plant and equipment are carried at cost or fair market value upon acquisition. Major improvements are capitalized, while maintenance and repairs are generally expensed as incurred. The Company reviews its property, plant and equipment and other long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts may not be recoverable. Depreciation for financial reporting purposes is computed primarily by the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives for building, building improvements and land improvements of 10 to 20 years and 3 to 20 years for machinery and equipment.

Business Combinations. The Company accounts for business acquisitions by establishing the acquisition-date fair value as the measurement for all assets acquired and liabilities assumed. Certain provisions of U.S. GAAP prescribe, among other things, the determination of acquisition-date fair value of consideration paid in a business combination (including contingent consideration) and the exclusion of transaction and acquisition-related restructuring costs from acquisition accounting.

Goodwill.  The excess purchase price over the fair market value allocated to identifiable tangible and intangible net assets of businesses acquired is reported as goodwill in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company tests goodwill for impairment at least annually as of April 1, or when events or changes in circumstances indicate that goodwill might be impaired. The evaluation of impairment involves comparing the current fair value of the Company’s reporting units to the recorded value (including goodwill). The Company uses a discounted cash flow (“DCF”) model and a market analysis to determine the current fair value of its reporting units. A number of significant assumptions and estimates are involved in estimating the forecasted cash flows used in the DCF model, including markets and market shares, sales volume and pricing, costs to produce, working capital changes and income tax rates. Management considers historical experience and all available information at the time the fair values of the reporting units are estimated.

The Company has the option to perform a qualitative assessment of goodwill prior to completing the two-step process described above to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, including goodwill and other intangible assets. If the Company concludes that this is the case, it must perform the two-step process. Otherwise, the Company will forego the two-step process and does not need to perform any further testing.

Intangibles.  Intangible assets are initially recorded at their cost or fair market value upon acquisition. Finite-lived intangible assets are amortized for financial reporting purposes using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets ranging from 5 to 20 years. Indefinite-lived intangible assets are not amortized but tested annually for impairment at April 1, or when events or changes in circumstances indicate that indefinite-lived intangible assets might be impaired.

Equity Method Investments.  The Company has an equity investment in Guangdong Fuxin Electronic Technology (“Fuxin”) based in Guangdong Province, China of 20.2%, which is accounted for under the equity method of accounting. The total carrying value of the investment recorded at June 30, 2015 and June 30, 2014 was $11.9 million and $11.6 million, respectively. During the years ended June 30, 2015, 2014 and 2013, the Company’s pro-rata share of earnings from this investment was $0.9 million, $0.7 million and $1.0 million, respectively, and was recorded in other expense (income), net in the Consolidated Statements of Earnings. During the years ended June 30, 2015, 2014 and 2013 the Company recorded dividends from this equity investment of $0.6 million, $0.3 million and $0.5 million, respectively.

Commitments and Contingencies. Liabilities for loss contingencies arising from claims, assessments, litigation, fines, and penalties and other sources are recorded when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the assessment and/or remediation can be reasonably estimated. Legal costs incurred in connection with loss contingencies are expensed as incurred. Such accruals are adjusted as further information develops or circumstances change. The Company had no loss contingency liabilities at June 30, 2015 related to commitments and contingencies.

Accrued Bonus and Profit Sharing Contribution.  The Company records bonus and profit sharing estimates as a charge against earnings. These estimates are adjusted to actual based on final results of operations achieved during the fiscal year. Certain partial bonus amounts are paid on an interim basis, and the remainder is paid after the fiscal year end after the final determination of the applicable percentage or amounts. Other bonuses are paid annually.

Warranty Reserve.  The Company records a warranty reserve as a charge against earnings based on a percentage of revenues utilizing actual returns over a period that approximates historical warranty experience with adjustments possible for changes in product lines or

54


 

unusual conditions that come to the Company’s attention.  Our warranty reserve balance at June 30, 2015 was approximately $3.3 million.

Income Taxes.  Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the consolidated financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect in the years in which the differences are expected to reverse. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred income tax assets to the amount more likely than not to be realized. The Company recognizes the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such a position are measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate resolution. The amount of unrecognized tax benefits is adjusted for changes in facts and circumstances. For example, adjustments could result from significant amendments to existing tax law and the issuance of regulations or interpretations by the taxing authorities, new information obtained during a tax examination, or resolution of an examination. The Company believes that its estimates for uncertain tax positions are appropriate and sufficient to pay assessments that may result from examinations of its tax returns. The Company recognizes both accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense.

Revenue Recognition.  The Company recognizes revenues for product shipments when persuasive evidence of a sales arrangement exists, the product has been shipped or delivered, the sale price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. Title and risk of loss passes from the Company to its customer at the time of shipment in most cases with the exception of certain customers. For these customers, title does not pass and revenue is not recognized until the customer has received the product at its physical location.

We establish an allowance for doubtful accounts based on historical experience and believe the collection of revenues, net of this reserve, is reasonably assured. Our allowance for doubtful accounts balance at June 30, 2015 was approximately $1.0 million. Our reserve estimate has historically been proven to be materially correct based upon actual charges incurred.

The Company’s revenue recognition policy is consistently applied across the Company’s segments, product lines and geographical locations. Further for the periods covered herein, we did not have post shipment obligations such as training or installation, customer acceptance provisions, credits and discounts, rebates and price protection, or other similar privileges. Our distributors and agents are not granted price protection. Our distributors and agents, which comprise less than 10% of consolidated revenues, have no additional product return rights beyond the right to return defective products covered by our warranty policy. Revenues generated from transactions other than product shipments are contract related and have historically accounted for less than 2% of consolidated revenues. We believe our revenue recognition practices have adequately considered the requirements under U.S. GAAP.

Shipping and Handling Costs.  Shipping and handling costs billed to customers are included in revenues. Shipping and handling costs incurred by the Company are included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Earnings. Total shipping and handling revenue and costs included in revenues and in selling, general and administrative expenses were not significant for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2015, 2014 and 2013.

Research and Development.  Internal research and development costs and costs not related to customer and government funded research and development contracts are expensed as incurred.

Share-Based Compensation.  The Company follows U.S. GAAP in accounting for share-based compensation arrangements, which requires the recognition of the grant-date fair value of stock compensation in net earnings. The Company recognizes the share-based compensation expense over the requisite service period of the individual grantees, which generally equals the vesting period.

Workers’ Compensation.  The Company is self-insured for certain losses related to workers’ compensation for the majority of its U.S. employees. When estimating the self-insurance liability, the Company considers a number of factors, including historical claims experience, demographic and severity factors and valuations provided by independent third-party consultants. At least annually, management reviews its assumptions and valuations to determine the adequacy of the self-insurance liability.

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income.  Accumulated other comprehensive income is a measure of all changes in shareholders’ equity that result from transactions and other economic events in the period other than transactions with owners. Accumulated other comprehensive income is a component of shareholders’ equity and consists of accumulated foreign currency translation adjustments of $9.5 million and $18.0 million as of June 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively, and pension adjustments of ($0.8) million and $1.4 million as of June 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

Fair Value Measurements.  The Company applies fair value accounting for all financial assets and liabilities that are required to be recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements. Fair value is defined as the price that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. When

55


 

determining the fair value measurements for assets and liabilities, the Company considers the principal or most advantageous market in which the Company would transact, and the marke t-based risk measurements or assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, such as inherent risk, transfer restrictions and credit risk.

Leases.  The Company classifies leases as operating in accordance with the provisions of lease accounting. Rent expense under noncancelable operating leases with scheduled rent increases or rent holidays is accounted for on a straight-line basis over the lease term, beginning on the date of initial possession or the effective date of the lease agreement. The amount of the excess of straight-line rent expense over scheduled payments is recorded as a deferred liability. The current portion of unamortized deferred lease costs is included in other accrued liabilities and the long-term portion is included in other liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Reclassifications. The Company corrected an immaterial error related to its long term deferred tax asset for share based compensation in the Consolidated Balance Sheet as of June 30, 2015. The recorded reclassification of $3.8 million reduced both the long term deferred tax asset and additional paid in capital (“APIC”) associated with the Company’s APIC tax pool. This reclassification had no impact on previously reported revenues, income tax expense and net earnings in any annual or interim periods.

Recently Issued Financial Accounting Standards

In July 2015, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued an Accounting Standard Update (“ASU”) 2015-11, Inventory (Topic 330): Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory. This update simplifies the measurement of inventory valuation at the lower of cost or net realizable value.  Net realizable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal and transportation. The new inventory measurement requirements are effective for the Company’s 2018 fiscal year and will replace the current inventory valuation guidance that requires the use of a lower of cost or market framework. The adoption of these changes is not expected to have a material impact to the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

In April 2015, the FASB issued as final, ASU 2015-05, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other - Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40): Customer’s Accounting for Fees Paid in a Cloud Computing Arrangement. This update provides guidance about whether a cloud computing arrangement includes a software license. The update is effective for annual reporting periods, including interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption is permitted. The update allows for the use of either a prospective or retrospective adoption approach. Management is currently evaluating the available transition methods and the potential impact of adoption on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-03, Interest – Imputation of Interest: Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs.  This ASU requires entities to present debt issuance costs in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of the corresponding debt liability, consistent with debt discounts. The guidance does not address situations in which debt issuance costs do not have an associated debt liability or exceed the carrying amount of the associated debt liability. This ASU will be effective beginning in fiscal year 2017. Management is currently evaluating the potential impact of adoption on the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements.

In February 2015, the FASB issued as final, ASU 2015-02, Consolidation (Topic 810): Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis, which affects reporting organizations that are required to evaluate whether they should consolidate certain legal entities. The update is effective for interim and annual reporting periods in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption is permitted, including adoption in an interim period. The update allows for the use of either a full retrospective or a modified retrospective adoption approach. Management is currently evaluating the available transition methods and the potential impact of adoption on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

In January 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-01, Income Statement - Extraordinary and Unusual Items. This ASU eliminates the requirement to separately present and disclose extraordinary and unusual items in the financial statements. This ASU will be effective beginning in 2016. The adoption of this ASU is not expected to have a material effect on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09: Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) which supersedes virtually all existing revenue recognition guidance under U.S. GAAP. The update's core principle is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The update allows for the use of either the retrospective or modified retrospective approach of adoption. On July 9, 2015 the FASB approved a one year deferral of the effective date of the update. The update is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2017 (the first quarter of our fiscal year 2019).  We have not yet selected a transition method and are currently evaluating the impact of this guidance on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

56


 

In April 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-08: Reporting Discontinued Operations and Disclosures of Disposals of Components of an Entity, which changes the criteria for determining which disposals can be presented as discontinued operations and modifies relat ed disclosure requirements. Under the new guidance, a discontinued operation is defined as a disposal of a component or group of components that is disposed of or is classified as held for sale and represents a strategic shift that has or will have a major effect on an entity's operations and financial results. The new standard will be effective for annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2014, with early adoption permitted and will be effective for the Company beginning in the first quarter of fi scal year 2016. The adoption of this standard is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

In July 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-11: Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax benefit when a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit carryforward Exists.  The ASU changes how certain unrecognized tax benefits are to be presented on the consolidated balance sheet. This ASU clarified existing guidance to require that an unrecognized tax benefit, or a portion thereof, be presented in the consolidated balance sheet as a reduction to a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss ("NOL") carryforward, similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward, except when an NOL carryforward, similar tax loss, or tax credit carryforward is not available under the tax law of the applicable jurisdiction to settle any additional income taxes that would result from the disallowance of a tax position. In such a case, the unrecognized tax benefit would be presented in the consolidated balance sheet as a liability. This update was effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2013 and was effective for the Company for the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2014. The adoption of this standard did not have a significant impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Note 2.

Discontinued Operation

During December 2013, the Company completed the discontinuance of its tellurium product line by exiting all business activities associated with this product.  This product line was previously serviced by II-VI Performance Metals and was included as part of the II-VI Performance Products segment.   Prior periods have been restated to present this product line on a discontinued operation basis.   The revenues and earnings (losses) of the tellurium product line have been reflected as a discontinued operation for the periods presented as follows ($000):

 

June 30,

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

($000)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues

 

$

-

 

 

$

1,849

 

 

$

7,321

 

Earnings (loss) from discontinued operation before income taxes

 

 

-

 

 

 

133

 

 

 

(6,789

)

Income tax benefit (expense)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Earnings (loss) from discontinued operation, net of taxes

 

$

-

 

 

$

133

 

 

$

(6,789

)

 

Note 3.

Inventories

The components of inventories, net of reserves, were as follows:

 

June 30,

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

($000)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Raw materials

 

$

71,210

 

 

$

71,949

 

Work in progress

 

 

52,726

 

 

 

44,739

 

Finished goods

 

 

40,452

 

 

 

49,185

 

 

 

$

164,388

 

 

$

165,873

 

 

 

 

57


 

Note 4.

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment consists of the following:

 

June 30,

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

($000)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Land and land improvements

 

$

4,566

 

 

$

2,381

 

Buildings and improvements

 

 

91,171

 

 

 

96,551

 

Machinery and equipment

 

 

366,560

 

 

 

335,408

 

Construction in progress

 

 

17,749

 

 

 

16,990

 

 

 

 

480,046

 

 

 

451,330

 

Less accumulated depreciation

 

 

(276,234

)

 

 

(242,391

)

 

 

$

203,812

 

 

$

208,939

 

 

During the quarter ended March 31, 2015, as part of the Company’s ongoing restructuring of its military related businesses in the II-VI Performance Products segment, the Company implemented a plan to sell one of its manufacturing facilities located in New Port Richey, Florida. The Company anticipates completing the sale within the next twelve months, and has reclassified the carrying value of the land and building of approximately $1.2 million as assets held for sale and has included the carrying value in Prepaid and other current assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets at June 30, 2015.

Depreciation expense was $41.1 million, $41.8 million and $34.1 million for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Included in the cost and accumulated depreciation of property, plant and equipment is the effect of foreign currency translation on the portion relating to the Company’s foreign subsidiaries.

 

Note 5.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the excess of the cost over the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets of acquired businesses. Identifiable intangible assets acquired in business combinations are recorded based upon fair market value at the date of acquisition.

Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill were as follows ($000):

 

 

 

Year Ended June 30, 2015

 

 

 

II-VI Laser

 

 

II-VI

 

 

II- VI Performance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Solutions

 

 

Photonics

 

 

Products

 

 

Total

 

Balance-beginning of period

 

$

44,041

 

 

$

99,214

 

 

$

52,890

 

 

$

196,145

 

Foreign currency translation

 

 

(463

)

 

 

212

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(251

)

Balance-end of period

 

$

43,578

 

 

$

99,426

 

 

$

52,890

 

 

$

195,894

 

 

 

 

Year Ended June 30, 2014

 

 

 

II-VI Laser

 

 

II-VI

 

 

II- VI Performance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Solutions

 

 

Photonics

 

 

Products

 

 

Total

 

Balance-beginning of period

 

$

13,233

 

 

$

56,713

 

 

$

53,406

 

 

$

123,352

 

Goodwill acquired

 

 

30,718

 

 

 

42,375

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

73,093

 

Goodwill adjustment

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(516

)

 

 

(516

)

Foreign currency translation

 

 

90

 

 

 

126

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

216

 

Balance-end of period

 

$

44,041

 

 

$

99,214

 

 

$

52,890

 

 

$

196,145

 

 

The Company reviews the recoverability of goodwill at least annually and any time business conditions indicate a potential change in recoverability. The measurement of a potential impairment begins with comparing the current fair value of the Company’s reporting units to the recorded value (including goodwill). The Company used a discounted cash flow (DCF) model and a market analysis to determine the current fair value of all its reporting units. A number of significant assumptions and estimates are involved in estimating the forecasted cash flows used in the DCF model, including markets and market shares, sales volume and pricing, costs to produce, working capital changes and income tax rates. Management considers historical experience and all available information at the time the fair values of the reporting units are estimated. The Company has the option to perform a qualitative assessment of goodwill to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, including goodwill and other intangible assets. As of April 1 of fiscal years 2015 and 2014, the Company completed its annual impairment tests of its

58


 

reporting units. Based on the res ults of these analyses, the Company’s goodwill of $195.9 million as of June 30, 2015 and $196.1 million as of June 30, 2014 was not impaired.

 

As the estimated fair value of the II-VI Photonics reporting unit was approximately 5% greater than its carrying value, the Company has concluded that this reporting unit is at risk of not passing step one of future goodwill impairment tests. In the event of unfavorable changes to the existing assumptions used in the impairment test such as the weighted average cost of capital (discount rate), growth rates and market multiples as well as changes in our internal structure, the carrying value of the Company’s goodwill could be impaired.  Although the Company believes that the current assumptions and estimates are reasonable, supportable and appropriate, the II-VI Photonics reporting unit competes in a challenging environment with significant pricing pressure and rapidly changing technology and there can be no assurance that the estimates and assumptions made for purposes of the goodwill impairment test will prove to be accurate predictions of future performance.

 

As a result of the July 1, 2014 segment realignment, the Company reassigned the existing goodwill balances at July 1, 2014 to the new reporting units utilizing a relative fair value allocation approach in accordance with authoritative accounting guidance. The Company also reviewed the recoverability of the carrying value of goodwill at its reporting units. The Company performed a qualitative assessment of goodwill prior to completing the quantitative test to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit was less than its carrying amount, including goodwill and other intangible assets due to the short duration of time since the Company’s annual quantitative goodwill impairment test for fiscal year 2014, which was completed on April 1, 2014. The Company did not record any impairment of goodwill or long-lived assets as the qualitative assessment did not indicate deterioration in the fair value of its reporting units since the most recent annual impairment test.

 

During the year ended June 30, 2014, the Company recorded an adjustment to goodwill of $0.5 million associated with the November 2012 acquisition of M Cubed Technologies, Inc. (“M Cubed”). This adjustment related to a change in deferred income tax assets and was recorded in conjunction with the finalization and filing of the M Cubed final income tax return.

The gross carrying amount and accumulated amortization of the Company’s intangible assets other than goodwill as of June 30, 2015 and 2014 were as follows ($000):

 

 

 

June 30, 2015

 

 

June 30, 2014

 

 

 

Gross

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net

 

 

Gross

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net

 

 

 

Carrying

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

Book

 

 

Carrying

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

Book

 

 

 

Amount

 

 

Amortization

 

 

Value

 

 

Amount

 

 

Amortization

 

 

Value

 

Technology and Patents

 

$

50,520

 

 

$

(18,838

)

 

$

31,682

 

 

$

50,505

 

 

$

(14,474

)

 

$

36,031

 

Trade names

 

 

15,869

 

 

 

(1,111

)

 

 

14,758

 

 

 

17,870

 

 

 

(1,037

)

 

 

16,833

 

Customer Lists

 

 

102,489

 

 

 

(26,583

)

 

 

75,906

 

 

 

102,839

 

 

 

(19,448

)

 

 

83,391

 

Other

 

 

1,572

 

 

 

(1,456

)

 

 

116

 

 

 

1,586

 

 

 

(1,437

)

 

 

149

 

Total

 

$

170,450

 

 

$

(47,988

)

 

$

122,462

 

 

$

172,800

 

 

$

(36,396

)

 

$

136,404

 

 

Amortization expense recorded on the intangible assets for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2015, 2014 and 2013 was $12.0 million, $11.3 million, and $6.7 million, respectively. The technology and patents are being amortized over a range of 60 to 240 months with a weighted-average remaining life of approximately 114 months. The customer lists are being amortized over 60 to 192 months with a weighted-average remaining life of approximately 146 months.

During the year ended June 30, 2015, the Company recognized an impairment charge on two of its indefinite lived trade names in the II-VI Photonics reporting unit as these trademarks were abandoned as a result of the Company’s rebranding efforts. Total impairment recorded during the year ended June 30, 2015 was $2.0 million, which represented the entire carrying value of these two trademarks and was recorded in other expense (income), net in the Consolidated Statements of Earnings.  

In connection with past acquisitions, the Company acquired trade names with indefinite lives. The carrying amount of these trade names of $14.4 million as of June 30, 2015 is not amortized but tested annually for impairment. The Company completed its impairment test of these trade names with indefinite lives in the fourth quarter of fiscal years 2015 and 2014. Based on the results of these tests, the trade names were not impaired at June 30, 2015 or 2014.

59


 

Included in the gross carrying amount and accumulated amortization of the Company’s patents, customer list and other component of intangible assets and goodwill is the effect of the foreign currency translation on the portion relating to the Company’s German and China subsidiaries. The estimated amortization expense for existing intangible assets for each of the five succeeding years is as follows ($000):

 

Year Ending June 30,

 

 

 

 

 

 

2016

 

 

 

$

11,619

 

2017

 

 

 

 

11,607

 

2018

 

 

 

 

11,139

 

2019

 

 

 

 

10,706

 

2020

 

 

 

 

10,593

 

 

 

Note 6.

Debt

The components of debt were as follows ($000):

 

June 30,

2015

 

 

2014

 

Line of credit, interest at LIBOR, as defined, plus 1.5% and 1.75%, respectively

$

108,500

 

 

$

154,000

 

Term loan, interest at LIBOR, as defined, plus 1.25%

 

65,000

 

 

 

85,000

 

Yen denominated line of credit, interest at LIBOR, as defined, plus 0.625%

 

2,457

 

 

 

2,960

 

Total debt

 

175,957

 

 

 

241,960

 

Current portion of long-term debt

 

(20,000

)

 

 

(20,000

)

Long-term debt, less current portion

$

155,957

 

 

$

221,960

 

 

The Company’s First Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (the “Credit Facility”) provides for a revolving credit facility of $225 million, as well as a $100 million Term Loan. The Term Loan is being repaid in consecutive quarterly principal payments on the first business day of each January, April, July and October, with the first payment having commenced on October 1, 2013, as follows: (i) twenty consecutive quarterly installments of $5 million and (ii) a final installment of all remaining principal due and payable on the maturity date. The Credit Facility is unsecured, but is guaranteed by each existing and subsequently acquired or organized wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries of the Company. The Company has the option to request an increase to the size of the Amended Credit Facility in an aggregate additional amount not to exceed $100 million. The Credit Facility has a five-year term through September 2018 and has an interest rate of LIBOR, as defined in the agreement, plus 0.75% to 1.75% based on the Company’s ratio of consolidated indebtedness to consolidated EBITDA. Additionally, the facility is subject to certain covenants, including those relating to minimum interest coverage and maximum leverage ratios. As of June 30, 2015, the Company was in compliance with all financial covenants under its Credit Facility.

The Company’s Yen denominated line of credit is a 500 million Yen ($4.1 million) facility that has a five-year term through June 2016 and has an interest rate equal to LIBOR, as defined in the loan agreement, plus 0.625% to 1.50%. Additionally, the facility is subject to certain covenants, including those relating to minimum interest coverage and maximum leverage ratios. As of June 30, 2015, the Company was in compliance with all covenants under the Yen facility. On August 21, 2015, the Company received and accepted a commitment from its lender to extend the maturity date of the Yen facility to August 2020 on substantially the same terms of the current facility. The lender’s commitment to provide the extension is subject to the satisfaction of certain customary conditions.

The Company had aggregate availability of $116.6 million and $71.0 million under its lines of credit as of June 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The amounts available under the Company’s lines of credit are reduced by outstanding letters of credit. As of June 30, 2015 and 2014, total outstanding letters of credit supported by the credit facilities were $1.5 million.

The weighted-average interest rate of total borrowings for each of the years ended June 30, 2015 and 2014 was 1.8%. The weighted-average of total borrowings for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2015 and 2014 was $210.0 million and $222.6 million, respectively.

The Company has a line of credit facility with a Singapore bank which permits maximum borrowings in the local currency of approximately $0.3 million for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2015 and 2014. Borrowings are payable upon demand with interest charged at the rate of 1.00% above the bank’s prevailing prime lending rate. The interest rate was 5.25% at June 30, 2015 and June 30, 2014. At June 30, 2015 and 2014, there were no outstanding borrowings under this facility.

60


 

There are no interim maturities or minimum payment requirements related to the credit facilities before their respective expiration dates. Interest and commitment fees paid during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015, 2014 and 2013 were $4. 0 million and $4.2 million and $1.1 million, respectively.

Remaining annual principal payments under the Company’s existing credit facilities as of June 30, 2015 were as follows ($000):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dollar

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Term

 

 

Yen Line

 

 

Line of

 

 

 

 

 

Period

 

Loan

 

 

of Credit

 

 

Credit

 

 

Total

 

Year 1

 

$

20,000

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

20,000

 

Year 2

 

 

20,000

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

20,000

 

Year 3

 

 

20,000

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

20,000

 

Year 4

 

 

5,000

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

108,500

 

 

 

113,500

 

Year 5

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Thereafter

 

 

-

 

 

 

2,457

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

2,457

 

Total

 

$

65,000

 

 

$

2,457

 

 

$

108,500

 

 

$

175,957

 

 

 

 

Note 7.

Income Taxes

 

The components of income (loss) before income taxes were as follows:

 

Year Ended June 30,

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

($000)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. income (loss)

 

$

(5,326

)

 

$

(2,863

)

 

$

19,253

 

Non-U.S. income

 

 

84,438

 

 

 

48,504

 

 

 

58,233

 

Total Earnings Before Tax

 

$

79,112

 

 

$

45,641

 

 

$

77,486

 

 

The components of income tax expense (benefit) from continuing operations were as follows:

 

Year Ended June 30,

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

($000)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

$

(146

)

 

$

(1,067

)

 

$

2,759

 

State

 

 

86

 

 

 

152

 

 

 

68

 

Foreign

 

 

16,978

 

 

 

12,675

 

 

 

13,977

 

Total Current

 

$

16,918

 

 

$

11,760

 

 

$

16,804

 

Deferred:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

$

(2,762

)

 

$

(16

)

 

$

1,721

 

State

 

 

(251

)

 

 

148

 

 

 

113

 

Foreign

 

 

(768

)

 

 

(4,567

)

 

 

128

 

Total Deferred

 

$

(3,781

)

 

$

(4,435

)

 

$

1,962

 

Total Income Tax Expense

 

$

13,137

 

 

$

7,325

 

 

$

18,766

 

 

61


 

Principal items comprising deferred income taxes were as follows:

 

June 30,

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

($000)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred income tax assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Inventory capitalization

 

$

6,614

 

 

$

5,402

 

Non-deductible accruals

 

 

1,902

 

 

 

1,926

 

Accrued employee benefits

 

 

10,297

 

 

 

9,226

 

Net-operating loss and credit carryforwards

 

 

22,232

 

 

 

21,976

 

Share-based compensation expense

 

 

13,222

 

 

 

16,005

 

Other

 

 

1,468

 

 

 

577

 

Valuation allowances

 

 

(2,713

)

 

 

(2,212

)

Total deferred income tax assets

 

$

53,022

 

 

$

52,900

 

Deferred income tax liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tax over book accumulated depreciation

 

$

(15,937

)

 

$

(17,625

)

Intangible assets

 

 

(25,132

)

 

 

(25,505

)

Tax on unremitted earnings

 

 

(1,753

)

 

 

(714

)

Other

 

 

(2,520

)

 

 

(2,072

)

Total deferred income tax liabilities

 

$

(45,342

)

 

$

(45,916

)

Net deferred income taxes

 

$

7,680

 

 

$

6,984

 

 

The reconciliation of income tax expense at the statutory federal rate to the reported income tax expense is as follows:

 

Year Ended June 30,

 

2015

 

 

%

 

 

2014

 

 

%

 

 

2013

 

 

%

 

($000)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Taxes at statutory rate

 

$

27,689

 

 

 

35

 

 

$

15,974

 

 

 

35

 

 

$

27,120

 

 

 

35

 

Increase (decrease) in taxes resulting from:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

State income taxes-net of federal benefit

 

 

(196

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

254

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

168

 

 

 

-

 

Taxes on non U.S. earnings

 

 

(11,687

)

 

 

(15

)

 

 

(6,672

)

 

 

(15

)

 

 

(6,991

)

 

 

(9

)

Settlement of unrecognized tax benefits

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Research and manufacturing incentive deductions

 

 

(2,573

)

 

 

(3

)

 

 

(2,190

)

 

 

(5

)

 

 

(1,458

)

 

 

(2

)

Other

 

 

(96

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

(41

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

(73

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

$

13,137

 

 

 

17

 

 

$

7,325

 

 

 

16

 

 

$

18,766

 

 

 

24

 

 

During the fiscal years ended June 30, 2015, 2014, and 2013, net cash paid by the Company for income taxes was $13.0 million, $17.2 million, and $11.9 million, respectively.

Our foreign subsidiaries in the Philippines operate under various tax holiday arrangements.  The benefits of such arrangements phase out through the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019.  The impact of the tax holidays on our effective rate is a reduction in the rate of 0.22%, 0.12% and 0.07% for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2015, 2014 and 2013 respectively.

The cumulative amount of the Company’s foreign undistributed net earnings for which no deferred taxes have been provided was approximately $419 million at June 30, 2015. If the earnings of such foreign subsidiaries were not indefinitely reinvested, an additional deferred tax liability of approximately $83 million would have been required as of June 30, 2015. It is the Company’s intention to permanently reinvest substantially all of its undistributed earnings of its foreign subsidiaries; therefore, no provision has been made for future income taxes on the undistributed earnings of the majority of foreign subsidiaries, as they are considered indefinitely reinvested. The Company has provided a deferred tax liability for future income taxes on the earnings of certain foreign subsidiaries as these earnings are planned to be repatriated.  

62


 

The sources of differences resulting in deferred income tax expense (benefit) from continuing operations and the related tax effect of each were as follows:

 

Year Ended June 30,

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

($000)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

$

(1,844

)

 

$

(3,581

)

 

$

(2,825

)

Inventory capitalization

 

 

(1,273

)

 

 

646

 

 

 

84

 

Net operating loss and credit carryforwards net of valuation  allowances

 

 

418

 

 

 

533

 

 

 

4,786

 

Share-based compensation expense

 

 

(1,029

)

 

 

(984

)

 

 

(3,487

)

Other

 

 

(53

)

 

 

(1,049

)

 

 

3,404

 

 

 

$

(3,781

)

 

$

(4,435

)

 

$

1,962

 

 

The Company has the following gross operating loss carryforwards and tax credit carryforwards as of June 30, 2015:

 

Type

 

Amount

 

 

Expiration Date

($000)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tax credit carryforwards:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal research and development credits

 

$

6,179

 

 

June 2019-June 2035

Foreign tax credits

 

 

2,396

 

 

June 2024-June 2025

State tax credits

 

 

2,918

 

 

June 2016-June 2034

Operating loss carryforwards:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss carryforwards – federal

 

$

24,766

 

 

June 2027-June 2029

Loss carryforwards – state

 

 

22,554

 

 

June 2017-June 2035

Loss carryforwards – foreign

 

 

9,146

 

 

June 2016-June 2024

 

 

The Company has recorded a valuation allowance against the majority of the foreign loss carryforwards and select state tax credit carryforwards. The Company’s federal loss carryforwards, federal research and development credit carryforwards, and certain state tax credits resulted from the Company’s acquisitions of Photop Aegis and M Cubed and are subject to various annual limitations under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code.

Changes in the liability for unrecognized tax benefits for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2015, 2014 and 2013 were as follows:

 

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

($000)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at Beginning of Year

 

$

2,775

 

 

$

3,181

 

 

$

2,850

 

Increases in current year tax positions

 

 

2,450

 

 

 

298

 

 

 

338

 

Increases in prior year tax positions

 

 

203

 

 

2

 

 

 

-

 

Decreases in prior year tax positions

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(7

)

Settlements

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Expiration of statute of limitations

 

 

(1,406

)

 

 

(706

)

 

 

-

 

Balance at End of Year

 

$

4,022

 

 

$

2,775

 

 

$

3,181

 

 

The Company classifies all estimated and actual interest and penalties as income tax expense. During the fiscal year 2015, there was a benefit of $0.1 million of interest and penalties within tax expense. There was no interest and penalties within income tax expense for fiscal year 2014. During the fiscal years ended June 30, 2013, the Company recognized $0.1 million of expense for interest and penalties within income tax expense. The Company had $0.1 million, $0.2 million, and $0.2 million of interest and penalties accrued at June 30, 2015, 2014, and 2013, respectively. The increase in the Company’s current year tax positions are the result of certain unrecognized tax benefits associated with transfer pricing. The Company has classified the uncertain tax positions as non-current income tax liabilities as the amounts are not expected to be paid within one year. Including tax positions for which the Company determined that the tax position would not meet the more likely than not recognition threshold upon examination by the tax authorities based upon the technical merits of the position, the total estimated unrecognized tax benefit that, if recognized, would affect our effective tax rate was approximately $3.6 million and $2.8 million at June 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The Company expects a decrease of $0.7 million of unrecognized tax benefits during the next twelve months due to the expiration of statutes of limitation.  

 

Fiscal years 2012 to 2015 remain open to examination by the Internal Revenue Service, fiscal years 2011 to 2015 remain open to examination by certain state jurisdictions, and fiscal years 2008 to 2015 remain open to examination by certain foreign taxing jurisdictions. The Company’s fiscal years 2011 and 2012 California state income tax returns are currently under examination by the

63


 

State of California’s Franchise Tax Board. The Company’s fiscal years 2012 and 2013 German income tax returns are currently under examination.

 

Note 8.

Earnings Per Share

The following table sets forth the computation of earnings per share for the periods indicated. Weighted-average shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options that were not included in the calculation were 576,000, 507,000 and 470,000 for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively, because they were anti-dilutive.

 

Year Ended June 30,

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

($000 except per share)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings from continuing operations

 

$

65,975

 

 

$

38,316

 

 

$

57,602

 

Earnings (loss) from discontinued operation

 

 

-

 

 

 

133

 

 

 

(6,789

)

Net earnings from continuing operations

 

$

65,975

 

 

$

38,449

 

 

$

50,813

 

Divided by:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average shares

 

 

61,219

 

 

 

62,248

 

 

 

62,411

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings (loss) per common share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Continuing operations

 

$

1.08

 

 

$

0.62

 

 

$

0.92

 

Discontinued operation

 

$

-

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

(0.11

)

Consolidated

 

$

1.08

 

 

$

0.62

 

 

$

0.81

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings from continuing operations

 

$

65,975

 

 

$

38,316

 

 

$

57,602

 

Earnings (loss) from discontinued operation

 

 

-

 

 

 

133

 

 

 

(6,789

)

Net earnings from continuing operations

 

$

65,975

 

 

$

38,449

 

 

$

50,813

 

Divided by:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average shares

 

 

61,219

 

 

 

62,248

 

 

 

62,411

 

Dilutive effect of common stock equivalents

 

 

1,367

 

 

 

1,438

 

 

 

1,473

 

Diluted weighted average common shares

 

 

62,586

 

 

 

63,686

 

 

 

63,884

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted earnings (loss) per common share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Continuing operations

 

$

1.05

 

 

$

0.60

 

 

$

0.90

 

Discontinued operation

 

$

-

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

(0.11

)

Consolidated

 

$

1.05

 

 

$

0.60

 

 

$

0.80

 

 

 

 

Note 9.

Operating Leases

The Company leases certain property under operating leases that expire at various dates. Future rental commitments applicable to the operating leases at June 30, 2015 are as follows:

 

Year Ending June 30,

 

 

 

 

($000)

 

 

 

 

2016

 

$

12,875

 

2017

 

 

9,500

 

2018

 

 

6,275

 

2019

 

 

3,449

 

2020

 

 

3,065

 

Thereafter

 

 

16,649

 

 

Rent expense was approximately $15.0 million, $13.6 million, and $9.8 million for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

Note 10.

Share-Based Compensation Plans

The Company’s Board of Directors adopted the II-VI Incorporated Amended and Restated 2012 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) which was approved by the shareholders at the Annual Meeting in November 2014. The Plan provides for the grant of non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted shares, restricted share units, deferred shares, performance shares and performance share units to employees, officers and directors of the Company. The maximum number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock authorized for issuance under the Plan is limited to 4,900,000 shares of Common Stock, not including any remaining shares forfeited

64


 

under the predecessor plans that may be rolled in to the Plan. The Plan has vesting provisions predicated upon the death, retirement or disability of the grantee. As of June 30, 2015, there were approximately 3,502,571 shares available to be issued under the Plan, including forfeited shares from predecess or plans.

The Company records share-based compensation expense for these awards in accordance with U.S. GAAP, which requires the recognition of the grant-date fair value of share-based compensation in net earnings. The Company recognizes the share-based compensation expense over the requisite service period of the individual grantees, which generally equals the vesting period. The Company accounts for cash-based stock appreciation rights, cash-based restricted share unit awards and cash-based performance share unit awards as liability awards, in accordance with applicable accounting standards.

Share-based compensation expense for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2015, 2014 and 2013 is as follows ($000):

 

Year Ended June 30,

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

Stock Options and Cash-Based Stock Appreciation Rights

 

$

5,158

 

 

$

5,818

 

 

$

5,046

 

Restricted Share Awards and Cash-Based Restricted Share Unit Awards

 

 

5,182

 

 

 

4,868

 

 

 

4,411

 

Performance Share Awards and Cash-Based Performance Share  Unit Awards

 

 

2,649

 

 

 

2,311

 

 

 

3,200

 

 

 

$

12,989

 

 

$

12,997

 

 

$

12,657

 

 

The share-based compensation expense is allocated approximately 20% to cost of goods sold and 80% to selling, general and administrative expense in the Consolidated Statements of Earnings, based on the employee classification of the grantees. Share-based compensation expense associated with liability awards was $1.6 million in fiscal year 2015 and $0.7 million in fiscal years 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Stock Options and Cash-Based Stock Appreciation Rights:

The Company utilized the Black-Scholes valuation model for estimating the fair value of stock option expense. During the fiscal years ended June 30, 2015, 2014 and 2013, the weighted-average fair value of options granted under the stock option plan was $5.76, $8.21 and $8.37, respectively, per option using the following assumptions:

 

Year Ended June 30,

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

Risk-free interest rate

 

 

1.71

%

 

 

1.71

%

 

 

0.98

%

Expected volatility

 

 

41

%

 

 

47

%

 

 

49

%

Expected life of options

 

5.94 years

 

 

5.56 years

 

 

5.66 years

 

Dividend yield

 

None

 

 

None

 

 

None

 

 

The risk-free interest rate is derived from the average U.S. Treasury Note rate during the period, which approximates the rate in effect at the time of grant related to the expected life of the options. The risk-free interest rate shown above is the weighted average rate for all options granted during the fiscal year. Expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of the Company’s Common Stock over the period commensurate with the expected life of the options. The expected life calculation is based on the observed time to post-vesting exercise and/or forfeitures of options by our employees. The dividend yield of zero is based on the fact that the Company has never paid cash dividends and has no current intention to pay cash dividends in the future. The estimated annualized forfeitures are based on the Company’s historical experience of option pre-vesting cancellations and are estimated at a rate of 17%. The Company will record additional expense in future periods if the actual forfeiture rate is lower than estimated, and will adjust expense in future periods if the actual forfeitures are higher than estimated.

65


 

Stock option and cash-based stock appreciation rights activity during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 was as follows:

 

 

 

Stock Options

 

 

Cash-Based Stock Appreciation Rights

 

 

 

Number of

 

 

Weighted Average

 

 

Number of

 

 

Weighted Average

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Exercise Price

 

 

Rights

 

 

Exercise Price

 

Outstanding - July 1, 2014

 

 

4,704,554

 

 

$

16.37

 

 

 

108,718

 

 

$

18.28

 

Granted

 

 

648,540

 

 

$

14.03

 

 

 

63,550

 

 

$

14.19

 

Exercised

 

 

(498,250

)

 

$

10.41

 

 

 

(136

)

 

$

14.03

 

Forfeited and Expired

 

 

(290,020

)

 

$

18.72

 

 

 

(4,960

)

 

$

16.28

 

Outstanding - June 30, 2015

 

 

4,564,824

 

 

$

16.54

 

 

 

167,172

 

 

$

16.80

 

Exercisable - June 30, 2015

 

 

2,899,994

 

 

$

16.42

 

 

 

31,672

 

 

$

18.50

 

 

As of June 30, 2015, 2014 and 2013, the aggregate intrinsic value of stock options and cash-based stock appreciation rights outstanding and exercisable was $14.3 million, $5.2 million and $9.7 million, respectively. Aggregate intrinsic value represents the total pretax intrinsic value (the difference between the Company’s closing stock price on the last trading day of the year ended June 30, 2015, and the option’s exercise price, multiplied by the number of in-the-money options) that would have been received by the option holders had all option holders exercised their options on June 30, 2015. This amount varies based on the fair market value of the Company’s stock. The total intrinsic value of stock options and cash-based stock appreciation rights exercised during the fiscal years ended June 30, 2015, 2014, and 2013 was $2.9 million, $3.1 million, and $2.9 million, respectively. As of June 30, 2015, total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested stock options and cash-based stock appreciation rights was $7.7 million. This cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately three years. Outstanding and exercisable stock options at June 30, 2015 were as follows:

 

 

 

Stock Options and Cash-Based Stock

 

 

Stock Options and Cash-Based Stock

 

 

 

Appreciation Rights Outstanding

 

 

Appreciation Rights Exercisable

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

Number of

 

 

Average Remaining

 

 

Average

 

 

Number of

 

 

Average Remaining

 

 

Average

 

Range of

 

Shares or

 

 

Contractual Term

 

 

Exercise

 

 

Shares or

 

 

Contractual Term

 

 

Exercise

 

Exercise Prices

 

Rights

 

 

(Years)

 

 

Price

 

 

Rights

 

 

(Years)

 

 

Price

 

$8.80 - $13.23

 

 

933,284

 

 

 

2.97

 

 

$

11.27

 

 

 

932,670

 

 

 

2.97

 

 

$

11.27

 

$13.34 - $20.26

 

 

3,211,940

 

 

 

6.79

 

 

$

16.81

 

 

 

1,434,334

 

 

 

5.17

 

 

$

17.03

 

$20.47 - $27.18

 

 

586,772

 

 

 

3.38

 

 

$

23.51

 

 

 

564,662

 

 

 

3.27

 

 

$

23.49

 

 

 

 

4,731,996

 

 

 

5.51

 

 

$

16.55

 

 

 

2,931,666

 

 

 

4.07

 

 

$

16.44

 

Restricted Share Awards and Cash-Based Restricted Share Unit Awards:

Restricted share awards and cash-based restricted share unit awards compensation expense was calculated based on the number of shares or units expected to be earned by the grantee multiplied by the stock price at the date of grant (for restricted share awards) or the stock price at the period end date (for cash-based restricted share unit awards), and is being recognized over the vesting period. Generally, the restricted share awards and restricted share unit awards have a three year cliff-vesting provision and an estimated forfeiture rate of 10.3%.

Restricted share and cash-based restricted share unit activity during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015, was as follows:

 

 

 

Restricted Share Awards

 

 

Cash-Based Restricted Share Units

 

 

 

Number of

 

 

Weighted Average

 

 

Number of

 

 

Weighted Average

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Grant Date Fair Value

 

 

Units

 

 

Grant Date Fair Value

 

Nonvested - June 30, 2014

 

 

784,035

 

 

$

17.66

 

 

 

64,310

 

 

$

17.72

 

Granted

 

 

323,365

 

 

$

16.28

 

 

 

41,585

 

 

$

14.74

 

Vested

 

 

(273,125

)

 

$

18.09

 

 

 

(415

)

 

$

18.93

 

Forfeited

 

 

(43,265

)

 

$

17.69

 

 

 

(6,485

)

 

$

16.13

 

Nonvested - June 30, 2015

 

 

791,010

 

 

$

16.94

 

 

 

98,995

 

 

$

16.57

 

 

As of June 30, 2015, total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested restricted share and cash-based restricted share unit awards was $5.8 million. This cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately two years. The

66


 

restricted sha re compensation expense was calculated based on the number of shares expected to be earned multiplied by the stock price at the date of grant and is being recognized over the vesting period. The cash-based restricted share unit compensation expense was cal culated based on the number of shares expected to be earned multiplied by the stock price at the period-end date and is being recognized over the vesting period. The total fair value of the restricted share and cash-based restricted share unit awards grant ed during the years ended June 30, 2015, 2014 and 2013, was $5.9 million, $4.5 million and $7.0 million, respectively. The total fair value of restricted shares vested was $5.1 million, $3.8 million and $0.7 million during fiscal years 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Performance Share Awards and Cash-Based Performance Share Unit Awards:

The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company has granted certain executive officers and employees performance share awards and performance share unit awards under the Plan. As of June 30, 2015, the Company had outstanding grants covering performance periods ranging from 24 to 48 months. These awards are intended to provide continuing emphasis on specified financial performance goals that the Company considers important contributors to the creation of long-term shareholder value. These awards are payable only if the Company achieves specified levels of financial performance during the performance periods.

The performance share compensation expense was calculated based on the number of shares expected to be earned multiplied by the stock price at the date of grant, and is being recognized over the vesting period. The cash-based performance share unit compensation expense was calculated based on the number of shares expected to be earned multiplied by the stock price at the period-end date, and is being recognized over the vesting period. Performance share and cash-based performance share unit award activity relating to the plan during the year ended June 30, 2015, was as follows:

 

 

 

Performance Share Awards

 

 

Cash-Based Performance Share Units

 

 

 

Number of

 

 

Weighted Average

 

 

Number of

 

 

Weighted Average

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Grant Date Fair Value

 

 

Units

 

 

Grant Date Fair Value

 

Nonvested - June 30, 2014

 

 

332,180

 

 

$

18.46

 

 

 

99,144

 

 

$

18.94

 

Granted

 

 

152,226

 

 

$

13.99

 

 

 

8,709

 

 

$

13.99

 

Vested

 

 

(73,631

)

 

$

18.93

 

 

 

(1,663

)

 

$

18.93

 

Forfeited

 

 

(103,330

)

 

$

18.88

 

 

 

(4,756

)

 

$

18.93

 

Nonvested - June 30, 2015

 

 

307,445

 

 

$

15.99

 

 

 

101,434

 

 

$

18.52

 

 

As of June 30, 2015, total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested performance share and cash-based performance share unit awards was $2.6 million. This cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately one year. The total fair value of the performance share and cash-based performance share unit awards granted during the fiscal years ended June 30, 2015, 2014 and 2013 was $2.3 million, $2.1 million and $5.9 million, respectively. The total fair value of performance shares vested during the fiscal years ended June 30, 2015, 2014 and 2013 was $1.6 million, $1.3 million and $2.6 million, respectively.

 

Note 11.

Segment and Geographic Reporting

The Company reports its business segments using the “management approach” model for segment reporting. This means that the Company determines its reportable business segments based on the way the chief operating decision maker organizes business segments within the Company for making operating decisions and assessing performance.

Effective July 1, 2014, the Company realigned its reportable segments from five to three reporting segments to increase focus on end markets and customers, better align the Company’s businesses and technical processes, improve the line of sight on profitability and cash usage and streamline communications. The Company reports its financial results in the following three segments: (i) II-VI Laser Solutions, (ii) II-VI Photonics, and (iii) II-VI Performance Products, and the Company’s chief operating decision maker receives and reviews financial information based on these segments.  The Company evaluates business segment performance based upon segment operating income, which is defined as earnings before income taxes, interest and other income or expense. The segments are managed separately due to the market, production requirements and facilities unique to each segment. The Company has the following reportable segments at June 30, 2015, which are the Company’s operating segments: (i) II-VI Laser Solutions, which consists of the Company’s infrared optics and material products businesses, II-VI HIGHYAG, the semiconductor laser portion of the former Active Optical Products segment, and smaller units of high-power laser technology from the former Near-Infrared Optics segment and certain remaining corporate activities (primarily corporate assets and capital expenditures); (ii) II-VI Photonics, which consists of the former Near-Infrared Optics segment and the pump laser and optical amplifier businesses of the former Active Optical Products segment; and (iii) II-VI Performance Products, which contains the former Military & Materials and Advanced Products Group segments.

67


 

The II-VI Laser Solutio ns segment is located in the U.S., Singapore, China, Germany, Switzerland, Japan, Belgium, the U.K., Italy, South Korea and the Philippines. II-VI Laser Solutions is directed by the President of II-VI Laser Solutions, while each geographic location is dire cted by a general manager, and is further divided into production and administrative units that are directed by managers. II-VI Laser Solutions designs, manufactures and markets optical and electro-optical components and materials sold under the II-VI Infr ared brand name and used primarily in high-power CO 2 lasers. II-VI Laser Solutions also manufactures fiber-delivered beam delivery systems and processing tools and direct diode lasers for industrial lasers sold under the II-VI HIGHYAG and II-VI Laser Enter prise brand names.

The II-VI Photonics segment is located in the U.S., China, Vietnam, Australia, Germany, Japan, the U.K., Italy and Hong Kong. II-VI Photonics is directed by the President of II-VI Photonics and is further divided into production and administrative units that are directed by managers. II-VI Photonics manufactures crystal materials, optics, microchip lasers and opto-electronic modules for use in optical communication networks and other diverse consumer and commercial applications.  In addition, the segment also manufactures pump lasers, and optical amplifiers and micro-optics for optical amplifiers for both terrestrial and submarine applications within the optical communications market.

The II-VI Performance Products segment is located in the U.S., Vietnam, Japan, China, Germany and the Philippines. II-VI Performance Products is directed by a Corporate Executive Vice President, while each geographic location is directed by a general manager. II-VI Performance Products is further divided into production and administrative units that are directed by managers. II-VI Performance Products designs, manufactures and markets infrared optical components and high-precision optical assemblies for military, medical and commercial laser imaging applications.  In addition, the segment designs, manufactures and markets unique engineered materials for thermo-electric and silicon carbide applications servicing the semiconductor, military and medical markets.

The Company completed the discontinuance of its tellurium product line by exiting all business activities associated with this product in December 2013. This product line was previously serviced by II-VI Performance Metals and was included as part of the II-VI Performance Products segment. Segment information for all periods presented has been adjusted to properly reflect the tellurium product as a discontinued operation.

The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those of the Company. The Company’s corporate expenses are allocated to the segments. The Company evaluates segment performance based upon reported segment operating income, which is defined as earnings from continuing operations before income taxes, interest and other income or expense. Inter-segment sales and transfers have been eliminated.

The following tables summarize selected financial information of the Company’s operations by segment:

 

 

 

II-VI

 

 

 

 

 

 

II-VI

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Laser

 

 

II-VI

 

 

Performance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Solutions

 

 

Photonics

 

 

Products

 

 

Eliminations

 

 

Total

 

($000)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues

 

$

287,881

 

 

$

260,825

 

 

$

193,255

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

741,961

 

Inter-segment revenues

 

 

21,021

 

 

 

13,210

 

 

 

9,325

 

 

 

(43,556

)

 

 

-

 

Operating income

 

 

55,039

 

 

 

7,208

 

 

 

14,552

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

76,799

 

Interest expense

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(3,863

)

Other income, net

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

6,176

 

Income taxes

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(13,137

)

Net earnings

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

65,975

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

14,127

 

 

 

21,073

 

 

 

17,883

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

53,083

 

Expenditures for property, plant and equipment

 

 

27,349

 

 

 

11,324

 

 

 

13,640

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

52,313

 

Segment assets

 

 

330,308

 

 

 

450,763

 

 

 

277,093

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

1,058,164

 

Equity investment

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

11,914

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

11,914

 

Goodwill

 

 

43,578

 

 

 

99,426

 

 

 

52,890

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

195,894

 

68


 

 

 

 

II-VI

 

 

 

 

 

 

II-VI

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Laser

 

 

II-VI

 

 

Performance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Solutions

 

 

Photonics

 

 

Products

 

 

Eliminations

 

 

Total

 

($000)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues

 

$

254,342

 

 

$

216,493

 

 

$

212,426

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

683,261

 

Inter-segment revenues

 

 

9,825

 

 

 

9,533

 

 

 

12,000

 

 

 

(31,358

)

 

 

-

 

Operating income (loss)

 

 

24,457

 

 

 

(113

)

 

 

22,142

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

46,486

 

Interest expense

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(4,479

)

Other income, net

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

3,634

 

Income taxes

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(7,325

)

Earnings from discontinued operation

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

133

 

Net earnings

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

38,449

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

15,018

 

 

 

20,123

 

 

 

17,957

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

53,098

 

Expenditures for property, plant and equipment

 

 

11,797

 

 

 

8,359

 

 

 

9,064

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

29,220

 

Segment assets

 

 

312,281

 

 

 

468,055

 

 

 

291,590

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

1,071,926

 

Equity investment

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

11,589

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

11,589

 

Goodwill

 

 

44,041

 

 

 

99,214

 

 

 

52,890

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

196,145

 

 

 

 

II-VI

 

 

 

 

 

 

II-VI

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Laser

 

 

II-VI

 

 

Performance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Solutions

 

 

Photonics

 

 

Products

 

 

Eliminations

 

 

Total

 

($000)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues

 

$

217,604

 

 

$

141,319

 

 

$

192,152

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

551,075

 

Inter-segment revenues

 

 

5,671

 

 

 

3,950

 

 

 

9,458

 

 

 

(19,079

)

 

 

-

 

Operating income

 

 

53,963

 

 

 

15,037

 

 

 

2,491

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

71,491

 

Interest expense

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(1,160

)

Other income, net

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

7,155

 

Income taxes

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(18,766

)

Loss from discontinued operation

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(6,789

)

Net earnings

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

51,931

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

8,554

 

 

 

17,181

 

 

 

15,057

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

40,792

 

Expenditures for property, plant and equipment

 

 

6,536

 

 

 

8,849

 

 

 

9,820

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

25,205

 

 

Geographic information for revenues from the country of origin, and long-lived assets from the country of origin, which include property, plant and equipment, net of related depreciation, and certain other long-term assets, were as follows:

 

 

 

Revenues

 

Year-Ended June 30,

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

($000)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

$

241,974

 

 

$

263,493

 

 

$

251,735

 

Non-United States

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

China

 

 

140,586

 

 

 

114,247

 

 

 

123,306

 

Hong Kong

 

 

109,428

 

 

 

54,602

 

 

 

-

 

Germany

 

 

77,524

 

 

 

69,983

 

 

 

59,628

 

Switzerland

 

 

56,940

 

 

 

70,260

 

 

 

10,268

 

Japan

 

 

52,864

 

 

 

38,110

 

 

 

29,462

 

Vietnam

 

 

24,307

 

 

 

23,141

 

 

 

29,425

 

Philippines

 

 

11,334

 

 

 

14,959

 

 

 

17,400

 

Italy

 

 

9,313

 

 

 

8,897

 

 

 

7,593

 

United Kingdom

 

 

7,749

 

 

 

7,148

 

 

 

6,865

 

Belgium

 

 

5,731

 

 

 

6,578

 

 

 

5,821

 

Singapore

 

 

3,897

 

 

 

8,273

 

 

 

6,280

 

Australia

 

 

314

 

 

 

3,570

 

 

 

3,292

 

Total Non-United States

 

 

499,987

 

 

 

419,768

 

 

 

299,340

 

 

 

$

741,961

 

 

$

683,261

 

 

$

551,075

 

69


 

 

 

 

Long-Lived Assets

 

June 30,

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

($000)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

$

102,171

 

 

$

109,138

 

 

$

110,337

 

Non-United States

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

China

 

 

46,794

 

 

 

45,667

 

 

 

43,139

 

Switzerland

 

 

26,384

 

 

 

22,524

 

 

 

5

 

Germany

 

 

15,790

 

 

 

16,129

 

 

 

2,107

 

Vietnam

 

 

7,985

 

 

 

9,107

 

 

 

10,081

 

Philippines

 

 

6,003

 

 

 

6,205

 

 

 

7,207

 

Hong Kong

 

 

2,476

 

 

 

5,111

 

 

 

-

 

Other

 

 

1,282

 

 

 

2,218

 

 

 

3,244

 

Total Non-United States

 

 

106,714

 

 

 

106,961

 

 

 

65,783

 

 

 

$

208,885

 

 

$

216,099

 

 

$

176,120

 

 

 

Note 12.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The FASB defines fair value as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous markets for the asset and liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The Company estimates fair value of its financial instruments utilizing an established three-level hierarchy in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The hierarchy is based upon the transparency of inputs to the valuation of an asset or liability as of the measurement date as follows:

·

Level 1 – Valuation is based upon unadjusted quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

·

Level 2 – Valuation is based upon quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, or other inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instruments.

·

Level 3 – Valuation is based upon other unobservable inputs that are significant to the fair value measurements.

The classification of fair value measurements within the hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the measurement. At June 30, 2015, the Company had foreign currency forward contracts recorded at fair value. The fair values of these instruments were measured using valuations based upon quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets (Level 2) and are valued by reference to similar financial instruments, adjusted for credit risk and restrictions and other terms specific to the contracts. The following tables provide a summary by level of the fair value of financial instruments that are measured on a recurring basis as of June 30, 2015 and 2014($000):

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurements at June 30, 2015 Using:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Quoted Prices in

 

 

Significant

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Active Markets

 

 

Other

 

 

Significant

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

for Identical

 

 

Observable

 

 

Unobservable

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

 

Inputs

 

 

Inputs

 

 

 

June 30, 2015

 

 

(Level 1)

 

 

(Level 2)

 

 

(Level 3)

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency forward contracts

 

$

130

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

130

 

 

$

-

 

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurements at June 30, 2014 Using:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Quoted Prices in

 

 

Significant

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Active Markets

 

 

Other

 

 

Significant

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

for Identical

 

 

Observable

 

 

Unobservable

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

 

Inputs

 

 

Inputs

 

 

 

June 30, 2014

 

 

(Level 1)

 

 

(Level 2)

 

 

(Level 3)

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency forward contracts

 

$

54

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

54

 

 

$

-

 

 

The Company’s policy is to report transfers into and out of Levels 1 and 2 of the fair value hierarchy at fair values as of the beginning of the period in which the transfers occur. There were no transfers in and out of Levels 1 and 2 of the fair value hierarchy during fiscal years 2015 and 2014.

70


 

There were no Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015.

The fair values of cash and cash equivalents are considered Level 1 among the fair value hierarchy and approximate fair value because of the short-term maturity of those instruments. The Company’s borrowings are considered Level 2 among the fair value hierarchy and are variable interest rates and accordingly their carrying amounts approximate fair value.

 

Note 13.

Derivative Instruments

The Company, from time to time, purchases foreign currency forward exchange contracts, primarily in Japanese Yen, that permit it to sell specified amounts of these foreign currencies expected to be received from its export sales for pre-established U.S. dollar amounts at specified dates. These contracts are entered into to limit transactional exposure to changes in currency exchange rates of export sales transactions in which settlement will occur in future periods and which otherwise would expose the Company, on the basis of its aggregate net cash flows in respective currencies, to foreign currency risk.

The Company has recorded the fair market value of these contracts in the Company’s financial statements. These contracts had a total notional amount of $10.8 million and $7.4 million at June 30, 2015 and June 30, 2014, respectively. As of June 30, 2015, these forward contracts had expiration dates ranging from July 2015 through October 2015, with Japanese Yen denominations individually between 250 million and 350 million Yen. The Company does not account for these contracts as hedges as defined by U.S. GAAP and records the change in the fair value of these contracts in Other expense (income), net in the Consolidated Statements of Earnings as they occur. The fair value measurement takes into consideration foreign currency rates and the current creditworthiness of the counterparties to these contracts, as applicable, and is based upon quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, or other inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instruments and thus represents a Level 2 measurement. These contracts are recorded in prepaid and other current assets in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. The change in the fair value of these contracts for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2015, 2014 and 2013 was insignificant.

 

Note 14.

Employee Benefit Plans

Eligible U.S. employees of the Company participate in a profit sharing retirement plan. Contributions accrued for the plan are made at the discretion of the Company’s board of directors and were $2.8 million, $2.5 million, and $2.2 million for the years ended June 30, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

The Company has an employee stock purchase plan available for employees who have completed six months of continuous employment with the Company. The employee may purchase the Company’s Common Stock at 5% below the prevailing market price. The amount of shares which may be bought by an employee during each fiscal year is limited to 10% of the employee’s base pay. This plan, as amended, limits the number of shares of Common Stock available for purchase to 1,600,000 shares. There were 514,031 and 543,234 shares of Common Stock available for purchase under the plan at June 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

Switzerland Defined Benefit Plan

In conjunction with the acquisition of Oclaro’s Switzerland-Based Semiconductor Laser Business, the Company assumed a pension plan covering employees of our Swiss subsidiary (the “Swiss Plan”). Employer and employee contributions are made to the Swiss Plan based on various percentages of salary and wages that vary according to employee age and other factors. Employer contributions to the Swiss Plan for year ended June 30, 2015 were $1.9 million. Expected employer contributions in fiscal year 2016 are $2.0 million.

71


 

The funded status of the Swiss Plan in the fiscal years ended June 30, 2015 and 2014 were as fo llows:

 

Year ended June 30,

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

Change in projected benefit obligation:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Projected benefit obligation, beginning of period

 

 

39,390

 

 

$

38,748

 

Service cost

 

 

2,791

 

 

 

3,375

 

Interest cost

 

 

744

 

 

 

812

 

Plan amendments

 

 

-

 

 

 

(1,661

)

Participant contributions

 

 

965

 

 

 

1,110

 

Benefits (paid) received

 

 

(1,279

)

 

 

(3,959

)

Actuarial (gain) loss on obligation

 

 

1,520

 

 

 

(867

)

Currency translation adjustment

 

 

(1,556

)

 

 

1,832

 

Projected benefit obligation, end of period

 

$

42,575

 

 

$

39,390

 

Change in plan assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Plan assets at fair value, beginning of period

 

 

31,965

 

 

 

30,167

 

Actual return on plan assets

 

 

207

 

 

 

776

 

Employer contributions

 

 

1,914

 

 

 

2,253

 

Participant contributions

 

 

965

 

 

 

1,110

 

Benefits (paid) received

 

 

(1,279

)

 

 

(3,959

)

Currency translation adjustment

 

 

(1,263

)

 

 

1,617

 

Plan assets at fair value, end of period

 

$

32,509

 

 

$

31,965

 

Amounts recognized in consolidated balance sheets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other non-current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax asset

 

$

2,129

 

 

$

1,570

 

Other non-current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Underfunded pension liability

 

$

10,066

 

 

 

7,425

 

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive

income, net of tax:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pension adjustment

 

$

(2,244

)

 

$

1,443

 

Accumulated benefit obligation, end of period

 

$

38,734

 

 

$

35,581

 

Net periodic pension cost associated with the Swiss Plan included the following components:

 

Year ended June 30,

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

Service cost

 

 

2,791

 

 

$

3,375

 

Interest cost

 

 

744

 

 

 

812

 

Expected return on plan assets

 

 

(1,106

)

 

 

(1,338

)

Net amortization

 

 

-

 

 

                    -

 

Net period pension cost

 

$

2,429

 

 

$

2,849

 

 

The projected and accumulated benefit obligations for the Swiss Plan were calculated as of June 30, 2015 and 2014 using the following assumptions:

 

Year ended June 30,

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

Discount rate

 

 

1.1

%

 

 

2.0

%

Salary increase rate

 

 

2.0

%

 

 

2.0

%

Expected return on plan assets

 

 

3.5

%

 

 

3.5

%

Expected average remaining working life (in years)

 

13.1

 

 

 

13.1

 

The discount rate is based on assumed pension benefit maturity and estimates developed using the rate of return and yield curves for high quality Swiss corporate and government bonds. The salary increase rate is based on our best assessment for on-going increases over time. The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets is based on the expected asset allocation and taking into consideration historical long-term rates of return for the relevant asset categories.


72


 

As is customary with Swiss pension plans, the assets of the plan are invested in a collective fund with multiple employers. We have no investment authority over the assets of the plan that are held and invested by a Swiss insurance company. The Swiss Plan assets are measured at fair value and are classified within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. The investment strategy of the Swiss Plan is managed by an independent asset manager with the objective of achieving a consistent long-term return which will p rovide sufficient funding for future pension obligations while limiting risk.  

The Swiss Plan is legally separate from II-VI, as are the assets of the plan. As of June 30, 2015, the Swiss Plan’s asset allocation was as follows:

 

Year ended June 30,

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

Fixed income investments

 

 

22.0

%

 

 

22.0

%

Equity investments

 

 

52.0

%

 

 

54.0

%

Real estate

 

 

16.0

%

 

 

14.0

%

Cash

 

 

8.0

%

 

 

8.0

%

Alternative investments

 

 

2.0

%

 

 

2.0

%

 

 

 

100.0

%

 

 

100.0

%

Estimated future benefit payments under the Swiss Plan are estimated to be as follows:

 

Year Ending June 30,

 

 

 

 

($000)

 

 

 

 

2016

 

$

1,649

 

2017

 

 

2,129

 

2018

 

 

1,250

 

2019

 

 

3,429

 

2020

 

 

1,164

 

Next five years

 

 

14,259

 

 

II-VI Performance Metals Defined Benefit Plan

As a requirement of a collective bargaining agreement, II-VI Performance Metals maintains a defined benefit plan for substantially all of its employees. The plan provides for retirement benefits based on a certain percentage of the latest monthly salary of an employee per year of service. The pension liability was $0.6 million at June 30, 2015 and June 30, 2014. The Plan is an unfunded pension plan under which the Company makes payments directly to employees. As these payments are made directly by the Company, there are no separate assets utilized to fund this plan.

Other Employee Benefit Plans

The Company has no program for post-retirement health and welfare benefits.

The II-VI Incorporated Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Compensation Plan”) is designed to allow officers and key employees of the Company to defer receipt of compensation into a trust fund for retirement purposes. Under the Compensation Plan, as it is currently implemented by the Company, eligible participants can elect to defer up to 100% of certain discretionary incentive compensation and certain equity awards into the Compensation Plan. The Compensation Plan is a nonqualified, defined contribution employees’ retirement plan. At the Company’s discretion, the Compensation Plan may be funded by the Company making contributions based on compensation deferrals, matching contributions and discretionary contributions. Compensation deferrals will be based on an election by the participant to defer a percentage of compensation under the Compensation Plan. All assets in the Compensation Plan are subject to claims of the Company’s creditors until such amounts are paid to the Compensation Plan participants. Employees of the Company made contributions to the Compensation Plan in the amounts of approximately $0.7 million, $1.9 million, and $1.8 million for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2015, 2014, and 2013, respectively. There were no employer contributions made to the Compensation Plan for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2015, 2014 and 2013.

 

73


 

Note 15.

Other Accrued Liabilities

The components of other accrued liabilities were as follows:

 

Year Ended June 30,

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

($000)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

8,767

 

 

 

4,318

 

Warranty reserve

 

 

3,251

 

 

 

2,859

 

Acquisition holdbacks

 

$

-

 

 

$

10,000

 

Other accrued liabilities

 

 

12,558

 

 

 

14,344

 

 

 

$

24,576

 

 

$

31,521

 

 

In June 2013, the Company received notice from the noncontrolling interest holder of II-VI HIGHYAG of its intention to exercise a put option. The value of the put option was calculated using a formulaic model based upon earnings before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA), revenue growth and other variables. The price for the 25.07% noncontrolling interest the Company did not already own was $7.6 million; in addition, a dividend of $1.0 million also was declared and was paid to the noncontrolling interest holder in fiscal year 2014. These amounts were paid in August 2013.

Changes in the carrying amount of the Company’s redeemable noncontrolling interest were as follows:

 

Year Ended June 30,

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

($000)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at Beginning of Year

 

$

-

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

5,160

 

Net earnings attributable to redeemable noncontrolling interest

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

1,118

 

Other changes

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(585

)

Redemption value adjustment to redeemable noncontrolling interest

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

2,875

 

Reclassification of redeemable noncontrolling interest to Other accrued liabilities

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(8,568

)

Balance at End of Year

 

$

-

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

-

 

 

The following table summarizes the change in the carrying value of the company’s warranty reserve included in Other Accrued Liabilities as of and for the year ended June 30, 2015.

 

Year Ended June 30,

 

2015

 

($000)

 

 

 

 

Balance-Beginning of Year

 

$

2,859

 

Settlements during the period

 

 

(4,655

)

Additional warranty liability recorded

 

 

5,047

 

Balance-End of Year

 

$

3,251

 

 

 

Note 16.

Commitments and Contingencies

The Company has purchase commitments for materials and supplies as part of the ordinary conduct of business. A portion of the commitments are long-term and are based on minimum purchase requirements. Certain short-term raw material purchase commitments have a variable price component which is based on market pricing at the time of purchase. Due to the proprietary nature of some of the Company’s materials and processes, certain contracts may contain penalty provisions for early termination. The Company does not believe that a significant amount of penalties are reasonably likely to be incurred under these commitments based upon historical experience and current expectation. Total future commitments are as follows:

 

Year Ending June 30,

 

 

 

 

($000)

 

 

 

 

2016

 

$

13,062

 

2017

 

 

2,537

 

2018

 

 

2,537

 

2019

 

 

-

 

2020

 

 

-

 

 

 

74


 

Note 17.

Share Repurchase Programs

In February 2014 and May 2012, the Board of Directors authorized the Company to purchase up to $20 million and $25 million, respectively, of its Common Stock. The repurchase programs called for shares to be purchased in the open market or in private transactions from time to time. Shares purchased by the Company are retained as treasury stock and available for general corporate purposes. During the fiscal years ended June 30, 2014, 2013 and 2012, the Company purchased 1,333,355 shares, 1,141,022 shares and 301,716 shares of its Common Stock for $20.0 million, $20.0 million, and $5.0 million, respectively, under the repurchase programs.

In August 2014, the Board of Directors authorized the Company to purchase up to $50 million of its Common Stock. The repurchase program has no expiration and calls for shares to be purchased in the open market or in private transactions from time to time. Shares purchased by the Company will be retained as treasury stock and available for general corporate purposes. During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015, the Company purchased 936,049 shares of its Common Stock for $12.7 million under this new repurchase program.

 

 

Note 18.

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

The changes in accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”) by component, net of tax, for the years ended June 30, 2015, 2014, and 2013 were as follows ($000):

 

 

 

Foreign

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

Currency

 

 

Defined

 

 

Accumulated Other

 

 

 

Translation

 

 

Benefit

 

 

Comprehensive

 

 

 

Adjustment

 

 

Pension Plan

 

 

Income

 

AOCI - June 30, 2012

 

$

10,238

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

10,238

 

Other comprehensive income before reclassifications

 

 

5,362

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

5,362

 

Amounts reclassified from AOCI

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Net  current-period other comprehensive income

 

 

5,362

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

5,362

 

AOCI - June 30, 2013

 

 

15,600

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

15,600

 

Other comprehensive income before reclassifications

 

 

2,363

 

 

 

1,443

 

 

 

3,806

 

Amounts reclassified from AOCI

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Net  current-period other comprehensive income

 

 

2,363

 

 

 

1,443

 

 

 

3,806

 

AOCI - June 30, 2014

 

$

17,963

 

 

$

1,443

 

 

$

19,406

 

Other comprehensive income before reclassifications

 

 

(8,497

)

 

 

(2,244

)

 

 

(10,741

)

Amounts reclassified from AOCI

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Net  current-period other comprehensive income

 

 

(8,497

)

 

 

(2,244

)

 

 

(10,741

)

AOCI - June 30, 2015

 

$

9,466

 

 

$

(801

)

 

$

8,665

 

 

 

Note 19.

Subsequent Events

 

On August 8, 2014, the Company’s Fuzhou manufacturing facility in the Fujian province of China was impacted by super typhoon Soudelor, as flood waters infiltrated certain manufacturing areas on the Company’s Fuzhou campus. The Fuzhou manufacturing facility primarily services II-VI Photop and II-VI Optical Communications in the II-VI Photonics segment. Almost all of the manufacturing activities have been restored and the Company is assessing damages and working with its insurance providers to determine the extent of the damages. As of the filing date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the Company is not able to estimate the financial consequences related to the flood.

 


75


 

 

Quarterly Financial Data (unaudited)

Fiscal Year 2015

 

 

 

September 30,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

March 31,

 

 

June 30,

 

Quarter Ended

 

2014

 

 

2014

 

 

2015

 

 

2015

 

($000)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net revenues

 

$

185,833

 

 

$

176,736

 

 

$

182,709

 

 

$

196,683

 

Cost of goods sold

 

 

117,974

 

 

 

113,718

 

 

 

116,984

 

 

 

121,687

 

Internal research and development

 

 

12,943

 

 

 

12,845

 

 

 

12,874

 

 

 

12,598

 

Selling, general and administrative

 

 

35,520

 

 

 

33,642

 

 

 

35,192

 

 

 

39,185

 

Interest expense

 

 

1,204

 

 

 

1,038

 

 

 

844

 

 

 

777

 

Other expense (income) - net

 

 

1,682

 

 

 

(9,295

)

 

 

1,534

 

 

 

(97

)

Earnings before income taxes

 

 

16,510

 

 

 

24,788

 

 

 

15,281

 

 

 

22,533

 

Income taxes

 

 

4,208

 

 

 

2,692

 

 

 

773

 

 

 

5,464

 

Net Earnings

 

$

12,302

 

 

$

22,096

 

 

$

14,508

 

 

$

17,069

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings per share:

 

$

0.20

 

 

$

0.36

 

 

$

0.24

 

 

$

0.28

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per share:

 

$

0.20

 

 

$

0.35

 

 

$

0.23

 

 

$

0.27

 

Fiscal Year 2014

 

 

 

September 30,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

March 31,

 

 

June 30,

 

Quarter Ended

 

2013

 

 

2013

 

 

2014

 

 

2014

 

($000)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net revenues

 

$

150,020

 

 

$

171,765

 

 

$

173,555

 

 

$

187,921

 

Cost of goods sold

 

 

93,709

 

 

 

118,371

 

 

 

118,865

 

 

 

125,600

 

Internal research and development

 

 

7,747

 

 

 

11,355

 

 

 

12,099

 

 

 

11,322

 

Selling, general and administrative

 

 

35,093

 

 

 

32,471

 

 

 

33,848

 

 

 

36,295

 

Interest expense

 

 

483

 

 

 

1,169

 

 

 

1,412

 

 

 

1,415

 

Other expense (income) - net

 

 

53

 

 

 

(1,125

)

 

 

(1,694

)

 

 

(868

)

Earnings from continuing operations before income taxes

 

 

12,935

 

 

 

9,524

 

 

 

9,025

 

 

 

14,157

 

Income taxes

 

 

3,243

 

 

 

2,086

 

 

 

494

 

 

 

1,502

 

Earnings from continuing operations

 

 

9,692

 

 

 

7,438

 

 

 

8,531

 

 

 

12,655

 

Earnings (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

 

 

2

 

 

 

131

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Net Earnings

 

$

9,694

 

 

$

7,569

 

 

$

8,531

 

 

$

12,655

 

Basic earnings per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Continuing operations

 

$

0.16

 

 

$

0.12

 

 

$

0.14

 

 

$

0.21

 

Discontinued operation

 

$

-

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

-

 

Consolidated

 

$

0.16

 

 

$

0.12

 

 

$

0.14

 

 

$

0.21

 

Diluted earnings per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Continuing operations

 

$

0.15

 

 

$

0.12

 

 

$

0.13

 

 

$

0.20

 

Discontinued operation

 

$

-

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

-

 

Consolidated

 

$

0.15

 

 

$

0.12

 

 

$

0.13

 

 

$

0.20

 

 

76


 

SCHEDULE II

II-VI INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES

VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 2015, 2014, 2013 AND

(IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at

 

 

Charged

 

 

Charged

 

 

 

 

Deduction

 

 

 

 

Balance

 

 

 

Beginning

 

 

to

 

 

to Other

 

 

 

 

from

 

 

 

 

at End

 

 

 

of Year

 

 

Expense

 

 

Accounts

 

 

 

 

Reserves

 

 

 

 

of Year

 

YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 2015:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

$

1,852

 

 

$

(482

)

 

$

-

 

 

 

 

$

(322

)

 

(3)

 

$

1,048

 

Warranty reserves

 

$

2,859

 

 

$

5,047

 

 

$

-

 

 

 

 

$

(4,655

)

 

 

 

$

3,251

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 2014:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

$

1,479

 

 

$

993

 

 

$

-

 

 

 

 

$

(620

)

 

(3)

 

$

1,852

 

Warranty reserves

 

$

1,661

 

 

$

1,868

 

 

$

1,173

 

 

(1)

 

$

(1,843

)

 

 

 

$

2,859

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 2013:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

$

1,536

 

 

$

(92

)

 

$

179

 

 

(2)

 

$

(144

)

 

(3)

 

$

1,479

 

Warranty reserves

 

$

1,247

 

 

$

1,851

 

 

$

-

 

 

 

 

$

(1,437

)

 

 

 

$

1,661

 

(1)

Relates to the warranty reserve acquired from the acquisitions.

(2)

Primarily relates to allowance for doubtful accounts from the acquisitions.

(3)

Primarily relates to write-offs of accounts receivable.  

 

Item 9.

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

 

Item 9A.

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

The Company’s management evaluated, with the participation of Francis J. Kramer, the Company’s Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, and Mary Jane Raymond, the Company’s Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer, the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended(the “Exchange Act”)) as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The Company’s disclosure controls were designed to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed in reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the SEC. It should be noted that the design of any system of controls is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions, regardless of how remote. However, the controls have been designed to provide reasonable assurance of achieving the controls’ stated goals. Based on that evaluation, Mr. Kramer and Ms. Raymond concluded that, as of June 30, 2015, the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective at the reasonable assurance level.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act. The Company’s internal control system is designed to provide reasonable assurance concerning the reliability of the financial data used in the preparation of the Company’s financial statements, as well as reasonable assurance with respect to safeguarding the Company’s assets from unauthorized use or disposition. All internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement presentation and other results of such systems. Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2015. In making this

77


 

evaluation, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organiz ations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) . Management’s evaluation included reviewing the documentation of its controls, evaluating the design effectiveness of controls, and testing their operating effective ness. Based on the evaluation, management concluded that as of June 30, 2015, the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting were effective and provides reasonable assurance that the accompanying financial statements do not contain any material m isstatement.

Report of the Registered Public Accounting Firm

The report of Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, with respect to our internal control over financial reporting is included in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There have been no changes in the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting that occurred during our most recent quarter that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

Item 9B.

OTHER INFORMATION

None.

PART III

 

Item 10.

DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

The information set forth above in Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K under the caption “Executive Officers of the Registrant” is incorporated herein by reference. The other information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the information set forth under the captions “Election of Directors Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in the Company’s definitive proxy statement for the 2015 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act (the “Proxy Statement”).

Audit Committee Financial Expert

The information as to the Audit Committee and the Audit Committee Financial Expert is incorporated herein by reference to the information set forth in the Company’s Proxy Statement.

Code of Ethics

The Company has adopted its Code of Business Conduct and Ethics for all of its employees and its Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers including the principal executive officer and principal financial officer. The Code of Business Conduct and Ethics and Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers can be found on the Company’s Internet web site at www.ii-vi.com under “Investors Information – Corporate Governance Documents.” The Company will promptly disclose on its web site (i) any amendments or waivers with respect to a director’s or executive officer’s compliance with the Code of Business Conducts and Ethics and (ii) any amendments or waivers with respect to any provision of the Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers. Any person may also obtain a copy of the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics and/or the Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officer without charge by submitting their request to the Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of II-VI Incorporated, 375 Saxonburg Boulevard, Saxonburg, Pennsylvania 16056 or by calling (724) 352-4455.

The web site and information contained on it or incorporated in it are not intended to be incorporated in this Annual Report on Form 10-K or other filings with the SEC.

 

Item 11.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the information set forth under the caption “Director Compensation in Fiscal Year 2015,” “Executive Compensation,” “Compensation Committee Report” and “Compensation and Risk” in the Company’s Proxy Statement.

 

78


 

Item 12.

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the information set forth under the captions “Equity Compensation Plan Information” and “Security Owners of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management”  in the Company’s Proxy Statement.

 

Item 13.

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the information set forth under the caption “Director Independence and Corporate Governance Policies” in the Company’s Proxy Statement.

 

Item 14.

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the information set forth under the caption “Ratification of Selection of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” in the Company’s Proxy Statement.

PART IV

 

Item 15.

EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a)

(1) Financial Statements

The financial statements are set forth under Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

(2) Schedules

Schedule II – Valuation and Qualifying Accounts for each of the three fiscal years in the period ended June 30, 2015 is set forth under Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Financial statements, financial statement schedules and exhibits not listed have been omitted where the required information is included in the Consolidated Financial Statements or notes thereto, or is not applicable or required.

79


 

(3) Exhibits.

 

 

Exhibit No.

 

 

 

Description

 

 

 

Location

 

2.01

 

 

Share and Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of September 12, 2013, between II-VI Holdings B.V. and Oclaro Technology Limited

 

 

Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to II-VI’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 000-16195) filed on September 12, 2013.

 

2.02

 

 

Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of October 10, 2013, between II-VI Incorporated and Oclaro Technology Limited

 

 

Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to II-VI’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 000-16195) filed on October 11, 2013.

 

3.01

  

 

Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of II-VI Incorporated

  

 

Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to II-VI’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 000-16195) filed on November 8, 2011.

 

3.02

  

 

Amended and Restated By-Laws of II-VI Incorporated

  

 

Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to II-VI’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 000-16195) filed on November 14, 2014.

 

10.01

 

 

Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of September 10, 2013, by and among II-VI Incorporated, each of the Guarantors party thereto, each of the Lenders party thereto, and PNC Bank, National Association, as administrative agent ($225,000,000 Revolving Credit Facility and $100,000,000 Term Loan Facility)

 

 

Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to II-VI’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 000-16195) filed on September 12, 2013.

 

10.02

 

 

Credit Agreement, dated as of January 31, 2012, by and among II-VI Japan Incorporated, each of the Guarantors party thereto, PNC Bank, National Association, the other Banks party thereto, and PNC Bank, National Association, in its capacity as agent for the Banks thereunder (500,000,000 Yen Revolving Credit Facility)

 

 

Filed herewith.

 

10.03

 

 

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated September 19, 2008, by and between II-VI and Francis J. Kramer*

 

 

Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to II-VI’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 000-16195) filed on September 24, 2008.

 

10.04

 

 

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated September 19, 2008, by and between II-VI and Vincent D. Mattera, Jr.*

 

 

Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to II-VI’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 000-16195) filed on September 24, 2008.

 

10.05

 

 

Employment Agreement, dated March 6, 2014, by and between II-VI Incorporated and Mary Jane Raymond*

 

 

Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to II-VI’s Current Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 000-16195) for the quarter ended March 31, 2014.

 

10.06

 

 

Consulting Agreement, dated June 10, 2015, by and between II-VI Incorporated and James Martinelli*

 

 

Filed herewith.

 

10.07

 

 

Employment Agreement, dated October 3, 2012, by and between II-VI Incorporated and Giovanni Barbarossa*

 

 

Filed herewith.

 

10.08

 

 

Employment Agreement, dated November 10, 2008, by and between II-VI Incorporated and David G. Wagner*

 

 

Filed herewith.

 

10.09

  

 

Form of Employment Agreement*

  

 

Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to II-VI’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 33-16389).

 

10.10

  

 

Form of Representative Agreement between II-VI and its foreign representatives

  

 

Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to II-VI’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 33-16389).

 

10.11

  

 

II-VI Incorporated Amended and Restated Employees’ Stock Purchase Plan

  

 

Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.04 to II-VI’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 33-16389).

80


 

 

10.12

  

 

First Amendment to the II-VI Incorporated Amended and Restated Employees’ Stock Purchase Plan

  

 

Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.01 to II-VI’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 000-16195) for the quarter ended March 31, 1996.

 

10.13

  

 

II-VI Incorporated Amended and Restated Employees’ Profit-Sharing Plan and Trust Agreement, as amended

  

 

Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.05 to II-VI’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 33-16389).

 

10.14

  

 

Description of Bonus Incentive Plan*

  

 

Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to II-VI’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 000-16195) for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1996.

 

10.15

 

 

Description of Discretionary Incentive Plan (now known as the Goal/ Results Incentive Program)*

 

 

Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.27 to II-VI’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 000-16195) for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009.

 

10.16

  

 

Description of Management-By-Objective Plan*

  

 

Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.09 to II-VI’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 000-16195) for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1993.

 

10.17

  

 

Amended and Restated II-VI Incorporated Deferred Compensation Plan (applicable to periods prior to January 1, 2015)*

  

 

Filed herewith.

 

10.18

  

 

Amended and Restated II-VI Incorporated Deferred Compensation Plan (applicable to periods after January 1, 2015)*

  

 

Filed herewith.

 

10.19

  

 

Trust Under the II-VI Incorporated Deferred Compensation Plan*

  

 

Incorporated herein by reference is Exhibit 10.13 to II-VI’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 000-16195) for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1996.

 

10.20

 

 

II-VI Incorporated 2009 Omnibus Incentive Plan*

 

 

Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit A to II-VI’s Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A (File No. 000-16195) filed on September 25, 2009.

 

10.21

 

 

Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement under the II-VI Incorporated 2009 Omnibus Incentive Plan*

 

 

Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.27 to II-VI’s Current Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 000-16195) for the quarter ended December 31, 2011.

 

10.22

 

 

Form of Restricted Share Award Agreement under the II-VI Incorporated 2009 Omnibus Incentive Plan*

 

 

Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.28 to II-VI’s Current Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 000-16195) for the quarter ended December 31, 2011.

 

10.23

 

 

Form of Performance Share Award Agreement under the II-VI Incorporated 2009 Omnibus Incentive Plan*

 

 

Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.29 to II-VI’s Current Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 000-16195) for the quarter ended December 31, 2011.

 

10.24

 

 

Form of Stock Appreciation Rights Agreement under the II-VI Incorporated 2009 Omnibus Incentive Plan*

 

 

Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.30 to II-VI’s Current Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 000-16195) for the quarter ended December 31, 2011.

 

10.25

 

 

Form of Performance Unit Award Agreement under the II-VI Incorporated 2009 Omnibus Incentive Plan*

 

 

Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.31 to II-VI’s Current Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 000-16195) for the quarter ended March 31, 2012.

81


 

 

10.26

 

 

Form of Restricted Share Unit Award Agreement under the II-VI Incorporated 2009 Omnibus Incentive Plan*

 

 

Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.32 to II-VI’s Current Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 000-16195) for the quarter ended March 31, 2012.

 

10.27

 

 

II-VI Incorporated Amended and Restated 2012 Omnibus Incentive Plan*

 

 

Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.01 to II-VI’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-199855) filed on November 4, 2014.

 

10.28

 

 

Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement under the II-VI Incorporated Amended and Restated 2012 Omnibus Incentive Plan*

 

 

Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.30 to II-VI’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 000-16195) for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013.

 

10.29

 

 

Form of Restricted Share Award Agreement under the II-VI Incorporated Amended and Restated 2012 Omnibus Incentive Plan*

 

 

Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.31 to II-VI’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 000-16195) for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013.

 

10.30

 

 

Form of Performance Share Award Agreement (Consolidated Revenue) under the II-VI Incorporated Amended and Restated 2012 Omnibus Incentive Plan*

 

 

Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.32 to II-VI’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 000-16195) for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013.

 

10.31

 

 

Form of Stock Appreciation Rights Agreement under the II-VI Incorporated Amended and Restated 2012 Omnibus Incentive Plan*

 

 

Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.33 to II-VI’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 000-16195) for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013.

 

10.32

 

 

Form of Performance Unit Award Agreement under the II-VI Incorporated Amended and Restated 2012 Omnibus Incentive Plan*

 

 

Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.34 to II-VI’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 000-16195) for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013.

 

10.33

 

 

Form of Restricted Share Unit Award Agreement under the II-VI Incorporated Amended and Restated 2012 Omnibus Incentive Plan*

 

 

Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.35 to II-VI’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 000-16195) for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013.

 

10.34

 

 

Form of Performance Share Award Agreement (Total Shareholder Return) under the II-VI Incorporated Amended and Restated 2012 Omnibus Incentive Plan*

 

 

Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.38 to II-VI’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 000-16195) for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014.

 

10.35

 

 

Form of Performance Unit Award Agreement (Total Shareholder Return) under the II-VI Incorporated Amended and Restated 2012 Omnibus Incentive Plan*

 

 

Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.39 to II-VI’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 000-16195) for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014.

 

10.36

 

 

Form of Performance Share Award Agreement (Cash Flow From Operations) under the II-VI Incorporated Amended and Restated 2012 Omnibus Incentive Plan*

 

 

Filed herewith.

 

10.37

 

 

Form of Performance Unit Award Agreement (Cash Flow From Operations) under the II-VI Incorporated Amended and Restated 2012 Omnibus Incentive Plan*

 

 

Filed herewith.

 

21.01

 

 

List of Subsidiaries of II-VI Incorporated

 

 

Filed herewith.

 

23.01

 

 

Consent of Ernst & Young LLP

 

 

Filed herewith.

 

31.01

 

 

Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

 

Filed herewith.

 

31.02

 

 

Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

 

Filed herewith.

82


 

 

32.01

 

 

Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and 18 U.S.C. § 1350 as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

 

Furnished herewith.

 

32.02

 

 

Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and 18 U.S.C. § 1350 as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

 

Furnished herewith.

 

101

 

 

Interactive Data File

 

 

 

(101.INS)

 

 

XBRL Instance Document

 

 

Filed herewith.

 

(101.SCH)

 

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document

 

 

Filed herewith.

 

(101.CAL)

 

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document

 

 

Filed herewith.

 

(101.DEF)

 

 

XBRL Taxonomy Definition Linkbase

 

 

Filed herewith.

 

(101.LAB)

 

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document

 

 

Filed herewith.

 

(101.PRE)

 

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

 

 

Filed herewith.

 

*

Denotes management contract or compensatory plan, contract or arrangement.

The Registrant will furnish to the Commission upon request copies of any instruments not filed herewith which authorize the issuance of long-term obligations of the Registrant not in excess of 10% of the Registrant’s total assets on a consolidated basis.

83


 

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

 

 

II-VI INCORPORATED

 

 

 

 

 

Date: August 28, 2015

 

By:

 

/s/ Francis J. Kramer

 

 

 

 

Francis J. Kramer

 

 

 

 

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and Director

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

 

 

Principal Executive Officer:

 

 

 

Date: August 28, 2015

 

By:

 

/s/ Francis J. Kramer

 

 

 

 

Francis J. Kramer

 

 

 

 

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and Director

 

 

 

Principal Financial and Accounting Officer:

 

 

 

 

 

Date: August 28, 2015

 

By:

 

/s/ Mary Jane Raymond

 

 

 

 

Mary Jane Raymond

 

 

 

 

Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

 

 

 

 

 

Date: August 28, 2015

 

By:

 

/s/ Joseph J. Corasanti 

 

 

 

 

Joseph J. Corasanti

 

 

 

 

Director

 

 

 

 

 

Date: August 28, 2015

 

By:

 

/s/ Wendy F. DiCicco 

 

 

 

 

Wendy F. DiCicco

 

 

 

 

Director

 

 

 

 

 

Date: August 28, 2015

 

By:

 

/s/ Thomas E. Mistler 

 

 

 

 

Thomas E. Mistler

 

 

 

 

Director

 

 

 

 

 

Date: August 28, 2015

 

By:

 

/s/ RADM Marc Y. E. Pelaez (retired) 

 

 

 

 

RADM Marc Y. E. Pelaez (retired)

 

 

 

 

Director

 

 

 

 

 

Date: August 28, 2015

 

By:

 

/s/ Peter W. Sognefest 

 

 

 

 

Peter W. Sognefest

 

 

 

 

Director

 

 

 

 

 

Date: August 28, 2015

 

By:

 

/s/ Howard H. Xia 

 

 

 

 

Howard H. Xia

 

 

 

 

Director

 

 

 

 

 

Date: August 28, 2015

 

By:

 

/s/ Vincent D. Mattera, Jr.

 

 

 

 

Vincent D. Mattera, Jr.

 

 

 

 

President and Chief Operating Officer and Director

84


 

 

 

 

 

 

Date: August 28, 2015

 

By:

 

/s/ William Schromm

 

 

 

 

William Schromm

 

 

 

 

Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

85


 

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

 

Exhibit No.

 

 

 

Description

 

 

 

Location

 

2.01

 

 

Share and Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of September 12, 2013, between II-VI Holdings B.V. and Oclaro Technology Limited

 

 

Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to II-VI’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 000-16195) filed on September 12, 2013.

 

2.02

 

 

Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of October 10, 2013, between II-VI Incorporated and Oclaro Technology Limited

 

 

Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to II-VI’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 000-16195) filed on October 11, 2013.

 

3.01

  

 

Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of II-VI Incorporated

  

 

Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to II-VI’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 000-16195) filed on November 8, 2011.

 

3.02

  

 

Amended and Restated By-Laws of II-VI Incorporated

  

 

Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to II-VI’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 000-16195) filed on November 14, 2014.

 

10.01

 

 

Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of September 10, 2013, by and among II-VI Incorporated, each of the Guarantors party thereto, each of the Lenders party thereto, and PNC Bank, National Association, as administrative agent ($225,000,000 Revolving Credit Facility and $100,000,000 Term Loan Facility)

 

 

Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to II-VI’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 000-16195) filed on September 12, 2013.

 

10.02

 

 

Credit Agreement, dated as of January 31, 2012, by and among II-VI Japan Incorporated, each of the Guarantors party thereto, PNC Bank, National Association, the other Banks party thereto, and PNC Bank, National Association, in its capacity as agent for the Banks thereunder (500,000,000 Yen Revolving Credit Facility)

 

 

Filed herewith.

 

10.03

 

 

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated September 19, 2008, by and between II-VI and Francis J. Kramer*

 

 

Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to II-VI’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 000-16195) filed on September 24, 2008.

 

10.04

 

 

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated September 19, 2008, by and between II-VI and Vincent D. Mattera, Jr.*

 

 

Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to II-VI’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 000-16195) filed on September 24, 2008.

 

10.05

 

 

Employment Agreement, dated March 6, 2014, by and between II-VI Incorporated and Mary Jane Raymond*

 

 

Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to II-VI’s Current Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 000-16195) for the quarter ended March 31, 2014.

 

10.06

 

 

Consulting Agreement, dated June 10, 2015, by and between II-VI Incorporated and James Martinelli*

 

 

Filed herewith.

 

10.07

 

 

Employment Agreement, dated October 3, 2012, by and between II-VI Incorporated and Giovanni Barbarossa*

 

 

Filed herewith.

 

10.08

 

 

Employment Agreement, dated November 10, 2008, by and between II-VI Incorporated and David G. Wagner*

 

 

Filed herewith.

 

10.09

  

 

Form of Employment Agreement*

  

 

Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to II-VI’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 33-16389).

 

10.10

  

 

Form of Representative Agreement between II-VI and its foreign representatives

  

 

Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to II-VI’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 33-16389).

 

10.11

  

 

II-VI Incorporated Amended and Restated Employees’ Stock Purchase Plan

  

 

Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.04 to II-VI’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 33-16389).

86


 

 

10.12

  

 

First Amendment to the II-VI Incorporated Amended and Restated Employees’ Stock Purchase Plan

  

 

Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.01 to II-VI’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 000-16195) for the quarter ended March 31, 1996.

 

10.13

  

 

II-VI Incorporated Amended and Restated Employees’ Profit-Sharing Plan and Trust Agreement, as amended

  

 

Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.05 to II-VI’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 33-16389).

 

10.14

  

 

Description of Bonus Incentive Plan*

  

 

Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to II-VI’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 000-16195) for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1996.

 

10.15

 

 

Description of Discretionary Incentive Plan (now known as the Goal/ Results Incentive Program)*

 

 

Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.27 to II-VI’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 000-16195) for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009.

 

10.16

  

 

Description of Management-By-Objective Plan*

  

 

Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.09 to II-VI’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 000-16195) for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1993.

 

10.17

  

 

Amended and Restated II-VI Incorporated Deferred Compensation Plan (applicable to periods prior to January 1, 2015)*

  

 

Filed herewith.

 

10.18

  

 

Amended and Restated II-VI Incorporated Deferred Compensation Plan (applicable to periods after January 1, 2015)*

  

 

Filed herewith.

 

10.19

  

 

Trust Under the II-VI Incorporated Deferred Compensation Plan*

  

 

Incorporated herein by reference is Exhibit 10.13 to II-VI’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 000-16195) for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1996.

 

10.20

 

 

II-VI Incorporated 2009 Omnibus Incentive Plan*

 

 

Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit A to II-VI’s Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A (File No. 000-16195) filed on September 25, 2009.

 

10.21

 

 

Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement under the II-VI Incorporated 2009 Omnibus Incentive Plan*

 

 

Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.27 to II-VI’s Current Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 000-16195) for the quarter ended December 31, 2011.

 

10.22

 

 

Form of Restricted Share Award Agreement under the II-VI Incorporated 2009 Omnibus Incentive Plan*

 

 

Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.28 to II-VI’s Current Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 000-16195) for the quarter ended December 31, 2011.

 

10.23

 

 

Form of Performance Share Award Agreement under the II-VI Incorporated 2009 Omnibus Incentive Plan*

 

 

Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.29 to II-VI’s Current Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 000-16195) for the quarter ended December 31, 2011.

 

10.24

 

 

Form of Stock Appreciation Rights Agreement under the II-VI Incorporated 2009 Omnibus Incentive Plan*

 

 

Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.30 to II-VI’s Current Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 000-16195) for the quarter ended December 31, 2011.

 

10.25

 

 

Form of Performance Unit Award Agreement under the II-VI Incorporated 2009 Omnibus Incentive Plan*

 

 

Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.31 to II-VI’s Current Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 000-16195) for the quarter ended March 31, 2012.

87


 

 

10.26

 

 

Form of Restricted Share Unit Award Agreement under the II-VI Incorporated 2009 Omnibus Incentive Plan*

 

 

Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.32 to II-VI’s Current Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 000-16195) for the quarter ended March 31, 2012.

 

10.27

 

 

II-VI Incorporated Amended and Restated 2012 Omnibus Incentive Plan*

 

 

Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.01 to II-VI’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-199855) filed on November 4, 2014.

 

10.28

 

 

Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement under the II-VI Incorporated Amended and Restated 2012 Omnibus Incentive Plan*

 

 

Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.30 to II-VI’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 000-16195) for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013.

 

10.29

 

 

Form of Restricted Share Award Agreement under the II-VI Incorporated Amended and Restated 2012 Omnibus Incentive Plan*

 

 

Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.31 to II-VI’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 000-16195) for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013.

 

10.30

 

 

Form of Performance Share Award Agreement (Consolidated Revenue) under the II-VI Incorporated Amended and Restated 2012 Omnibus Incentive Plan*

 

 

Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.32 to II-VI’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 000-16195) for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013.

 

10.31

 

 

Form of Stock Appreciation Rights Agreement under the II-VI Incorporated Amended and Restated 2012 Omnibus Incentive Plan*

 

 

Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.33 to II-VI’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 000-16195) for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013.

 

10.32

 

 

Form of Performance Unit Award Agreement under the II-VI Incorporated Amended and Restated 2012 Omnibus Incentive Plan*

 

 

Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.34 to II-VI’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 000-16195) for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013.

 

10.33

 

 

Form of Restricted Share Unit Award Agreement under the II-VI Incorporated Amended and Restated 2012 Omnibus Incentive Plan*

 

 

Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.35 to II-VI’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 000-16195) for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013.

 

10.34

 

 

Form of Performance Share Award Agreement (Total Shareholder Return) under the II-VI Incorporated Amended and Restated 2012 Omnibus Incentive Plan*

 

 

Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.38 to II-VI’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 000-16195) for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014.

 

10.35

 

 

Form of Performance Unit Award Agreement (Total Shareholder Return) under the II-VI Incorporated Amended and Restated 2012 Omnibus Incentive Plan*

 

 

Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.39 to II-VI’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 000-16195) for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014.

 

10.36

 

 

Form of Performance Share Award Agreement (Cash Flow From Operations) under the II-VI Incorporated Amended and Restated 2012 Omnibus Incentive Plan*

 

 

Filed herewith.

 

10.37

 

 

Form of Performance Unit Award Agreement (Cash Flow From Operations) under the II-VI Incorporated Amended and Restated 2012 Omnibus Incentive Plan*

 

 

Filed herewith.

 

21.01

 

 

List of Subsidiaries of II-VI Incorporated

 

 

Filed herewith.

 

23.01

 

 

Consent of Ernst & Young LLP

 

 

Filed herewith.

 

31.01

 

 

Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

 

Filed herewith.

 

31.02

 

 

Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

 

Filed herewith.

88


 

 

32.01

 

 

Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and 18 U.S.C. § 1350 as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

 

Furnished herewith.

 

32.02

 

 

Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and 18 U.S.C. § 1350 as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

 

Furnished herewith.

 

101

 

 

Interactive Data File

 

 

 

(101.INS)

 

 

XBRL Instance Document

 

 

Filed herewith.

 

(101.SCH)

 

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document

 

 

Filed herewith.

 

(101.CAL)

 

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document

 

 

Filed herewith.

 

(101.DEF)

 

 

XBRL Taxonomy Definition Linkbase

 

 

Filed herewith.

 

(101.LAB)

 

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document

 

 

Filed herewith.

 

(101.PRE)

 

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

 

 

Filed herewith.

 

*

Denotes management contract or compensatory plan, contract or arrangement.

The Registrant will furnish to the Commission upon request copies of any instruments not filed herewith which authorize the issuance of long-term obligations of the Registrant not in excess of 10% of the Registrant’s total assets on a consolidated basis.

 

 

89

 

Exhibit 10.02

YEN 500,000,000 REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITY

CREDIT AGREEMENT

by and among

II-VI JAPAN INCORPORATED

And

THE GUARANTORS PARTY HERETO

and

THE BANKS PARTY HERETO

and

PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, As Agent

Dated as of January 31, 2012

 

 

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Section

 

Page

 

 

 

1.

CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

1

 

1.1

Certain Definitions.

1

 

1.2

Construction.

7

 

 

 

 

2.

REVOLVING CREDIT LOAN FACILITY

8

 

2.1

Revolving Credit Commitments.

8

 

2.2

Nature of Banks' Obligations with Respect to Revolving Credit Loans.

8

 

2.3

Commitment Fees.

8

 

2.4

Reserved.

8

 

2.5

Revolving Credit Loan Requests.

8

 

2.6

Making Loans.

9

 

2.7

Notes.

9

 

2.8

Use of Proceeds.

9

 

2.8.1

Use of Proceeds.

9

 

2.9

Reduction of Revolving Credit Commitment.

9

 

 

 

 

4.

INTEREST RATES

10

 

4.1

Interest Rates.

10

 

 

4.1.1.

Revolving Credit Interest Rate.

10

 

 

4.1.2.

Rate Quotations.

10

 

4.2

Interest Periods.

10

 

 

4.2.1.

Amount of Borrowing Tranche.

10

 

 

4.2.2.

Renewals.

10

 

4.3

Interest after Default.

11

 

 

4.3.1.

Interest Rate.

11

 

 

4.3.2.

Other Obligations.

11

 

 

4.3.3.

Acknowledgment.

11

 

4.4

Euro-Rate Unascertainable; Illegality; Increased Costs; Deposits Not Available.

11

 

 

4.4.1.

Unascertainable.

11

 

 

4.4.2.

Illegality; Increased Costs; Deposits Not Available.

11

 

 

4.4.3.

Agent's and Bank's Rights.

12

 

4.5

Selection of Interest Rates.

12

 

 

 

 

5.

PAYMENTS

12

 

5.1

Payments.

12

 

5.2

Pro Rata Treatment of Banks.

12

 

5.3

Interest Payment Dates.

13

 

5.4

Voluntary Prepayments.

13

 

 

5.4.1.

Right to Prepay.

13

 

 

5.4.2.

Replacement of a Bank.

13

 

 

5.4.3.

Change of Lending Office.

14

 

5.5

Reserved.

14

 

5.6

Increased Costs.

14

 

 

5.6.1

Increased Costs Generally.

14

 

 

5.6.3

Certificates for Reimbursement; Repayment of Outstanding Loans; Borrowing of New Loans.

15

 

5.7

Reserved.

15

 

5.8

Indemnity.

15

 

 

 

 

 

- i -


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Section

 

Page

 

 

 

6.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

15

 

6.1

Representations and Warranties.

15

 

 

6.1.1.

Organization and Qualification.

15

 

 

6.1.2.

Capitalization and Ownership.

16

 

 

6.1.3.

[Reserved].

16

 

 

6.1.4.

Power and Authority.

16

 

 

6.1.5.

Validity and Binding Effect.

16

 

 

6.1.6.

No Conflict.

16

 

 

6.1.7.

Litigation.

16

 

 

6.1.8.

Title to Properties.

16

 

 

6.1.9.

Material Adverse Change.

17

 

 

6.1.10.

Use of Proceeds; Margin Stock.

17

 

 

6.1.11.

Full Disclosure.

17

 

 

6.1.12.

Taxes.

17

 

 

6.1.13.

Consents and Approvals.

17

 

 

6.1.14.

No Event of Default; Compliance with Instruments.

17

 

 

6.1.15.

Patents, Trademarks, Copyrights, Licenses, Etc.

18

 

 

6.1.16.

Insurance.

18

 

 

6.1.17.

Compliance with Laws.

18

 

 

6.1.18.

Solvency.

18

 

6.2

Updates to Schedules.

18

 

 

 

 

 

7.

CONDITIONS OF LENDING

19

 

7.1

First Loans.

19

 

 

7.1.1.

Officer's Certificate.

19

 

 

7.1.2.

Secretary's Certificate.

19

 

 

7.1.3.

Delivery of Loan Documents.

19

 

 

7.1.4.

Reserved.

19

 

 

7.1.5.

Legal Details.

19

 

 

7.1.6.

Payment of Fees.

20

 

 

7.1.7.

Consents.

20

 

 

7.1.8.

Officer's Certificate Regarding MACs.

20

 

 

7.1.9.

No Violation of Laws.

20

 

 

7.1.10.

No Actions or Proceedings.

20

 

 

7.1.13.

Insurance Policies.

20

 

 

7.1.14.

Refinancing.

20

 

7.2

Each Additional Loan.

20

 

 

 

8.

COVENANTS

21

 

8.1

Affirmative Covenants.

21

 

 

8.1.1.

Preservation of Existence, Etc.

21

 

 

8.1.2.

Payment of Liabilities, Including Taxes, Etc.

21

 

 

8.1.3.

Maintenance of Insurance.

21

 

 

8.1.4.

Maintenance of Properties and Leases.

21

 

 

8.1.5.

Maintenance of Patents, Trademarks, Etc.

22

 

 

8.1.6.

Visitation Rights.

22

 

 

8.1.7.

Keeping of Records and Books of Account.

22

 

 

8.1.8.

[Reserved].

22

 

 

8.1.9.

Compliance with Laws.

22

 

 

8.1.10.

Use of Proceeds.

22

 

 

8.1.11.

Anti-Terrorism Laws.

22

 

- ii -


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Section

 

Page

 

 

 

 

8.2

Negative Covenants.

23

 

 

8.2.1.

Liquidations, Mergers, Consolidations, Acquisitions.

23

 

 

8.2.2.

Affiliate Transactions.

23

 

 

8.2.3.

Continuation of or Change in Business.

23

 

 

8.2.4.

Fiscal Year.

23

 

 

8.2.5.

Issuance of Stock.

23

 

8.3

Reporting Requirements.

23

 

 

8.3.1.

Quarterly Financial Statements.

23

 

 

8.3.2.

Annual Financial Statements.

23

 

 

8.3.3.

Certificate of Borrower.

24

 

 

8.3.4.

Notice of Default.

24

 

 

8.3.5.

Notice of Litigation.

24

 

 

8.3.6.

Other Reports and Information.

24

 

 

 

9.

DEFAULT

24

 

9.1

Events of Default.

24

 

 

9.1.1.

Payments Under Loan Documents.

24

 

 

9.1.2.

Breach of Warranty.

25

 

 

9.1.3.

Breach of Negative Covenants or Visitation Rights.

25

 

 

9.1.4.

Breach of Other Covenants.

25

 

 

9.1.5.

Defaults in Other Agreements or Indebtedness.

25

 

 

9.1.6.

Final Judgments or Orders.

25

 

 

9.1.7.

Loan Document Unenforceable.

25

 

 

9.1.8.

Uninsured Losses; Proceedings Against Assets.

25

 

 

9.1.9.

Reserved.

25

 

 

9.1.10.

Insolvency.

26

 

 

9.1.11.

Default Under Guarantor Credit Agreement.

26

 

 

9.1.12.

Cessation of Business.

26

 

 

9.1.13.

Change of Control.

26

 

 

9.1.14.

Involuntary Proceedings.

26

 

 

9.1.15.

Voluntary Proceedings.

26

 

9.2

Consequences of Event of Default.

26

 

 

9.2.1.

Events of Default Other Than Bankruptcy, Insolvency or Reorganization Proceedings.

26

 

 

9.2.2.

Bankruptcy, Insolvency or Reorganization Proceedings.

27

 

 

9.2.3.

Set-off.

27

 

 

9.2.4.

Suits, Actions, Proceedings.

27

 

 

9.2.5.

Application of Proceeds; Set Off Sharing.

27

 

 

9.2.6.

Other Rights and Remedies.

28

 

 

 

10.

THE AGENT

28

 

10.1

Appointment.

28

 

10.2

Delegation of Duties.

28

 

10.3

Nature of Duties; Independent Credit Investigation.

28

 

10.4

Actions in Discretion of Agent; Instructions From the Banks.

29

 

10.5

Reimbursement and Indemnification of Agent by the Borrower.

29

 

10.6

Exculpatory Provisions; Limitation of Liability.

30

 

10.7

Reimbursement and Indemnification of Agent by Banks.

30

 

10.8

Reliance by Agent.

30

 

10.9

Notice of Default.

31

 

10.10

Notices.

31

 

10.11

Banks in Their Individual Capacities; Agent in its Individual Capacity.

31

 

- iii -


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Section

 

Page

 

 

 

 

10.12

Holders of Notes.

31

 

10.13

Equalization of Banks.

31

 

10.14

Successor Agent.

32

 

10.15

Reserved.

32

 

10.16

Availability of Funds.

32

 

10.17

Calculations.

32

 

10.18

No Reliance on Agent's Customer Identification Program.

32

 

10.19

Beneficiaries.

33

 

 

 

11.

MISCELLANEOUS

33

 

11.1

Modifications, Amendments or Waivers.

33

 

 

11.1.1.

Increase of Commitment; Extension of Expiration Date.

33

 

 

11.1.3.

Reserved.

33

 

 

11.1.4.

Miscellaneous.

33

 

11.2

No Implied Waivers; Cumulative Remedies; Writing Required.

34

 

11.3

Reimbursement and Indemnification of Banks by the Borrower; Taxes.

34

 

11.4

Holidays.

34

 

11.5

Funding by Branch, Subsidiary or Affiliate.

35

 

 

11.5.1.

Notional Funding.

35

 

 

11.5.2.

Actual Funding.

35

 

11.6

Notices.

35

 

11.7

Severability.

36

 

11.8

Governing Law.

36

 

11.9

Prior Understanding.

36

 

11.10

Duration; Survival.

36

 

11.11

Successors and Assigns.

36

 

11.12

Confidentiality

37

 

 

11.12.1.

General.

37

 

11.13

Counterparts.

38

 

11.14

Agent's or Bank's Consent.

38

 

11.15

Exceptions.

38

 

11.16

CONSENT TO FORUM; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.

38

 

11.17

Certifications From Banks and Participants

38

 

 

11.17.1.

Tax Withholding.

38

 

 

11.17.2.

USA Patriot Act.

39

 

11.18

Borrower Agent.

39

 

- iv -


 

LIST OF SCHEDULES AND EXHIBITS

SCHEDULES

 

SCHEDULE 1.1 (B)

 

-

 

COMMITMENTS OF BANKS AND ADDRESSES FOR NOTICES

SCHEDULE 6.1.13

 

-

 

CONSENTS AND APPROVALS

EXHIBITS

 

EXHIBIT 1.1 (A)

 

-

 

ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT

EXHIBIT 1.1 (G)(2)

 

-

 

GUARANTY AGREEMENT

EXHIBIT 1.1 (R)

 

-

 

REVOLVING CREDIT NOTE

EXHIBIT 2.5 .1

 

-

 

REVOLVING LOAN REQUEST

 

 

 

 

- v -


 

CREDIT AGREEMENT

THIS CREDIT AGREEMENT is dated as of January 31, 2012 and is made by and among II-VI JAPAN INCORPORATED, a Japanese corporation (the “Borrower”), each of the Guarantors (as hereinafter defined), PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (in such capacity “PNC Bank”) and the other BANKS (as hereinafter defined), and PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, in its capacity as agent for the Banks under this Agreement (hereinafter referred to in such capacity as the “Agent”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested the Banks to provide a revolving credit facility to the Borrower in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed Yen 500,000,000 (the “Credit Facility”); and

WHEREAS, the Credit Facility shall be used to refinance existing indebtedness, to pay fees and expenses associated with the Credit Facility and for general corporate purposes; and

WHEREAS, the Banks are willing to provide such Credit Facility upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth;

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto, in consideration of their mutual covenants and agreements hereinafter set forth and intending to be legally bound hereby, covenant and agree as follows:

1. CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

1.1

Certain Definitions .

In addition to words and terms defined elsewhere in this Agreement, the following words and terms shall have the following meanings, respectively, unless the context hereof clearly requires otherwise:

Affiliate as to any Person shall mean any other Person (i) which directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such Person, (ii) which beneficially owns or holds 5% or more of any class of the voting or other equity interests of such Person, or (iii) 5% or more of any class of voting interests or other equity interests of which is beneficially owned or held, directly or indirectly, by such Person.  Control, as used in this definition, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, including the power to elect a majority of the directors or trustees of a corporation or trust, as the case may be.

Agent shall mean PNC Bank, National Association, and its successors and assigns.

Agreement shall mean this Credit Agreement, as the same may be supplemented or amended from time to time, including all schedules and exhibits.

Anti-Terrorism Laws shall mean any Laws relating to terrorism or money laundering, including Executive Order No. 13224, the USA Patriot Act, the Laws comprising or implementing the Bank Secrecy Act, and the Laws administered by the United States Treasury Department's Office of Foreign Asset Control (as any of the foregoing Laws may from time to time be amended, renewed, extended, or replaced).

Applicable Margin shall mean the number of basis points shown on the Pricing Grid attached as Schedule 1.1.1(A) to the Guarantor Credit Agreement, as determined from time to time as the margin applicable to Euro-Rate Loans available to the Guarantor under the Guarantor Credit Agreement, to be added to the Euro-Rate under this Credit Agreement.

 


 

Assignment and Assumption Agreement shall mean an Assignment and Assumption Agreement by and among a Purchasing Bank, a Transferor Bank and the Agent, as Agent and on behalf of the remaining Banks, substantially in the form of Exhibit 1.1 (A) .

Authorized Officer shall mean those individuals, designated by written notice to the Agent from the Borrower, authorized to execute notices, reports and other documents on behalf of the Loan Parties required hereunder.  The Borrower may amend such list of individuals from time to time by giving written notice of such amendment to the Agent.

Banks shall mean the financial institutions named on Schedule 1.1 (B) , hereof and their respective successors and assigns as permitted hereunder, each of which is referred to herein as a Bank.

Base Rate shall mean, for any day, a fluctuating per annum rate of interest equal to the highest of (a) the Federal Funds Open Rate, plus 50 basis points (0.50%), and (b) the Prime Rate, and (c) the Daily LIBOR Rate, plus the Applicable Margin.  Any change in the Base Rate (or any component thereof) shall take effect at the opening of business on the day such change occurs.

Borrower shall mean II-VI Japan Incorporated, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of Japan.

Borrower Agent shall mean II-VI Incorporated, a Pennsylvania corporation.

Borrowing Date shall mean, with respect to any Loan, the date for the making thereof or the renewal thereof, which shall be a Business Day.

Borrowing Tranche shall mean specified portions of Loans outstanding as follows:  (i) any Loans to which a Euro-Rate applies and which have the same Interest Period shall constitute one Borrowing Tranche, and (ii) all Loans to which a Fallback Rate applies shall constitute one Borrowing Tranche.

Business Day shall mean any day other than a Saturday or Sunday or a legal holiday on which commercial banks are authorized or required to be closed for business in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania or Tokyo, Japan and if the applicable Business Day relates to any Loan to which the Euro-Rate applies, such day must also be a day on which dealings are carried on in the London interbank market.

Change in Law shall mean the occurrence, after the date of this Agreement, of any of the following: (a) the adoption or taking effect of any Law, (b) any change in any Law or in the administration, interpretation, implementation or application thereof by any Official Body or (c) the making or issuance of any request, rule, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of Law) by any Official Body; provided that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (x) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, regulations, guidelines, interpretations or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith (whether or not having the force of Law) and (y) all requests, rules, regulations, guidelines, interpretations or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities (whether or not having the force of Law), in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be a Change in Law regardless of the date enacted, adopted, issued, promulgated or implemented.

Change of Control shall have the meaning assigned to that term in Section 9.1.13.

Closing Date shall mean January 31, 2012. The closing shall take place at 10:00 a.m., Eastern Daylight Time, on the Closing Date at such other time and place as the parties agree.

Commitment shall mean as to any Bank its Revolving Credit Commitment, in the case of PNC Bank, and Commitments shall mean the aggregate of the Revolving Credit Commitments of all of the Banks.

Commitment Fee shall have the meaning assigned to that term in Section  2.3 .

 

- 2 -


 

Daily LIBOR Rate shall mean, for any day, the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent by dividing (x) the Published Rate by (y) a number equal to 1.00 minus the Euro-Rate Reserve Percentage on such day.

Euro-Rate   shall mean with respect to Loans comprising any Borrowing Tranche to which the Euro-Rate applies for any Interest Period, the interest rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent by dividing (i) the rate of interest per annum determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with its usual procedures (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) to be the rate of interest per annum for deposits in Yen which appears on the relevant Bloomberg Page (or, if no such quotation is available on such Bloomberg Page, on the appropriate such other substitute Bloomberg page that displays rates at which Yen deposits are offered by leading banks in the London interbank deposit market) or the rate which is quoted by another source selected by the Administrative Agent which has been approved by the British Bankers' Association as an authorized information vendor for the purpose of displaying such rates at which such Yen deposits are offered by leading banks in the London interbank deposit market (an "Alternate Source"), at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two (2) Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period for a period, and in an amount, comparable to such Interest Period and principal amount of such Borrowing Tranche, (or, if such rate does not appear, a comparable replacement rate determined by the Administrative Agent, which determinations shall be conclusive if made in good faith) by (ii) a number equal to 1.00 minus the Euro-Rate Rate Reserve Percentage.  Such Euro-Rate Rate may also be expressed by the following formula:

 

EURO-Rate

=

EURO-Rate

 

 

1 – EURO-Rate Reserve Percentage

 

The Euro-Rate shall be adjusted with respect to any Loan to which the Euro-Rate applies that is outstanding on the effective date of any change in the Euro-Rate Reserve Percentage as of such effective date.  The Administrative Agent shall give prompt notice to the Borrower of the Euro-Rate as determined or adjusted in accordance herewith, which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

Euro-Rate Reserve Percentage shall mean as of any day the maximum percentage in effect on such day, (i) as prescribed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or any successor) for determining the reserve requirements (including supplemental, marginal and emergency reserve requirements) with respect to eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as " Eurocurrency Liabilities "); and (ii) to be maintained by a Bank as required for reserve liquidity, special deposit, or similar purpose by any governmental or monetary authority of any country or political subdivision thereof (including any central bank), against (A) any category of liabilities that includes deposits by reference to which a Euro-Rate is to be determined, or (B) any category of extension of credit or other assets that includes Loans or Borrowing Tranches to which a Euro-Rate applies.

Event of Default shall mean any of the events described in Section  9.1 and referred to therein as an “Event of Default.”

Executive Order No. 13224 shall mean the Executive Order No. 13224 on Terrorist Financing, effective September 24, 2001, as the same has been, or shall hereafter be, renewed, extended, amended or replaced.

Expiration Date shall mean, with respect to the Revolving Credit Commitments, the earlier of (i) June 15, 2016, or (ii) the termination of the Guarantor Credit Agreement.

Existing Credit Facility shall mean the Second Amended and Restated Letter Agreement dated as of September 25, 2002 by and between the Borrower and PNC Bank, National Association, as amended.

Fallback Rate shall mean the Base Rate plus 100 basis points per annum.

Federal Funds Effective Rate for any day shall mean the rate per annum (based on a year of 360 days and actual days elapsed and rounded upward to the nearest 1/100 of 1%) announced by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (or any successor) on such day as being the weighted average of the rates on overnight

 

- 3 -


 

federal funds transactions arranged by federal funds brokers on the previous trading day, as computed and announced by such Federal Reserve Bank (or any successor) in substantially the same manner as such Federal Reserve Bank computes and announces the weighted average it refers to as the “Federal Funds Effective Rate” as of the date of this Agreement; provided , if such Federal Reserve Bank (or its successor) does not announce such rate on any day, the “Federal Funds Effective Rate” for such day shall be the Federal Funds Effective Rate for the last day on which such rate was announced.

Federal Funds Open Rate for any day shall mean the rate per annum (based on a year of 360 days and actual days elapsed) which is the daily federal funds open rate as quoted by ICAP North America, Inc. (or any successor) as set forth on the Bloomberg Screen BTMM for that day opposite the caption "OPEN" (or on such other substitute Bloomberg Screen that displays such rate), or as set forth on such other recognized electronic source used for the purpose of displaying such rate as selected by the Agent (for purposes of this definition, an "Alternate Source") (or if such rate for such day does not appear on the Bloomberg Screen BTMM (or any substitute screen) or on any Alternate Source, or if there shall at any time, for any reason, no longer exist a Bloomberg Screen BTMM (or any substitute screen) or any Alternate Source, a comparable replacement rate determined by the Agent at such time (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error); provided however, that if such day is not a Business Day, the Federal Funds Open Rate for such day shall be the "open" rate on the immediately preceding Business Day.  If and when the Federal Funds Open Rate changes, the rate of interest with respect to any advance to which the Federal Funds Open Rate applies will change automatically without notice to the Borrower, effective on the date of any such change.

Guarantor shall mean each of the parties to this Agreement which is designated as a “Guarantor” on the signature page hereof.

Guarantor Credit Agreement shall mean the Credit Agreement dated as of June 15, 2011 among II-VI Incorporated, the Guarantors party thereto, the Banks party thereto and PNC Bank, National Association, as Agent, as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

Guaranty of any Person shall mean any obligation of such Person guaranteeing or in effect guaranteeing any liability or obligation of any other Person in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including any agreement to indemnify or hold harmless any other Person, any performance bond or other suretyship arrangement and any other form of assurance against loss, except (i) endorsement of negotiable or other instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) guaranties and indemnification obligations directly related to the sale of goods or services by such Person in the ordinary course of business.

Guaranty Agreement shall mean the Guaranty and Suretyship Agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit 1.1 (G)(2) executed and delivered by each of the Guarantors to the Agent for the benefit of the Banks.

Indebtedness shall mean, as to any Person at any time, any and all indebtedness, obligations or liabilities (whether matured or unmatured, liquidated or unliquidated, direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, or joint or several) of such Person for or in respect of:  (i) borrowed money, (ii) amounts raised under or liabilities in respect of any note purchase or acceptance credit facility, (iii) reimbursement obligations (contingent or otherwise) under any letter of credit, currency swap agreement, interest rate swap, cap, collar or floor agreement or other interest rate management device, (iv) any other transaction (including forward sale or purchase agreements, capitalized leases and conditional sales agreements) having the commercial effect of a borrowing of money entered into by such Person to finance its operations or capital requirements (but not including trade payables and accrued expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business which are not represented by a promissory note or other evidence of indebtedness and which are not more than thirty (30) days past due), or (v) any Guaranty of Indebtedness for borrowed money.

Insolvency Proceeding shall mean, with respect to any Person, (a) a case, action or proceeding with respect to such Person (i) before any court or any other Official Body under any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar Law now or hereafter in effect, or (ii) for the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator, conservator (or similar official) of Borrower or otherwise relating to the liquidation, dissolution, winding-up or relief of such Person, or (b) any general assignment for the

 

- 4 -


 

benefit of creditors, composition, marshaling of assets for creditors, or other, similar arrangement in respect of such Person's creditors generally or any substantial portion of its creditors; undertaken under any Law.

Interest Period shall mean the period of time selected by the Borrower in connection with (and to apply to) any Revolving Credit Loans under the Euro-Rate.  Subject to the last sentence of this definition, such period shall be one, two, three or six Months.  Such Interest Period shall commence on the effective date of such Interest Rate, which shall be (i) the Borrowing Date if the Borrower is requesting new Loans, or (ii) the date of renewal of the Euro-Rate applicable to outstanding Loans.  Notwithstanding the second sentence hereof: (A) any Interest Period which would otherwise end on a date which is not a Business Day shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such Business Day falls in the next calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day, and (B) the Borrower shall not select or renew an Interest Period for any portion of the Loans that would end after the Expiration Date.

Law shall mean any law (including common law), constitution, statute, treaty, regulation, rule, ordinance, opinion, release, ruling, order, injunction, writ, decree, bond, judgment, authorization or approval, lien or award by or settlement agreement with any Official Body.

Lien shall mean any mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, lien, security interest, charge or other encumbrance or security arrangement of any nature whatsoever, whether voluntarily or involuntarily given, including any conditional sale or title retention arrangement, and any assignment, deposit arrangement or lease intended as, or having the effect of, security and any filed financing statement or other notice of any of the foregoing (whether or not a lien or other encumbrance is created or exists at the time of the filing).

Loan Documents shall mean this Agreement, the Guaranty Agreement, the Notes, and any other instruments, certificates or documents delivered or contemplated to be delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, as the same may be supplemented or amended from time to time in accordance herewith or therewith, and Loan Document shall mean any of the Loan Documents.

Loan Parties shall mean the Borrower and the Guarantors.

Loan Request shall have the meaning given to such term in Section  2.5 .

Loans shall mean collectively and Loan shall mean separately all Revolving Credit Loans or any Revolving Credit Loan.

Material Adverse Change or Material Adverse Effect shall mean any set of circumstances or events which (i) has or could reasonably be expected to have any material adverse effect whatsoever upon the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) is or could reasonably be expected to be material and adverse to the business, properties, assets, financial condition, results of operations or prospects of the Loan Parties taken as a whole, (iii) impairs materially or could reasonably be expected to impair materially the ability of the Loan Parties taken as a whole to duly and punctually pay or perform its Indebtedness, or (iv) impairs materially or could reasonably be expected to impair materially the ability of the Agent or any of the Banks, to the extent permitted, to enforce their legal remedies pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

Month , with respect to an Interest Period under the Euro-Rate, shall mean the interval between the days in consecutive calendar months numerically corresponding to the first day of such Interest Period.  If any Euro-Rate Interest Period begins on a day of a calendar month for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the month in which such Interest Period is to end, the final month of such Interest Period shall be deemed to end on the last Business Day of such final month.

Notes shall mean the Revolving Credit Notes.

Notices shall have the meaning assigned to that term in Section  11.6 .

 

- 5 -


 

Obligation shall mean any obligation or liability of any of the Loan Parties to the Agent or any of the Banks, howsoever created, arising or evidenced, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, now or hereafter existing, or due or to become due, under or in connection with this Agreement, the Notes or any other Loan Document.

Official Body shall mean any national, federal, state, local or other government or political subdivision or any agency, authority, board, bureau, central bank, commission, department or instrumentality of either, or any court, tribunal, grand jury or arbitrator, in each case whether foreign or domestic.

Person shall mean any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, joint venture, government or political subdivision or agency thereof, or any other entity.

PNC Bank shall mean PNC Bank, National Association, its successors and assigns.

Potential Default shall mean any event or condition which with notice, passage of time or a determination by the Agent or the Required Banks, or any combination of the foregoing, would constitute an Event of Default.

Prime Rate shall mean the interest rate per annum announced from time to time by the Administrative Agent at its Principal Office as its then prime rate, which rate may not be the lowest or most favorable rate then being charged commercial borrowers or others by the Administrative Agent.  Any change in the Prime Rate shall take effect at the opening of business on the day such change is announced.

Principal Office shall mean the main banking office of the Agent in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania.

Published Rate shall mean the rate of interest published each Business Day in The Wall Street Journal " Money Rates " listing under the caption "London Interbank Offered Rates" for a one month period (or, if no such rate is published therein for any reason, then the Published Rate shall be the rate at which U.S. dollar deposits are offered by leading banks in the London interbank deposit market for a one month period as published in another publication selected by the Agent).

Purchasing Bank shall mean a Bank which becomes a party to this Agreement by executing an Assignment and Assumption Agreement.

Ratable Share shall mean the proportion that a Bank's Commitment bears to the Commitments of all of the Banks.  If the Commitments have terminated or expired, the Ratable Share shall be determined based upon the Commitments most recently in effect, giving effect to any assignments.

Required Banks shall mean Banks having more than 50% of the sum of the aggregate amount of the Revolving Credit Commitments of the Banks or, after the termination of the Revolving Credit Commitments, the outstanding Revolving Credit Loans of the Banks.

Revolving Credit Commitment shall mean, as to any Bank at any time, the amount initially set forth opposite its name on Schedule 1.1 (B) in the column labeled “Amount of Commitment for Revolving Credit Loans,” and thereafter on Schedule I to the most recent Assignment and Assumption Agreement and Revolving Credit Commitments shall mean the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments of all of the Banks.

Revolving Credit Loans shall mean collectively and Revolving Credit Loan shall mean separately all Revolving Credit Loans or any Revolving Credit Loan made by the Banks or one of the Banks to the Borrower pursuant to Section  2.1 .

Revolving Credit Notes shall mean collectively and Revolving Credit Note shall mean separately all the Revolving Credit Notes of the Borrower in the form of Exhibit  1.1 (R) evidencing the Revolving

 

- 6 -


 

Credit Loans together with all amendments, extensions, renewals, replacements, refinancings or refundings thereof in whole or in part.

Solvent shall mean, with respect to any Person on a particular date, that on such date (a) the fair value of the property of such Person is greater than the total amount of liabilities, including, without limitation, contingent liabilities, of such Person, (b) the present fair salable value of the assets of such Person is not less than the amount that shall be required to pay the probable liability of such Person on its debts as they become absolute and matured, (c) such Person is able to realize upon its assets and pay its debts and other liabilities, contingent obligations and other commitments as they mature in the normal course of business, (d) such Person does not intend to, and does not believe that it shall, incur debts or liabilities beyond such Person’s ability to pay as such debts and liabilities mature, and (e) such Person is not engaged in business or a transaction, and is not about to engage in business or a transaction, for which such Person’s property would constitute unreasonably small capital after giving due consideration to the prevailing practice in the industry in which such Person is engaged.  In computing the amount of contingent liabilities at any time, it is intended that such liabilities shall be computed at the amount which, in light of all the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.

Subsidiary of any Person at any time shall mean (i) any corporation or trust of which 50% or more (by number of shares or number of votes) of the outstanding capital stock or shares of beneficial interest normally entitled to vote for the election of one or more directors or trustees (regardless of any contingency which does or may suspend or dilute the voting rights) is at such time owned directly or indirectly by such Person or one or more of such Person's Subsidiaries, (ii) any partnership of which such Person is a general partner or of which 50% or more of the partnership interests is at the time directly or indirectly owned by such Person or one or more of such Person's Subsidiaries, (iii) any limited liability company of which such Person is a member or of which 50% or more of the limited liability company interests is at the time directly or indirectly owned by such Person or one or more of such Person's Subsidiaries or (iv) any corporation, trust, partnership, limited liability company or other entity which is controlled or capable of being controlled by such Person or one or more of such Person's Subsidiaries.

Taxes shall mean all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings, assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Official Body, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

Transferor Bank shall mean the selling Bank pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption Agreement.

USA Patriot Act shall mean the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, Public Law 107-56, as the same has been, or shall hereafter be, renewed, extended, amended or replaced.

Yen shall mean the lawful money of Japan.

1.2

Construction .

Unless the context of this Agreement otherwise clearly requires, the following rules of construction shall apply to this Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents. Unless the context of this Agreement otherwise clearly requires, the following rules of construction shall apply to this Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents: (i) references to the plural include the singular, the plural, the part and the whole and the words "include," "includes" and "including" shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase "without limitation"; (ii) the words "hereof," "herein," "hereunder," "hereto" and similar terms in this Agreement or any other Loan Document refer to this Agreement or such other Loan Document as a whole; (iii) article, section, subsection, clause, schedule and exhibit references are to this Agreement or other Loan Document, as the case may be, unless otherwise specified; (iv) reference to any Person includes such Person's successors and assigns; (v) reference to any agreement, including this Agreement and any other Loan Document together with the schedules and exhibits hereto or thereto, document or instrument means such agreement, document or instrument as amended, modified, replaced, substituted for, superseded or restated; (vi) relative to the determination of any period of time, "from" means "from

 

- 7 -


 

and including," "to" means "to but excluding," and "through" means "through and including"; (vii) the words "asset" and "property" shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights, (viii) section headings herein and in each other Loan Document are included for convenience and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement or such Loan Document, and (ix) unless otherwise specified, all references herein to times of day shall be references to Eastern Time.  All certificates and other required submissions made by specified officers of Borrower shall be deemed for all purposes as made by such person solely in such person's capacity as such officer.

2. REVOLVING CREDIT LOAN FACILITY

2.1

Revolving Credit Commitments .

2.1.1 Revolving Credit Loans

Subject to the terms and conditions hereof and relying upon the representations and warranties herein set forth, each Bank severally agrees to make Revolving Credit Loans to the Borrower at any time or from time to time on or after the date hereof to the Expiration Date provided that after giving effect to such Loan the aggregate amount of Loans from such Bank shall not exceed such Bank's Revolving Credit Commitment.  Within such limits of time and amount and subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, the Borrower may borrow, repay and reborrow pursuant to this Section  2.1 .1.

2.2

Nature of Banks' Obligations with Respect to Revolving Credit Loans .

Each Bank shall be obligated to participate in each request for Revolving Credit Loans pursuant to Section  2.5.1 [Revolving Credit Loan Requests] in accordance with its Ratable Share.  The aggregate of each Bank's Revolving Credit Loans outstanding hereunder to the Borrower at any time shall never exceed its Revolving Credit Commitment.  The obligations of each Bank hereunder are several.  The failure of any Bank to perform its obligations hereunder shall not affect the Obligations of the Borrower to any other party nor shall any other party be liable for the failure of such Bank to perform its obligations hereunder.  The Banks shall have no obligation to make Revolving Credit Loans hereunder on or after the Expiration Date.

2.3

Commitment Fees .

Accruing from the date hereof until the Expiration Date, the Borrower agrees to pay to the Agent for the account of each Bank, as consideration for such Bank's Revolving Credit Commitment hereunder, a nonrefundable commitment fee (the “ Commitment Fee ”) equal to the Commitment Fee shown as the Pricing Grid attached as Schedule 1.1.1(A) to the Guarantor Credit Agreement as determined from time to time as the Commitment Fee applicable to the Guarantor under the Guarantor Credit Agreement (computed on the basis of a year of 365 or 366  days, as the case may be, and actual days elapsed) on the average daily difference between the amount of such Bank's Revolving Credit Commitment as the same may be constituted from time to time and the sum of the Bank’s Revolving Credit Loans outstanding.  All Commitment Fees shall be payable in arrears on the first Business Day of each January, April, July and October after the date hereof and on the Expiration Date or upon acceleration of the Notes.

2.4

Reserved .

2.5

Revolving Credit Loan Requests .

2.5.1 Revolving Credit Loan Requests .

Except as otherwise provided herein, the Borrower may from time to time prior to the Expiration Date request the Banks to make Revolving Credit Loans, or renew the Interest Rate applicable to existing Revolving Credit Loans pursuant to Section  4.2 [Interest Periods], by delivering to the Agent, not later than 10:00 a.m., Pittsburgh time, (i) four (4) Business Days prior to the proposed Borrowing Date with respect to the making of Revolving Credit Loans to which the Euro-Rate applies or the renewal of the Euro-Rate for any Loans; and (ii) four

 

- 8 -


 

(4) Business Days prior to either the proposed Borrowing Date with respect to the making of a Revolving Credit Loan to which the Fallback Rate (so long as the conditions requiring such Fallback Rate to be in effect still exist at such time) applies of a duly completed request therefor substantially in the form of Exhibit 2.5.1 or a request by telephone immediately confirmed in writing by letter, facsimile or telex in such form (each, a “Loan Request”), it being understood that the Agent may rely on the authority of any individual making such a telephonic request without the necessity of receipt of such written confirmation.  Each Loan Request shall be irrevocable and shall specify (i) the proposed Borrowing Date; (ii) the aggregate amount of the proposed Loans comprising each Borrowing Tranche, which shall be in integral multiples of Yen 50,000,000 and not less than Yen 50,000,000 for each Borrowing Tranche; and (iii)  an appropriate Interest Period for the Loans comprising such Borrowing Tranche. It is acknowledged and agreed that the principal amount of Yen 300,000,000 outstanding under the Existing Credit Facility as of the Closing Date shall be deemed for all purposes to be an outstanding Revolving Credit Loan under this Agreement effective as of the Closing Date.  Interest outstanding with respect to such amounts as of the Closing Date shall be paid by Borrower as agreed by Borrower and the Bank, but in no case later than March 23, 2012.

2.6

Making Loans .

2.6.1 Revolving Credit Loans .

The Agent shall, promptly after receipt by it of a Loan Request pursuant to Section  2.5.1 [Revolving Credit Loan Requests], notify the Banks of its receipt of such Loan Request specifying:  (i) the proposed Borrowing Date and the time and method of disbursement of the Revolving Credit Loans requested thereby; (ii) the amount of each such Revolving Credit Loan and the applicable Interest Period (which, absent such election, shall be conclusively deemed to be thirty (30) days); and (iii) the apportionment among the Banks of such Revolving Credit Loans as determined by the Agent in accordance with Section  2.2   [Nature of Banks' Obligations].  Each Bank shall remit the principal amount of each Revolving Credit Loan to the Agent such that the Agent is able to, and the Agent shall, to the extent the Banks have made funds available to it for such purpose and subject to Section  7.2 [Each Additional Loan], fund such Revolving Credit Loans to the Borrower in U.S. Dollars and immediately available funds at the Principal Office prior to 2:00 p.m., Pittsburgh time, on the applicable Borrowing Date, provided that if any Bank fails to remit such funds to the Agent in a timely manner, the Agent may elect in its sole discretion to fund with its own funds the Revolving Credit Loans of such Bank on such Borrowing Date, and such Bank shall be subject to the repayment obligation in Section  10.16 [Availability of Funds].

2.7

Notes .

2.7.1 Revolving Credit Notes .

The Obligation of the Borrower to repay the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Revolving Credit Loans made to it by each Bank, together with interest thereon, shall be evidenced by a Revolving Credit Note dated the Closing Date payable to the order of such Bank in a face amount equal to the Revolving Credit Commitment of such Bank.

2.8

Use of Proceeds .

2.8.1

Use of Proceeds .

The proceeds of the Revolving Credit Loans shall be used  (i) to refinance existing indebtedness of the Borrower under the Existing Credit Facility, (ii) to pay fees and expenses associated with the Credit Facilities, and (iii) for general corporate purposes, working capital and Permitted Acquisitions and in accordance with Section  8.1.10 [Use of Proceeds].

2.9

Reduction of Revolving Credit Commitment .

The Borrower shall have the right at any time and from time to time upon five (5) Business Days' prior written notice to the Agent to permanently reduce, in whole multiples of Yen 100,000,000 of principal, or terminate the Revolving Credit Commitment without penalty or premium, except as hereinafter set forth, provided

 

- 9 -


 

that any such reduction or termination shall be accompanied by prepayment of the Revolving Credit Notes, together with the full amount of interest accrued on the principal sum to be prepaid (and all amounts referred to in Section 5.6  hereof), to the extent that the aggregate amount thereof then outstanding exceeds the Revolving Credit Commitment as so reduced or terminated.

3. RESERVED

4. INTEREST RATES

4.1

Interest Rates .

The Borrower shall pay interest in respect of the outstanding unpaid principal amount of the Loans under the Euro-Rate set forth below applicable to the Loans, it being understood that, subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the Borrower may select different Interest Periods to apply simultaneously to the Loans comprising different Borrowing Tranches and may renew one or more Euro-Rate periods with respect to all or any portion of the Loans comprising any Borrowing Tranche, provided that there shall not be at any one time outstanding more than six (6) Borrowing Tranches in the aggregate among all of the Loans.  If at any time the designated rate applicable to any Loan made by any Bank exceeds such Bank's highest lawful rate, the rate of interest on such Bank's Loan shall be limited to such Bank's highest lawful rate.

4.1.1.

Revolving Credit Interest Rate .

(i) Revolving Credit Euro-Rate : A rate per annum (computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and actual days elapsed) equal to the Euro-Rate plus the Applicable Margin.

4.1.2.

Rate Quotations .

The Borrower may call the Agent on or before the date on which a Loan Request is to be delivered to receive an indication of the rates then in effect, but it is acknowledged that such projection shall not be binding on the Agent or the Banks nor affect the rate of interest which thereafter is actually in effect when the election is made.

4.2

Interest Periods .

At any time when the Borrower shall select or renew a Euro-Rate period, the Borrower shall notify the Agent thereof at least four (4) Business Days prior to the effective date of such selection or renewal by delivering a Loan Request.  The notice shall specify an Interest Period during which such Loan or renewal shall apply.  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the following provisions shall apply to any selection of or renewal of a Euro-Rate:

4.2.1.

Amount of Borrowing Tranche .

Each Borrowing Tranche of Euro-Rate Loans shall be in integral multiples of Yen 50,000,000 and not less than Yen 50,000,000;

4.2.2.

Renewals .

In the case of the renewal of a Euro-Rate at the end of an Interest Period, the first day of the new Interest Period shall be the last day of the preceding Interest Period, without duplication in payment of interest for such day.

 

- 10 -


 

4.3

Interest a fter Default .

To the extent permitted by Law, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default and until such time such Event of Default shall have been cured or waived:

4.3.1.

Interest Rate .

Section  4.1 [Interest Rates], respectively, shall be increased by 2.00% per annum; and

4.3.2.

Other Obligations .

Each other Obligation hereunder if not paid when due shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the sum of the rate of interest applicable under the Fallback Rate plus an additional 2.00% per annum from the time such Obligation becomes due and payable and until it is paid in full.

4.3.3.

Acknowledgment .

The Borrower acknowledges that the increase in rates referred to in this Section  4.3 reflects, among other things, the fact that such Loans or other amounts have become a substantially greater risk given their default status and that the Banks are entitled to additional compensation for such risk; and all such interest shall be payable by Borrower upon demand by Agent.

4.4

Euro-Rate Unascertainable; Illegality; Increased Costs; Deposits Not Available .

4.4.1.

Unascertainable .

If on any date on which a Euro-Rate would otherwise be determined, the Agent shall have determined that:

(i) adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining such Euro-Rate, or

(ii) a contingency has occurred which materially and adversely affects the London interbank Yen market relating to the Euro-Rate, the Agent shall have the rights specified in Section  4.4.3 .

4.4.2.

Illegality; Increased Costs; Deposits Not Available .

If at any time any Bank shall have determined that:

(i) the making, maintenance or funding of any Loan to which a Euro-Rate applies has been made impracticable or unlawful by compliance by such Bank in good faith with any Law or any interpretation or application thereof by any Official Body or with any request or directive of any such Official Body (whether or not having the force of Law), or

(ii) such Euro-Rate will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Bank of the establishment or maintenance of any such Loan, or

(iii) after making all reasonable efforts, deposits of the relevant amount in Dollars for the relevant Interest Period for a Loan, or to banks generally, to which a Euro-Rate applies, respectively, are not available to such Bank with respect to such Loan, or to banks generally, in the interbank eurodollar market, then the Agent shall have the rights specified in Section  4.4.3 .

 

- 11 -


 

4.4.3.

Agent's an d Bank's Rights .

In the case of any event specified in Section  4.4.1 above, the Agent shall promptly so notify the Banks and the Borrower thereof, and in the case of an event specified in Section  4.4.2 above, such Bank shall promptly so notify the Agent and endorse a certificate to such notice as to the specific circumstances of such notice, and the Agent shall promptly send copies of such notice and certificate to the other Banks and the Borrower.  Upon such date as shall be specified in such notice (which shall not be earlier than the date such notice is given), the obligation of (A) the Banks, in the case of such notice given by the Agent, or (B) such Bank, in the case of such notice given by such Bank, to allow the Borrower to select or renew a Euro-Rate shall be suspended until the Agent shall have later notified the Borrower, or such Bank shall have later notified the Agent, of the Agent's or such Bank's, as the case may be, determination that the circumstances giving rise to such previous determination no longer exist.  If at any time the Agent makes a determination under Section  4.4.1 and the Borrower has previously notified the Agent of its selection of or renewal of a Euro-Rate and such Interest Rate has not yet gone into effect, such notification shall be deemed to provide for selection of the Fallback Rate with respect to such Loans.  If any Bank notifies the Agent of a determination under Section  4.4.2 , the Borrower shall, subject to the Borrower's indemnification Obligations under Section  5.8 , as to any Loan of the Bank to which a Euro-Rate applies, on the date specified in such notice either convert such Loan to the Fallback Rate with respect to such Loan or prepay such Loan in accordance with Section  5.4 [Voluntary Prepayments].  Absent due notice from the Borrower of conversion or prepayment, such Loan shall automatically be converted to the Fallback Rate upon such specified date.

4.5

Selection of Interest Rates .

If the Borrower fails to select a new Interest Period to apply to any Borrowing Tranche of Loans under the Euro-Rate at the expiration of an existing Interest Period applicable to such Borrowing Tranche in accordance with the provisions of Section  4.2 [Interest Periods], the Borrower shall be deemed to have elected the thirty (30) day Euro Rate period commencing upon the last day of the existing Interest Period.

5. PAYMENTS

5.1

Payments .

All payments and prepayments to be made in respect of principal, interest or other fees or amounts due from the Borrower hereunder shall be payable prior to 11:00 a.m., Pittsburgh time, on the date when due without presentment, demand, protest or notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower, and without set-off, counterclaim or other deduction of any nature, and an action therefor shall immediately accrue.  Such payments shall be made to the Agent at the Principal Office for the ratable accounts of the Banks with respect to the Revolving Credit Loans in Yen and in immediately available funds, and the Agent shall promptly distribute such amounts to the Banks in immediately available funds, provided that in the event payments are received by 11:00 a.m., Pittsburgh time, by the Agent with respect to the Loans and such payments are not distributed to the Banks on the same day received by the Agent, the Agent shall pay the Banks the Federal Funds Effective Rate with respect to the amount of such payments for each day held by the Agent and not distributed to the Banks.  The Agent's and each Bank's statement of account, ledger or other relevant record shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive as the statement of the amount of principal of and interest on the Loans and other amounts owing under this Agreement and shall be deemed an “account stated.”

5.2

Pro Rata Treatment of Banks .

Each borrowing shall be allocated to each Bank according to its Ratable Share, and each selection of or renewal of any Interest Rate or application of the Fallback Rate and each payment or prepayment by the Borrower with respect to principal, interest or other fees or amounts due from the Borrower hereunder to the Banks with respect to the Loans, shall (except as provided in Section  4.4.3 [Agent's and Bank's Rights] in the case of an event specified in Section  4.4 [Euro-Rate Unascertainable; Etc.], 5.4.2 [Replacement of a Bank] or 5.6 [Increased Costs] ) be made in proportion to the applicable Loans outstanding from each Bank and, if no such Loans are then outstanding, in proportion to the Ratable Share of each Bank.

 

- 12 -


 

5.3

Interest P ayment Dates .

Interest on Loans to which the Euro-Rate applies shall be due and payable on the last day of each Interest Period for those Loans. Interest on mandatory prepayments of principal under Section  5.5 [Mandatory Prepayments] shall be due on the date such mandatory prepayment is due.  Interest on the principal amount of each Loan or other monetary Obligation shall be due and payable on demand after such principal amount or other monetary Obligation becomes due and payable (whether on the stated maturity date, upon acceleration or otherwise).

5.4

Voluntary Prepayments .

5.4.1.

Right to Prepay .

The Borrower shall have the right at its option from time to time to prepay the Loans in whole or part without premium or penalty (except as provided in Section  5.4.2 below or in Section  5.6 ):

(i) at any time with respect to any Loan to which the Fallback Rate applies,

(ii) on the last day of the applicable Interest Period with respect to Loans to which a Euro-Rate applies,

(iii) on the date specified in a notice by any Bank pursuant to Section  4.4 [Euro-Rate Unascertainable, Etc.] with respect to any Loan to which a Euro-Rate applies.

Whenever the Borrower desires to prepay any part of the Loans, it shall provide a prepayment notice to the Agent by 1:00 p.m. at least one (1) Business Day prior to the date of prepayment of Revolving Credit Loans, setting forth the following information:

(x) the date, which shall be a Business Day, on which the proposed prepayment is to be made;

(y) a statement indicating the application of the prepayment among the Revolving Credit Loans; and

(z) the total principal amount of such prepayment, which shall not be less than Yen 50,000,000 for any Revolving Credit Loan.

All prepayment notices shall be irrevocable.  The principal amount of the Loans for which a prepayment notice is given, together with interest on such principal amount except with respect to Loans to which the Fallback Rate applies, shall be due and payable on the date specified in such prepayment notice as the date on which the proposed prepayment is to be made. Except as provided in Section  4.4.3 [Agent's and Bank's rights], if the Borrower prepays a Loan but fails to specify the applicable Borrowing Tranche which the Borrower is prepaying, the prepayment shall be applied (i) first to Revolving Credit Loans and (ii) after giving effect to the allocations in clause (i) above first to Loans to which the Fallback Rate applies, then to Loans to which the Euro-Rate applies. Any prepayment hereunder shall be subject to the Borrower's Obligation to indemnify the Banks under Section  5.8 [Indemnity].

5.4.2.

Replacement of a Bank .

In the event any Bank (i) gives notice under Section  4.4 [Euro-Rate Unascertainable, Etc.] or Section  5.6 , (ii) does not fund Revolving Credit Loans because the making of such Loans would contravene any Law applicable to such Bank, or (iii) becomes subject to the control of an Official Body (other than normal and customary supervision), then the Borrower shall have the right at its option, with the consent of the Agent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, to prepay the Loans of such Bank in whole, together with all interest accrued

 

- 13 -


 

thereon, and terminate such Bank's Commitment within ninety (90) days after (x) receipt of such Bank's notice under Section  4.4 [Euro-Rate Unascertainable, Etc.] or 5.6 , (y) the date such Bank has failed to fund Revolving Credit Loans because the making of such Loans would contravene Law applicable to such Bank, or (z) the date such Bank became subject to the control of an Official Body, as applicable; provided that the Borrower shall also pay to such Bank at the time of such prepayment any amounts required under Section  5.6 and any accrued interest due on such amount and any related fees; provided , however, that the Commitment of such Bank shall be provided by one or more of the remaining Banks or a replacement bank acceptable to the Agent; provided , further, the remaining Banks shall have no obligation hereunder to increase their Commitments. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Agent may only be replaced subject to the requirements of Section  10.14 [Successor Agent].

5.4.3.

Change of Lending Office .

Each Bank agrees that upon the occurrence of any event giving rise to increased costs or other special payments under Section  4.4.2 [Illegality, Etc.] or 5.6 with respect to such Bank, it will if requested by the Borrower, use reasonable efforts (subject to overall policy considerations of such Bank) to designate another lending office for any Loans affected by such event, provided that such designation is made on such terms that such Bank and its lending office suffer no economic, legal or regulatory disadvantage, with the object of avoiding the consequence of the event giving rise to the operation of such Section.  Nothing in this Section  5.4.3 shall affect or postpone any of the Obligations of the Borrower or any other Loan Party or the rights of the Agent or any Bank provided in this Agreement.

5.5

Reserved .

5.6

Increased Costs .

5.6.1

Increased Costs Generally . If any Change in Law shall:

(i) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan, insurance charge or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended or participated in by, any Bank (except any reserve requirement reflected in the Euro-Rate);

(ii) subjects any Bank to any tax or changes the basis of taxation with respect to this Agreement, the Notes, the Loans or payments by the Borrower of principal, interest or other amounts due from the Borrower hereunder or under the Notes (except for taxes on the overall net income of such Bank); or

(iii) impose on any Bank or the London interbank market any other condition, cost or expense affecting this Agreement or any Loan under the Euro-Rate made by such;

and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Bank of making or maintaining any Loan under the Euro-Rate (or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Loan), or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Bank hereunder (whether of principal, interest or any other amount) then, upon request of such Bank, the Borrower will pay to such Bank such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Bank, for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.

5.6.2.

Capital Requirements .

If any Bank determines that any Change in Law affecting such Bank or any lending office of such Bank or such Bank's holding company, if any, regarding capital requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Bank's capital or on the capital of such Bank's holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement, the Commitments of such Bank or the Loans made by,  such Bank, to a level below that which such Bank or such Bank's holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Bank's policies and the policies of such Bank's holding company with respect to capital adequacy), then from time to time the Borrower will pay to such Bank, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Bank or such Bank's holding company for any such reduction suffered.

 

- 14 -


 

5.6.3 Certificates for Reimbursement; Repayment of Outstanding Loans; Borrowing of New Loans . A certificate of a Bank setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Bank or its holding company, as the case may be, as specified in Section 5.6.1 [Increased Costs Generally] or 5.6.2 [Capital Requ irements] and setting forth in reasonable detail the calculations necessary to determine such amount or amounts, and delivered to the Borrower shall be conclusive absent manifest error.  The Borrower shall pay such Bank the amount shown as due on any such certificate within ten (10) days after receipt thereof.

5.6.4 Delay in Requests .  Failure or delay on the part of any Bank to demand compensation pursuant to this Section shall not constitute a waiver of such Bank's right to demand such compensation, provided that the Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Bank pursuant to this Section for any increased costs incurred or reductions suffered more than six (6) months prior to the date that such Bank notifies the Borrower of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Bank's intention to claim compensation therefor (except that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the six (6) month period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof).

5.7 Reserved .

5.8 Indemnity . In addition to the compensation or payments required by Section 5.6, the Borrower shall indemnify each Bank against all liabilities, losses or expenses (including loss of anticipated profits, any foreign exchange losses and any loss or expense arising from the liquidation or reemployment of funds obtained by it to maintain such Loan, from fees payable to terminate the deposits from which such funds were obtained or from the performance of any foreign exchange contract) which such Bank sustains or incurs as a consequence of any:

(i) payment, prepayment, or renewal of any Loan to which a Euro-Rate applies on a day other than the last day of the corresponding Interest Period (whether or not such payment or prepayment is mandatory, voluntary or automatic and whether or not such payment or prepayment is then due),

(ii) attempt by Borrower to revoke (expressly, by later inconsistent notices or otherwise) in whole or part any Loan Requests under Section 2.5 [Revolving Credit Loan Requests] or Section 4.2 [Interest Periods] or notice relating to prepayments under Section 5.4  [Voluntary Prepayments], or

(iii) default by  Borrower in the performance or observance of any covenant or condition contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document, including any failure of the Borrower to pay when due (by acceleration or otherwise) any principal, interest or any other amount due hereunder.

If any Bank sustains or incurs any such loss or expense, it shall from time to time notify the Borrower of the amount determined in good faith by such Bank (which determination may include such assumptions, allocations of costs and expenses and averaging or attribution methods as such Bank shall deem reasonable) to be necessary to indemnify such Bank for such loss or expense.  Such notice shall set forth in reasonable detail the basis for such determination.  Such amount shall be due and payable by the Borrower to such Bank ten (10) Business Days after such notice is given.

6. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

6.1

Representations and Warranties .

The Loan Parties, jointly and severally, represent and warrant to the Agent and each of the Banks as follows:

6.1.1. Organization and Qualification .

Borrower is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization.  Borrower has the lawful power to own or lease its properties and to engage in the business it presently conducts or proposes to conduct.  Borrower is duly licensed or qualified and in

 

- 15 -


 

good standing in each jurisdiction where failure to be so licensed or qualified and in good standing would result in a Material Adverse Effect.

6.1.2. Capitalization and Ownership .

The authorized capital stock of the Borrower consists of 200 shares of common stock, issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2011. All of the outstanding capital stock of the Borrower is owned directly or indirectly by II-VI Incorporated.

6.1.3. [Reserved] .

6.1.4. Power and Authority .

Each Loan Party has full power to enter into, execute, deliver and carry out this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party, to incur the Indebtedness contemplated by the Loan Documents and to perform its Obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party, and all such actions have been duly authorized by all necessary proceedings on its part.

6.1.5. Validity and Binding Effect .

This Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by each Loan Party, and each other Loan Document which such Loan Party is required to execute and deliver on or after the date hereof will have been duly executed and delivered by such Loan Party on the required date of delivery of such Loan Document.  This Agreement and each other Loan Document constitutes, or will constitute, legal, valid and binding obligations of each Loan Party which is or will be a party thereto on and after its date of delivery thereof, enforceable against such Loan Party in accordance with its terms, except to the extent that enforceability of any of such Loan Document may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws affecting the enforceability of creditors' rights generally or limiting the right of specific performance.

6.1.6. No Conflict .

Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents by Borrower nor the consummation of the transactions herein or therein contemplated or compliance with the terms and provisions hereof or thereof by it will conflict with, constitute a default under or result in any breach of (i) the terms and conditions of the certificate of incorporation, bylaws, certificate of limited partnership, partnership agreement, certificate of formation, limited liability company agreement or other organizational documents of Borrower or (ii) to the knowledge of the Loan Parties, any Law having a Material Adverse Effect or any material agreement or instrument or order, writ, judgment, injunction or decree to which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which it or any of its Subsidiaries is bound or to which it is subject, or result in the creation or enforcement of any Lien, charge or encumbrance whatsoever upon any property (now or hereafter acquired) of Borrower (other than Liens granted under the Loan Documents), except those which will not result in a Material Adverse Effect.

6.1.7. Litigation .

There are no actions, suits, proceedings or investigations pending or, to the knowledge of Borrower, threatened against Borrower or any Subsidiary of Borrower at law or equity before any Official Body which individually or in the aggregate may result in any Material Adverse Change.  None of the Borrower or any Subsidiaries of Borrower is in violation of any order, writ, injunction or any decree of any Official Body which may result in any Material Adverse Change.

6.1.8. Title to Properties .

Borrower has good and marketable title to or valid leasehold interest in all properties, assets and other rights which it purports to own or lease or which are reflected as owned or leased on its books and records and subject to the terms and conditions of the applicable leases.  All leases of property are in full force and

 

- 16 -


 

effect without the necessity for any consent which has not previously been obtained upon consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

6.1.9 Material Adverse Change .

Since December 31, 2011, no Material Adverse Change has occurred.

6.1.10.

Use of Proceeds; Margin Stock .

The Loan Parties intend to use the proceeds of the Loans in accordance with Sections  2.8 and 8.1.10. None of the Borrower or any Subsidiaries of Borrower engages or intends to engage principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose, immediately, incidentally or ultimately, of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U).  No part of the proceeds of any Loan has been or will be used, immediately, incidentally or ultimately, to purchase or carry any margin stock or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any margin stock or to refund Indebtedness originally incurred for such purpose, or for any purpose which entails a violation of or which is inconsistent with the provisions of the regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.  None of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of Borrower holds or intends to hold margin stock in such amounts that more than 25% of the reasonable value of the assets of Borrower or Subsidiary of Borrower are or will be represented by margin stock.

6.1.11.

Full Disclosure .

Neither this Agreement nor any other Loan Document, nor any certificate, statement, agreement or other documents furnished to the Agent or any Bank in connection herewith or therewith, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained herein and therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.  There is no fact known to Borrower which has a Material Adverse Effect on the business, property, assets, financial condition, results of operations or prospects of Borrower or Subsidiary of Borrower which has not been set forth in this Agreement or in the certificates, statements, agreements or other documents furnished by the Borrower in writing to the Agent and the Banks prior to or at the date hereof in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.

6.1.12.

Taxes .

All federal, state, local and other tax returns required to have been filed with respect to the Borrower and each Subsidiary of each Loan Party have been filed, and payment or adequate provision has been made for the payment of all taxes, fees, assessments and other governmental charges which have or may become due pursuant to said returns or to assessments received, except to the extent that such taxes, fees, assessments and other charges are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and for which such reserves or other appropriate provisions, if any, as shall be required by GAAP shall have been made or do not result in a Material Adverse Change.  There are no agreements or waivers extending the statutory period of limitations applicable to any federal income tax return of Borrower or Subsidiary of Borrower for any period.

6.1.13.

Consents and Approvals .

To the knowledge of the Loan Parties, no consent, approval, exemption, order or authorization of, or a registration or filing with, any Official Body or any other Person is required by any Law or any agreement in connection with the execution, delivery and carrying out of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents by Borrower, except as listed on Schedule 6.1.13 , all of which shall have been obtained or made on or prior to the Closing Date except as otherwise indicated on Schedule 6.1.13 .

6.1.14.

No Event of Default; Compliance with Instruments .

No event has occurred and is continuing and no condition exists or will exist after giving effect to the borrowings or other extensions of credit to be made on the Closing Date under or pursuant to the Loan Documents which constitutes an Event of Default or Potential Default.  None of the Loan Parties, or to the Loan

 

- 17 -


 

Parties’ knowledge, any Subsidiary of Borrower which is not itself a Loan Party is in violation of (i) any term of its certificate of incorporation, bylaws, certificate of limited partnership, partnership agreement, certificate of formation, limited liability company agreement or other organizational documents or (ii) any material agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it or any of its properties may be subject or bound where such violation would constitute a Material Adverse Change.

6.1.15.

Patents, Trademarks, Copyrights, Licenses, Etc .

Borrower and each Subsidiary of Borrower owns or possesses all the material patents, trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights, licenses, registrations, franchises, permits and rights necessary to own and operate its properties and to carry on its business as presently conducted and planned to be conducted by Borrower or any Subsidiary, without known possible, alleged or actual conflict with the rights of others, except where the failure to satisfy this representation would not result in a Material Adverse Change.

6.1.16.

Insurance .

All material insurance policies to which Borrower or any Subsidiary of Borrower is a party, are valid and in full force and effect, no notice has been given or claim made and no grounds exist to cancel or avoid any of such policies or bonds or to reduce the coverage provided thereby, and such policies and bonds provide adequate coverage from reputable and financially sound insurers in amounts sufficient to insure the assets and risks of Borrower and each Subsidiary of Borrower in accordance with prudent business practice in the industry of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

6.1.17.

Compliance with Laws .

To the knowledge of the Loan Parties,  Borrower and each Subsidiary of Borrower are in compliance in all material respects with all applicable Laws in all jurisdictions in which Borrower or Subsidiary of Borrower is presently or will be doing business except where the failure to do so would not constitute a Material Adverse Change.

6.1.18. Solvency .

On the date hereof, and as of the date of each advance of the Loan and after giving effect to such advance each Loan Party is, and shall be, Solvent.

6.2

Updates to Schedules .

Should any of the information or disclosures provided on any of the Schedules attached hereto become outdated or incorrect in any material respect, the Borrower shall promptly provide the Agent in writing with such revisions or updates to such Schedule as may be necessary or appropriate to update or correct same; provided , however, that no Schedule shall be deemed to have been amended, modified or superseded by any such correction or update, nor shall any breach of warranty or representation resulting from the inaccuracy or incompleteness of any such Schedule be deemed to have been cured thereby, unless and until the Required Banks, in their sole and absolute discretion, shall have accepted in writing such revisions or updates to such Schedule.

 

- 18 -


 

7. CONDITION S OF LENDING

The obligation of each Bank to make is subject to the performance by each of the Loan Parties of its Obligations to be performed hereunder at or prior to the making of any such Loans  to the satisfaction of the following further conditions:

7.1

First Loans .

On the Closing Date:

7.1.1.

Officer's Certificate .

The representations and warranties of each of the Loan Parties contained in Section  6 and in each of the other Loan Documents shall be true and accurate on and as of the Closing Date with the same effect as though such representations and warranties had been made on and as of such date (except representations and warranties which relate solely to an earlier date or time, which representations and warranties shall be true and correct on and as of the specific dates or times referred to therein), and each of the Loan Parties shall have performed and complied with all covenants and conditions hereof and thereof, no Event of Default or Potential Default shall have occurred and be continuing or shall exist; and there shall be delivered to the Agent for the benefit of each Bank a certificate of each of the Loan Parties, dated the Closing Date and signed by the Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer or Treasurer of each of the Loan Parties, to each such effect.

7.1.2.

Secretary's Certificate .

There shall be delivered to the Agent for the benefit of each Bank a certificate dated the Closing Date and signed by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of each of the Loan Parties, certifying as appropriate as to:

(i) all action taken by each Loan Party in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

(ii) the names of the officer or officers authorized to sign this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and the true signatures of such officer or officers and specifying the Authorized Officers permitted to act on behalf of each Loan Party for purposes of this Agreement and the true signatures of such officers, on which the Agent and each Bank may conclusively rely; and

(iii) copies of its organizational documents, including its certificate of incorporation, bylaws, certificate of limited partnership, partnership agreement, certificate of formation, and limited liability company agreement as in effect on the Closing Date certified by the appropriate state official where such documents are filed in a state office together with certificates from the appropriate state officials as to the continued existence and good standing of each Loan Party in each state where organized or qualified to do business.

7.1.3.

Delivery of Loan Documents .

The Guaranty Agreement and the Notes shall have been duly executed and delivered to the Agent for the benefit of the Banks.

7.1.4.

Reserved .

7.1.5.

Legal Details .

All legal details and proceedings in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent and counsel for the Agent, and the Agent shall have received all such other counterpart originals or certified or other copies of such

 

- 19 -


 

documents and proceedings in connection with such transactions, in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent and said counsel, as the Agent or said counsel may reasonably request.

7.1.6.

Payment of Fees .

The Borrower shall have paid or caused to be paid to the Agent for itself and for the account of the Banks all other commitment and other fees accrued through the Closing Date and the costs and expenses for which the Agent and the Banks are entitled to be reimbursed.

7.1.7.

Consents .

All material consents required to effectuate the transactions contemplated hereby as set forth on Schedule 6.1.13 shall have been obtained.

7.1.8.

Officer's Certificate Regarding MACs .

Since December 31, 2011, no Material Adverse Change shall have occurred; prior to the Closing Date, there shall have been no material change in the management of Borrower or Subsidiary of Borrower; and there shall have been delivered to the Agent for the benefit of each Bank a certificate dated the Closing Date and signed by the Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer or Treasurer of each Loan Party to each such effect.

7.1.9.

No Violation of Laws .

The making of the Loans shall not contravene any Law applicable to Borrower or any of the Banks.

7.1.10.

No Actions or Proceedings .

No action, proceeding, investigation, regulation or legislation shall have been instituted, threatened or proposed before any court, governmental agency or legislative body to enjoin, restrain or prohibit, or to obtain damages in respect of, this Agreement, the other Loan Documents  or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or which, in the Agent's sole discretion, would make it inadvisable to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents.

7.1.13.

Insurance Policies .

The Borrower shall have delivered evidence acceptable to the Agent that adequate insurance in compliance with Section  8.1.3 [Maintenance of Insurance] is in full force and effect and that all premiums then due thereon have been paid.

7.1.14.

Refinancing .

All outstanding indebtedness of the Borrower under the Existing Credit Agreement shall have been, or contemporaneously shall be, refinanced under this Credit Agreement.

7.2

Each Additional Loan .

At the time of making any Loans other than Loans made on the Closing Date and after giving effect to the proposed extensions of credit:  the representations and warranties of the Loan Parties contained in Section  6 and in the other Loan Documents shall be true on and as of the date of such additional Loan with the same effect as though such representations and warranties had been made on and as of such date (except representations and warranties which expressly relate solely to an earlier date or time, which representations and warranties shall be true and correct on and as of the specific dates or times referred to therein) and the Loan Parties shall have performed and complied with all covenants and conditions hereof; no Event of Default or Potential Default shall

 

- 20 -


 

have occurred and be continuing or shall exist; the making of the Loans shall not contravene any Law applicable to Borrower or Subsidiary of Borrower or any of the Banks; and the Borrower shall have delivered to the Agent a duly executed and completed Loan Request.

8. COVENANT S

8.1

Affirmative Covenants .

The Loan Parties, jointly and severally, covenant and agree that until payment in full of the Loans, and interest thereon, satisfaction of all of the Loan Parties' other Obligations under the Loan Documents and termination of the Commitments, the Loan Parties shall comply at all times with the following affirmative covenants:

8.1.1.

Preservation of Existence, Etc .

Each Loan Party shall, and Borrower shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, maintain its legal existence as a corporation, limited partnership or limited liability company and its license or qualification and good standing in each jurisdiction in which its ownership or lease of property or the nature of its business makes such license or qualification necessary, except as otherwise expressly permitted in Section  8.2.6 [Liquidations, Mergers, Etc.] or where the failure to be so licensed or qualified and in good standing would not constitute a Material Adverse Change.

8.1.2.

Payment of Liabilities, Including Taxes, Etc .

Borrower shall and Borrower shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, duly pay and discharge all liabilities to which it is subject or which are asserted against it, promptly as and when the same shall become due and payable, including all taxes, assessments and governmental charges upon it or any of its properties, assets, income or profits, prior to the date on which penalties attach thereto, except to the extent that such liabilities, including taxes, assessments or charges, are being contested in good faith and by appropriate and lawful proceedings diligently conducted and for which such reserve or other appropriate provisions, if any, as shall be required by GAAP shall have been made, but only to the extent that failure to discharge any such liabilities would not result in any additional liability which would result in a Material Adverse Change to the financial condition of Borrower or Subsidiary of Borrower or which would result in a Material Adverse Effect on any assets of  Borrower, provided that Borrower will pay all such liabilities forthwith upon the commencement of proceedings to foreclose any Lien which may have attached as security therefor.

8.1.3.

Maintenance of Insurance .

Borrower shall, and Borrower shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, insure its properties and assets against loss or damage by fire and such other insurable hazards as such assets are commonly insured (including fire, extended coverage, property damage, workers’ compensation, public liability and business interruption insurance) and against other risks (including errors and omissions) in such amounts as similar properties and assets are insured by prudent companies in similar circumstances carrying on similar businesses, and with reputable and financially sound insurers, including self-insurance to the extent customary, all as reasonably determined by the Agent.

8.1.4.

Maintenance of Properties and Leases .

Borrower shall, and Borrower shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, maintain in good repair, working order and condition (ordinary wear and tear excepted) in accordance with the general practice of other businesses of similar character and size, all of those properties useful or necessary to its business, and from time to time, Borrower and its Subsidiaries will make or cause to be made all appropriate repairs, renewals or replacements thereof.

 

- 21 -


 

8.1.5.

Maintenance of Pa tents, Trademarks, Etc .

Borrower shall, and Borrower shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, maintain in full force and effect all patents, trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights, licenses, franchises, permits and other authorizations necessary for the ownership and operation of its properties and business if the failure so to maintain the same would constitute a Material Adverse Change.

8.1.6.

Visitation Rights .

Borrower shall, and Borrower shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, permit any of the officers or authorized employees or representatives of the Agent or any of the Banks to visit and inspect any of its properties and to examine and make excerpts from its books and records and discuss its business affairs, finances and accounts with its officers, all in such detail and at such times and as often as any of the Banks may reasonably request, provided that each Bank shall provide the Borrower with reasonable notice prior to any visit or inspection.  In the event any Bank desires to conduct an audit of Borrower, such Bank shall make a reasonable effort to conduct such audit contemporaneously with any audit to be performed by the Agent, provided that such Bank makes reasonable efforts not to interfere with the ordinary business operations of such Loan Party and that such audit does not interfere with any audit being performed by such Loan Party’s internal or external auditors.

8.1.7.

Keeping of Records and Books of Account .

The Borrower shall, and shall cause each Subsidiary of the Borrower to, maintain and keep proper books of record and account which enable the Borrower and its Subsidiaries to issue financial statements in accordance with Borrower’s past practices and as otherwise required by applicable Laws of any Official Body having jurisdiction over the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower, and in which full, true and correct entries shall be made in all material respects of all its dealings and business and financial affairs.

8.1.8.

[Reserved] .

8.1.9.

Compliance with Laws .

Borrower shall, and Borrower shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, comply with all applicable Laws, in all respects, provided that it shall not be deemed to be a violation of this Section  8.1.9 if any failure to comply with any Law would not result in fines, penalties, remediation costs, other similar liabilities or injunctive relief which in the aggregate would constitute a Material Adverse Change.

8.1.10.

Use of Proceeds .

The Borrower will use the proceeds of the Loans only as contemplated in Section 2.8.1 hereof.  The Borrower shall not use the proceeds of the Loans for any purposes which contravenes any applicable Law or any provision hereof.

8.1.11.

Anti-Terrorism Laws .

None of the Loan Parties is or shall be (i) a Person with whom any Bank is restricted from doing business under Executive Order No. 13224 or any other Anti-Terrorism Law, (ii) engaged in any business involved in making or receiving any contribution of funds, goods or services to or for the benefit of such a Person or in any transaction that evades or avoids, or has the purpose of evading or avoiding, the prohibitions set forth in any Anti-Terrorism Law, or (iii) otherwise in violation of any Anti-Terrorism Law.  The Loan Parties shall provide to the Banks any certifications or information that a Bank requests to confirm compliance by the Loan Parties with Anti-Terrorism Laws.

 

- 22 -


 

8.2

Negative Covenants .

The Loan Parties, jointly and severally, covenant and agree that until payment in full of the Loans, and interest thereon, satisfaction of all of the Loan Parties' other Obligations hereunder and termination of the Commitments, the Loan Parties shall comply with the following negative covenants:

8.2.1.

Liquidations, Mergers, Consolidations, Acquisitions .

Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, dissolve, liquidate or wind-up its affairs.

8.2.2.

Affiliate Transactions .

Borrower shall not, and Borrower shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, enter into or carry out any transaction (including purchasing property or services from or selling property or services to any Affiliate of Borrower or other Person) unless such transaction is not otherwise prohibited by this Agreement, is entered into in the ordinary course of business upon fair and reasonable arm's-length terms and conditions which are in accordance with all applicable Law.

8.2.3.

Continuation of or Change in Business .

Borrower shall not, and Borrower shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, engage in any business or operations other than ones complimentary to those of the Loan parties substantially as conducted and operated by such Borrower or Subsidiary during the present fiscal year, and such Borrower or Subsidiary shall not permit any material change in such business.

8.2.4.

Fiscal Year .

The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any Subsidiary of the Borrower to, change its fiscal year from the twelve-month period beginning July 1 and ending June 30.

8.2.5.

Issuance of Stock .

Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, issue any additional shares of its capital stock or any options, warrants or other rights in respect thereof.

8.3

Reporting Requirements .

The Loan Parties, jointly and severally, covenant and agree that until payment in full of the Loans, and interest thereon,  satisfaction of all of the Loan Parties' other Obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and termination of the Commitments, the Loan Parties will furnish or cause to be furnished to the Agent and each of the Banks:

8.3.1.

Quarterly Financial Statements .

Guarantor shall provide quarterly statements as required under Section 8.3.1 of the Guarantor Credit Agreement.

8.3.2.

Annual Financial Statements .

Guarantor shall provide annual statements as required under Section 8.3.2 of the Guarantor Credit Agreement

 

- 23 -


 

8.3.3.

Certifica te of Borrower .

Concurrently with the financial statements furnished to the Agent and to the Banks pursuant to Sections  8.3.1 [Quarterly Financial Statements] and 8.3.2 [Annual Financial Statements], a certificate (each a “Compliance Certificate”) of the Borrower signed by the Chief Executive Officer, President  Chief Financial Officer or Treasurer of the Borrower to the effect that, except as described pursuant to Section  8.3.4 [Notice of Default], (i) the representations and warranties of the Borrower contained in Section  6 and in the other Loan Documents are true on and as of the date of such certificate with the same effect as though such representations and warranties had been made on and as of such date (except representations and warranties which expressly relate solely to an earlier date or time) and the Loan Parties have performed and complied with all covenants and conditions hereof, and (ii) no Event of Default or Potential Default exists and is continuing on the date of such certificate.

8.3.4.

Notice of Default .

Promptly after any officer of Borrower has learned of the occurrence of an Event of Default or Potential Default, a certificate signed by the Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer or Treasurer of such Loan Party setting forth the details of such Event of Default or Potential Default and the action which the such Loan Party proposes to take with respect thereto.

8.3.5.

Notice of Litigation .

Promptly after the commencement thereof, notice of all actions, suits, proceedings or investigations before or by any Official Body or any other Person against Borrower or Subsidiary of Borrower which relate to any assets of Borrower, involve a claim or series of claims in excess of Yen 50,000,000  or which if adversely determined would constitute a Material Adverse Change.

8.3.6.

Other Reports and Information .

Promptly upon their becoming available to the Borrower:

(i) a copy of any order in any proceeding to which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is a party issued by any Official Body, and

(ii) such other reports and information as any of the Banks may from time to time reasonably request.  The Borrower shall also notify the Banks promptly of the enactment or adoption of any Law which may result in a Material Adverse Change.

9. DEFAULT

9.1

Events of Default.

An Event of Default shall mean the occurrence or existence of any one or more of the following events or conditions (whatever the reason therefor and whether voluntary, involuntary or effected by operation of Law):

9.1.1.

Payments Under Loan Documents.

The Borrower shall fail to pay any principal of any Loan (including scheduled installments, mandatory prepayments or the payment due at maturity) or shall fail to pay any interest on any Loan or any other amount owing hereunder or under the other Loan Documents after such principal, interest or other amount becomes due in accordance with the terms hereof or thereof;

 

- 24 -


 

9.1.2.

Breach of Warranty.

Any representation or warranty made at any time by any of the Loan Parties herein or by any of the Loan Parties in any other Loan Document, or in any certificate, other instrument or statement furnished pursuant to the provisions hereof or thereof, shall prove to have been false or misleading in any material respect as of the time it was made or furnished;

9.1.3.

Breach of Negative Covenants or Visitation Rights .

Any of the Loan Parties shall default in the observance or performance of any covenant contained in Section  8.1.6 [Visitation Rights] or Section  8.2 [Negative Covenants];

9.1.4.

Breach of Other Covenants .

Any of the Loan Parties shall default in the observance or performance of any other covenant, condition or provision hereof or of any other Loan Document and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of ten (10) Business Days after any officer of Borrower becomes aware of the occurrence thereof (such grace period to be applicable only in the event such default can be remedied by corrective action of the Loan Parties as determined by the Agent in its sole discretion);

9.1.5.

Defaults in Other Agreements or Indebtedness .

A default or event of default shall occur at any time under the terms of any agreement involving borrowed money or the extension of credit or any other Indebtedness under which Borrower or Subsidiary of Borrower may be obligated as a borrower or guarantor in excess of Yen 50,000,000 in the aggregate, and such breach, default or event of default consists of the failure to pay (beyond any period of grace permitted with respect thereto, whether waived or not) any indebtedness when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) or if such breach or default permits or causes the acceleration of any indebtedness (whether or not such right shall have been waived) or the termination of any commitment to lend;

9.1.6.

Final Judgments or Orders .

Any final judgments or orders for the payment of money in excess of Yen 50,000,000 in the aggregate shall be entered against Borrower by a court having jurisdiction in the premises, which judgment is not discharged, vacated, bonded or stayed pending appeal within a period of thirty (30) days from the date of entry;

9.1.7.

Loan Document Unenforceable .

Any of the Loan Documents shall cease to be legal, valid and binding agreements enforceable against the party executing the same or such party's successors and assigns (as permitted under the Loan Documents) in accordance with the respective terms thereof or shall in any way be terminated (except in accordance with its terms) or become or be declared ineffective or inoperative or shall in any way be challenged or contested or cease to give or provide the respective Liens, security interests, rights, titles, interests, remedies, powers or privileges intended to be created thereby;

9.1.8.

Uninsured Losses; Proceedings Against Assets .

There shall occur any material uninsured damage to or loss, theft or destruction of any of assets of Borrower in excess of Yen 50,000,000 or such assets or any other of the Loan Parties' or any of their Subsidiaries' assets in excess of  Yen 50,000,000 are attached, seized, levied upon or subjected to a writ or distress warrant; or such come within the possession of any receiver, trustee, custodian or assignee for the benefit of creditors and the same is not cured within thirty (30) days thereafter;

9.1.9.

Reserved .

 

- 25 -


 

9.1.10.

In solvency .

Borrower ceases to be Solvent or admits in writing its inability to pay its debts as they mature;

9.1.11.

Default Under Guarantor Credit Agreement .

An Event of Default (as defined in the Guarantor Credit Agreement) shall occur under the Guarantor Credit Agreement.

9.1.12.

Cessation of Business .

Borrower or Subsidiary of a Loan Party ceases to conduct its business as contemplated or Borrower or Subsidiary of a Loan Party is enjoined, restrained or in any way prevented by court order from conducting all or any material part of its business and such injunction, restraint or other preventive order is not dismissed within thirty (30) days after the entry thereof;

9.1.13.

Change of Control .

(i) Any person or group of persons (within the meaning of Sections 13(d) or 14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) shall have acquired beneficial ownership of (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under said Act) 10% or more of the voting capital stock of II-VI Incorporated; or (ii) within a period of twelve (12) consecutive calendar months, individuals who were directors of II-VI Incorporated or a subsidiary of II-VI Incorporated which owns the Borrower on the first day of such period shall cease to constitute a majority of the board of directors of II-VI Incorporated; or (iii) II-VI Incorporated or a subsidiary of II-VI Incorporated which owns the Borrower shall fail to own, directly or indirectly, 100% of the equity of the Borrower (the events described in Subpart (i), (ii) or (iii) being a “Change of Control”).

9.1.14.

Involuntary Proceedings .

A proceeding shall have been instituted in a court having jurisdiction in the premises seeking a decree or order for relief in respect of Borrower or Subsidiary of a Loan Party in an involuntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or for the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator, conservator (or similar official) of Borrower or Subsidiary of a Loan Party for any substantial part of its property, or for the winding-up or liquidation of its affairs, and such proceeding shall remain undismissed or unstayed and in effect for a period of sixty (60) consecutive days or such court shall enter a decree or order granting any of the relief sought in such proceeding; or

9.1.15.

Voluntary Proceedings .

Borrower or Subsidiary of a Loan Party shall commence a voluntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, shall consent to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any such law, or shall consent to the appointment or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator, conservator (or other similar official) of itself or for any substantial part of its property or shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or shall fail generally to pay its debts as they become due, or shall take any action in furtherance of any of the foregoing.

9.2

Consequences of Event of Default .

9.2.1. Events of Default Other Than Bankruptcy, Insolvency or Reorganization Proceedings .

If an Event of Default specified under Sections  9.1.1 through 9.1.13 shall occur and be continuing, the Banks and the Agent shall be under no further obligation to make Loans and the Agent may, and

 

- 26 -


 

upon the request of the Required Banks, shall by written notice to the Loan Parties, declare the unpaid principal amount of the Notes then outstanding and all interest accrued thereon, any unpaid fees and all other Indebtedness of the Borrower to the Banks hereunder and thereunder to be forthwith due and payable, and the same shall thereupon become and be immediately due and payable to the Agent for the benefit of each Bank without presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived.

9.2.2.

Bankruptcy, Insolvency or Reorganization Proceedings .

If an Event of Default specified under Section  9.1.14 [Involuntary Proceedings] or 9.1.15 [Voluntary Proceedings] shall occur, the Banks shall be under no further obligations to make Loans hereunder and the unpaid principal amount of the Loans then outstanding and all interest accrued thereon, any unpaid fees and all other Indebtedness of the Borrower to the Banks hereunder and thereunder shall be immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived; and

9.2.3.

Set-off .

If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, any Bank to whom any Obligation is owed by Borrower hereunder or under any other Loan Document or any participant of such Bank which has agreed in writing to be bound by the provisions of Section  10.13 [Equalization of Banks] and any branch, Subsidiary or Affiliate of such Bank or participant anywhere in the world shall have the right, in addition to all other rights and remedies available to it, without notice to such Loan Party, to set-off against and apply to the then unpaid balance of all the Loans and all other Obligations of the Borrower and the other Loan Parties hereunder or under any other Loan Document any debt owing to, and any other funds held in any manner for the account of, the Borrower or such other Loan Party by such Bank or participant or by such branch, Subsidiary or Affiliate, including all funds in all deposit accounts (whether time or demand, general or special, provisionally credited or finally credited, or otherwise) now or hereafter maintained by the Borrower or such other Loan Party for its own account (but not including funds held in custodian or trust accounts) with such Bank or participant or such branch, Subsidiary or Affiliate.  Such right shall exist whether or not any Bank or the Agent shall have made any demand under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, whether or not such debt owing to or funds held for the account of the Borrower or such other Loan Party is or are matured or unmatured and regardless of the existence or adequacy of any Guaranty or any other security, right or remedy available to any Bank or the Agent; and

9.2.4.

Suits, Actions, Proceedings .

If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, and whether or not the Agent shall have accelerated the maturity of Loans pursuant to any of the foregoing provisions of this Section 9.2, the Agent or any Bank, if owed any amount with respect to the Loans, may proceed to protect and enforce its rights by suit in equity, action at law and/or other appropriate proceeding, whether for the specific performance of any covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, including as permitted by applicable Law the obtaining of the ex parte appointment of a receiver, and, if such amount shall have become due, by declaration or otherwise, proceed to enforce the payment thereof or any other legal or equitable right of the Agent or such Bank; and

9.2.5.

Application of Proceeds; Set Off Sharing .

9.2.5.1 Application of Proceeds .

From and after the date on which the Agent has taken any action pursuant to this Section  9.2 and until all Obligations of the Loan Parties have been paid in full, any and all proceeds received by the Agent from any sale or other disposition of any assets of Borrower after entry of judgment, or any part thereof, or the exercise of any other remedy by the Agent, shall be applied as follows:

(i) first, to reimburse the Agent and the Banks for out-of-pocket costs, expenses and disbursements, including reasonable attorneys' and paralegals' fees and legal expenses, incurred by the Agent or the Banks in connection with realizing on such assets or collection of any Obligations of any of the

 

- 27 -


 

Loan Parties under any of the Loan Documents, including advances made by the Banks or any one of them or the Agent for the reasonable maintenance, preservation, protection or enforcement of, or realization upon, such assets, including advances for taxes, insurance, repairs and the like and reasonable expenses incurred to sell or otherwise realize on, or prepare for sale or other realization on, any of such assets;

(ii) second, to the repayment of all Obligations then due and unpaid of the Loan Parties to the Banks incurred under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, whether of principal, interest, fees, expenses or otherwise, in such manner as the Agent may determine in its discretion; and

(iii) the balance, if any, as required by Law.

9.2.5.2 Set Off Sharing .

All rights of set off existing under any Loan Document shall secure ratably and on a pari passu basis the Obligations in favor of the Agent and the Banks hereunder.  The Agent shall be deemed to serve as the collateral agent (the “Collateral Agent”) and the Banks hereunder, provided that the Collateral Agent shall comply with the instructions and directions of the Agent (or the Banks under this Agreement to the extent that this Agreement or any other Loan Documents empowers the Banks to direct the Agent), as to all matters relating to the proceeds of the exercise of such set off rights.

9.2.6.

Other Rights and Remedies .

In addition to all of the rights and remedies contained in this Agreement or in any of the other Loan Documents the Agent shall have all of the rights and remedies available under applicable Law, all of which rights and remedies shall be cumulative and non-exclusive, to the extent permitted by Law.  The Agent may, and upon the request of the Required Banks shall, exercise all post-default rights granted to the Agent and the Banks under the Loan Documents or applicable Law.

10. THE AGENT

10.1

Appointment .

Each Bank hereby irrevocably designates, appoints and authorizes PNC Bank to act as Agent for such Bank under this Agreement and to execute and deliver or accept on behalf of each of the Banks the other Loan Documents.  Each Bank hereby irrevocably authorizes, and each holder of any Note by the acceptance of a Note shall be deemed irrevocably to authorize, the Agent to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and any other instruments and agreements referred to herein, and to exercise such powers and to perform such duties hereunder as are specifically delegated to or required of the Agent by the terms hereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.  PNC Bank agrees to act as the Agent on behalf of the Banks to the extent provided in this Agreement.

10.2

Delegation of Duties .

The Agent may perform any of its duties hereunder by or through agents or employees ( provided such delegation does not constitute a relinquishment of its duties as Agent) and, subject to Sections  10.5 [Reimbursement of Agent by Borrower, Etc.] and 10.6 , shall be entitled to engage and pay for the advice or services of any attorneys, accountants or other experts concerning all matters pertaining to its duties hereunder and to rely upon any advice so obtained.

10.3

Nature of Duties; Independent Credit Investigation .

The Agent shall have no duties or responsibilities except those expressly set forth in this Agreement and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations, or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or otherwise exist.  The duties of the Agent shall be mechanical and administrative in nature; the Agent shall not have by reason of this Agreement a fiduciary or trust relationship in respect of any Bank; and

 

- 28 -


 

nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, is intended to or shall be so construed as to impose upon the Agent any obligations in respect of this Agreement except as expressly set forth herein.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the use of the term “agent” in this Agreement with reference to the Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any applicable Law.  Instead, such term is used merely as a matter of market custom, and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between independent contracting parties.  Each Bank expressly acknowledges (i) that the Agent has not made any representations or warranties to it and that no act by the Agent hereafter taken, including any review of the affairs of any of the Loan Parties, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by the Agent to any Bank; (ii) that it has made and will continue to make, without reliance upon the Agent, its own independent investigation of the financial condition and affairs and its own appraisal of the creditworthiness of each of the Loan Parties in connection with this Agreement and the making and continuance of the Loans hereunder; and (iii) except as expressly provided herein, that the Agent shall have no duty or responsibility, either initially or on a continuing basis, to provide any Bank with any credit or other information with respect thereto, whether coming into its possession before the making of any Loan or at any time or times thereafter.

10.4

Actions in Discretion of Agent; Instructions From the Banks .

The Agent agrees, upon the written request of the Required Banks, to take or refrain from taking any action of the type specified as being within the Agent's rights, powers or discretion herein, provided that the Agent shall not be required to take any action which exposes the Agent to personal liability or which is contrary to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or applicable Law.  In the absence of a request by the Required Banks, the Agent shall have authority, in its sole discretion, to take or not to take any such action, unless this Agreement specifically requires the consent of the Required Banks or all of the Banks.  Any action taken or failure to act pursuant to such instructions or discretion shall be binding on the Banks, subject to Section  10.6 [Exculpatory Provisions, Etc.].  Subject to the provisions of Section  10.6 , no Bank shall have any right of action whatsoever against the Agent as a result of the Agent acting or refraining from acting hereunder in accordance with the instructions of the Required Banks, or in the absence of such instructions, in the absolute discretion of the Agent.

10.5

Reimbursement and Indemnification of Agent by the Borrower .

The Borrower unconditionally agrees to pay or reimburse the Agent and hold the Agent harmless against (a) liability for the payment of all reasonable out-of-pocket costs, expenses and disbursements, including fees and expenses of counsel (including the allocated costs of staff counsel), appraisers and environmental consultants, incurred by the Agent (i) in connection with the development, negotiation, preparation, printing, execution, administration, syndication, interpretation and performance of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (ii) relating to any requested amendments, waivers or consents pursuant to the provisions hereof, (iii) in connection with the enforcement of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or collection of amounts due hereunder or thereunder or the proof and allowability of any claim arising under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, whether in bankruptcy or receivership proceedings or otherwise, and (iv) in any workout or restructuring or in connection with the protection, preservation, exercise or enforcement of any of the terms hereof or of any rights hereunder or under any other Loan Document or in connection with any foreclosure, collection or bankruptcy proceedings, and (b) all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever which may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against the Agent, in its capacity as such, in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement or any other Loan Documents or any action taken or omitted by the Agent hereunder or thereunder, provided that the Borrower shall not be liable for any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements if the same results from the Agent's gross negligence or willful misconduct, or if the Borrower was not given notice of the subject claim and the opportunity to participate in the defense thereof, at its expense (except that the Borrower shall remain liable to the extent such failure to give notice does not result in a loss to the Borrower), or if the same results from a compromise or settlement agreement entered into without the consent of the Borrower, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.  In addition, the Borrower agrees to reimburse and pay all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of the Agent's regular employees and agents engaged periodically to perform audits of the Loan Parties' books, records and business properties.

 

- 29 -


 

10.6

Exculpatory Provisions ; Limitation of Liability .

Neither the Agent nor any of its directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys or Affiliates shall (a) be liable to any Bank for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it or them hereunder, or in connection herewith including pursuant to any Loan Document, unless caused by its or their own gross negligence or willful misconduct, (b) be responsible in any manner to any of the Banks for the effectiveness, enforceability, genuineness, validity or the due execution of this Agreement or any other Loan Documents or for any recital, representation, warranty, document, certificate, report or statement herein or made or furnished under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Documents, or (c) be under any obligation to any of the Banks to ascertain or to inquire as to the performance or observance of any of the terms, covenants or conditions hereof or thereof on the part of the Loan Parties, or the financial condition of the Loan Parties, or the existence or possible existence of any Event of Default or Potential Default. No claim may be made by any of the Loan Parties, any Bank, the Agent or any of their respective Subsidiaries against the Agent, any Bank or any of their respective directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys or Affiliates, or any of them, for any special, indirect or consequential damages or, to the fullest extent permitted by Law, for any punitive damages in respect of any claim or cause of action (whether based on contract, tort, statutory liability, or any other ground) based on, arising out of or related to any Loan Document or the transactions contemplated hereby or any act, omission or event occurring in connection therewith, including the negotiation, documentation, administration or collection of the Loans, and each of the Loan Parties, (for itself and on behalf of each of its Subsidiaries), the Agent and each Bank hereby waive, release and agree never to sue upon any claim for any such damages, whether such claim now exists or hereafter arises and whether or not it is now known or suspected to exist in its favor.  Each Bank agrees that, except for notices, reports and other documents expressly required to be furnished to the Banks by the Agent hereunder or given to the Agent for the account of or with copies for the Banks, the Agent and each of its directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys or Affiliates shall not have any duty or responsibility to provide any Bank with any credit or other information concerning the business, operations, property, condition (financial or otherwise), prospects or creditworthiness of the Loan Parties which may come into the possession of the Agent or any of its directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys or Affiliates.

10.7

Reimbursement and Indemnification of Agent by Banks .

Each Bank agrees to reimburse and indemnify the Agent (to the extent not reimbursed by the Borrower and without limiting the Obligation of the Borrower to do so) in proportion to its Ratable Share from and against all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements, including attorneys' fees and disbursements (including the allocated costs of staff counsel), and costs of appraisers and environmental consultants, of any kind or nature whatsoever which may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against the Agent, in its capacity as such, in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement or any other Loan Documents or any action taken or omitted by the Agent hereunder or thereunder, provided that no Bank shall be liable for any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements (a) if the same results from the Agent's gross negligence or willful misconduct, or (b) if such Bank was not given notice of the subject claim and the opportunity to participate in the defense thereof, at its expense (except that such Bank shall remain liable to the extent such failure to give notice does not result in a loss to the Bank), or (c) if the same results from a compromise and settlement agreement entered into without the consent of such Bank, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.  In addition, each Bank agrees promptly upon demand to reimburse the Agent (to the extent not reimbursed by the Borrower and without limiting the Obligation of the Borrower to do so) in proportion to its Ratable Share for all amounts due and payable by the Borrower to the Agent in connection with the Agent's periodic audit of the Loan Parties' books, records and business properties.

10.8

Reliance by Agent .

The Agent shall be entitled to rely upon any writing, telegram, telex or teletype message, resolution, notice, consent, certificate, letter, cablegram, statement, order or other document or conversation by telephone or otherwise believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person or Persons, and upon the advice and opinions of counsel and other professional advisers selected by the Agent.  The Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action hereunder unless it shall first be

 

- 30 -


 

indemnified to its satisfaction by the Banks against any and all liability and expense which may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action.

10.9

Notice of Default .

The Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Potential Default or Event of Default unless the Agent has received written notice from a Bank or the Borrower referring to this Agreement, describing such Potential Default or Event of Default and stating that such notice is a “notice of default.”

10.10

Notices .

The Agent shall promptly send to each Bank a copy of all notices received from the Borrower pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents promptly upon receipt thereof.

10.11

Banks in Their Individual Capacities; Agent in its Individual Capacity .

With respect to its Revolving Credit Commitment and the Revolving Credit Loans made by it and any other rights and powers given to it as a Bank hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents, the Agent shall have the same rights and powers hereunder as any other Bank and may exercise the same as though it were not the Agent, and the term “Bank” and “Banks” shall, unless the context otherwise indicates, include the Agent in its individual capacity.  PNC Bank and its Affiliates and each of the Banks and their respective Affiliates may, without liability to account, except as prohibited herein, make loans to, issue letters of credit for the account of, acquire equity interests in, accept deposits from, discount drafts for, act as trustee under indentures of, and generally engage in any kind of banking, trust, financial advisory, underwriting or other business with, the Loan Parties and their Affiliates, in the case of the Agent, as though it were not acting as Agent hereunder and in the case of each Bank, as though such Bank were not a Bank hereunder, in each case without notice to or consent of the other Banks.  The Banks acknowledge that, pursuant to such activities, the Agent or its Affiliates may (i) receive information regarding the Loan Parties or any of their Subsidiaries or Affiliates (including information that may be subject to confidentiality obligations in favor of the Loan Parties or such Subsidiary or Affiliate) and acknowledge that the Agent shall be under no obligation to provide such information to them, and (ii) accept fees and other consideration from the Loan Parties for services in connection with this Agreement and otherwise without having to account for the same to the Banks.

10.12

Holders of Notes .

The Agent may deem and treat any payee of any Note as the owner thereof for all purposes hereof unless and until written notice of the assignment or transfer thereof shall have been filed with the Agent.  Any request, authority or consent of any Person who at the time of making such request or giving such authority or consent is the holder of any Note shall be conclusive and binding on any subsequent holder, transferee or assignee of such Note or of any Note or Notes issued in exchange therefor.

10.13

Equalization of Banks .

The Banks and the holders of any participations in any Notes agree among themselves that, with respect to all amounts received by any Bank or any such holder for application on any Obligation hereunder or under any Note or under any such participation, whether received by voluntary payment, by realization upon security, by the exercise of the right of set-off or banker's lien, by counterclaim or by any other non-pro rata source, equitable adjustment will be made in the manner stated in the following sentence so that, in effect, all such excess amounts will be shared ratably among the Banks and such holders in proportion to their interests in payments under the Notes, except as otherwise provided in Section  4.4.3 [Agent's and Bank's Rights], 5.4.2 [Replacement of a Bank] or 5.6 [Increased Costs].  The Banks or any such holder receiving any such amount shall purchase for cash from each of the other Banks an interest in such Bank's Loans in such amount as shall result in a ratable participation by the Banks and each such holder in the aggregate unpaid amount under the Notes, provided that if all or any portion of such excess amount is thereafter recovered from the Bank or the holder making such purchase, such purchase shall

 

- 31 -


 

be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, together with interest or other amounts, if any, required by law (including court order) to be paid by the Bank or the holder making such purchase.

10.14

Successor Agent .

The Agent (i) may resign as Agent or (ii) shall resign if such resignation is requested by the Required Banks (if the Agent is a Bank, the Agent's Loans and its Commitment shall be considered in determining whether the Required Banks have requested such resignation) or required by Section  5.4.2 [Replacement of a Bank], in either case of (i) or (ii) by giving not less than thirty (30) days' prior written notice to the Borrower.  If the Agent shall resign under this Agreement, then either (a) the Required Banks shall appoint from among the Banks a successor agent for the Banks, subject to the consent of the Borrower, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, or (b) if a successor agent shall not be so appointed and approved within the thirty (30) day period following the Agent's notice to the Banks of its resignation, then the Agent shall appoint, with the consent of the Borrower, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, a successor agent who shall serve as Agent until such time as the Required Banks appoint and the Borrower consents to the appointment of a successor agent.  Upon its appointment pursuant to either clause (a) or (b) above, such successor agent shall succeed to the rights, powers and duties of the Agent, and the term “Agent” shall mean such successor agent, effective upon its appointment, and the former Agent's rights, powers and duties as Agent shall be terminated without any other or further act or deed on the part of such former Agent or any of the parties to this Agreement.  After the resignation of any Agent hereunder, the provisions of this Section  10 shall inure to the benefit of such former Agent and such former Agent shall not by reason of such resignation be deemed to be released from liability for any actions taken or not taken by it while it was an Agent under this Agreement.

10.15

Reserved .

10.16

Availability of Funds .

The Agent may assume that each Bank has made or will make the proceeds of a Loan available to the Agent unless the Agent shall have been notified by such Bank on or before the later of (1) the close of Business on the Business Day preceding the Borrowing Date with respect to such Loan or two (2) hours before the time on which the Agent actually funds the proceeds of such Loan to the Borrower (whether using its own funds pursuant to this Section  10.16 or using proceeds deposited with the Agent by the Banks and whether such funding occurs before or after the time on which Banks are required to deposit the proceeds of such Loan with the Agent).  The Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption (but shall not be required to), make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount.  If such corresponding amount is not in fact made available to the Agent by such Bank, the Agent shall be entitled to recover such amount on demand from such Bank (or, if such Bank fails to pay such amount forthwith upon such demand from the Borrower) together with interest thereon, in respect of each day during the period commencing on the date such amount was made available to the Borrower and ending on the date the Agent recovers such amount, at a rate per annum equal to (i) the Federal Funds Effective Rate during the first three (3) days after such interest shall begin to accrue and (ii) the applicable interest rate in respect of such Loan after the end of such three-day period.

10.17

Calculations .

In the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct, the Agent shall not be liable for any error in computing the amount payable to any Bank whether in respect of the Loans, fees or any other amounts due to the Banks under this Agreement.  In the event an error in computing any amount payable to any Bank is made, the Agent, the Borrower and each affected Bank shall, forthwith upon discovery of such error, make such adjustments as shall be required to correct such error, and any compensation therefor will be calculated at the Federal Funds Effective Rate.

10.18

No Reliance on Agent's Customer Identification Program .

Each Bank acknowledges and agrees that neither such Bank, nor any of its Affiliates, participants or assignees, may rely on the Agent to carry out such Bank's, Affiliate's, participant's or assignee's customer

 

- 32 -


 

identification program, or other obligations required or imposed under or pursuant to the USA Patriot Act or the regulations thereunder, including the regulations contained in 31 CFR 103.121 (as hereafter amended or replaced, the “CIP Regulations”), or any other Anti-Terrorism Law, including any programs involving any of the following items relating to or in connection with any of the Loan Parties, their Affiliates or their agents, the Loan Documents or the transactions hereunder or contemplated hereby: (1) any identity verification procedures, (2) any recordkeeping, (3) comparisons with government lists, (4) customer notices or (5) other procedures required under the CIP Regulations or such other Laws.

10.19

Beneficiaries .

Except as expressly provided herein, the provisions of this Section  10 are solely for the benefit of the Agent and the Banks, and the Loan Parties shall not have any rights to rely on or enforce any of the provisions hereof.  In performing its functions and duties under this Agreement, the Agent shall act solely as agent of the Banks and does not assume and shall not be deemed to have assumed any obligation toward or relationship of agency or trust with or for any of the Loan Parties.

11. MISCELLANEOUS

11.1

Modifications, Amendments or Waivers .

With the written consent of the Required Banks, the Agent, acting on behalf of all the Banks, and the Borrower, on behalf of the Loan Parties, may from time to time enter into written agreements amending or changing any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the rights of the Banks or the Loan Parties hereunder or thereunder, or may grant written waivers or consents to a departure from the due performance of the Obligations of the Loan Parties hereunder or thereunder.  Any such agreement, waiver or consent made with such written consent shall be effective to bind all the Banks and the Loan Parties; provided that, without the written consent of all the Banks, no such agreement, waiver or consent may be made which will:

11.1.1.

Increase of Commitment; Extension of Expiration Date .

Extend the Expiration Date or increase the amount of the Revolving Credit Commitment of any Bank hereunder;

11.1.2.

Extension of Payment; Reduction of Principal Interest or Fees; Modification of Terms of Payment .

Whether or not any Loans are outstanding, extend the time for payment of principal or interest of any Loan (excluding the due date of any mandatory prepayment of a Loan or any mandatory Commitment reduction in connection with such a mandatory prepayment hereunder except for mandatory reductions of the Commitments on the Expiration Date) or any other fee payable to any Bank, or reduce the principal amount of or the rate of interest borne by any Loan or reduce any other fee payable to any Bank, or otherwise affect the terms of payment of the principal of or interest of any Loan or any other fee payable to any Bank; or

11.1.3.

Reserved .

11.1.4.

Miscellaneous .

Amend Section  5.2 [Pro Rata Treatment of Banks], 10.6 [Exculpatory Provisions, Etc.] or 10.13 [Equalization of Banks] or this Section  11.1 , alter any provision regarding the pro rata treatment of the Banks, change the definition of Required Banks, or change any requirement providing for the Banks or the Required Banks to authorize the taking of any action hereunder;

provided , further, that no agreement, waiver or consent which would modify the interests, rights or obligations of the Agent in its capacity as Agent shall be effective without the written consent of the Agent.

 

- 33 -


 

11.2

No Implied Waivers; Cumulat ive Remedies; Writing Required .

No course of dealing and no delay or failure of the Agent or any Bank in exercising any right, power, remedy or privilege under this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall affect any other or future exercise thereof or operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right, power, remedy or privilege preclude any further exercise thereof or of any other right, power, remedy or privilege.  The rights and remedies of the Agent and the Banks under this Agreement and any other Loan Documents are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies which they would otherwise have.  Any waiver, permit, consent or approval of any kind or character on the part of any Bank of any breach or default under this Agreement or any such waiver of any provision or condition of this Agreement must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing.

11.3

Reimbursement and Indemnification of Banks by the Borrower; Taxes .

The Borrower agrees unconditionally upon demand to pay or reimburse to each Bank (other than the Agent, as to which the Borrower's Obligations are set forth in Section  10.5 [Reimbursement of Agent By Borrower, Etc.]) and to save such Bank harmless against (i) liability for the payment of all reasonable out-of-pocket costs, expenses and disbursements (including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel (including allocated costs of staff counsel) for each Bank except with respect to (a) and (b) below), incurred by such Bank (a) in connection with the administration and interpretation of this Agreement, and other instruments and documents to be delivered hereunder, (b) relating to any amendments, waivers or consents pursuant to the provisions hereof, (c) in connection with the enforcement of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or collection of amounts due hereunder or thereunder or the proof and allowability of any claim arising under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, whether in bankruptcy or receivership proceedings or otherwise, and (d) in any workout or restructuring or in connection with the protection, preservation, exercise or enforcement of any of the terms hereof or of any rights hereunder or under any other Loan Document or in connection with any foreclosure, collection or bankruptcy proceedings, or (ii) all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever which may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against such Bank, in its capacity as such, in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement or any other Loan Documents or any action taken or omitted by such Bank hereunder or thereunder, provided that the Borrower shall not be liable for any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements (A) if the same results from such Bank's gross negligence or willful misconduct, or (B) if the Borrower was not given notice of the subject claim and the opportunity to participate in the defense thereof, at its expense (except that the Borrower shall remain liable to the extent such failure to give notice does not result in a loss to the Borrower), or (C) if the same results from a compromise or settlement agreement entered into without the consent of the Borrower, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.  The Banks will attempt to minimize the fees and expenses of legal counsel for the Banks which are subject to reimbursement by the Borrower hereunder by considering the usage of one law firm to represent the Banks and the Agent if appropriate under the circumstances.  The Borrower agrees unconditionally to pay all stamp, document, transfer, recording or filing taxes or fees and similar impositions now or hereafter determined by the Agent or any Bank to be payable in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, and the Borrower agrees unconditionally to save the Agent and the Banks harmless from and against any and all present or future claims, liabilities or losses with respect to or resulting from any omission to pay or delay in paying any such taxes, fees or impositions.

11.4

Holidays .

Whenever payment of a Loan to be made or taken hereunder shall be due on a day which is not a Business Day such payment shall be due on the next Business Day (except as provided in Section 4.2 [Interest Periods] with respect to Interest Periods under the Euro-Rate) and such extension of time shall be included in computing interest and fees, except that the Loans shall be due on the Business Day preceding the Expiration Date if the Expiration Date is not a Business Day.  Whenever any payment or action to be made or taken hereunder (other than payment of the Loans) shall be stated to be due on a day which is not a Business Day, such payment or action shall be made or taken on the next following Business Day, and such extension of time shall not be included in computing interest or fees, if any, in connection with such payment or action.

 

- 34 -


 

11.5

Funding by Branch, Subsidiary or Affiliate .

11.5.1.

Notional Funding .

Each Bank shall have the right from time to time, without notice to the Borrower, to deem any branch, Subsidiary or Affiliate (which for the purposes of this Section  11.5 shall mean any corporation or association which is directly or indirectly controlled by or is under direct or indirect common control with any corporation or association which directly or indirectly controls such Bank) of such Bank to have made, maintained or funded any Loan to which the Euro-Rate applies at any time, provided that immediately following (on the assumption that a payment were then due from the Borrower to such other office), and as a result of such change, the Borrower would not be under any greater financial obligation pursuant to Section  5.6 [Increased Costs] than it would have been in the absence of such change.  Notional funding offices may be selected by each Bank without regard to such Bank's actual methods of making, maintaining or funding the Loans or any sources of funding actually used by or available to such Bank.

11.5.2.

Actual Funding .

Each Bank shall have the right from time to time to make or maintain any Loan by arranging for a branch, Subsidiary or Affiliate of such Bank to make or maintain such Loan subject to the last sentence of this Section  11.5.2 . If any Bank causes a branch, Subsidiary or Affiliate to make or maintain any part of the Loans hereunder, all terms and conditions of this Agreement shall, except where the context clearly requires otherwise, be applicable to such part of the Loans to the same extent as if such Loans were made or maintained by such Bank, but in no event shall any Bank's use of such a branch, Subsidiary or Affiliate to make or maintain any part of the Loans hereunder cause such Bank or such branch, Subsidiary or Affiliate to incur any cost or expenses payable by the Borrower hereunder or require the Borrower to pay any other compensation to any Bank (including any expenses incurred or payable pursuant to Section 5.6[Increased Costs]) which would otherwise not be incurred.

11.6

Notices .

Any notice, request, demand, direction or other communication (for purposes of this Section 11.6 only, a “Notice”) to be given to or made upon any party hereto under any provision of this Agreement shall be given or made by telephone or in writing (which includes means of electronic transmission (i.e., “e-mail”) or facsimile transmission or by setting forth such Notice on a site on the World Wide Web (a “Website Posting”) if Notice of such Website Posting (including the information necessary to access such site) has previously been delivered to the applicable parties hereto by another means set forth in this Section 11.6 ) in accordance with this Section 11.6 .  Any such Notice must be delivered to the applicable parties hereto at the addresses and numbers set forth under their respective names on Schedule 1.1 (B) hereof or in accordance with any subsequent unrevoked Notice from any such party that is given in accordance with this Section 11.6 .  Any Notice shall be effective:

(i)   In the case of hand-delivery, when delivered;

(ii)  If given by mail, four days after such Notice is deposited with the United States Postal Service, with first-class postage prepaid, return receipt requested;

(iii) In the case of a telephonic Notice, when a party is contacted by telephone, if delivery of such telephonic Notice is confirmed no later than the next Business Day by hand delivery, a facsimile or electronic transmission, a Website Posting  or overnight courier delivery of a confirmatory notice (received at or before noon on such next Business Day);

(iv)  In the case of a facsimile transmission, when sent to the applicable party's facsimile machine's telephone number if the party sending such Notice receives confirmation of the delivery thereof from its own facsimile machine;

(v)   In the case of electronic transmission, when actually received;

 

- 35 -


 

(vi)   In the case of a Website Posting, upon delivery of a Notice of such posting (including the information necessary to access such web site) by another means set forth in this Section 11.6 ; and

(vii) If given by any other means (including by overnight courier), when actually received.

Any Bank giving a Notice to a Loan Party shall concurrently send a copy thereof to the Agent, and the Agent shall promptly notify the other Banks of its receipt of such Notice.

11.7

Severability .

The provisions of this Agreement are intended to be severable.  If any provision of this Agreement shall be held invalid or unenforceable in whole or in part in any jurisdiction, such provision shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability without in any manner affecting the validity or enforceability thereof in any other jurisdiction or the remaining provisions hereof in any jurisdiction.

11.8

Governing Law .

This Agreement shall be deemed to be a contract under the Laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania and for all purposes shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the internal laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania without regard to its conflict of laws principles.

11.9

Prior Understanding .

This Agreement and the other Loan Documents supersede all prior understandings and agreements, whether written or oral, between the parties hereto and thereto relating to the transactions provided for herein and therein, including any prior confidentiality agreements and commitments.

11.10

Duration; Survival .

All representations and warranties of the Loan Parties contained herein or made in connection herewith shall survive the making of Loans and shall not be waived by the execution and delivery of this Agreement, any investigation by the Agent or the Banks, the making of Loans or payment in full of the Loans.  All covenants and agreements of the Loan Parties contained in Sections  8.1 [Affirmative Covenants], 8.2 [Negative Covenants] and 8.3 [Reporting Requirements] herein shall continue in full force and effect from and after the date hereof so long as the Borrower until termination of the Commitments and payment in full of the Loans.  All covenants and agreements of the Borrower contained herein relating to the payment of principal, interest, premiums, additional compensation or expenses and indemnification, including those set forth in the Notes, Section  5 [Payments] and Sections  10.5 [Reimbursement of Agent by Borrower, Etc.], 10.7 [Reimbursement of Agent by Banks, Etc.] and 11.3 [Reimbursement of Banks by Borrower; Etc.], shall survive payment in full of the Loans.

11.11

Successors and Assigns .

(i) This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the Banks, the Agent, the Loan Parties and their respective successors and assigns, except that none of the Loan Parties may assign or transfer any of its rights and Obligations hereunder or any interest herein.  Each Bank may, at its own cost, make assignments of or sell participations in all or any part of its Commitments and the Loans made by it to one or more banks or other entities, subject to the consent of the Borrower and the Agent with respect to any assignee, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, provided that (1) no consent of the Borrower shall be required (A) if an Event of Default exists and is continuing, or (B) in the case of an assignment by a Bank to an Affiliate of such Bank, and (2) any assignment by a Bank to a Person other than an Affiliate of such Bank may not be made in amounts less than the lesser of Yen 50,000,000 or the amount of the assigning Bank's Commitment.  In the case of an assignment, upon receipt by the Agent of the Assignment and Assumption Agreement, the assignee shall have, to the extent of such assignment (unless otherwise provided therein), the same rights, benefits and obligations as it would have if it had been a signatory Bank hereunder, the Commitments shall be adjusted

 

- 36 -


 

accordingly, and upon surrender of any Note subject to such assignment, the Borrower shall execute and deliver a new Note to the assignee in an amount equal to the amount of the Revolving Credit Commitment assumed by it and a new Revolving Credit Note to the assigning Bank in an amount equal to the Revolving Credit Commitment retained by it hereunder.  Any Bank which assigns any or all of its Commitment or Loans to a Person other than an Affiliate of such Bank shall pay to the Agent a service fee in the amount of $3,500 for each assignment.  In the case of a participation, the participant shall only have the rights specified in Section  9.2.3 [Set-off] (the participant's rights against such Bank in respect of such participation to be those set forth in the agreement executed by such Bank in favor of the participant relating thereto and not to include any voting rights except with respect to changes of the type referenced in Sections  11.1.1 [Increase of Commitment, Etc.], 11.1.2 [Extension of Payment, Etc.], all of such Bank's obligations under this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall remain unchanged, and all amounts payable by Borrower hereunder or thereunder shall be determined as if such Bank had not sold such participation.

(ii) Any assignee or participant which is not incorporated under the Laws of the United States of America or a state thereof shall deliver to the Borrower and the Agent the form of certificate described in Section  11.17 [Tax Withholding Clause] relating to federal income tax withholding.  Each Bank may furnish any publicly available information concerning Borrower or its Subsidiaries and any other information concerning Borrower or its Subsidiaries in the possession of such Bank from time to time to assignees and participants (including prospective assignees or participants), provided that such assignees and participants agree to be bound by the provisions of Section  11.12 [Confidentiality].

(iii) Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, any Bank may at any time pledge or grant a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement, its Note and the other Loan Documents to any Federal Reserve Bank in accordance with Regulation A of the FRB or U.S. Treasury Regulation 31 CFR Section 203.14 without notice to or consent of the Borrower or the Agent.  No such pledge or grant of a security interest shall release the transferor Bank of its obligations hereunder or under any other Loan Document.

11.12

Confidentiality .

11.12.1.

General .

The Agent and the Banks each agree to keep confidential all information obtained from the Loan Parties including the Borrower or its Subsidiaries which is nonpublic and confidential or proprietary in nature (including any information the Loan Parties specifically designates as confidential), except as provided below, and to use such information only in connection with their respective capacities under this Agreement and for the purposes contemplated hereby.  The Agent and the Banks shall be permitted to disclose such information (i) to outside legal counsel, accountants and other professional advisors who need to know such information in connection with the administration and enforcement of this Agreement, subject to the agreement of such Persons to maintain confidentiality, (ii) to assignees and participants as contemplated by Section  11.11 , and prospective assignees and participants, subject to agreement of such persons to maintain confidentiality (iii) to the extent requested by any bank regulatory authority or, with notice to the Borrower, as otherwise required by applicable Law or by any subpoena or similar legal process, or in connection with any investigation or proceeding arising out of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, (iv) if it becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Agreement or becomes available from a source not known to be subject to confidentiality restrictions, or (v) if the Loan Parties shall have consented to such disclosure. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the information subject to this Section 11.12.1 shall not include, and the Agent and each Bank may disclose without limitation of any kind, any information with respect to the “tax treatment” and “tax structure” (in each case, within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.6011-4) of the transactions contemplated hereby and all materials of any kind (including opinions or other tax analyses) that are provided to the Agent or such Bank relating to such tax treatment and tax structure; provided that with respect to any document or similar item that in either case contains information concerning the tax treatment or tax structure of the transaction as well as other information, this sentence shall only apply to such portions of the document or similar item that relate to the tax treatment or tax structure of the Loans and transactions contemplated hereby.

 

- 37 -


 

11.13

Coun terparts .

This Agreement may be executed by different parties hereto on any number of separate counterparts, each of which, when so executed and delivered, shall be an original, and all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

11.14

Agent's or Bank's Consent .

Whenever the Agent's or any Bank's consent is required to be obtained under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents as a condition to any action, inaction, condition or event, the Agent and each Bank shall be authorized to give or withhold such consent in its sole and absolute discretion and to condition its consent upon the giving of additional collateral, the payment of money or any other matter.

11.15

Exceptions .

The representations, warranties and covenants contained herein shall be independent of each other, and no exception to any representation, warranty or covenant shall be deemed to be an exception to any other representation, warranty or covenant contained herein unless expressly provided, nor shall any such exceptions be deemed to permit any action or omission that would be in contravention of applicable Law.

11.16

CONSENT TO FORUM; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL .

EACH LOAN PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO THE NONEXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE COURT OF COMMON PLEAS OF ALLEGHENY COUNTY, PENNSYLVANIA AND THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE WESTERN DISTRICT OF PENNSYLVANIA, AND WAIVES PERSONAL SERVICE OF ANY AND ALL PROCESS UPON IT AND CONSENTS THAT ALL SUCH SERVICE OF PROCESS BE MADE BY CERTIFIED OR REGISTERED MAIL DIRECTED TO SUCH LOAN PARTY AT THE ADDRESSES PROVIDED FOR IN SECTION 11.6 AND SERVICE SO MADE SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE COMPLETED UPON ACTUAL RECEIPT THEREOF.  EACH LOAN PARTY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION TO JURISDICTION AND VENUE OF ANY ACTION INSTITUTED AGAINST IT AS PROVIDED HEREIN AND AGREES NOT TO ASSERT ANY DEFENSE BASED ON LACK OF JURISDICTION OR VENUE.  EACH LOAN PARTY, THE AGENT AND THE BANKS HEREBY WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, SUIT, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM OF ANY KIND ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT, ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT TO THE FULL EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW.

11.17

Certifications From Banks and Participant s

11.17.1.

Tax Withholding .

Each Bank or assignee or participant of a Bank that is not incorporated under the Laws of the United States of America or a state thereof (and, upon the written request of the Agent, each other Bank or assignee or participant of a Bank) agrees that it will deliver to each of the Loan Parties and the Agent two (2) duly completed appropriate valid Withholding Certificates (as defined under § 1.1441-1(c)(16) of the Income Tax Regulations (the “Regulations”)) certifying its status (i.e. U.S. or foreign person) and, if appropriate, making a claim of reduced, or exemption from, U.S. withholding tax on the basis of an income tax treaty or an exemption provided by the Internal Revenue Code.  The term “Withholding Certificate” means a Form W-9; a Form W-8BEN; a Form W-8ECI; a Form W-8IMY and the related statements and certifications as required under § 1.1441-1(e)(2) and/or (3) of the Regulations; a statement described in § 1.871-14(c)(2)(v) of the Regulations; or any other certificates under the Internal Revenue Code or Regulations that certify or establish the status of a payee or beneficial owner as a U.S. or foreign person.  Each Bank, assignee or participant required to deliver to the Loan Parties and the Agent a Withholding Certificate pursuant to the preceding sentence shall deliver such valid Withholding Certificate as follows:  (A) each Bank which is a party hereto on the Closing Date shall deliver such valid Withholding Certificate at least five (5) Business Days prior to the first date on which any interest or fees are payable by the Loan Parties hereunder for the account of such Bank; (B) each assignee or participant shall deliver such valid Withholding

 

- 38 -


 

Certificate at least five (5) Business Days before the effective date of such assignment or participation (unless the Agent in its sole discretion shall permit such assignee or participant to deliver such valid Withholding Certificate less than five (5) Business Days before such date in which case it shall be due on the date specified by the Agent).  Each Bank, assignee or participant which so delivers a valid Withholding Certificate further undertakes to deliver to each of the Loan Parties and the Agent two (2) additional copies of such Withholding Certificate (or a successor form) on or before the date that such Withholding Certificate expires or becomes obsolete or after the occurrence of any event requiring a change in the most recent Withholding Certificate so delivered by it, and such amendments thereto or extensions or renewals thereof as may be reasonably requested by the Loan Parties or the Agent.  Notwithstanding the submission of a Withholding Certificate claiming a reduced rate of or exemption from U.S. withholding tax, the Agent shall be entitled to withhold United States federal income taxes at the full 30% withholding rate if in its reasonable judgment it is required to do so under the due diligence requirements imposed upon a withholding agent under § 1.1441-7(b) of the Regulations.  Further, the Agent is indemnified under § 1.1461-1(e) of the Regulations against any claims and demands of any Bank or assignee or participant of a Bank for the amount of any tax it deducts and withholds in accordance with regulations under § 1441 of the Internal Revenue Code.

11.17.2.

USA Patriot Act .

Each Bank or assignee or participant of a Bank that is not incorporated under the Laws of the United States of America or a state thereof (and is not excepted from the certification requirement contained in Section 313 of the USA Patriot Act and the applicable regulations because it is both (i) an affiliate of a depository institution or foreign bank that maintains a physical presence in the United states or foreign county, and (ii) subject to supervision by a banking authority regulating such affiliated depository institution or foreign bank) shall deliver to the Agent the certification, or, if applicable, recertification, certifying that such Bank is not a “shell” and certifying to other matters as required by Section 313 of the USA Patriot Act and the applicable regulations: (1) within 10 days after the Closing Date, and (2) as such other times as are required under the USA Patriot Act.

11.18

Borrower Agent .

Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints the Borrower Agent as its agent for purposes of requesting and continuing Loans (including all elections of interest rates), for delivering notices as to prepayments, delivery of payments and prepayments,  for requesting amendments, for requesting increases or decreases in availability under this Credit Facility, for requesting waivers and consents, for reporting requirement processing, for information request processing and for providing consents pursuant to Section 11.11 [Successors and Assigns].  The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely in such matters on all communications delivered by the Borrower Agent as being delivered on behalf of the Borrower.

 

- 39 -


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto, by their officers thereunto duly authorized, have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

WITNESS:

 

BORROWER;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

II-VI JAPAN INCORPORATED

/s/ Miwa Izu

 

 

 

Name:  

Miwa Izu

 

By:

/s/ Yashuhiro Sakakibara

 

 

 

Name:

Yasuhiro Sakakibara

 

 

 

Title:

President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(SEAL)

 

 

 

 

 

WITNESS:

 

GUARANTOR:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

II-VI INCORPORATED.

/s/ ECJ

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

By:

/s/ Craig A. Creaturo

 

 

 

Name:

Craig A. Creaturo

 

 

 

Title:

Treasurer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(SEAL)

 

 

- 40 -


 

PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, individually and as Agent

 

 

By:  

/s/ Justin G. Krauss

Title:  Assistant Vice President

 

- 41 -


 

SCHEDULE 1.1(B)

COMMITMENTS OF BANKS AND ADDRESSES FOR NOTICES

Page 1 of 2

Part 1 - Commitments of Banks and Addresses for Notices to Banks

 

Bank

Amount of Commitment for Revolving Credit Loans

Ratable

Share

Name:  PNC Bank, National

 

 

Association

 

 

Address:

 

 

Three PNC Plaza

 

 

225 Fifth Avenue

 

 

Pittsburgh, PA

Yen 500,000,000

100%

15222

 

 

 

 

 

Attention: Justin Krauss

 

 

Telephone: 412-762-7262

 

 

Telecopy: 412-762-4718

 

 

 

- 42 -


 

SCHEDULE 1.1(B)

COMMITMENTS OF BANKS AND ADDRESSES FOR NOTICES

Page 2 of 2

Part 2 - Addresses for Notices to Borrower and Guarantors:

AGENT

PNC Bank, National Association

PNC Firstside Center

500 First Avenue

Pittsburgh, PA 15219

Attention:  Sharon Kotto

Telephone:  412-768-2657

Telecopy:  412-768- 4586

BORROWER:

Name:

c/o II-VI INCORPORATED

Address:

375 Saxonburg Boulevard

 

Saxonburg, PA 16056

Attention :

Chief Financial Officer

Telephone:

(724) 352-5211

Telecopy:

(724) 360-5947

GUARANTOR:

Name:

II-VI INCORPORATED

Address:

375 Saxonburg Boulevard

 

Saxonburg, PA 16056

Attention:

Chief Financial Officer

Telephone:

(724) 352-5211

Telecopy:

(724) 360-5947

 

 

 

- 43 -


 

SCHEDULE 6.1.13

CONSENTS

NONE

 

 

 

 


 

EXHIBIT 1.1(A)

ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT

THIS ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT (the “ Assignment and Assumption ”) is dated as of the Effective Date set forth below and is entered into by and between [ Insert name of Assignor ] (the “ Assignor ”) and [ Insert name of Assignee ] (the “ Assignee ”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement identified below (as the same may be amended, restated, modified, or supplemented, the “ Credit Agreement ”), receipt of a copy of which is hereby acknowledged by the Assignee. The Standard Terms and Conditions set forth in Annex 1 attached hereto are hereby agreed to and incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this Assignment and Assumption as if set forth herein in full.

For an agreed consideration, the Assignor hereby irrevocably sells and assigns to the Assignee, and the Assignee hereby irrevocably purchases and assumes from the Assignor, subject to and in accordance with the Standard Terms and Conditions and the Credit Agreement, as of the Effective Date inserted by the Agent as contemplated below (i) all of the Assignor’s rights and obligations in its capacity as a Lender under the Credit Agreement and any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto to the extent related to the amount and percentage interest identified below of all of such outstanding rights and obligations of the Assignor under the respective facilities identified below (including, without limitation, any Letters of Credit and guarantees included in such facilities), and (ii) to the extent permitted to be assigned under applicable law, all claims, suits, causes of action and any other right of the Assignor (in its capacity as a Lender) against any Person, whether known or unknown, arising under or in connection with the Credit Agreement, any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto or the loan transactions governed thereby or in any way based on or related to any of the foregoing, including, but not limited to, contract claims, tort claims, malpractice claims, statutory claims and all other claims at law or in equity related to the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clause (i) above (the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) above being referred to herein collectively as, the “ Assigned Interest ”). Such sale and assignment is without recourse to the Assignor and, except as expressly provided in this Assignment and Assumption, without representation or warranty by the Assignor.

 

Assignor:

 

 

 

Assignee:

 

 

[and is an Affiliate of [ identify Lender ]]

 

 

Borrower:

II-VI JAPAN INCORPORATED, a Japanese corporation

 

 

Agent:

PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as the agent under the Credit Agreement

 

 

Credit Agreement:

The Credit Agreement dated as of January 31, 2012, among II-VI Japan Incorporated, and Guarantors now or hereafter party thereto, the Banks party thereto and PNC Bank, National Association, as Agent.

 

 

Assigned Interest:

 

 

Facility
Assigned

Aggregate Amount
of
Commitment/Loans for all Lenders

Amount of Commitment/Loans Assigned

Percentage Assigned of
Commitment/Loans 1

CUSIP Number

Revolving Credit Commitment

Yen

Yen

%

 

 

[Trade Date:

                      ] 2

 

1

Set forth, to at least 9 decimals, as a percentage of the Commitment/Loans of all Lenders thereunder.

2

To be completed if the Assignor and the Assignee intend that the minimum assignment amount is to be determined as of the Trade Date.

 


 

Effective Date:                   , 20      [TO BE INSERTED BY AGENT AND WHICH SHALL BE THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF RECORDAT1ON OF TRANSFER I N T HE REGISTER THEREFOR.] 3

The terms set forth in this Assignment and Assumption are hereby agreed to:

 

 

 

 

ASSIGNOR

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ASSIGNEE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consented to and Accepted:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

 

 

 

as Agent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

Title .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

Assignor shall pay a fee of $3,500 to the Agent in connection with the Assignment and Assumption.

2

 


 

Consented to: 4

II-VI INCORPORATED, AS BORROWER

AGENT FOR

II-VI JAPAN INCORPORATED

 

By:

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

4

If applicable

 

 

 

3

 


 

ANNEX I

II-VI JAPAN INCORPORATED

CREDIT FACILITY

STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS

FOR ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT

1. Representations and Warranties .

1.1 Assignor . The Assignor (a) represents and warrants that (i) it is the Legal and beneficial owner of the Assigned Interest, (ii) the Assigned Interest is free and clear of any lien, encumbrance or other adverse claim, and (iii) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby; and (b) assumes no responsibility with respect to (i) any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Loan Documents or any collateral thereunder, (iii) the financial condition of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person obligated in respect of any Loan Document, or (iv) the performance or observance by the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person of any of their respective obligations under any Loan Document.

1.2. Assignee . The Assignee (a) represents and warrants that (i) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and to become a Lender under the Credit Agreement, (ii) it meets all requirements of an eligible assignee under the Credit Agreement (subject to receipt of such consents as may be required under the Credit Agreement), (iii) from and after the Effective Date, it shall be bound by the provisions of the Credit Agreement as a Lender thereunder and, to the extent of the Assigned Interest, shall have the obligations of a Lender thereunder, (iv) it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement, together with copies of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 8.3 [Reporting Requirements] thereof, as applicable, and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and Assumption and to purchase the Assigned Interest on the basis of which it has made such analysis and decision independently and without reliance on the Agent or any other Lender, and (v) if Assignee is not incorporated or organized under the Laws of the United States of America or a state thereof, attached to the Assignment and Assumption is any documentation required to be delivered by it pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement, duly completed and executed by the Assignee; and (b) agrees that (i) it will, independently and without reliance on the Agent, the Assignor or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Loan Documents, and (ii) it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Loan Documents are required to be performed by it as a Lender.

2. Payments . From and after the Effective Date, the Agent shall make all payments in respect of the Assigned Interest (including payments of principal, interest, fees and other amounts) to the Assignor for amounts which have accrued to but excluding the Effective Date and to the Assignee for amounts which have accrued from and after the Effective Date.

3. General Provisions . This Assignment and Assumption shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. This Assignment and Assumption may be executed in any number of counterparts, which together shall constitute one instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Assignment and Assumption by telecopy shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Assignment and Assumption. This Assignment and Assumption shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the internal laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania without regard to its conflict of laws principles.

 

 

 

 


 

EXHIBIT 1 .1(G)(2)

CONTINUING AGREEMENT OF GUARANTY AND SURETYSHIP

THIS CONTINUING AGREEMENT OF GUARANTY AND SURETYSHIP (this “ Guaranty ”), dated as of this 31st day of January, 2012, is jointly and severally given by EACH OF THE UNDERSIGNED AND EACH OF THE OTHER PERSONS WHICH BECOME GUARANTORS HEREUNDER FROM TIME TO TIME (each a “ Guarantor ” and collectively the “ Guarantors ”) in favor of PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION , as agent for the Banks (the “ Agent ”) in connection with that Credit Agreement, dated as of January 31, 2012, by and among II-VI Japan Incorporated, a Pennsylvania corporation (the “ Borrower ”), the Agent, the Banks now or hereafter party thereto (the “ Banks ”) and the Guarantors (as amended, restated, modified, or supplemented from time to time hereafter, the “ Credit Agreement ”). Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings ascribed to them by the Credit Agreement and the rules of construction set forth in Section 1.2 [Construction] of the Credit Agreement shall apply to this Guaranty.

1. Guarantied Obligations . To induce the Agent and the Banks to make loans and grant other financial accommodations to the Borrower under the Credit Agreement, each Guarantor hereby jointly and severally unconditionally, and irrevocably, guaranties to the Agent, each Bank and becomes surety, as though it was a primary obligor for, the full and punctual payment and performance when due (whether on demand, at stated maturity, by acceleration, or otherwise and including any amounts which would become due but for the operation of an automatic stay under the federal bankruptcy code of the United States or any similar Laws of any country or jurisdiction) of all Obligations, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, all obligations, liabilities, and indebtedness from time to time of the Borrower or any other Guarantor to the Agent or any of the Banks or any Affiliate of any Bank under or in connection with the (i) Credit Agreement, (ii) any other Loan Document, (iii) any other obligation of the Borrower to PNC Bank, National Association, whether for principal, interest, fees, indemnities, expenses, or otherwise, and all renewals, extensions, amendments, refinancing or refundings thereof, whether such obligations, liabilities, or indebtedness are direct or indirect, secured or unsecured, joint or several, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, whether for payment or performance, now existing or hereafter arising (and including obligations, liabilities, and indebtedness arising or accruing after the commencement of any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, or similar proceeding with respect to the Borrower or any Guarantor or which would have arisen or accrued but for the commencement of such proceeding, even if the claim for such obligation, liability, or indebtedness is not enforceable or allowable in such proceeding, and including all Obligations, liabilities, and Indebtedness arising from any extensions of credit under or in connection with any Loan Document from time to time, regardless of whether any such extensions of credit are in excess of the amount committed under or contemplated by the Loan Documents or are made in circumstances in which any condition to extension of credit is not satisfied) (all of the foregoing obligations, liabilities and indebtedness  are referred to herein collectively as the “ Guarantied Obligations ” and each as a “ Guarantied Obligation ”). Without limitation of the foregoing, any of the Guarantied Obligations shall be and remain Guarantied Obligations entitled to the benefit of this Guaranty if the Agent or any of the Banks (or any one or more assignees or transferees thereof) from time to time assign or otherwise transfer all or any portion of their respective rights and obligations under the Loan Documents, or any other Guarantied Obligations, to any other Person. In furtherance of the foregoing, each Guarantor jointly and severally agrees as follows.

2. Guaranty . Each Guarantor hereby promises to pay and perform all such Guarantied Obligations immediately upon demand of the Agent and the Banks or any one or more of them. All payments made hereunder shall be made by each Guarantor in immediately available funds in U.S. Dollars or Japanese Yen, as elected by the Agent, and shall be made without setoff, counterclaim, withholding, or other deduction of any nature.

 

 

 

 


 

3. Obligations Absolute . The obligations of the Guarantors hereunder shall not be discharged or impaired or otherwise diminished by the failure, default, omission, or delay, willful or otherwise, by any Bank, the Agent, o r any Borrower or any other obligor on any of the Guarantied Obligations, or by any othe r act or thing or omission or delay to do any other act or thing which may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of any Guarantor or would otherwise operate as a discharge of any Guarantor as a matter of law or equity. Each of the G uarantors agrees that the G uarantied Obligations will be paid and performed strictly in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Guarantor hereby consents to, at any time an d from time to time, and, the j oint and several obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shal l not be diminished, terminated, or otherwise similarly affected by any of the following:

(a) Any lack of genuineness, legality, validity, enforceability or allowability (in a bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar proceeding, or otherwise), or any avoidance or subordination, in whole or in part, of any Loan Document or any of the Guarantied Obligations and regardless of any Law, regulation or order now or hereafter in effect in any jurisdiction affecting any of the Guarantied Obligations, any of the terms of the Loan Documents, or any rights of the Agent or the Banks or any other Person with respect thereto;

(b) Any increase, decrease, or change in the amount, nature, type or purpose of any of, or any release, surrender, exchange, compromise or settlement of any of the Guarantied Obligations (whether or not contemplated by the Loan Documents as presently constituted); any change in the time, manner, method, or place of payment or performance of, or in any other term of, any of the Guarantied Obligations; any execution or delivery of any additional Loan Documents; or any amendment, modification or supplement to, or renewals, extensions, refinancing or refunding of any Loan Document or any of the Guarantied Obligations;

(c) Any failur e to assert any breach of or default under any Loan Document or any of the Guarantied Obligations; any extensions of credit in excess of the amount committed under or contemplated by the Loan Documents, or in circumstances in which any condition to such extensions of credit has not been satisfied; any other exercise or non-exercise, or any other failure, omission, breach, default, delay, or wrongful action in connection with any exercise or non-exercise, of any right or remedy against the Borrower or any other Person under or in connection with any Loan Document or any of the Guarantied Obligations; any refusal of payment or performance of any of the Guarantied Obligations, whether or not with any reservation of rights against any Guarantor; or any application of collections (including but not limited to collections resulting from realization upon any direct or indirect security for the Guarantied Obligations) to other obligations, if any, not entitled to the benefits of this Guaranty, in preference to Guarantied Obligations entitled to the benefits of this Guaranty, or if any collections are applied to Guarantied Obligations, any application to particular Guarantied Obligations;

(d) Any taking, exchange, amendment, modification, waiver, supplement, termination, subordination, compromise, release, surrender, loss, or impairment of, or any failure to protect, perfect, or preserve the value of, or any enforcement of, realization upon, or exercise of rights, or remedies under or in connection with, or any failure, omission, breach, default, delay, or wrongful action by the Agent or the Banks, or any of them, or any other Person in connection with the enforcement of, realization upon, or exercise of rights or remedies under or in connection with, or, any other action or inaction by the Agent or the Banks, or any of them, or any other Person in respect of, any direct or indirect security for any of the Guarantied Obligations. As used in this Guaranty, “direct or indirect security” for the Guarantied Obligations, and similar phrases, includes any collateral security, guaranty, suretyship, letter of credit, capital maintenance agreement, put option, subordination agreement, or other right or arrangement of any nature providing direct or indirect assurance of payment or performance of any of the Guarantied Obligations, made by or on behalf of any Person;

(e) Any merger, consolidation, liquidation, dissolution, winding-up, charter revocation, or forfeiture, or other change in, restructuring or termination of the corporate structure or existence of, any Borrower or any other Person; any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar proceeding under the laws of Japan or any other country with respect to the Borrower or any other Person; or any action taken or election made by the Agent or the Banks, or any of them (including but not limited to any election under Section 1111(b)(2) of the United States Bankruptcy Code), the Borrower, or any other Person in connection with any such proceeding;

2


(f) Any defense, setoff , or counterclaim which may at any time be available to or be asserted by any Borrower or any other person with respect to any Loan Document or any of the Guarantied Obligations; or any discharge by operation of law or release of the Borrower or any other Person from the performance or observance of any Loan Document or any of the Guarantied Obligations; or

(g) Any other event or circumstance, whether similar or dissimilar to the foregoing, and whether known or unknown, which might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or limit the liability of, any Guarantor, a guarantor or a surety, excepting only full, strict, and indefeasible payment and performance of the Guarantied Obligations in full.

Each Guarantor acknowledges, consents, and agrees that new Guarantors may join in this Guaranty and each Guarantor affirms that its obligations shall continue hereunder undiminished.

4. Waivers, etc . Each of the Guarantors hereby waives any defense to or limitation on its obligations under this Guaranty arising out of or based on any event or circumstance referred to in Section 3 hereof. Without limitation and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, each Guarantor waives each of the following:

(a) All notices, disclosures and demand of any nature which otherwise might be required from time to time to preserve intact any rights against any Guarantor, including the following: any notice of any event or circumstance described in Section 3 hereof; any notice required by any Law, regulation or order now or hereafter in effect in any jurisdiction; any notice of nonpayment, nonperformance, dishonor, or protest under any Loan Document or any of the Guarantied Obligations; any notice of the incurrence of any Guarantied Obligation; any notice of any default or any failure on the part of the Borrower or any other Person to comply with any Loan Document or any of the Guarantied Obligations or any direct or indirect security for any of the Guarantied Obligations; and any notice of any information pertaining to the business, operations, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of the Borrower or any other Person;

(b) Any right to any marshalling of assets, to the filing of any claim against the Borrower or any other Person in the event of any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar proceeding, or to the exercise against the Borrower or any other Person of any other right or remedy under or in connection with any Loan Document or any of the Guarantied Obligations or any direct or indirect security for any of the Guarantied Obligations; any requirement of promptness or diligence on the part of the Agent or the Banks, or any of them, or any other Person; any requirement to exhaust any remedies under or in connection with, or to mitigate the damages resulting from default under, any Loan Document or any of the Guarantied Obligations or any direct or indirect security for any of the Guarantied Obligations; any benefit of any statute of limitations; and any requirement of acceptance of this Guaranty or any other Loan Document, and any requirement that any Guarantor receive notice of any such acceptance;

(c) Any defense or oth er right arising by reason of any Law now or hereafter in effect in any jurisdiction pertaining to election of remedies (including but not limited to anti-deficiency laws, “one action” laws or the like), or by reason of any election of remedies or other action or inaction by the Agent or the Banks, or any of them (including but not limited to commencement or completion of any judicial proceeding or nonjudicial sale or other action in respect of collateral security for any of the Guarantied Obligations), which results in denial or impairment of the right of the Agent or the Banks, or any of them, to seek a deficiency against the Borrower or any other Person or which otherwise discharges or impairs any of the Guarantied Obligations; and

(d) Any and all defenses it may now or hereafter have based on principles of suretyship, impairment of collateral, or the Like.

5. Reinstatement . This Guaranty is a continuing obligation of the Guarantors and shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding that no Guarantied Obligations may be outstanding from time to time and notwithstanding any other event or circumstance. Upon termination of all Commitments, and indefeasible payment in full of all Guarantied Obligations, this Guaranty shall terminate; provided , however , that this Guaranty shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, any time any payment of any of the Guarantied Obligations is rescinded, recouped, avoided, or must otherwise be returned or released by any Bank or Agent upon

3

 


or during the insolvency, bankruptcy, or reorganization of, or any similar proceeding affecting, the Borrower or for any other reason whatsoever, all as though such payme nt had not been made and was due and owing.

6. Subrogation . Each Guarantor waives and agrees it will not exercise any rights against Borrower or any other Guarantor arising in connection with, or any Collateral securing, the Guarantied Obligations (including rights of subrogation, contribution, and the like) until the Guarantied Obligations have been indefeasibly paid in full, and all Commitments have been terminated. If any amount shall be paid to any Guarantor by or on behalf of the Borrower or any other Guarantor by virtue of any right of subrogation, contribution, or the like, such amount shall be deemed to have been paid to such Guarantor for the benefit of, and shall be held in trust for the benefit of, the Agent and the Banks and shall forthwith be paid to the Agent to be credited and applied upon the Guarantied Obligations, whether matured or unmatured, in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement.

7. No Stay . Without limitation of any other provision of this Guaranty, if any declaration of default or acceleration or other exercise or condition to exercise of rights or remedies under or with respect to any Guarantied Obligation shall at any time be stayed, enjoined, or prevented for any reason (including but not limited to stay or injunction resulting from the pendency against the Borrower or any other Person of a bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar proceeding), the Guarantors agree that, for the purposes of this Guaranty and their obligations hereunder, the Guarantied Obligations shall be deemed to have been declared in default or accelerated, and such other exercise or conditions to exercise shall be deemed to have been taken or met.

8. Reserved .

9. Notices . Each Guarantor agrees that all notices, statements, requests, demands and other communications under this Guaranty shall be given to such Guarantor at the address set forth on a Schedule to, or in a Guarantor Joinder and Assumption Agreement given under, the Credit Agreement and in the manner provided in Section 11.6 [Notices] of the Credit Agreement. The Agent and the Banks may rely on any notice (whether or not made in a manner contemplated by this Guaranty) purportedly made by or on behalf of a Guarantor, and the Agent and the Banks shall have no duty to verify the identity or authority of the Person giving such notice.

10. Counterparts; Telecopy Signatures . This Guaranty may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which, when so executed, shall be deemed an original, but all such counterparts shall constitute but one and the same instrument. Each Guarantor acknowledges and agrees that a telecopy transmission to Agent or any Bank of signature pages hereof purporting to be signed on behalf of any Guarantor shall constitute effective and binding execution and delivery hereof by such Guarantor.

11. Setoff, Default Payments by Borrower .

(a) In the event that at any time any obligation of the Guarantors now or hereafter existing under this Guaranty shall have become due and payable, the Agent and the Banks, or any of them, shall have the right from time to time, without notice to any Guarantor, to set off against and apply to such due and payable amount any obligation of any nature of any Bank or the Agent, or any subsidiary or affiliate of any Bank or Agent, to any Guarantor, including but not limited to all deposits (whether time or demand, general or special, provisionally credited or finally credited, however evidenced) now or hereafter maintained by any Guarantor with the Agent or any Bank. Such right shall be absolute and unconditional in all circumstances and, without limitation, shall exist whether or not the Agent or the Banks, or any of them, shall have given any notice or made any demand under this Guaranty or under such obligation to the Guarantor, whether such obligation to the Guarantor is absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured (it being agreed that the Agent and the Banks, or any of them, may deem such obligation to be then due and payable at the time of such setoff), and regardless of the existence or adequacy of any collateral, guaranty, or other direct or indirect security or right or remedy available to the Agent or any of the Banks. The rights of the Agent and the Banks under this Section are in addition to such other rights and remedies (including, without limitation, other rights of setoff and banker’s lien) which the Agent and the Banks, or any of them, may have, and nothing in this Guaranty or in any other Loan Document shall be deemed a waiver of or restriction on the right of setoff or banker’s lien of the Agent and the Banks, or any of them. Each of the Guarantors hereby agrees that, to the fullest extent permitted by Law, any affiliate or subsidiary of the Agent or any of the Banks and any holder of a participation in any obligation of any Guarantor under this Guaranty, shall have the same

4

 


rights of setoff as the Agent and the Banks as provided in this Section (regardless whether such affiliate or participant otherwise would be deemed a creditor of the Guarantor).

(b) Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of any default under any Guarantied Obligation, if any amount shall be paid to any Guarantor by or for the account of Borrower, such amount shall be held in trust for the benefit of each Bank and Agent and shall forthwith be paid to the Agent to be credited and applied to the Guarantied Obligations when due and payable.

12. Construction . The section and other headings contained in this Guaranty are for reference purposes only and shall not affect interpretation of this Guaranty in any respect. This Guaranty has been fully negotiated between the applicable parties, each party having the benefit of legal counsel, and accordingly neither any doctrine of construction of guaranties or suretyships in favor of the guarantor or surety, nor any doctrine of construction of ambiguities in agreement or instruments against the party controlling the drafting thereof, shall apply to this Guaranty.

13. Successors and Assigns . This Guaranty shall be binding upon each Guarantor, its successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Agent and the Banks, or any of them, and their successors and permitted assigns; provided , however , that no Guarantor may assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder or any interest herein and any such purported assignment or transfer shall be null and void. Without limitation of the foregoing, the Agent and the Banks, or any of them (and any successive assignee or transferee), from time to time may assign or otherwise transfer all or any portion of its rights or obligations under the Loan Documents (including all or any portion of any commitment to extend credit), or any other Guarantied Obligations, to any other person and such Guarantied Obligations (including any Guarantied Obligations resulting from extension of credit by such other Person under or in connection with the Loan Documents) shall be and remain Guarantied Obligations entitled to the benefit of this Guaranty, and to the extent of its interest in such Guarantied Obligations such other Person shall be vested with all the benefits in respect thereof granted to the Agent and the Banks in this Guaranty or otherwise.

14. Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial .

(a) Governing Law . This Guaranty shall be governed by, construed, and enforced in accordance with, the internal Laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, without regard to conflict of laws principles.

(b) Certain Waivers . Each Guarantor hereby irrevocably:

(i) Submits to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of any state or federal court sitting in Allegheny County, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement, and each Guarantor hereby irrevocably agrees that all claims in respect of such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such state or federal court. Each Guarantor hereby waives to the fullest extent it may effectively do so, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of any such action or proceeding.

(ii) Waives any objection to jurisdiction and venue of any action instituted against it as provided herein and agrees not to assert any defense based on lack of jurisdiction or venue; and

(iii) WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, SUIT, PROCEEDING, OR COUNTERCLAIM OF ANY KIND ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS GUARANTY, THE CREDIT AGREEMENT, OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW.

15. Severability; Modification to Conform to Law .

(a) It is the intention of the parties that this Guaranty be enforceable to the fullest extent permissible under applicable Law, but that the unenforceability (or modification to conform to such Law) of any provision or provisions hereof shall not render unenforceable, or impair, the remainder hereof. If any provision in this Guaranty shall be held invalid or unenforceable in whole or in part in any jurisdiction, this Guaranty shall, as to such jurisdiction, be deemed amended to modify or delete, as necessary, the offending provision or provisions and to alter

5

 


t he bounds thereof in order to render it or the m valid and enforceable to the maximum extent permitted by applicable Law, without in any manner affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision or provisions in any other jurisdiction or the remaining provisions hereof in any jurisdiction.

(b) Without limitation of the preceding subsection (a), to the extent that applicable Law (including applicable Laws pertaining to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent or preferential transfer) otherwise would render the full amount of the Guarantor’s obligations hereunder invalid, voidable, or unenforceable on account of the amount of a Guarantor’s aggregate liability under this Guaranty, then, notwithstanding any other provision of this Guaranty to the contrary, the aggregate amount of such liability shall, without any further action by the Agent or any of the Banks or such Guarantor or any other Person, be automatically limited and reduced to the highest amount which is valid and enforceable as determined in such action or proceeding, which (without limiting the generality of the foregoing) may be an amount which is equal to the greater of:

(i) the fair consideration actually received by such Guarantor under the terms  and  as a result of the Loan Documents and the value of the benefits described in this Section 15 (b) hereof, including (and to the extent not inconsistent with applicable federal and state Laws affecting the enforceability of guaranties) distributions, commitments, and advances made to or for the benefit of such Guarantor with the proceeds of any credit extended under the Loan Documents, or

(ii) the excess of (A) the amount of the fair value of the assets of such Guarantor as of the date of this Guaranty as determined in accordance with applicable federal and state Laws governing determinations of the insolvency of debtors as in effect on the date hereof, over (B) the amount of all liabilities of such Guarantor as of the date of this Guaranty, also as determined on the basis of applicable federal and state Laws governing the insolvency of debtors as in effect on the date hereof.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section or elsewhere in this Guaranty, this Guaranty shall be presumptively valid and enforceable to its full extent in accordance with its terms, as if this Section (and references elsewhere in this Guaranty to enforceability to the fullest extent permitted by Law) were not a part of this Guaranty, and in any related litigation the burden of proof shall be on the party asserting the invalidity or unenforceability of any provision hereof or asserting any limitation on any Guarantor’s obligations hereunder as to each element of such assertion.

16. Additional Guarantors . At any time after the initial execution and delivery of this Guaranty to the Agent and the Banks, additional Persons may become parties to this Guaranty and thereby acquire the duties and rights of being Guarantors hereunder by executing and delivering to the Agent and the Banks a Guarantor Joinder pursuant to the Credit Agreement. No notice of the addition of any Guarantor shall be required to be given to any pre-existing Guarantor and each Guarantor hereby consents thereto.

17. Joint and Several Obligations .

The obligations and additional liabilities of the Guarantors under this Guaranty are joint and several obligations of the Guarantors, and each Guarantor hereby waives to the full extent permitted by Law any defense it may otherwise have to the payment and performance of the Obligations that its liability hereunder is limited and not joint and several. Each Guarantor acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing waivers and those set forth below serve as a material inducement to the agreement of the Agent and the Banks to make the Loans, and that the Agent and the Banks are relying on each specific waiver and all such waivers in entering into this Guaranty. The undertakings of each Guarantor hereunder secure the obligations of itself and the other Guarantors. The Agent and the Banks, or any of them, may, in their sole discretion, elect to enforce this Guaranty against any Guarantor without any duty or responsibility to pursue any other Guarantor and such an election by the Agent and the Banks, or any of them, shall not be a defense to any action the Agent and the Banks, or any of them, may elect to take against any Guarantor. Each of the Banks and Agent hereby reserve all rights against each Guarantor.

6

 


18. Receipt of Credit A g re ement, Other Loan Documents, Benefits .

(a) Each Guarantor hereby acknowledges that it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents and each Guarantor certifies that the representations and warranties made therein with respect to such Guarantor are true and correct. Further, each Guarantor acknowledges and agrees to perform, comply with, and be bound by all of the provisions of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

(b) Each Guarantor hereby acknowledges, represents, and warrants that it receives direct and indirect benefits by virtue of its affiliation with Borrower and the other Guarantors and that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by the Credit Agreement and that such benefits, together with the rights of contribution and subrogation that may arise in connection herewith are a reasonably equivalent exchange of value in return for providing this Guaranty.

19. Miscellaneous .

(a) Generality of Certain Terms . As used in this Guaranty, the terms “hereof”, “herein” and terms of similar import refer to this Guaranty as a whole and not to any particular term or provision; the term “including”, as used herein, is not a term of limitation and means “including without limitation”.

(b) Amendments, Waivers . No amendment to or waiver of any provision of this Guaranty, and no consent to any departure by any Guarantor herefrom, shall in any event be effective unless in a writing manually signed by or on behalf of the Agent and the Banks. Any such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given. No delay or failure of the Agent or the Banks, or any of them, in exercising any right or remedy under this Guaranty shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or remedy preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies of the Agent and the Banks under this Guaranty are cumulative and not exclusive of any other rights or remedies available hereunder, under any other agreement or instrument, by Law, or otherwise.

(c) Telecommunications . Each Bank and Agent shall be entitled to rely on the authority of any individual making any telecopy, electronic or telephonic notice, request, or signature without the necessity of receipt of any verification thereof.

(d) Expenses . Each Guarantor unconditionally agrees to pay all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorney’s fees incurred by the Agent or any of the Banks in enforcing this Guaranty against any Guarantor and each Guarantor shall pay and indemnify each Bank and Agent for, and hold it harmless from and against, any and all obligations, liabilities, losses, damages, costs, expenses (including disbursements and reasonable legal fees of counsel to any Bank or Agent), penalties, judgments, suits, actions, claims, and disbursements imposed on, asserted against, or incurred by any Bank or Agent (except as may result from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Agent or any Bank):

(i) relating to the preparation, negotiation, execution, administration, or enforcement of or collection under this Guaranty or any document, instrument, or agreement relating to any of the Obligations, including in any bankruptcy, insolvency, or similar proceeding in any jurisdiction or political subdivision thereof;

(ii) relating to any amendment, modification, waiver, or consent hereunder or relating to any telecopy or telephonic transmission purporting to be by any Guarantor or Borrower; and

(iii) in any way relating to or arising out of this Guaranty, or any document, instrument, or agreement relating to any of the Guarantied Obligations, or any action taken or omitted to be taken by any Bank or Agent hereunder, and including those arising directly or indirectly from the violation or asserted violation by any Guarantor or Borrower or Agent or any Bank of any Law, rule, regulation, judgment, order, or the like of any jurisdiction or political subdivision thereof (including those relating to environmental protection, health, labor, importing, exporting, or safety) and regardless whether asserted by any governmental entity or any other Person.

7

 


(e) Prior Understandings . This Guaranty and the Credit Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all other prior and contemporaneous understandings and agreements.

(f) Survival . All representations and warranties of the Guarantors made in connection with this Guaranty shall survive, and shall not be waived by, the execution and delivery of this Guaranty, any investigation by or knowledge of the Agent and the Banks, or any of them, any extension of credit, or any other event or circumstance whatsoever.

8

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, t he undersigned parties intending to be legally bound, have executed this Guaranty as of the date first above written with the intention that this Guaranty shall constitute a sealed instrument.

 

WITNESS:

 

II-VI INCORPORATED

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

Craig A. Creaturo

Name:

 

Title:

Treasurer

 

 

 

(SEAL)

 

 

 

Address :

II-VI Incorporated

 

 

 

375 Saxonburg Blvd

 

 

 

Saxonburg, PA 16056

 

 

 

 

 

Telecopier: 724-360-5947

 

 

 

 

 

PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Agent

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

(SEAL)

9

 


Acknowledged and consented to:

BORROWER

 

WITNESS:

 

II-VI JAPAN INCORPORATED

 

 

 

 

By:

 

Name:

 

Name:

Yasuhiro Sakakibara

 

 

Title:

President

 

 

 

(SEAL)

 

 

 

Address :

c/o II-VI Incorporated

 

 

 

375 Saxonburg Blvd

 

 

 

Saxonburg, PA 16056

 

 

 

 

 

 

Telecopier: 724-360-5947

 

 

 

10

 


 

EXHIBIT 1.1(R)

REVOLVING CREDIT NOTE

 

Yen 500,000,000

Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania

 

January 31, 2012

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, II-VI JAPAN INCORPORATED, a Japanese corporation (herein called the “Borrower” ), hereby promises to pay to the order of PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (the “Payee Bank” ) on the first to occur of the Expiration Date or acceleration, the lesser of the principal sum of YEN FIVE HUNDRED MILLION (Yen 500,000,000) or the principal amount as may be advanced by Payee Bank to the Borrower hereunder pursuant to the Credit Agreement dated as of January 31, 2012 among the Borrower, the Guarantors party thereto, the Payee Bank, various other financial institutions which are now or hereafter become a party thereto (the Payee Bank and such other financial institutions are each, a “Bank” and collectively, the “Banks” ), and PNC Bank, National Association, as Agent for the Banks (in such capacity, the “Agent” ), (together with all extensions, renewals, amendments, substitutions and replacements thereto and thereof, the “Credit Agreement”).

The Borrower shall pay interest on the unpaid principal balance hereof from time to time outstanding from the date hereof at the rate or rates per annum specified by the Borrower pursuant to the Credit Agreement.

Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default as provided in the Credit Agreement, the Borrower shall pay interest on the entire principal amount of the then outstanding Loans evidenced by this Note at a rate per annum equal to two percent (2%) per annum above the rate of interest otherwise applicable thereto. Such interest will accrue before and after any judgment has been entered.

Subject to the provisions of the Credit Agreement, interest on this Revolving Credit Note will be payable on the dates set forth in the Credit Agreement and on the Expiration Date.

Subject to the provisions of the Credit Agreement, if any payment or action to be made or taken hereunder shall be stated to be or become due on a day which is not a Business Day, such payment or action shall be made or taken on the next following Business Day and such extension of time shall be included in computing interest or fees, if any, in connection with such payment or action.

Subject to the provisions of the Credit Agreement, payments of both principal and interest shall be made without setoff, counterclaim or other deduction of any nature at the office of the Agent located at Three PNC Plaza, 225 Fifth Avenue, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15222, in Japanese Yen in immediately available funds.

This Note is one of the Revolving Credit Notes referred to in, and is entitled to the benefits of, the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including the representations, warranties, covenants and conditions contained therein. The Credit Agreement among other things contains provision for acceleration of the maturity hereof upon the happening of certain stated events and also for prepayment, in certain circumstances, on account of principal hereof prior to maturity upon the terms and conditions therein specified.

All capitalized terms used herein shall, unless otherwise defined herein, have the same meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement.

Except as otherwise provided in the Credit Agreement, the Borrower waives presentment, demand, notice, protest and all other demands and notices in connection with the delivery, acceptance, performance, default or enforcement of this Note and the Credit Agreement.

This Note shall bind the Borrower and its successors and assigns, and the benefits hereof shall inure to the benefit of the Payee Bank and its successors and assigns. All references herein to the “Borrower” and the “Payee Bank” shall be deemed to apply to the Borrower and the Payee Bank, respectively, and their respective successors and assigns.

 


No delay or omission of the Payee Bank to exercise any right or power arising hereunder shall impair any such right or power or be considered to be a waiver of any such right or power, nor sha ll the Payee Bank’s actions or inaction impair any such right or power. The Borrower agrees to pay on demand, to the extent permitted by law, all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by the Payee Bank in the enforcement of its rights in this Note and in any security therefor. If any provision of this Note is found to be invalid by a court, all other provisions of this Note will remain in fu ll force and effect. The Borrower and all other makers and endorsers of this Note hereby forever waive presentment, protest, notic e of dishonor and notice of non- payment. The Borrower also waives all defenses based on suretyship or impairment of collateral. This Note shall bind the Borrower and its successors and assigns, and the benefits hereof shall inure to the benefit of the Payee Bank and its successors and assigns.

THIS NOTE SHALL FOR ALL PURPOSES BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA, WITHOUT REGARD TO ITS CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES, EXCEPTING APPLICABLE FEDERAL LAW AND EXCEPT ONLY TO THE EXTENT PRECLUDED BY THE MANDATORY APPLICATION OF THE LAW OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION.

THE BORROWER HEREBY IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO THE NONEXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE COURT OF COMMON PLEAS OF ALLEGHENY COUNTY AND THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE WESTERN DISTRICT OF PENNSYLVANIA, AND WAIVES PERSONAL SERVICE OF ANY AND ALL PROCESS UPON IT AND CONSENTS THAT ALL SUCH SERVICE OF PROCESS BE MADE BY CERTIFIED OR REGISTERED MAIL DIRECTED TO SUCH ADDRESS PROVIDED FOR IN SECTION 11.6 OF THE CREDIT AGREEMENT AND SERVICE SO MADE SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE COMPLETED UPON ACTUAL RECEIPT THEREOF. BORROWER WAIVES ANY OBJECTION TO JURISDICTION AND VENUE OF ANY ACTION INSTITUTED AGAINST IT AS PROVIDED HEREIN AND AGREES NOT TO ASSERT ANY DEFENSE BASED ON LACK OF JURISDICTION OR VENUE. THE BORROWER HEREBY ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS CHOICE OF FORUM SHALL NOT BE DEEMED TO PRECLUDE THE ENFORCEMENT OF ANY JUDGMENT OBTAINED IN ANY FORUM OR THE TAKING OF ANY ACTION UNDER THE LOAN DOCUMENTS TO ENFORCE THE SAME IN ANY APPROPRIATE JURISDICTION.

WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . THE BORROWER HEREBY WAIVES THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, SUIT, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM OF ANY KIND ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS NOTE.

The Payee Bank may at any time pledge all or a portion of its rights under the Loan Documents including any portion of this Term Note to any of the twelve (12) Federal Reserve Banks organized under Section 4 of the Federal Reserve Act, 12 U.S.C. § 341. No such pledge or enforcement thereof shall release the Payee Bank from its obligations under any of the Loan Documents.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Note by its duly authorized officer with the intention that it constitutes a sealed instrument.

 

WITNESS:

 

II-VI JAPAN INCORPORATED

 

By:

 

 

 

By:

 

 [SEAL] 

Name:

 

 

Name:

Yasuhiro Sakakibara

 

 

 

Title:

President

 

 

 


EXHIBIT 2.5.1

FORM OF

REVOLVING CREDIT LOAN REQUEST

 

TO:

PNC Bank, National Association, as Agent

 

 

PNC Firstside Center, 4 th Floor

 

 

500 First Avenue

 

 

Pittsburgh, PA 15219

 

 

Attention: Sharon Katto

 

 

Telephone: 412-768-2657

 

 

Telecopy: 412-768-4586

 

 

 

 

FROM:

II-VI Japan Incorporated (the “Borrower”)

 

 

 

 

RE:

Credit Agreement by and among the Borrower, the Banks party thereto, the Guarantors party thereto and the Agent, dated as of January 31, 2012 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms, the “Credit Agreement”)

 

Pursuant to the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby irrevocably makes the following Revolving Credit Loan Request:

 

Euro-Rate Portion

 

1.

The Euro-Rate Interest Period for each Euro-Rate Portion (may not end later than the relevant Expiration Date)

 

 

 

 

 

2.

The Aggregate Principal Amount of Euro-Rate Portion for each Euro-Rate Interest Period (may not be less than Yen 50,000,000 and must be an integral multiple of Yen 50,000,000)

 

 

Yen

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.

Proposed Borrowing Date (which date shall be at least four (4) Business Days after the date on which the Agent receives this Euro-Rate Portion Request, with such request to be received no later than 10:00 a.m., Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania time)

 

 

 

 


A s of the d ate h ere of and the d at e o f making of th e Re vo l ving Credit Loan: the Borrower has performed and complied with all covenants and conditions of the Cr e dit Agreement, the representations and warranties contained in Article 6 of the Credit Agreement (except representations and warranties which relate solely to a n earlier date or time) are and will be true as more fully provided in the Credit Agreement; no Potential Default or Event Default has occurred and is continuing or shall exist; and the making of the Revolving Credit Loans shall not contravene any Law applicable to the parties to the Credit Agreement and the Loan Documents.

Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

The undersigned certifies to the Agent for the benefit of the Banks as to the accuracy of the foregoing.

 

Date:

 

 

II-VI INCORPORATED, as Borrower Agent

 

 

for II-VI JAPAN INCORPORATED

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.06

 

CONSULTING AGREEMENT

 

THIS AGREEMENT made and entered into this 10 th day of June , 2015 by and between II-VI INCORPORATED, a Pennsylvania corporation, having a principal place of business at 375 Saxonburg Boulevard, Saxonburg, Butler County, Pennsylvania 16056, hereinafter referred to as “ II-VI ”, and James Martinelli , with a street address of 1832 Liberty Way, Valencia, PA 16059 , hereinafter referred to as the “ Consultant .”

 

W I T N E S S E T H :

 

WHEREAS , II-VI desires to retain the services of Consultant, and Consultant is willing to be retained as a consultant and independent contractor to II-VI, upon the terms and subject to the conditions hereinafter set forth.  

 

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth below, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties agrees as follows:

 

1. Consulting Services .  

 

(a) II-VI hereby retains the Consultant, and the Consultant hereby agrees, to perform consulting services for II-VI in accordance with the description, schedule, milestones, and/or deadlines set forth on Schedule A attached hereto and made a part hereof (the “ Consulting Services ”) on the terms and conditions set forth herein.  During the Term (as defined below), the Consultant shall be required to devote such time in rending services as shall be mutually agreeable to II-VI and the Consultant.  

 

(b) Consultant hereby agrees (i) to comply at all times with all applicable laws and policies of II-VI in connection with the performance of the Consulting Services and (ii) to perform the Consulting Services in a good, timely, efficient, professional, diligent and workmanlike manner.

 

(c) Consultant shall furnish and submit intermediate reports to II-VI in such form, timing and number as may be reasonably requested by II-VI and shall make such final reports as may be reasonably requested by II-VI concerning the work and services performed under this Agreement.

 

2. Term .  The term (“ Term ”) of this Agreement shall commence on September 15, 2015 and shall continue until September 1, 2016 provided, however, that either party may terminate this Agreement on 90 days prior written notice.

 

3. Compensation .  

 

(a) During the Term, II-VI shall pay the Consultant a retainer fee of $10,000.00 per month beginning October 1, 2015 and a consulting fee of $ 700.00 per day or $ 350.00 per half day (the “ Consulting Fee ”), payable as set forth in Section 3(b) below.   During the Term, II-VI shall also reimburse the Consultant for all reasonable and necessary expenses incurred by the Consultant in performing the Consulting Services, on the same basis as executives of II-VI and in accordance with II-VI’s policies in effect from time to time.  Consultant will not be entitled to compensation for any work not expressly described

Page 1 of 10

 


on Schedule A or authorized by II-VI in writing.    Except as provided for in this Section 3(a), Consultant shall not be entitled to any other compensation for Consulting Services.   

 

(b) Consultant will invoice II-VI on a monthly basis detailing the Consulting Services performed by Consultant, the compensation due for such Consulting Services and any expenses incurred by the Consultant pursuant to this Agreement.  Payment on satisfactory invoices shall be made within a reasonable time after receipt by II-VI.  

 

4. Independent Contractor Status .  Consultant shall be an independent contractor and Consultant acknowledges, and confirms to II-VI, Consultant's status as that of an independent contractor.  Nothing herein shall be deemed or construed to create a joint venture, partnership, agency, or employee/employer relationship between the parties for any purpose, including but not limited to taxes or employee benefits.  Consultant will be solely responsible for payment of any and all taxes and insurance, including without limitation medical insurance.  Consultant will submit to II-VI upon request evidence of compliance with the provisions of this paragraph in a form and manner satisfactory to II-VI.

 

5. No Power to Act on Behalf of II-VI . Consultant shall not have any right, power or authority to create any obligation, express or implied, or make any representation on behalf of II-VI except as Consultant may be expressly authorized in advance in writing from time to time by II-VI and then only to the extent of such authorization.

 

6. Confidential Information .  

 

(a) The Consultant acknowledges that while rendering the Consulting Services the Consultant will occupy a position of trust and confidence.  The Consultant in the performance of the Consulting Services may have access to and become familiar with “ Confidential Information ,” as defined below.   Both during the Term of this Agreement and thereafter, Consultant covenants and agrees that Consultant (a) shall exercise utmost diligence to protect and safeguard the Confidential Information; (b) shall not disclose to any third party any such Confidential Information, except as may be required in the course of Consultant’s performance of the Consulting Services and authorized by II-VI in writing; and (c) shall not use, directly or indirectly, for Consultant’s own benefit or for the benefit of another, any such Confidential Information.  Consultant acknowledges that Confidential Information has been and will be developed and acquired by II-VI by means of substantial expense and effort, that the Confidential Information is a valuable proprietary asset of II-VI's business, and that its disclosure would cause substantial and irreparable injury to II-VI's business.

 

(b) Confidential Information ” means all information of a confidential or proprietary nature, whether or not specifically labeled or identified as “confidential,” in any form or medium, that is or was disclosed to, or developed or learned by, Consultant in connection with Consultant's past, present or future involvement with II-VI and that relates to the business, products, services, research or development of II-VI or any of its subsidiaries, affiliates or its suppliers, distributors or customers.  Confidential Information includes but is not limited to the following: (i) internal business information (including, but not limited to, information relating to strategic plans and practices, business, training, marketing, promotional and sales plans and practices, cost, rate and pricing structures, accounting and business methods);  (ii) identities of, individual requirements of, specific contractual arrangements with, and information about, any of II-VI’s or any of its subsidiaries, affiliates, suppliers, distributors and customers and their confidential information; (iii) trade secrets, know‑how, compilations of data and analyses, techniques, systems, formulae, research, records, reports, manuals,

II-VI Proprietary               Page 2 of 10


documentation, models, data and data bases relating thereto or other information or thing that has economic value, actual or potential, from not being generally known to or not being readily ascertainable by proper means by other persons; and (iv) inventions, innovations, improvements, developments, methods, designs, analyses, drawings, reports and all similar or related information (whether or not patentable).  Confidential Information shall not include information that Consultant can demonstrate:  (a) is publicly known through no wrongful act or breach of obligation of confidentiality; or (b) was rightfully received by Consultant from a third party without a breach of any obligation of confidentiality by such third party.

 

(c) In any judicial proceeding, it will be presumed that the Confidential Information constitutes protectable trade secrets and the Consultant will bear the burden of proving that any Confidential Information is publicly or rightfully known by the Consultant.  All Confidential Information and equipment relating to the business of II-VI shall not be removed from the premises of II-VI under any circumstances whatsoever without the prior written consent of II-VI.  

 

7. Work Product .  

 

(a) All Work Product shall be made for hire by the Consultant for II-VI or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates and will be the sole and exclusive property of II-VI.  “ Work Product ” means all ideas, discoveries, inventions, innovations, improvements, developments, methods, processes, designs, analyses, drawings, reports and all similar or related information, whether or not patentable or reduced to practice or comprising Confidential Information, and any copyrightable work, trade mark, trade secret or other intellectual property rights, whether or not comprising Confidential Information, and any other form of Confidential Information, any of  which relate to II-VI or any of its affiliates or subsidiaries actual or anticipated business, research and development or existing or future products or services and which :

 

(i) were or are conceived, reduced to practice, contributed to or developed or made by Consultant, whether alone or jointly with others and whether on II-VI’s premises or elsewhere within the scope of the Consultant's duties hereunder;

 

(ii) relates to the business and operation of II-VI or any subsidiary or affiliate, including but not limited to any product, service, or other item which would be in competition with the products or services offered by II-VI or any subsidiary or affiliate or which is related to products or services of II-VI or any subsidiary or affiliate, whether presently existing, under development, or under active consideration; or

 

(iii) was, in whole or in part, the result of the Consultant’s use of II-VI’s resources, including without limitation personnel, computers, equipment, facilities, Confidential Information or otherwise.

 

(b) Consultant will disclose promptly to II-VI any and all Work Product and, upon request by II-VI, will reduce such disclosure to a detailed writing.  During the Term of this Agreement and after termination of this Agreement, if II-VI should then so request, the Consultant agrees to assign and does hereby assign to II-VI all rights in the Work Product.  The Consultant agrees to execute and deliver to II-VI any instruments II-VI deems necessary to vest in II-VI the sole title to and all exclusive rights in the Work Product.  The Consultant agrees to execute and deliver to II-VI all proper papers for use in applying for, obtaining, maintaining, amending and enforcing any legal protections as II-VI may desire.  The Consultant further agrees to assist fully II-VI or its nominees in the preparation and prosecution of any litigation

II-VI Proprietary               Page 3 of 10


connected with the Work Product.  The Consultant's obligations and covenants in this Section will be binding upon the Consultant's heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns.  

 

(c) If II-VI is unable because of Consultant’s mental or physical incapacity or for any other reason (including, but without limitation, Consultant’s refusal to do so after request therefore is made by II-VI) to secure Consultant's signature to apply for or to pursue any application for any United States or foreign patents or copyright registrations covering Work Product belonging to or assigned to II-VI pursuant to this Agreement, then Consultant hereby irrevocably designates and appoints II-VI and its duly authorized officers and agents as Consultant’s agent and attorney ‑in‑fact to act for and in Consultant's behalf and stead to execute and file any such applications and to do all other lawfully permitted acts to further the prosecution and issuance of patents or copyright registrations thereon with the same legal force and effect as if executed by Consultant. Consultant agrees not to apply for or pursue any application for any United States or foreign patents or copyright registrations covering any Work Product other than pursuant to this paragraph in circumstances where such patents or copyright registrations are or have been or are required to be assigned to II-VI.  

 

8. Nonsolicitation of Customers .   The Consultant covenants and agrees that, within United States of America, Canada, Japan, Germany, Switzerland or Italy (the “ Restricted Territory ”), at no time during the Term of this Agreement or for a period of two (2) years immediately following the termination of this Agreement for any reason (the “ Restricted Period ”) will the Consultant, for itself, or on behalf of any other person, firm, partnership, corporation, company or other entity, call upon any customers or distributor of II-VI for the purpose of soliciting, selling, or both, to any of said customers or distributors, any services or products directly related to those provided and/or produced by II-VI; nor will the Consultant, in any way directly or indirectly, for itself or on behalf of or in conjunction with any other person, firm, partnership, corporation, company or any other entity, solicit, divert, or take away any such customers or distributors of II-VI during the Restricted Period for any reason.  

 

9. Nonsolicitation of Employees .  The Consultant covenants and agrees that at no time during the Restricted Period for any reason, will the Consultant, for itself, or on behalf of any other person, persons, firm, partnership, corporation, company or other entity hire any person who is employed by II-VI or has been employed by II-VI within one (1) year of such termination date.

 

10. Covenant not to Compete .  The Consultant covenants and agrees that during the Restricted Period for any reason, the Consultant will not, in or with respect to the Restricted Territory, enter into or engage generally in direct or indirect competition with II-VI in the business of infrared, electronic or electro-optic materials, optics, components and detectors, whether as an individual, or as a partner or joint venturer, or as an employee or agent for any person or entity, or as a five percent (5%) or more investor, officer, director, shareholder or otherwise of a corporation or other entity.

 

The Consultant agrees to notify II-VI in the event that the Consultant enters into any contract or agreement to provide consulting services of any type during the Restricted Period.

 

For purposes of Sections 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 20 and 23 of this Agreement, any reference to II-VI shall mean and include II-VI and any entity controlled by II-VI.

 

II-VI Proprietary               Page 4 of 10


11. Prior Relationships .

 

(a) The Consultant agrees that it will not, during the Term of this Agreement, improperly use or disclose any proprietary information or trade secrets of any person or entity with which or whom the Consultant has an agreement or duty to keep in confidence, and that the Consultant will not bring onto the premises of II-VI any unpublished document or proprietary information belonging to any other person or entity unless consented to in writing by II-VI and such person or entity.  

 

(b) The Consultant represents that the Consultant has attached hereto a copy of any agreement which presently affects Consultant’s compliance with the terms of this present agreement.  (Such copy must specify the other contracting party or employer, the date of such agreement, and the date of termination of any agreement.) IF THERE ARE NO SUCH AGREEMENTS TO BE ATTACHED, CONSULTANT INITIAL HERE .  

 

12. Return of Property .  The Consultant agrees, upon the termination of this Agreement for any reason whatsoever, to return to an officer of II-VI all Confidential Information and other equipment, records, copies of records, papers and other work product pertaining to the Consulting Services.    In the event the Consultant shall fail to comply with the provisions of this Section 12, or in the event the Consultant shall otherwise violate this Agreement, the Consultant shall forfeit all claims to unpaid Consulting Fees without affecting the right of II-VI to compel the return of the Confidential Information.

 

13. Nondisparagement .  The Consultant agrees not to make any disparaging statements that reflect negatively on the reputation or good name of II-VI.

 

14. Compliance

 

(a) During the course of performing the Consulting Services, Consultant may be exposed to items (e.g. products, technology, technical data, drawings, software, and equipment) that are subject to export control laws and regulations, including the U.S. International Traffic in Arms Regulations and the U.S. Export Administration Regulations (collectively, the “ Export Control Laws ”).  Consultant shall not export or transfer, directly or indirectly, any items that are subject to the Export Control Laws in violation of the Export Control Laws and without the express prior written consent of II-VI. 

 

(b) Consultant shall comply with the Anti-Corruption Laws (defined below) and shall not cause II-VI to be in violation of any Anti-Corruption Laws.  “ Anti-Corruption Laws ” mean collectively: (i) the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act; (ii) any applicable legislation or regulation implementing the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development Convention Against Bribery of Foreign Public Officials in International Business Transactions; and (iii) all other applicable laws, regulations, orders, judicial decisions, conventions and international financial institution rules regarding domestic or international corruption, bribery, ethical business conduct, money laundering, political contributions, gifts and gratuities, or lawful expenses to public officials and private persons, agency relationships, commissions, lobbying, books and records, and financial controls.  Specifically, Consultant will not, directly or indirectly, pay, promise or offer to pay, or authorize the payment of, any money or give any promise or offer to give, or authorize the giving of anything of value, to a public official or entity for purposes of corruptly obtaining or retaining business for or with, or directing business to, any person, including, without limitation, II-VI.

 

II-VI Proprietary               Page 5 of 10


(c) Consultant shall comply with all applicable II-VI policies and procedures, sign such acknowledgements as may be reasonably requested by II-VI, and participate in training provided by II-VI as directed by II-VI.

 

15. Indemnification .  Consultant shall indemnify and hold II-VI, its directors, officers, shareholders, business partners, employees and agents, harmless from and against any claims, demands, loss, damage or expense (i) related to bodily injury or death of any person or damage to property resulting from the negligent or willful acts or omissions of Consultant, (ii) resulting from any claim that Consultant is not an independent contractor, (iii) incurred by II-VI based on any claim that Consultant’s use of any skill, knowledge or materials in the scope of this Agreement is a breach of contract to which the Consultant is a party or infringes on any copyright, trade secret or other proprietary right of any third party, or (iv) resulting from a breach by Consultant of the representations and covenants set forth herein.

 

16. Entire Agreement .  This Agreement supersedes any and all other agreements, either oral or in writing, between the parties hereto with respect to the Consulting Services and contains all of the covenants and agreements between the parties with respect to the matters contained herein.  No alterations, amendments, changes or additions to this Agreement will be binding upon either the Consultant or II-VI unless in writing and signed by both parties.  No waiver of any right arising under this Agreement made by either party will be valid unless set forth in writing signed by both parties.

 

17. Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.

 

18. Successors and Assigns .  The Consultant may not assign or transfer this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of II-VI.  II-VI may assign its rights under this Agreement to any affiliate, subsidiary or parent of II-VI or to any corporation or entity acquiring all or substantially all of the assets of II-VI or to any other corporation or entity into which II-VI may be liquidated, merged, or consolidated.

 

19. Arbitration .  All disputes arising under this Agreement or with respect to its interpretation or enforcement not otherwise resolved by the parties shall be decided by arbitration, except that the parties shall adjudicate any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to the noncompetition, nonsolicitation and confidentiality provisions of this Agreement.  The arbitration shall be held in the City of Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania for determination by the American Arbitration Association in accordance with its then existing rules pertaining thereto using one arbitrator.  The decision of the arbitrator shall be final and binding upon all parties and judgment upon the award may be entered in any Court having jurisdiction thereof.  Filing fees and other costs assessed by the American Arbitration Association shall initially be shared between and paid equally by the parties provided that the non-prevailing party in such arbitration, within thirty (30) days following a final determination of such arbitration, shall reimburse the prevailing party for any such fees and costs previously advanced by the prevailing party to the extent so awarded by the arbitrator.

 

20. Relief .

 

(a) It is agreed by the parties hereto that any violation by Consultant of any of the noncompetition, nonsolicitation or confidentiality covenants contained herein would cause immediate, material and irreparable harm to II-VI which may not adequately be compensated for by money damages and, therefore, II-VI shall be entitled to injunctive relief (including, without limitation, one or more

II-VI Proprietary               Page 6 of 10


preliminary injunctions and/or ex parte restraining orders) in addition to, and not in derogation of, any other remedies provided by law, in equity or otherwise for such a violation including, but not limited to, the right to have such covenants specifically enforced by any court of competent jurisdiction and the right to require Consultant to account for and pay over to II-VI all benefits derived or received by Consultant as a result of any such breach of covenant together with interest thereon, from the date of such initial violation until such sums are received by II-VI.  Any person against whom such action or proceeding is brought hereby waives the claim or defense that the party seeking injunctive relief has an adequate remedy at law, and such person shall not argue in any action or proceeding the claim or defense that such remedy at law exists.  Any Restricted Period set forth herein shall be extended by any period of time in which the Consultant is in breach of this Agreement and for any period of time which may be necessary to secure an Order of Court or injunction, either temporary or permanent, to enforce any provision of this Agreement.

 

(b) Consultant acknowledges and agrees that the periods of restriction and geographical areas of restriction imposed by the noncompetition, nonsolicitation and confidentiality covenants of this Agreement are fair and reasonably required for the protection of II-VI.  In the event that, and if for any reason, any portion of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid or unenforceable, it is agreed that the remaining covenants and restrictions or portions thereof shall remain in full force and effect, and that if the validity or unenforceability is due to the unreasonableness of the time or geographical area covered by said covenants and restrictions, said covenants and restrictions of this Agreement shall nevertheless be effective for such period of time and for such area as may be determined to be reasonable by a Court of competent jurisdiction.  

 

(c) In addition to and not in derogation of any other remedies provided for in this Agreement, upon Consultant’s material breach of any of the noncompetition, nonsolicitation and confidentiality provisions contained in this Agreement, II-VI’s obligations, if any, to continue to make payments to Consultant shall terminate and any notes or other instruments evidencing such obligations including, without limitation, payments of compensation or other benefits, under this Agreement or otherwise, shall terminate and become null and void.  Consultant acknowledges and agrees that II-VI shall not be responsible for fees and expenses incurred by Consultant in defending any suit brought by II-VI under this Section, notwithstanding statutory or decisional law to the contrary.

 

21. Waiver .  The rights and remedies herein specified are cumulative and, except as otherwise herein provided, are not exclusive of any rights or remedies which any party hereto would otherwise have.

 

22. Notice .  All notices of other communication which are required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and sufficient if delivered personally, or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, or by overnight carrier at the address set forth in the heading of this Agreement.

 

23. Employees and Contractors of Consultant .  The Consultant represents and warrants that all employees and independent contractors of Consultant performing Consulting Services pursuant to this Agreement or having access to Confidential Information have executed confidentiality and nondisclosure agreements and have properly assigned any rights they may have in any Work Product to the Consultant or II-VI.  Upon request of II-VI, the Consultant shall provide evidence of such agreements to II-VI prior to the employees or independent contractors performing Consulting Services.

 

24. Binding Agreement; Survival .  This Agreement is binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns.  The Consultant agrees that the

II-VI Proprietary               Page 7 of 10


obligations of Sections 4 through and including 23 of this Agreement will survive the termination of this Agreement.


II-VI Proprietary               Page 8 of 10


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto intending to be legally bound have set their hands and seals the day and year first above written.

 

ATTEST: II-VI INCORPORATED:

 

 

/s/ Cheryl Arnold By: /s/ David G. Wagner

 

 

Name: Cheryl Arnold Name: David G. Wagner

 

 

Title: EA Title: VP, HR

 

 

 

 

 

ATTEST/WITNESS: CONSULTANT:

 

 

/s/ Cheryl Arnold /s/ James Martinelli

 

 

Name:    Cheryl Arnold Name: James Martinelli

 

 

Title (if applicable): EA Title (if applicable):

 

 

 

(Revised September 29, 2014)

 

 

 

Note:

 

An executed copy of this agreement must be forwarded to Michelle Freehling for the Corporate file.  Please contact Michelle at Ext. 55259 if you have any questions.


II-VI Proprietary               Page 9 of 10


Schedule A

 

Consulting Services:

 

From time to time the Consultant and II-VI Incorporated will review the Consulting Services being provided and update the list to be more specific and in line with business requirements and needs.  Initially, the Consulting Services will be as follows:

 

I.

Provide leadership, assistance, guidance and general support to ensure:

A.

A successful project related to  our Quality Transformation

B.

A successful launch of our Supply Line Management initiative, including the recruitment of the Supply Line Leader, under the direction of the SRG Leader.

II.

Transition of projects, as follows:

A.

IRD&E Analytics Function and Projects to the CTO’s organization under Chris Koeppen

B.

Joint Strike Fighter Program interaction to Tim Challingsworth

C.

Bloomenergy relationship (Bill Kurtz) to a yet to be identified II-VI executive

III.

Ongoing coaching and support of:

A.

Shailesh Patkar, Chris Koeppen, Tim Challingsworth, Jack Hunt, New Supply Chain Leader

B.

Others as appropriate

IV.

In the Mergers and Acquisition areas, as assigned

V.

Various other projects as assigned by the Strategic Resources Group Leader

 

Other information related to the agreement

 

1.

II-VI Incorporated will provide office space, cell phone, II-VI email address and a computer

2.

All work hours will be recorded and submitted with monthly invoice although only days with > 4 hours will be billable.  (>4 hours = ½ day, and >8 hours = full day)

a.

The intent of the above is for the Consultant to be available for a phone call or conference calls if he is not in the office and this time can either be considered “non-billable” or “included” in the monthly retainer.    

3.

The preference is for all workdays (including ½ days) to be on-site in Saxonburg.   However, if it is not critical for the Consultant to be in the office and Strategic Resources Group Leader approves, he can work from offsite.

4.

Consultant will continue to be bound by all requirements under the II-VI Incorporated Policy on Insider Trading, as it may be amended or revised, and will continue to be viewed by II-VI as a “Designated Person” pursuant to such policy, which shall require continued compliance with Section II of the policy, including but not limited to trading restrictions during blackout periods, adherence with pre-clearance policy and prohibition on certain categories of transactions (such as short sales and hedging transactions).

5.

All outstanding time-based equity awards will continue to vest under their original terms for so long as Consultant retains his status as such.  Upon cessation of services as Consultant, vested awards shall remain exercisable for a period of 90 days (or the expiration of the 10 year term if applicable).  All unvested performance-based equity awards were automatically forfeited upon termination of full-time employment.

II-VI Proprietary               Page 10 of 10

 

Exhibit 10.07

II-VI INCORPORATED, 375 Saxonburg Boulevard, Saxonburg, PA 16056

General Offices: 724-352-4455

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into this 3rd day October , 2012, by and between II-VI INCORPORATED, a Pennsylvania corporation, having a principal place of business at 375 Saxonburg Boulevard, Saxonburg, Butler County, Pennsylvania 16056 (the “ Employer ”), and GIOVANNI BARBAROSSA, of 12430 Curry Ct., Saratoga, CA 95070 (the “ Employee ”).

PREAMBLE

Employer desires to employ Employee as its Chief Technology Officer.  Employee will assume a position of confidentiality, trust and importance with Employer, and has and will acquire information, knowledge and experience with Employer that is proprietary, confidential, hard to replace and would also place Employee at an unfair advantage should Employee use this information, knowledge, and experience to further the interests of anyone other than the Employer.  As a result, Employer desires to protect its rights in its proprietary, confidential and trade secret information and Employee is willing to and has agreed to abide by and faithfully observe the obligations of Employee set forth herein.  As an express precondition to and as partial consideration for employment, Employer has required that Employee enter into this Agreement.  

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree to the following:

1. Employer shall employ the Employee as Chief Technology Officer to perform such duties as may be determined and assigned to Employee by the Employer from time to time.  Employee's employment with Employer shall be at-will, meaning that either party can terminate the employment at any time, with or without cause, and job title, duties, compensation and benefits shall be subject to revision by Employer.

2. In consideration of the services to be performed by the Employee, the Employer agrees to pay the Employee a salary of $310,000.00 per annum in equal installments at the regularly scheduled pay dates of the Employer together with such cash bonuses as the Employer shall determine from time to time at Employer’s discretion.  Employee’s salary may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with Employer’s performance review processes and policies.  Employer also agrees to provide the Employee with fringe benefits and all other benefits from

{S0419912.6}


 

time to time provided to similarly situated executive employees including, without limitation, participation in Employer’s omnibus incentive plan and other bonus plans.

3. Employee covenants and agrees to devote all of Employee’s business time and efforts to the faithful performance of the duties assigned to Employee from time to time by the Employer, except to the extent that Employer expressly permits Employee to engage in outside activities during business hours.  The Employer and Employee acknowledge that from time to time, Employee may either desire or be asked by Employer to engage in business activities or perform business services for the benefit of third parties, such as serving as an outside director or consultant for another company.  In each case, Employee’s involvement in such business activities or services shall be subject to the mutual agreement and approval of both the Employer and Employee.  Employee shall at all times conduct himself under the highest standards of ethics and shall take no action that will harm the reputation of the Employer.  To the extent not inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement, the terms and conditions of Employee’s employment are also governed by Employer’s personnel policies and employee handbook, as they may be issued and amended from time to time.  

4. Confidential Information .  

(a) Nondisclosure and Non-use . Both during the term of Employee’s employment with Employer and thereafter, Employee covenants and agrees that Employee (i) shall exercise utmost diligence to protect and safeguard the Confidential Information of Employer and its Affiliates; (ii) shall not disclose to any third party any Confidential Information, except as may be required in the course of Employee’s employment by Employer or by law; and (iii) shall not use, directly or indirectly, for Employee’s own benefit or for the benefit of another, any Confidential Information.  Employee acknowledges that Confidential Information has been and will be developed and acquired by Employer and its Affiliates by means of substantial expense and effort, that the Confidential Information is a valuable proprietary asset of Employer’s and its Affiliates’ business, and that its disclosure would cause substantial and irreparable injury to Employer’s and its Affiliates’ business.  For purposes of this Agreement, “ Affiliate ” shall mean any entity controlling, controlled by, or under common control with Employer.

(b) Definition of Confidential Information .  “ Confidential Information ” means all information of a confidential or proprietary nature, whether or not specifically labeled or identified as “confidential,” in any form or medium, that is or was disclosed to, or developed or learned by, Employee in connection with Employee’s past, present or future employment with Employer and that relates to the business, products, services, research or development of any of the Employer or its Affiliates or their suppliers, distributors or customers.  Confidential Information includes, but is not limited to, the following: (i) internal business information (including, but not limited to, information relating to strategic plans and practices, business, training, marketing, promotional and sales plans and practices, cost, rate and pricing structures, accounting and business methods);  (ii) identities of, individual requirements of, specific contractual arrangements with, and information about, any of Employer’s, or any of its Affiliates’, suppliers, distributors and customers and their confidential information; (iii) trade secrets, know-how, compilations of data and analyses, techniques, systems, formulae, research, records, reports, manuals, documentation, models, data and data bases relating thereto; (iv)

Page 2 of 13


 

inventions, innovations, improvements, developments, methods, designs, analyses, drawings, reports and all similar or related information (whether or not patentable); and (v) other information or thing that has economic value, actual or potential, from not being generally known to or not being readily ascertainable by proper means by other persons.  

(c) Not Confidential Information .  Confidential Information shall not include information that Employee can demonstrate:  (i) is publicly known through no wrongful act or breach of obligation of confidentiality; (ii) was rightfully received by Employee from a third party without a breach of any obligation of confidentiality by such third party; or (iii) was known to Employee on a non-confidential basis prior to the Employee’s employment with Employer.

(d) Presumption of Confidentiality . In any judicial proceeding, it will be presumed that the Confidential Information constitutes protectable trade secrets and Employee will bear the burden of proving that any Confidential Information is publicly or rightfully known by Employee.  

(e) Return of Confidential Information and Materials . Employee agrees to return to Employer either before or immediately upon the termination of Employee’s employment with Employer any and all information, materials or equipment which constitutes, contains or in any way relates to the Confidential Information and any other document, equipment or materials of any kind relating in any way to the business of Employer in the possession, custody or control of Employee which was obtained by Employee during the course of or as a result of Employee’s employment with Employer whether confidential or not, including, but without limitation, any copies thereof which may have been made by or for Employee.  Employee shall also provide Employer, if requested to do so, the name of the new employer of Employee and Employer shall have the right to advise any subsequent employer of Employee’s obligations hereunder.

5. Inventions .  

(a) Ownership of Inventions . Any and all developments, discoveries, inventions, enhancements, modifications and improvements (collectively, “ Inventions ”) created or developed by Employee alone or with others during the term of Employee’s employment, whether or not during working hours and whether on Employer’s premises or elsewhere, shall be deemed works for hire and will be the sole and exclusive property of Employer if the Invention is:

(i) within the scope of Employee’s duties assigned or implied in accordance with Employee’s position; or

(ii) a product, service, or other item which would be in competition with Employer Products or which is related to Employer Products, whether presently existing, under development, or under active consideration; or

(iii) in whole or in part, the result of Employee’s use of Employer’s resources, including, without limitation, personnel, computers, equipment, facilities or otherwise.

Page 3 of 13


 

(b) Assignment of Inventions .  Employee shall promptly and fully disclose all Inventions to Employer and shall cooperate and perform all actions reasonably requested by Employer to establish, confirm and protect Employer’s right, title and interest in each such Invention.  During the term of Employee’s employment with Employer and after termination of such employment, if Employer should then so request, Employee agrees to assign and does hereby assign to Employer all rights in the Inventions.  Employee agrees to execute and deliver to Employer any instruments Employer deems necessary to vest in Employer the sole title to and all exclusive rights in the Inventions.  Employee agrees to execute and deliver to Employer all proper papers for use in applying for, obtaining, maintaining, amending and enforcing any legal protections as Employer may desire.  Employee further agrees to assist fully  Employer or its nominees in the preparation and prosecution of any litigation connected with the Inventions.  If Employer is unable because of Employee’s mental or physical incapacity or for any other reason (including, but without limitation, Employee’s refusal to do so after request therefor is made by Employer) to secure Employee’s signature to apply for or to pursue any application for any United States or foreign patents or copyright registrations covering Inventions belonging to or assigned to Employer pursuant to this Agreement, then Employee hereby irrevocably designates and appoints Employer and its duly authorized officers and agents as Employee’s agent and attorney-in-fact to act for and in Employee’s behalf and stead to execute and file any such applications and to do all other lawfully permitted acts to further the prosecution and issuance of patents or copyright registrations thereon with the same legal force and effect as if executed by Employee.

6. Non-Competition .  The Employee covenants and agrees that during the term of Employee’s employment with Employer and for a period of one (1) year after the date of termination of Employee’s employment hereunder for any reason (the “ Restricted Period ”), the Employee shall not, directly or indirectly, for the benefit of the Employee or others, either as an employee, principal, agent, stockholder, consultant or in any other capacity, engage in or have a financial interest in any Competitor within the Restricted Territory.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prohibit Employee from being a passive owner of not more than 2% of the outstanding securities of any class of a corporation which is publicly traded, so long as Employee has no active participation in the business of any such corporation.

For purposes of this Agreement:

(i) Competitor ” shall mean any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, sole proprietorship or other person or entity who is involved or is engaged in the design, manufacture, purchasing, distribution, sale, assembly, provision or marketing of any products or services that are the same as or similar to Employer Products.  Provided, however, Competitor does not mean any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, sole proprietorship or other person or entity who is involved or is engaged in the “Telecommunications Industry”.

(ii) Employer Products ” shall mean any products or services:

(a) designed, manufactured, purchased, distributed, sold, assembled, provided and/or marketed by Employer or its Affiliates; or

Page 4 of 13


 

(b) that Employer has planned to design, manufacture, purchase, distribute, sell, assemble, provide or market, and for which Employee has provided services or over which Employee had direct or indirect managerial or supervisory authority or about which Employee received Confidential Information; and

(iii) Restricted Territory ” means anywhere in the world where Employer Products are designed, manufactured, assembled, marketed or sold.

This covenant on the part of Employee shall be construed as an agreement independent of any other provision of this Agreement; and the existence of any claim or cause of action of  Employee against Employer, whether predicated on this Agreement or otherwise, shall not constitute a defense to the enforcement by Employer of this covenant.  Employee expressly agrees that the restrictions of this Section 6 will not prevent Employee from otherwise obtaining gainful employment upon termination of Employee’s employment with Employer.

7. Non-Solicitation of Business Associates . During the Restricted Period, Employee shall not directly or indirectly induce, solicit or encourage any customer, supplier or other business associate of Employer or an Affiliate to terminate or alter its relationship with the Employer or Affiliate, or introduce, offer or sell to or for any customer or business associate any products or services that compete with the Employer Products. Provided however, the restrictions under this paragraph 7 shall not apply in the Restricted Period in the event Employee works for a business engaged in the Telecommunications Industry.

8. Non-Solicitation of Employees . During the Restricted Period, Employee shall not, directly or indirectly, induce, solicit or encourage any employee of Employer or its Affiliates to terminate or alter his, her or its relationship with Employer or its Affiliates.

9. Termination .

(a) Without Cause . If, other than in connection with a change of control, the employment of the Employee is terminated by Employer without Cause, the Employer will pay no severance pay to the Employee if the Employee has less than four (4) months of service with Employer at the date of termination.  If the Employee has at least four (4) months but less than three (3) years of service with Employer at the date of termination, Employer agrees to pay the Employee severance pay in an amount equal to two (2) months of the salary which the Employee is receiving at the time of termination.  If the Employee has at least three (3) years of service with Employer at the date of termination, Employer agrees to pay the Employee severance pay in an amount equal to one (1) month of the monthly salary which the Employee is receiving at the time of termination for each year of service Employee has with Employer at the date of termination, up to a maximum severance amount of nine (9) months of monthly salary.  The severance pay will be paid to the Employee no later than sixty (60) days after the date of termination below, subject to the expiration of any applicable revocation periods set forth in the Release required under Section 9(d)(i) below.  The severance pay will not be considered compensation for the purpose of any other fringe benefit program of the Employer.  No bonus or any other fringe benefits will be due the Employee except for his/her accrued vacation.  To the extent the Employee elects to continue health insurance coverage under COBRA, the Company

Page 5 of 13


 

will pay the premiums for such coverage for a period equal to the months of severance actually earned up to nine (9) months under the terms specified in Section 9(b)(i) below.  

(b) Termination after Change in Control . If the Employer terminates the Employee’s employment without Cause or the Employee terminates the Employee’s employment for Good Reason, and such termination is coincident with or within an eighteen (18) month period following the occurrence of a Change in Control, the Employer shall pay Employee severance pay in an amount equal to (a) 0.5, multiplied by (b) the Employee’s Average Annual Base Salary, multiplied by (c) each year of service Employee has with Employer at the date of termination, up to a maximum amount of four (4) years of service; in no case shall the product of (a) multiplied by (b) multiplied by (c) be greater than two (2) times the Employee’s Average Annual Base Salary.  For purposes of this subparagraph "Average Annual Base Salary" shall be calculated as the Employee’s Annual Base Pay for the preceding five (5) fiscal years of the Employer divided by five (5).  Should the Employee have less than five (5) fiscal years of service with the Employer at the date of termination, the Average Annual Base Salary shall be calculated as the average of the Employee’s Annual Base Pay using the applicable fiscal years of service with the Employer.  The severance pay will be paid to the Employee within the period specified in Section 9(b)(iii) below after the expiration of any applicable revocation periods set forth in the Release required under Section 9(d)(i) below.  This severance payment will not be considered compensation for the purpose of any other fringe benefit plan of the Employer.

(i) To the extent permitted by applicable law and the Employer’s benefit plans, the Employer shall maintain the Employee’s paid coverage for health insurance through the payment of the Employee’s COBRA premiums until the earlier to occur of:  (a) the date the Employee is provided by another employer benefits substantially comparable to the health insurance benefits provided by the Employer (which the Employee must provide prompt notice with respect thereto to the Employer), or (b) the expiration of the COBRA Continuation Period.  During the applicable period of coverage described in the foregoing sentence, the Employee shall be entitled to benefits on substantially the same basis as would have otherwise been provided had the Employee not been terminated and the Employer will have no obligation to pay any benefits to or premiums on behalf of the Employee after such period ends.  To the extent that such benefits are available under the Employer’s benefit plans and the Employee had such coverage immediately prior to termination of employment, such continuation of benefits for the Employee shall also cover the Employee’s dependents for so long as the Employee is receiving such benefits under this Section 9(b)(i).  The COBRA Continuation Period for health insurance under this Section 9(b)(i) shall be deemed to run concurrent with the continuation period federally mandated by COBRA (generally 18 months), or any other legally mandated and applicable federal, state, or local coverage period for benefits provided to terminated employees under the health care plan(s).

(ii) A lump sum cash payment of One Thousand ($1,000.00) Dollars in order to cover expenses associated with seeking another employment position.

Page 6 of 13


 

(iii) All payments to be made pursuant to this Section 9(b) shall be made, in lump sum, no later than sixty (60) days after the date of termination; provided, however, that all benefits due under Section 9(b)(i) shall be provided as specified thereunder.

(c) Reduction of Severance Payments . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 9(b) above, in the event the Employer determines that part or all of the consideration, compensation or benefits to be paid to the Employee under this Agreement constitute "parachute payments" under Section 280G(b)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the " IRC "), then, if the aggregate present value of such parachute payments, together with the aggregate present value of any consideration, compensation or benefits to be paid to the Employee under any other plan, arrangement or agreement which constitute "parachute payments" (collectively, the " Parachute Amount ") exceeds 2.99 times the Employee’s "base amount", as defined in Section 280G(b)(3) of the IRC (the " Employee’s Base Amount "), the amounts payable hereunder constituting "parachute payments" which would otherwise be payable to or for the benefit of the Employee shall be reduced to the extent necessary so that the Parachute Amount is equal to 2.99 times the Employee’s Base Amount.  

(d) Conditions to Receipt of Severance Benefits/Repayment of Severance Benefits .  

(i) As a condition to receiving any severance benefits to which the Employee may otherwise be entitled under Sections 9(a) and 9(b) of this Agreement (the " Severance Benefits "), the Employee shall execute, deliver and not revoke a release and waiver (the " Release "), in a form provided by the Employer, of any claims, whether arising under Federal, state or local statute, common law or otherwise, against the Employer and its Affiliates.  Unless otherwise required by applicable law, the Release must be executed by the Employee within thirty (30) days of the date of termination.  If the Employee fails or otherwise refuses to execute a Release within the time specified herein, or revokes the Release,  the Employee will not be entitled to any such Severance Benefits and the Employer shall have no further obligations with respect to the payment of the Severance Benefits.  In addition, if following a termination of employment that gives the Employee a right to the payment of Severance Benefits, the Employee engages in any activities that would have violated any of the covenants in Sections 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8 of this Agreement, the Employee shall have no further right or claim to any Severance Benefits from and after the date on which the Employee engages in such activities and the Employer shall have no further obligations with respect to the payment of the Severance Benefits.

(ii) If Employee violates any of the Employee’s obligations set forth in Sections 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8 of this Agreement, the Employer after becoming aware of such violation may provide written notice of such violation or breach to the Employee and request repayment of Severance Benefits.  The Employee agrees that, in the event of such a violation, within thirty (30) days after the date the Employer provides notice to the Employee, the Employee shall pay to the Employer, in a form acceptable to the Employer, a dollar amount equal to any Severance Benefits paid to or on behalf of the Employee pursuant to this Agreement.  The parties agree that during the thirty (30) day period to use their best efforts to resolve the issues.  The Employee agrees that failure to make such timely payment to the Employer constitutes an independent and material

Page 7 of 13


 

breach of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, for which the Employer may seek recovery of the unpaid amount as liquidated damages, in addition to all other rights and remedies the Employer may have resulting from the Employee’s breach of the obligations set forth in Sections 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8 of this Agreement. The Employee agrees that timely payment to the Employer as set forth in this Section 9(d)(ii) is reasonable and necessary because the compensatory damages that will result from breaches of Sections 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8 of this Agreement cannot readily be ascertained.  Further, the Employee agrees that timely payment to the Employer as set forth in this Section 9(d)(ii) is not a penalty, and it does not preclude the Employer from seeking all other remedies including injunctive relief that may be available to the Employer.

(e) Section 409A/Termination of Employment . The provisions of this Agreement will be administered, interpreted and construed in a manner intended to comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code (" Section 409A "), the regulations issued thereunder or any exception thereto (or disregarded to the extent such provision cannot be so administered, interpreted, or construed).

(i) For purposes of the Agreement, the Employee shall be considered to have experienced a termination of employment only if the Employee has terminated employment with the Employer and all of its controlled group members within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code.  For purposes hereof, the determination of controlled group members shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Section 414(b) and 414(c) of the Code; provided that the language "at least 50 percent" shall be used instead of "at least 80 percent" in each place it appears in Section 1563(a)(1),(2) and (3) of the Code and Treas. Reg. § 1.414(c)-2; provided, further, where legitimate business reasons exist (within the meaning of Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-1(h)(3)), the language "at least 20 percent" shall be used instead of "at least 80 percent" in each place it appears.  Whether the Employee has terminated employment will be determined based on all of the facts and circumstances and in accordance with the guidance issued under Section 409A of the Code.  

(ii) For purposes of Section 409A, each severance benefit payment  shall be treated as a separate payment.  Each payment under this Agreement is intended to be excepted from Section 409A to the maximum extent provided under Section 409A as follows: (i) each payment that is scheduled to be made following the Employee’s termination date and within the applicable 2½ month period specified in Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-1(b)(4) is intended to be excepted under the short-term deferral exception as specified in Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-1(b)(4); (ii) post-termination medical benefits are intended to be excepted under the medical benefits exception as specified in Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-1(b)(9)(v)(B), and (iii) each payment that is not otherwise excepted under the short-term deferral exception or medical benefits exception is intended to be excepted under the involuntary pay exception as specified in Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii).  The Employee shall have no right to designate the date of any payment under this Agreement.

(iii) With respect to payments subject to Section 409A of the Code (and not excepted therefrom), if any, it is intended that each payment is paid on permissible distribution event and at a specified time consistent with Section 409A of the Code.  The

Page 8 of 13


 

Employer reserves the right to accelerate and/or defer any payment to the extent permitted and consistent with Section 409A.  Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, to the extent that a payment hereunder is subject to Section 409A of the Code (and not excepted therefrom) and payable on account or a termination of employment, such payment shall be delayed for a period of six months after the date of termination (or, if earlier, the death of the Employee) if the Employee is a "specified employee" (as defined in Section 409A of the Code and determined in accordance with the procedures established by the Employer).  Any payment that would otherwise have been due or owing during such six-month period will be paid immediately following the end of the six-month period in the month following the month containing the six (6) month anniversary of the date of termination.  Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, to the extent the timing of any severance benefit payment due under this Agreement was modified pursuant to the transition guidance provided by the IRS concerning the time and form of payment, any such modification shall only apply to amounts that would not otherwise be payable in the current year and may not cause an amount to be paid in the current year that would not otherwise be paid in the current year.  To the extent any such payment can not be made in the current year under the transition guidance, such payment will be made in January of the following year.

(f) Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement, the following definitions shall have the following meanings:

(i) " Cause " shall mean a determination by the Employer’s Board of Directors, in the exercise of its reasonable judgment, that any of the following has occurred:

(1) the willful and continued failure by the Employee to perform Employer’s duties and responsibilities with the Employer under the Agreement (other than any such failure resulting from incapacity due to physical or mental illness or disability) which is not cured within thirty (30) days of receiving written notice from the Employer specifying in reasonable detail the duties and responsibilities which the Employer believes are not being adequately performed;

(2) the willful engaging by the Employee in any act which is materially damaging to the Employer;

(3) the conviction of the Employee of, or a plea of "guilty" or "no contest" to, (A) any felony or (B) a criminal offense involving fraud, dishonesty or other moral turpitude;

(4) any material breach by the Employee of the terms of the Agreement or any other written agreement between the Employee and the Employer relating to proprietary information, confidentiality, non-competition or non-solicitation; or

(5) the engaging by the Employee in any intentional act of dishonesty resulting or intended to result, directly or indirectly, in personal gain to the Employee at the Employer’s expense.

Page 9 of 13


 

(ii) " Change in Control " shall be deemed to have occurred when:

(1) the Employer is merged or consolidated with another entity the result of which is that immediately following such transaction (A) the persons who were the shareholders of the Employer immediately prior to such transaction have less than a majority of the voting power of the Employer or the entity owing or controlling the Employer or (B) the individuals who comprised the Board of Directors of the Employer immediately prior to such transaction cease to be at least a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Employer or of the entity controlling the Employer, or

(2) a majority of the Employer’s assets are sold or otherwise transferred to another corporation not controlled by or under common control with the Employer or to a partnership, firm, entity or one or more in dividuals not so controlled, or

(3) a majority of the members of the Employer’s Board of Directors consists of persons who were not nominated for election as directors by or on behalf of the Employer’s Board of Directors or with the express concurrence of the Employer’s Board of Directors, or

(4) a single person, or a group of persons acting in concert, obtains voting control over a majority of the Employer’s outstanding voting shares;  provided, however, that a Change in Control shall not have occurred as of result of any transaction in which Carl J. Johnson, and/or his affiliates, including the II-VI Incorporated Foundation, directly or indirectly, acquire more than a majority of the assets or stock of the Employer or of the entity controlling the Employer.

(iii) " Good Reason " means, without the Employee’s express written consent:

(1) a material reduction of Employee’s employment responsibilities;

(2) a material reduction by the Employer of the Employee’s eligibility for Total Target Compensation as in effect immediately prior to such reduction. "Total Target Compensation" shall mean the Employee’s annual base salary plus the cash and stock compensation the Employee is eligible to receive at 100% performance, whether sales incentive, bonus or otherwise;

(3) a material increase in the amount of Employee’s business travel which produces a constructive relocation of Employee;

(4) a material reduction by the Employer in the kind or level of employee benefits to which the Employee is entitled immediately prior to such reduction with the result that the Employee’s overall benefits package is significantly reduced; or

(5) the relocation of the Employee to a facility or a location more than thirty (30) miles from Saxonburg, Pennsylvania.

Page 10 of 13


 

In order for the Employee to terminate for Good Reason, (A) the Employer must be notified by the Employee in writing within ninety (90) days of the event constituting Good Reason, (B) the event must remain uncorrected by the Employer for thirty (30) days following such notice (the " Notice Period "), and (C) such termination must occur within sixty (60) days after the expiration of the Notice Period.  Notwithstanding anything in this Section 9(f)(iii) to the contrary, the definition of “Good Reason” shall not include any reduction in Employee’s employment responsibilities or eligibility for Total Target Compensation due to Employee being restricted from performing certain of his expected job duties as a result of Employee’s failure to obtain United States citizenship.

10. Remedies .

(a) Injunctive Relief .  It is agreed by the parties hereto that any violation by Employee of any of the covenants contained herein would cause immediate, material and irreparable harm to Employer and/or its Affiliates which may not adequately be compensated for by money damages and, therefore, Employer and/or its Affiliates shall be entitled to injunctive relief (including, without limitation, one or more preliminary injunctions and/or ex parte restraining orders) in addition to, and not in derogation of, any other remedies provided by law, in equity or otherwise for such a violation including, but not limited to, the right to have such covenants specifically enforced by any court of competent jurisdiction and the right to require Employee to account for and pay over to Employer and/or its Affiliates all benefits derived or received by Employee as a result of any such breach of covenant together with interest thereon, from the date of such initial violation until such sums are received by Employer and/or its Affiliates.  Any restricted period set forth herein shall be extended by any period of time in which Employee is in breach of this Agreement and for any period of time which may be necessary to secure an order of court or injunction, either temporary or permanent, to enforce any provision of this Agreement.

(b) Employee Acknowledgment .  Employee acknowledges and agrees that the periods of restriction and geographical areas of restriction imposed by the confidentiality and non-competition covenants of this Agreement are fair and reasonably required for the protection of Employer and its Affiliates.

11. Severability . In the event that, and if for any reason, any portion of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid or unenforceable, it is agreed that the remaining covenants and restrictions or portions thereof shall remain in full force and effect, and that if the validity or unenforceability is due to the unreasonableness of the time or geographical area covered by said covenants and restrictions, said covenants and restrictions of this Agreement shall nevertheless be effective for such period of time and for such area as may be determined to be reasonable by a Court of competent jurisdiction.

12. Disparaging Statements . Both parties agree not to make any disparaging statements that reflect negatively on the reputation or good name of the other.

13. Entire Agreement; Amendments; No Waiver . This Agreement and the Offer Letter dated September 18, 2012 supersedes any and all other agreements, either oral or in writing, between the parties hereto with respect to the employment of the Employee by the

Page 11 of 13


 

Employer and contains all of the covenants and agreements between the parties with respect to such employment in any manner whatsoever.  No alterations, amendments, changes or additions to this Agreement will be binding upon either Employer or Employee unless in writing and signed by both parties.  No waiver of any right arising under this Agreement made by either party will be valid unless set forth in writing signed by both parties.  Notwithstanding the foregoing or any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Employer may at any time (after consultation with the Employee) modify, amend or terminate any or all of the provisions of this Agreement or take any other action, to the extent necessary or advisable to conform the provisions of this Agreement or the benefits provided thereunder with Section 409A of the Code, the regulations issued thereunder or an exception thereto.

14. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, without resort to its conflict of laws provisions.

15. Employee’s Representations . Employee warrants and represents that Employee has provided the Employer with copies of all agreements with previous employers that might still be applicable and that Employee’s performance under this Agreement will not violate any agreement to which Employee is a party and that Employee will not bring any materials which are proprietary to a third party to Employer without the prior written consent of such third party.

16. Binding Effect . This Agreement is binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns.  Employee agrees that the obligations of Sections 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17 and 18 of this Agreement will survive the termination of this Agreement.

17. Assignment . Employee’s rights and obligations under this Agreement shall not be transferable by Employee, by assignment or otherwise, and any purported assignment, transfer or delegation thereof by Employee shall be void.  Employer may assign/delegate all or any portion of this Agreement whereupon Employee shall continue to be bound hereby with respect to such assignee/delegatee, without prior notice to Employee and without need of Employee’s consent thereto.  In addition to and without limiting the Employer’s right to assign, transfer, or convey this Agreement or any portion of it, Employee recognizes that Employer may assign the Employee temporarily or permanently to one or more Affiliates of Employer.  In such event, all of Employee’s duties under this Agreement shall apply with equal force to the Affiliate(s), and the Affiliate(s) shall be empowered to stand in the shoes of the Employer for purposes of enforcing this Agreement.

18. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

[SIGNATURES ON FOLLOWING PAGE.]

Page 12 of 13


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto intending to be legally bound have set their hands and seals the day and year first above written.

 

ATTEST:

 

 

II-VI INCORPORATED

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Marlene R. Acre

 

 

By:

 

/s/ David G. Wagner

 

 

 

 

 

     David G. Wagner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

WITNESS:

 

 

EMPLOYEE:

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Marlene R. Acre

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Giovanni Barbarossa

 

 

 

 

 

     Giovanni Barbarossa

 

Page 13 of 13

 

Exhibit 10.08 

II-VI

Incorporated

II-VIINCORPORATED, 375 Saxonburg Boulevard, Saxonburg, PA 16056

 

General Offices : 724-352-4455

 

Sales : 724-352-1504

 

FAX: 724-352-980

 

Telex: 469864

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) made and entered into this 10 th day of November, 2008.

BY AND BETWEEN

II-VI INCORPORATED, a Pennsylvania corporation, having a principal place of business at 375 Saxonburg Boulevard, Saxonburg, Butler County, Pennsylvania 16056, hereinafter referred to as “Employer”,

AND

DAVID G. WAGNER, of 8000 North Shoreline Drive, Holland, OH 43528, hereinafter referred to as the “Employee”.

WHEREAS, Employer currently employs the Employee as its Corporate Director of Human Resources;

WHEREAS, the Employee is employed in a position of confidentiality, trust and importance with the Employer, and has information, knowledge and experience with the Employer which would be hard to replace and which would also place the Employer at a competitive disadvantage should Employee accept employment with or otherwise assist a competitor; and

WHEREAS, the Employer has determined to provide the Employee with certain additional benefits as hereinafter defined.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree to the following:

1.            Employer shall employ the Employee as Corporate Director of Human Resources to perform such duties as may be determined and assigned to him by the President of Employer. This Agreement shall be effective as of November 10, 2008 and shall remain in effect until terminated in accordance with Section 9.

2.            In consideration of the services to be performed by the Employee, the Employer agrees to pay the Employee a salary of $140,000.00 per annum in equal installments at the regularly scheduled pay dates of the Employer together with such cash bonuses as the Employer shall determine from time to time at Employer’s discretion. Employer also agrees to provide the Employee with fringe benefits and all other benefits from time to time provided to similarly situated executive employees including, without limitation participation in Employer’s omnibus incentive plan and other bonus plans.

3.            Employee covenants and agrees to devote all of his business time and efforts to the faithful performance of the duties assigned to him from time to time by the Employer, except to the extent that outside time and effort is approved by the Employer.

4.            The Employee, during the term of his employment, has and will continue to have access to and become familiar with various trade or business secrets, including but not limited to drawings, processes, technical information and data, scientific data, business methods, forms and contracts, as well as compilations of information,

1


 

records and specifications, customer lists and marketing and sales data, which are owned by Employer or its customers ( Information ). During the term of this Agreement and at all times after termination of this Agreement, unless authorized in writing by Employer, Employee will not use the Information for Employee s or any third party s benefit or advantage or disclose the Information or cause it to be disclosed, or permit disclosure of it to any third party, or use the Information in any way which would be detrimental to the Employer. Employee will not be liable to the Employer for the disclosure of Information:

(a)            which was known to the Employee on a non-confidential basis prior to the Employee’s employment with Employer and Employee’s prior knowledge is established by written documents in Employee’s files which predate the execution of this Agreement; or

(b)            which is received rightfully by Employee on a non-confidential basis; or

(c)            which is subject to any disclosure laws; or

(d)            which is or becomes within the public domain through no act of the Employee.

In any judicial proceeding, it will be presumed that the Information constitutes protectable trade secrets and Employee will bear the burden of proving that any Information is publicly or rightfully known by Employee. All Information and equipment relating to the business of Employer shall not be removed from the premises of Employer under any circumstances whatsoever without the prior written consent of Employer.

5.            Any and all developments, discoveries, inventions, enhancements, modifications and improvements, (“Inventions”) created or developed by Employee alone or with others during the term of his or her employment, whether or not during working hours and whether on the Employer’s premises or elsewhere, will be the sole and exclusive property of Employer if the Invention is:

(a)            within the scope of Employee’s duties assigned or implied in accordance with his or her position; or

(b)            a product, service, or other item which would be in competition with the products or services offered by Employer or which is related to Employer’s products or services, whether presently existing, under development, or under active consideration; or

(c)            in whole or in part, the result of Employee’s use of Employer’s resources, including without limitation personnel, computers, equipment, facilities or otherwise.

Employee will disclose promptly to Employer any and all Inventions and will reduce such disclosure to a detailed writing upon request by Employer.  During the term of Employee’s employment with Employer and after termination of such employment, if Employer should then so request, Employee agrees to assign and does hereby assign to Employer all rights in the Inventions. Employee agrees to execute and deliver to Employer any instruments Employer deems necessary to vest in Employer the sole title to and all exclusive rights in the Inventions. Employee agrees to execute and deliver to Employer all proper papers for use in applying for, obtaining, maintaining, amending and enforcing any legal protections as the Employer may desire. Employee further agrees to assist fully the Employer or its nominees in the preparation and prosecution of any litigation connected with the Inventions. Employee’s obligations and covenants in this Section will be binding upon Employee’s heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns. Employee represents that he is not the owner of any patents. Any patent, patent pending, copyright, trademark, trade name, invention, writing, drawing and the like which has been previously made by or conceived by Employee or which occurred under his management in connection with his prior employment is believed to be the property of the prior employer and/or its assigns and is not owned by Employee.

6.            The Employee covenants and agrees that at no time during the term of his employment hereunder, or for a period of one (1) year immediately following the termination of his employment for any reason will he, for himself, or on behalf of any other person, persons, firm, partnership, corporation, or company, call upon any

2


 

customers of Employer for the purpose of soliciting, selling, or both, to any of said customers, any services or products that are the same or similar to those provided and/or produced by Employer; nor will Employee, in any way directly or indirectly, for himself or on behalf of or in conjunction with any Competitor, solicit, divert, or take away any such customers of Employer during the term of his employment or for one (1) year immediately following the termination of this Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, Employer shall also include any corporations which are part of a controlled group of corporations which includes II-VI Incorporated.

7.            The Employee covenants and agrees that upon the termination of his employment for any reason the Employee will not enter into or engage generally in direct or indirect competition with Employer within the Restricted Territory whether as an individual, or as a partner or joint venturer, or as an employee or agent for any Competitor, or as a five percent (5%) or more investor, officer, director, shareholder or otherwise of a Competitor, for a period of one (I) year after the date of termination of his employment hereunder. For purposes of this Agreement, (i) a “Competitor” shall mean any corporation, partnership, sole proprietorship or other entity who sells, manufactures, produces or modifies a product or products similar to, the same as or a substitute for those sold, manufactured, produced or modified by Employer (“Employer Products”) and (ii) “Restricted Territory” means anywhere in the world where Employer’s Products are marketed or sold. This covenant on the part of the Employee shall be construed as an agreement independent of any other provision of this Agreement; and the existence of any claim or cause of action of the Employee against Employer, whether predicated on this Agreement or otherwise, shall not constitute a defense to the enforcement by Employer of this covenant.

8.            The Employee covenants and agrees that at no time during the term of his employment or for a period of one (1) year immediately following the termination of his employment for any reason, will he, for himself, or on behalf of any other person, persons, firm, partnership, corporation, or company hire any person who is employed by the Employer or has been employed by the Employer within one (1) year of such termination date.

9.            The employment relationship of the parties hereto may be terminated by either party upon thirty (30) days written notice to the other party at any time, with or without cause. The Employer shall continue the payment of wages and benefits through such period although the parties hereto agree that the Employer may request the Employee to stop performing any duties on behalf of the Employer. In any event, the Employee shall remain an employee of the Employer through the end of such thirty (30) day period.

10.           (a)             Termination Without Cause . If, other than in connection with a change of control, the employment of the Employee is terminated by Employer without Cause, the Employer will pay no severance pay to the Employee if Employee has less than four (4) months of service with Employer at the date of termination. If the Employee has at least four (4) months but less than three (3) years of service with Employer at the date of termination, Employer agrees to pay the Employee severance pay in an amount equal to two (2) months of the salary which the Employee is receiving at the time of termination. If the Employee has at least three (3) years of service with Employer at the date of termination, Employer agrees to pay the Employee severance pay in an amount equal to one (1) month of the monthly salary which the Employee is receiving at the time of termination for each year of service Employee has with Employer at the date of termination, up to a maximum severance amount of nine (9) months of monthly salary. The severance pay will be paid to the Employee no later than sixty (60) days after the date of termination. The severance pay will not be considered compensation for the purpose of any other fringe benefit program of the Employer. No bonus or any other fringe benefits will be due the Employee except for his accrued vacation. To the extent the Employee elects to continue health insurance coverage under COBRA, the Company will pay the premiums for such coverage for a period equal to the months of severance actually earned up to nine (9) months under the terms specified in Section 10(b)(1) below.

(b)             Termination after Change in Control . If the Employer terminates the Employee’s employment without Cause or the Employee terminates the Employee’s employment for Good Reason, and such termination is coincident with or within an eighteen (18) month period following the occurrence of a Change in Control, the Employer shall pay Employee severance pay in an amount equal to (a) 0.5, multiplied by (b) the Employee’s Average Annual Base Salary, multiplied by (c) each year of service Employee has with Employer at the date of termination, up to a maximum amount of four (4) years of service; in no case shall the product of (a) multiplied by (b) multiplied by (c) be greater than two (2) times the Employee’s Average Annual Base Salary. For purposes of this subparagraph “Average Annual Base Salary” shall be calculated as the Employee’s Annual Base Pay for the preceding five (5) fiscal years of the Employer divided by five (5).  Should the Employee have less than

3


 

five (5) fiscal years of service with the Employer at the date of termination, the Average Annual Base Salary shall be calculated as the average of the Employee s Annual Base Pay using the applicable fiscal years of service with the Employer. The severance pay will be paid to the Employee within the period specified in Section 10(b)(3) below after the expiration of any applicable revocation periods set forth in the Release.  This severance payment will not be considered compensation for the purpose of any other fringe benefit plan of the Employer.

(1)            To the extent  permitted by applicable law and the Employer’s benefit plans, the Employer shall maintain the Employee’s paid coverage for health insurance through the payment of the Employee’s COBRA premiums until the earlier to occur of: (a) the date the Employee is provided by another employer benefits substantially comparable to the health insurance benefits provided by the Employer (which the Employee must provide prompt notice with respect thereto to the Employer), or (b) the expiration of the COBRA Continuation Period. During the applicable period of coverage described in the foregoing sentence, the Employee shall be entitled to benefits on substantially the same basis as would have otherwise been provided had the Employee not been terminated and the Employer will have no obligation to pay any benefits to or premiums on behalf of the Employee after such period ends.  To the extent that such benefits are available under the Employer’s benefit plans and the Employee had such coverage immediately prior to termination of employment, such continuation of benefits for the Employee shall also cover the Employee’s dependents for so long as the Employee is receiving such benefits under this Section 10(b)(l). The COBRA Continuation Period for health insurance under this Section 10(b)(l) shall be deemed to run concurrent with the continuation period federally mandated by COBRA (generally 18 months), or any other legally mandated and applicable federal, state, or local coverage period for benefits provided to terminated employees under the health care plan(s).

(2)            A lump sum cash payment of One Thousand ($1,000.00) Dollars in order to cover expenses associated with seeking another employment position.

(3)            All payments to be made pursuant to this Section 10(b) shall be made, in lump sum, no later than sixty (60) days after the date of termination; provided, however, that all benefits due under Section 10(b)(1) shall be provided as specified thereunder.

(c)             Reduction of Severance Payments .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 10(b) above, in the event the Employer determines that part or all of the consideration, compensation or benefits to be paid to the Employee under this Agreement constitute “parachute payments” under Section 280G(b)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “IRC”), then, if the aggregate present value of such parachute payments, together with the aggregate present value of any consideration, compensation or benefits to be paid to the Employee under any other plan, arrangement or agreement which constitute “parachute payments” (collectively, the “Parachute Amount”) exceeds 2.99 times the Employee’s “base amount”, as defined in Section 280G(b)(3) of the IRC (the “Employee’s Base Amount”), the amounts payable hereunder constituting “parachute payments” which would otherwise be payable to or for the benefit of the Employee shall be reduced to the extent necessary so that the Parachute Amount is equal to 2.99 times the Employee’s Base Amount.

(d)             Conditions  to  Receipt  of  Severance  Benefits/Repayment  of Severance Benefits.

(1)            As a condition to receiving any severance benefits to which the Employee may otherwise be entitled under Sections 10(a) and 10(b) of this Agreement (the “Severance Benefits”), the Employee shall execute, deliver and not revoke a release and waiver (the “Release”), in a form provided by the Employee, of any claims, whether arising under Federal, state or local statute, common law or otherwise, against the Employer and its subsidiaries.  Unless otherwise required by applicable law, the release must be executed by the Employee within thirty (30) days of the date of termination. If the Employee fails or otherwise refuses to execute a Release within the time specified herein, or revokes the Release, the Employee will not be entitled to any such Severance Benefits and the Employer shall have no further obligations with respect to the payment of the Severance Benefits.  In addition, if following a termination of employment that gives the Employee a right to the payment of Severance Benefits, the Employee engages in any activities that would have violated any of the covenants in Sections 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8 of this Agreement, the Employee shall have no further right or claim to any Severance Benefits from and after the date on which the Employee engages in such activities and the Employer shall have no further obligations with respect to the payment of the Severance Benefits.

4


 

(2)              If Employee violates any of the Employee s obligations set forth in Sections 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8 of this Agreement, the Employer after becoming aware of such violation may provide written notice of such violation or breach to the Employee and request repayment of Severance Benefits. The Employee agrees that, in the event of a such a violation, within ten (10) days after the date the Employer provides notice to the Employee, the Employee shall pay to the Employer, in a form acceptable to the Employer, a dollar amount equal to any Severance Benefits paid to or on behalf of the Employee pursuant to this Agreement.  The Employee agrees that failure to make such timely payment to the Employer constitutes an independent and material breach of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, for which the Employer may seek recovery of the unpaid amount as liquidated damages, in addition to all other rights and remedies the Employer may have resulting from the Employee s breach of the obligations set forth in Sections 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8 of this Agreement. The Employee agrees that timely payment to the Employer as set forth in this Section 10(d)(2) is reasonable and necessary because the compensatory damages that will result from breaches of Sections 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8 of this Agreement cannot readily be ascertained.  Further, the Employee agrees that timely payment to the Employer as set forth in this Section 10(d)(2)is not a penalty, and it does not preclude the Employer from seeking all other remedies including injunctive relief that may be available to the Employer.

(e)             Section 409A/Termination of Employment . The provisions of this Agreement will be administered, interpreted and construed in a manner intended to comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code (“Section 409A”), the regulations issued thereunder or any exception thereto (or disregarded to the extent such provision cannot be so administered, interpreted, or construed).

(1)            For purposes of the Agreement, the Employee shall be considered to have experienced a termination of employment only if the Employee has terminated employment with the Employer and all of its controlled group members within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code.  For purposes hereof, the determination of controlled group members shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Section 414(b) and 414(c) of the Code; provided that the language “at least 50 percent” shall be used instead of “at least 80 percent” in each place it appears in Section 1563(a)(1),(2) and (3) of the Code and Treas. Reg. § 1.414(c)-2; provided, further, where legitimate business reasons exist (within the meaning of Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-1(h)(3)), the language “at least 20 percent” shall be used instead of “at least 80 percent” in each place it appears. Whether the Employee has terminated employment will be determined based on all of the facts and circumstances and in accordance with the guidance issued under Section 409A of the Code.

(2)            For purposes of Section 409A, each severance benefit payment shall be treated as a separate payment. Each payment under this Agreement is intended to be excepted from Section 409A to the maximum extent provided under Section 409A as follows: (i) each payment that is scheduled to be made following the Employee’s termination date and within the applicable 2 ½ month period specified in Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-l(b)(4) is intended to be excepted under the short-term deferral exception as specified in Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-l(b)(4); (ii) post-termination medical benefits are intended to be excepted under the medical benefits exception as specified in Treas. Reg.§ 1.409A-l(b)(9)(v)(B), and (iii) each payment that is not otherwise excepted under the short-term deferral exception or medical benefits exception is intended to be excepted under the involuntary pay exception as specified in Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii). The Employee shall have no right to designate the date of any payment under this Agreement.

(3)            With respect to payments subject to Section 409A of the Code (and not excepted therefrom), if any, it is intended that each payment is paid on permissible distribution event and at a specified time consistent with Section 409A of the Code.  The Employer reserves the right to accelerate and/or defer any payment to the extent permitted and consistent with Section 409A. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, to the extent that a payment hereunder is subject to Section 409A of the Code (and not excepted therefrom) and payable on account or a termination of employment, such payment shall be delayed for a period of six months after the date of termination (or, if earlier, the death of the Employee) if the Employee is a “specified employee” (as defined in Section 409A of the Code and determined in accordance with the procedures established by the Employer). Any payment that would otherwise have been due or owing during such six-month period will be paid immediately following the end of the six-month period in the month following the month containing the six (6) month anniversary of the date of termination. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, to the extent the timing of any severance benefit payment due under this Agreement was modified pursuant to the transition guidance provided by the IRS concerning the time and form of payment, any

5


 

such modification shall only apply to amounts that would not otherwise be payable in 2008 and may not cause an amount to be paid in 2008 that would not otherwise be paid in 2008. To the extent any such payment can not be made in 2008 under the transition guidance, such payment will be made in January 2009.

(f)             Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement, the following definitions shall have the following meanings:

(1)            “ Cause ” shall mean a determination by the Employer’s Board of Directors, in the exercise of its reasonable judgment, that any of the following has occurred:

(i)

the willful and continued failure by the Employee to perform his duties and responsibilities with the Employer under the Agreement (other than any such failure resulting from incapacity due to physical or mental illness or disability) which is not cured within thirty (30) days of receiving written notice from the Employer specifying in reasonable detail the duties and responsibilities which the Employer believes are not being adequately performed;

(ii)

the willful engaging by the Employee in any act which is materially damaging to the Employer;

(iii)

the conviction of the Employee of, or a plea of “guilty” or “no contest” to, (A) any felony or (B) a criminal offense involving fraud, dishonesty or other moral turpitude;

(iv)

any material breach by the Employee of the terms of the Agreement or any other written agreement between the Employee and the Employer relating to proprietary information, confidentiality, non-competition or non­ solicitation; or

(v)

the engaging by the Employee in any intentional act of dishonesty resulting or intended to result, directly or indirectly, in personal gain to the Employee at the Employer’s expense.

(2)            “ Change in Control ” shall be deemed to have occurred when:

(i)

the Employer is merged or consolidated with another entity the result of which is that immediately following such transaction (A) the persons who were the shareholders of the Employer immediately prior to such transaction have less than a majority of the voting power of the Employer or the entity owing or controlling the Employer or (B) the individuals who comprised the Board of Directors of the Employer immediately prior to such transaction cease to be at least a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Employer or of the entity controlling the Employer, or

(ii)

a majority of the Employer’s assets are sold or otherwise transferred to another corporation not controlled by or under common control with the Employer or to a partnership, firm, entity or one or more individuals not so controlled, or

(iii)

a majority of the members of the Employer’s Board of Directors consists of persons who were not nominated for election as directors by or on behalf of the Employer’s Board of Directors or with the express concurrence of the Employer’s Board of Directors, or

6


 

(iv)

a single person, or a group of persons acting in concert, obtains voting control over a majority of the Employer s outstanding voting shares; provided, however, that a Change in Control shall not have occurred as of result of any transaction in which Carl J. Johnson, and/or his affiliates, including the II -VI Incorporated Foundation, directly or indirectly, acquire more than a majority of the assets or stock of the Employer or of the entity controlling the Employer.

(3)            “ Good Reason ” means, without the Employee’s express written consent:

(i)

a material reduction of Employee’s employment responsibilities;

(ii)

a material reduction by the Employer of the Employee’s eligibility for Total Target Compensation as in effect immediately prior to such reduction. “ Total Target Compensation ” shall mean the Employee’s annual base salary plus the cash and stock compensation the Employee is eligible to receive at 100% performance, whether sales incentive, bonus or otherwise;

(iii)

a material increase in the amount of Employee’s business travel which  produces a constructive  relocation  of Employee;

(iv)

a material reduction by the Employer in the kind or level of employee benefits to which the Employee is entitled immediately prior to such reduction with the result that the Employee’s overall benefits package is significantly reduced; or

(v)

the relocation of the Employee to a facility or a location more than fifty (50) miles from Saxonburg, Pennsylvania’.

In order for the Employee to terminate for Good Reason, (A) the Employer must be notified by the Employee in writing within ninety (90) days of the event constituting Good Reason, (B) the event must remain uncorrected by the Employer for thirty (30) days following such notice (the “Notice Period”), and (C) such termination must occur within sixty (60) days after the expiration of the Notice Period.

11.           Employee agrees, upon the termination of his employment with Employer for any reason whatsoever, to return to an officer of Employer all equipment, records, copies of records, papers and other work product pertaining to any work performed by Employee while associated with Employer.  The Employee shall also provide the Employer, if requested to do so, the name of the new employer of Employee. In the event Employee shall fail to comply with the provisions of this paragraph, or in the event Employee shall violate this Agreement, Employee shall forfeit all claims to unpaid compensation without affecting the right of Employer to compel the return of said records and papers.

12.           In the event that, and if for any reason, any portion of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid or unenforceable, it is agreed that the remaining covenants and restrictions or portions thereof shall remain in full force and effect, and that if the validity or unenforceability is due to the unreasonableness of the time or geographical area covered by said covenants and restrictions, said covenants and restrictions of this Agreement shall nevertheless be effective for such period of time and for such area as may be determined to be reasonable by a Court of competent jurisdiction.

13.           Both parties agree not to make any disparaging statements that reflect negatively on the reputation or good name of the other.

14.           This Agreement supersedes any and all other agreements, either oral or in writing, between the parties hereto with respect to the employment of the Employee by the Employer and contains all of the covenants and agreements between the parties with respect to such employment in any manner whatsoever. No alterations,

7


 

amendments, changes or additions to this Agreement will be binding upon either Employer or Employee unless in writing and signed by both parties. No waiver of any right arising under this Agreement made by either party will be valid unless set forth in writing signed by both parties. Notwithstanding the foregoing or any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Employer may at any time (after consultation with the Employee) modify, amend or terminate any or all of the provisions of this Agreement or take any other action, to the extent necessary or advisable to conform the provisions of this Agreement or the benefits provided thereunder with Section 409A of the Code, the regulations issued thereunder or an exception thereto.

15.           This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.

16.           Employee warrants and represents that he has provided the Employer with copies of all agreements with previous employers that might still be applicable and that Employee’s performance under this Agreement will not violate any agreement to which Employee is a party and that Employee will not bring any materials which are proprietary to a third party to Employer without the prior written consent of such third party.

17.           Employee agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Employer, its directors, officers and employees against any liabilities and expenses, including amounts paid in settlement, incurred by any of them in connection with any claim by any of Employee’s prior employers that (a) the termination of Employee’s employment with such prior employer or (b) Employee’s employment by Employer or (c) Employee’s use of any skills, knowledge or materials in the scope of his or her employment with Employer is a breach of any contract to which Employee is a party.

18.           This Agreement is binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns. Employee agrees that the obligations of Sections 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18 and 19 of this Agreement will survive the termination of this Agreement.

19.           Employer may assign its rights under this Agreement to an affiliate, subsidiary, or parent of Employer or to any corporation acquiring all or substantially all of the assets of Employer or to any other corporation into which Employer may be liquidated, merged, or consolidated. The terms of this Agreement will survive such assignment unless termination of the Agreement is provided prior to such assignment.  In the event of an assignment by Employer of this Agreement, the assignee or successor party shall have the same rights and obligations under this Agreement as Employer.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto intending to be legally bound have set their hands and seals the day and year first above written.

 

ATTEST:

 

II-VI INCORPORATED

 

 

 

 

/s/ Craig Creaturo

 

By:

/s/ Francis J. Kramer              11/6/08

Craig Creaturo, Treasurer

 

 

Francis J. Kramer, President

 

 

 

 

WITNESS:

 

EMPLOYEE:

 

 

 

 

/s/ Robert D. Wagner

 

/s/ David G. Wagner

Robert D. Wagner

 

David G. Wagner

 

8

 

Exhibit 10.17

THE EXECUTIVE NONQUALIFIED EXCESS PLAN

PLAN DOCUMENT

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

DD 2326-5

 


 

THE EXECUTIVE NONQUALIFIED EXCESS PLAN

Section 1.         Purpose:

By execution of the Adoption Agreement, the Employer has adopted the Plan set forth herein, and in the Adoption Agreement, to provide a means by which certain management Employees or Independent Contractors of the Employer may elect to defer receipt of current Compensation from the Employer in order to provide retirement and other benefits on behalf of such Employees or Independent Contractors of the Employer, as selected in the Adoption Agreement. The Plan is intended to be a nonqualified deferred compensation plan that complies with the provisions of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”). The Plan is also intended to be an unfunded plan maintained primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation benefits for a select group of management or highly compensated employees under Sections 201(2), 301(a)(3) and 401(a)(l) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”) and independent contractors. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, this Plan shall be interpreted, operated and administered in a manner consistent with these intentions.

Section 2.         Definitions:

As used in the Plan, including this Section 2, references to one gender shall include the other, unless otherwise indicated by the context:

2.1        “Active Participant” means, with respect to any day or date, a Participant who is in Service on such day or date; provided, that a Participant shall cease to be an Active Participant (i) immediately upon a determination by the Committee that the Participant has ceased to be an Employee or Independent Contractor, or (ii) at the end of the Plan Year that the Committee determines the Participant no longer meets the eligibility requirements of the Plan.

2.2        “Adoption Agreement” means the written agreement pursuant to which the Employer adopts the Plan. The Adoption Agreement is a part of the Plan as applied to the Employer.

2.3        “Beneficiary” means the person, persons, entity or entities designated or determined pursuant to the provisions of Section 13 of the Plan.

2.4        “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company, if the Company is a corporation. If the Company is not a corporation, “Board” shall mean the Company.

2.5        “Change in Control Event” means an event described in Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(v) of the Code (or any successor provision thereto) and the regulations

thereunder.

2.6        “Committee” means the persons or entity designated in the Adoption Agreement to administer the Plan. If the Committee designated in the Adoption Agreement is unable to serve, the Employer shall satisfy the duties of the Committee provided for in Section 9.

2.7        “Company” means the company designated in the Adoption Agreement as such.

2.8        “Compensation” shall have the meaning designated in the Adoption Agreement.

2.9        “Crediting Date” means the date designated in the Adoption Agreement for crediting the amount of any Participant Deferral Credits or Employer Credits to the Deferred Compensation Account of a Participant.

2.10      “Deferred Compensation Account” means the account maintained with respect to each Participant under the Plan. The Deferred Compensation Account shall be credited with Participant Deferral Credits and Employer Credits, credited or debited for deemed investment gains or losses, and adjusted for payments in accordance with the rules and elections in effect under Section 8. The Deferred Compensation Account of a Participant shall include any In-Service or Education Account of the Participant, if applicable.

2


 

2.11      “Disabled” means Disabled within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and the regulations thereunder. Generally, this means that the Participant is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, or is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three months under an accident and health plan covering Employees of the Employer.

2.12      “Education Account” is an In-Service Account which will be used by the Participant for educational purposes.

2.13      “Effective Date” shall be the date designated in the Adoption Agreement.

2.14      “Employee” means an individual in the Service of the Employer if the relationship between the individual and the Employer is the legal relationship of employer and employee. An individual shall cease to be an Employee upon the Employee’s separation from Service.

2.15      “Employer” means the Company, as identified in the Adoption Agreement, and any Participating Employer which adopts this Plan. An Employer may be a corporation, a limited liability company, a partnership or sole proprietorship.

2.16      “Employer Credits” means the amounts credited to the Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account by the Employer pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.2.

2.17      “Grandfathered Amounts” means, if applicable, the amounts that were deferred under the Plan and were earned and vested within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and regulations thereunder as of
December 31, 2004. Grandfathered Amounts shall be subject to the terms designated in the Adoption Agreement.

2.18      “Independent Contractor” means an individual in the Service of the Employer if the relationship between the individual and the Employer is not the legal relationship of employer and employee. An individual shall cease to be an Independent Contractor upon the termination of the Independent Contractor’s Service. An Independent Contractor shall include a director of the Employer who is not an Employee.

2.19      “In-Service Account” means a separate account to be kept for each Participant that has elected to take in-service distributions as described in Section 5.4. The In-Service Account shall be adjusted in the same manner and at the same time as the Deferred Compensation Account under Section 8 and in accordance with the rules and elections in effect under Section 8.

2.20      “Normal Retirement Age” of a Participant means the age designated in the Adoption Agreement.

2.21      “Participant” means with respect to any Plan Year an Employee or Independent Contractor who has been designated by the Committee as a Participant and who has entered the Plan or who has a Deferred Compensation Account under the Plan; provided that if the Participant is an Employee, the individual must be a highly compensated or management employee of the Employer within the meaning of Sections

201(2), 301(a)(3) and 401(a)(1) of ERISA.

2.22      “Participant Deferral Credits” means the amounts credited to the Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account by the Employer pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.1.

2.23      “Participating Employer” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) which adopts this Plan with the consent of the Company identified in the Adoption Agreement.

2.24      “Participation Agreement” means a written agreement entered into between a Participant and the Employer pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.1

3


 

2.25      “Performance-Based Compensation” means compensation where the amount of, or entitlement to, the compensation is contingent on the satisfaction of preestablished organizational or individual performance criteria relating to a performance period of at least twelve months. Organizational or individual performance criteria are considered preestablished if established in writing within 90 days after the commencement of the period of service to which the criteria relates, provided that the outcome is substantially uncertain at the time the criteria are established. Performance-based compensation may include payments based upon subjective performance criteria as provided in regulations and administrative guidance promulgated under Section 409A of the Code.

2.26      “Plan” means The Executive Nonqualified Excess Plan, as herein set out and as set out in the Adoption Agreement, or as duly amended. The name of the Plan as applied to the Employer shall be designated in the Adoption Agreement.

2.27      “Plan-Approved Domestic Relations Order” shall mean a judgment, decree, or order (including the approval of a settlement agreement) which is:

2.27.1     Issued pursuant to a State’s domestic relations law;

2.27.2     Relates to the provision of child support, alimony payments or marital property rights to a Spouse, former Spouse, child or other dependent of the Participant;

2.27.3     Creates or recognizes the right of a Spouse, former Spouse, child or other dependent of the Participant to receive all or a portion of the Participant’s benefits under the Plan;

2.27.4     Requires payment to such person of their interest in the Participant’s benefits in a lump sum payment at a specific time; and

2.27.5     Meets such other requirements established by the Committee.

2.28      “Plan Year” means the twelve-month period ending on the last day of the month designated in the Adoption Agreement; provided that the initial Plan Year may have fewer than twelve months.

2.29      “Qualifying Distribution Event” means (i) the Separation from Service of the Participant, (ii) the date the Participant becomes Disabled, (iii) the death of the Participant, (iv) the time specified by the Participant for an In-Service or Education Distribution, (v) a Change in Control Event, or (vi) an Unforeseeable Emergency, each to the extent provided in Section 5.

2.30      “Seniority Date” shall have the meaning designated in the Adoption Agreement.

2.31      “Separation from Service” or “Separates from Service” means a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code.

2.32      “Service” means employment by the Employer as an Employee. For purposes of the Plan, the employment relationship is treated as continuing intact while the Employee is on military leave, sick leave, or other bona fide leave of absence if the period of such leave does not exceed six months, or if longer, so long as the Employee’s right to reemployment is provided either by statute or contract. If the Participant is an Independent Contractor, “Service” shall mean the period during which the contractual relationship exists between the Employer and the Participant. The contractual relationship is not terminated if the Participant anticipates a renewal of the contract or becomes an Employee.

2.33      “Service Bonus” means any bonus paid to a Participant by the Employer which is not Performance-Based Compensation.

4


 

2.34      “Specified Employee” means an employee who meets the requirements for key employee treatment under Section 416(i)(l)(A)(i), (ii) or (iii) of the Code (applied in accordance with the regulations thereunder and without regard to Section 416(i)(5) of the Code) at any time during the twelve month period ending on December 31 of each year (the “identification date”). Unless binding corporate action is taken to establish different rules for determining Specified Employees for all plans of the Company and its controlled group members that are subject to Section 409A of the Code, the foregoing rules and the other default rules under the regulations of Section 409A of the Code shall apply. If the person is a key employee as of any identification date, the person is treated as a Specified Employee for the twelve-month period beginning on the first day of the fourth month following the identification date.

2.35      “Spouse” or “Surviving Spouse” means, except as otherwise provided in the Plan, a person who is the legally married spouse or surviving spouse of a Participant.

2.36      “Unforeseeable Emergency” means an “unforeseeable emergency” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code.

2.37      “Years of Service” means each Plan Year of Service completed by the Participant. For vesting purposes, Years of Service shall be calculated from the date designated in the Adoption Agreement and Service shall be based on service with the Company and all Participating Employers.

Section 3.         Participation:

The Committee in its discretion shall designate each Employee or Independent Contractor who is eligible to participate in the Plan. A Participant who separates from Service with the Employer and who later returns to Service will not be an Active Participant under the Plan except upon satisfaction of such terms and conditions as the Committee shall establish upon the Participant’s return to Service, whether or not the Participant shall have a balance remaining in the Deferred Compensation Account under the Plan on the date of the return to Service.

Section 4.         Credits to Deferred Compensation Account:

4.1       Participant Deferral Credits. To the extent provided in the Adoption Agreement, each Active Participant may elect, by entering into a Participation Agreement with the Employer, to defer the receipt of Compensation from the Employer by a dollar amount or percentage specified in the Participation Agreement. The amount of Compensation the Participant elects to defer, the Participant Deferral Credit, shall be credited by the Employer to the Deferred Compensation Account maintained for the Participant pursuant to Section 8. The following special provisions shall apply with respect to the Participant Deferral Credits of a Participant:

4.1.1    The Employer shall credit to the Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account on each Crediting Date an amount equal to the total Participant Deferral Credit for the period ending on such Crediting Date.

4.1.2    An election pursuant to this Section 4.1 shall be made by the Participant by executing and delivering a Participation Agreement to the Committee. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 4.1, the Participation Agreement shall become effective with respect to such Participant as of the first day of January following the date such Participation Agreement is received by the Committee. A Participant’s election may be changed at any time prior to the last permissible date for making the election as permitted in this Section 4.1, and shall thereafter be irrevocable. The election of a Participant shall continue in effect for subsequent years until modified by the Participant as permitted in this Section 4.1.

4.1.3    A Participant may execute and deliver a Participation Agreement to the Committee within 30 days after the date the Participant first becomes eligible to participate in the Plan to be effective as of the first payroll period next following the date the Participation Agreement is fully executed by the Participant. Whether a Participant is treated as newly eligible for participation under this Section shall be determined in accordance with Section 409A of the Code and the regulations thereunder, including (i) rules that treat all elective deferral account balance plans as one plan, and (ii) rules that treat a previously eligible employee as newly eligible if his benefits had been previously distributed or if he has been ineligible for 24 months. For Compensation that is earned based upon a

5


 

specified performance period (for example, an annual bonus), where a deferral election is made under this Section but after the beginning of the performance period, the election will only apply to the portion of the Compensation equal to the total amount of the Compensation for the service period multiplied by the ratio of the number of days remaining in the performance period after the election over the total number of days in the performance period.

4.1.4    A Participant may unilaterally modify a Participation Agreement (either to terminate, increase or decrease the portion of his future Compensation which is subject to deferral within the percentage limits set forth in Section 4.1 of the Adoption Agreement) by providing a written modification of the Participation Agreement to the Committee. The modification shall become effective as of the first day of January following the date such written modification is received by the Committee.

4.1.5    If the Participant performed services continuously from the later of the beginning of the performance period or the date upon which the performance criteria are established through the date upon which the Participant makes an initial deferral election, a Participation Agreement relating to the deferral of Performance-Based Compensation may be executed and delivered to the Committee no later than the date which is 6 months prior to the end of the performance period, provided that in no event may an election to defer Performance-Based Compensation be made after such Compensation has become readily ascertainable.

4.1.6    If the Employer has a fiscal year other than the calendar year, Compensation relating to Service in the fiscal year of the Employer (such as a bonus based on the fiscal year of the Employer), of which no amount is paid or payable during the fiscal year, may be deferred at the Participant’s election if the election to defer is made not later than the close of the Employer’s fiscal year next preceding the first fiscal year in which the Participant performs any services for which such Compensation is payable.

4.1.7    Compensation payable after the last day of the Participant’s taxable year solely for services provided during the final payroll period containing the last day of the Participant’s taxable year (i.e., December 31) is treated for purposes of this Section 4.1 as Compensation for services performed in the subsequent taxable year.

4.1.8    The Committee may from time to time establish policies or rules consistent with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code to govern the manner in which Participant Deferral Credits may be made.

4.1.9    If a Participant becomes Disabled, or applies for and is eligible for a distribution on account of an Unforeseeable Emergency during a Plan Year or as required due to a hardship distribution under Section 1.401(k)-1(d)(3) of the Code, his deferral election for such Plan Year shall be cancelled.

4.2         Employer Credits. If designated by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, the Employer shall cause the Committee to credit to the Deferred Compensation Account of each Active Participant an Employer Credit as determined in accordance with the Adoption Agreement. A Participant must make distribution elections with respect to any Employer Credits credited to his Deferred Compensation Account by the deadline that would apply under Section 4.1 for distribution elections with respect to Participant Deferral Credits credited at the same time, on a Participation Agreement that is timely executed and delivered to the Committee pursuant to Section 4.1.

4.3         Deferred Compensation Account. All Participant Deferral Credits and Employer Credits shall be credited to the Deferred Compensation Account of the Participant as provided in Section 8.

Section 5.         Qualifying Distribution Events:

5.1         Separation from Service. If the Participant Separates from Service with the Employer, the vested balance in the Deferred Compensation Account shall be paid to the Participant by the Employer as provided in Section 7. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no distribution shall be made earlier than six months after the date of Separation from Service (or, if earlier, the date of death) with respect to a Participant who as of the date of Separation from Service is a Specified Employee of a corporation the stock in which is traded on an established securities market or otherwise. Any payments to which such Specified Employee would be entitled during the first six months following the date of Separation from Service shall be accumulated and paid on the first day of the seventh month following the date of Separation from Service.

6


 

5.2         Disability. If the Employer designates in the Adoption Agreement that distributions are permitted under the Plan when a Participant becomes Disabled, and the Participant becomes Disabled while in Service, the vested balance in the Deferred Compensation Account shall be paid to the Participant by the Employer as provided in Section 7.

5.3         Death. If the Participant dies while in Service, the Employer shall pay a benefit to the Participant’s Beneficiary in the amount designated in the Adoption Agreement. Payment of such benefit shall be made by the Employer as provided in Section 7.

5.4         In-Service or Education Distributions. If the Employer designates in the Adoption Agreement that in-service or education distributions are permitted under the Plan, a Participant may designate in the Participation Agreement to have a specified amount credited to the Participant’s In-Service or Education Account for in-service or education distributions at the date specified by the Participant. In no event may an in-service or education distribution of an amount be made before the date that is two years after the first day of the year in which such amount was credited to the In-Service or Education Account. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Participant incurs a Qualifying Distribution Event prior to the date on which the entire balance in the In-Service or Education Account has been distributed, then the balance in the In-Service or Education Account on the date of the Qualifying Distribution Event shall be paid as provided under Section 7.1 for payments on such Qualifying Distribution Event.

5.5         Change in Control Event. If the Employer designates in the Adoption Agreement that distributions are permitted under the Plan upon the occurrence of a Change in Control Event, the Participant may designate in the Participation Agreement to have the vested balance in the Deferred Compensation Account paid to the Participant upon a Change in Control Event by the Employer as provided in Section 7.

5.6         Unforeseeable Emergency. If the Employer designates in the Adoption Agreement that distributions are permitted under the Plan upon the occurrence of an Unforeseeable Emergency event, a distribution from the Deferred Compensation Account may be made to a Participant in the event of an Unforeseeable Emergency, subject to the following provisions:

5.6.1    A Participant may, at any time prior to his Separation from Service for any reason, make application to the Committee to receive a distribution in a lump sum of all or a portion of the vested balance in the Deferred Compensation Account (determined as of the date the distribution, if any, is made under this Section 5.6) because of an Unforeseeable Emergency. A distribution because of an Unforeseeable Emergency shall not exceed the amount required to satisfy the Unforeseeable Emergency plus amounts necessary to pay taxes reasonably anticipated as a result of such distribution, after taking into account the extent to which the Unforeseeable Emergency may be relieved through reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise or by liquidation of the Participant’s assets (to the extent the liquidation of such assets would not itself cause severe financial hardship) or by stopping current deferrals under the Plan pursuant to Section 4.1.9.

5.6.2    The Participant’s request for a distribution on account of Unforeseeable Emergency must be made in writing to the Committee. The request must specify the nature of the financial hardship, the total amount requested to be distributed from the Deferred Compensation Account, and the total amount of the actual expense incurred or to be incurred on account of the Unforeseeable Emergency.

5.6.3    If a distribution under this Section 5.6 is approved by the Committee, such distribution will be made as soon as practicable following the date it is approved. The processing of the request shall be completed as soon as practicable from the date on which the Committee receives the properly completed written request for a distribution on account of an Unforeseeable Emergency. If a Participant’s Separation from Service occurs after a request is approved in accordance with this Section 5.6.3, but prior to distribution of the full amount approved, the approval of the request shall be automatically null and void and the benefits which the Participant is entitled to receive under the Plan shall be distributed in accordance with the applicable distribution provisions of the Plan.

5.6.4    The Committee may from time to time adopt additional policies or rules consistent with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code to govern the manner in which such distributions may be made so that the Plan may be conveniently administered.

7


 

Section 6.         Vesting:

A Participant shall be fully vested in the portion of his Deferred Compensation Account attributable to Participant Deferral Credits, and all income, gains and losses attributable thereto. A Participant shall become fully vested in the portion of his Deferred Compensation Account attributable to Employer Credits, and income, gains and losses attributable thereto, in accordance with the vesting schedule and provisions designated by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement. If a Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account is not fully vested upon Separation from Service, the portion of the Deferred Compensation Account that is not fully vested shall thereupon be forfeited.

Section 7.         Distribution Rules:

7.1       Payment Options. The Employer shall designate in the Adoption Agreement the payment options which may be elected by the Participant (lump sum, annual installments, or a combination of both). Different payment options may be made available for each Qualifying Distribution Event, and different payment options may be available for different types of Separations from Service, all as designated in the Adoption Agreement. The Participant shall elect in the Participation Agreement the method under which the vested balance in the Deferred Compensation Account will be distributed from among the designated payment options. The Participant may at such time elect a different method of payment for each Qualifying Distribution Event as specified in the Adoption Agreement. If the Participant is permitted by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement to elect different payment options and does not make a valid election, the vested balance in the Deferred Compensation Account will be distributed as a lump sum.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if certain Qualifying Distribution Events occur prior to the date on which the vested balance of a Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account is completely paid pursuant to this Section 7.1 following the occurrence of certain initial Qualifying Distribution Events, the following rules apply:

7.1.1    If the initial Qualifying Distribution Event is a Separation from Service or Disability, and the Participant subsequently dies, the remaining unpaid vested balance of a Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account shall be paid as a lump sum.

7.1.2    If the initial Qualifying Distribution Event is a Change in Control Event, and any subsequent Qualifying Distribution Event occurs (except an In-Service or Education Distribution described in Section 2.29(iv)), the remaining unpaid vested balance of a Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account shall be paid as provided under Section 7.1 for payments on such subsequent Qualifying Distribution Event.

7.2       Timing of Payments. Payment shall be made in the manner elected by the Participant and shall commence as soon as practicable after (but no later than 60 days after) the distribution date elected for the Qualifying Distribution Event. In the event the Participant fails to make a valid election of the payment method, the distribution will be made in a single lump sum payment as soon as practicable after (but no later than 60 days after) the Qualifying Distribution Event. A payment may be further delayed to the extent permitted in accordance with regulations and guidance under Section 409A of the Code.

7.3       Installment Payments. If the Participant elects to receive installment payments upon a Qualifying Distribution Event, the payment of each annual installment shall be made on the anniversary of the date of the first installment payment, and the amount of the annual installment shall be adjusted on such anniversary for credits or debits to the Participant’s account pursuant to Section 8 of the Plan. Such adjustment shall be made by dividing the balance in the Deferred Compensation Account on such date by the number of annual installments remaining to be paid hereunder; provided that the last annual installment due under the Plan shall be the entire amount credited to the Participant’s account on the date of payment.

7.4       De Minimis Amounts. Notwithstanding any payment election made by the Participant, if the Employer designates a pre-determined de minimis amount in the Adoption Agreement, the vested balance in the Deferred Compensation Account of the Participant will be distributed in a single lump sum payment if at the time of a permitted Qualifying Distribution Event the vested balance does not exceed such pre-determined de minimis amount; provided, however, that such distribution will be made only where the Qualifying Distribution Event is a

8


 

Separation from Service, death, Disability (if applicable) or Change in Control Event (if applicable). Such payment shall be made on or before the later of (i) December 31 of the calendar year in which the Qualifying Distribution Event occurs, or (ii) the date that is 2-1/2 months after the Qualifying Distribution Event occurs. In addition, the Employer may distribute a Participant’s vested balance at any time if the balance does not exceed the limit in Section 402(g)(1)(B) of the Code and results in the termination of the Participant’s entire interest in the Plan as provided under Section 409A of the Code.

7.5       Subsequent Elections. With the consent of the Committee, a Participant may delay or change the method of payment of the Deferred Compensation Account subject to the following requirements:

7.5.1    The new election may not take effect until at least 12 months after the date on which the new election is made.

7.5.2    If the new election relates to a payment for a Qualifying Distribution Event other than the death of the Participant, the Participant becoming Disabled, or an Unforeseeable Emergency, the new election must provide for the deferral of the payment for a period of at least five years from the date such payment would otherwise have been made.

7.5.3    If the new election relates to a payment from the In-Service or Education Account, the new election must be made at least 12 months prior to the date of the first scheduled payment from such account.

For purposes of this Section 7.5 and Section 7.6, a payment is each separately identified amount to which the Participant is entitled under the Plan; provided, that entitlement to a series of installment payments is treated as the entitlement to a single payment.

7.6       Acceleration Prohibited. The acceleration of the time or schedule of any payment due under the Plan is prohibited except as expressly provided in regulations and administrative guidance promulgated under Section 409A of the Code (such as accelerations for domestic relations orders and employment taxes). It is not an acceleration of the time or schedule of payment if the Employer waives or accelerates the vesting requirements applicable to a benefit under the Plan.

Section 8.         Accounts; Deemed Investment; Adjustments to Account:

8.1       Accounts. The Committee shall establish a book reserve account, entitled the “Deferred Compensation Account,” on behalf of each Participant. The Committee shall also establish an In-Service or Education Account as a part of the Deferred Compensation Account of each Participant, if applicable. The amount credited to the Deferred Compensation Account shall be adjusted pursuant to the provisions of Section 8.3.

8.2       Deemed Investments. The Deferred Compensation Account of a Participant shall be credited with an investment return determined as if the account were invested in one or more investment funds made available by the Committee. The Participant shall elect the investment funds in which his Deferred Compensation Account shall be deemed to be invested. Such election shall be made in the manner prescribed by the Committee and shall take effect upon the entry of the Participant into the Plan. The investment election of the Participant shall remain in effect until a new election is made by the Participant. In the event the Participant fails for any reason to make an effective election of the investment return to be credited to his account, the investment return shall be determined by the Committee.

8.3       Adjustments to Deferred Compensation Account. With respect to each Participant who has a Deferred Compensation Account under the Plan, the amount credited to such account shall be adjusted by the following debits and credits, at the times and in the order stated:

8.3.1    The Deferred Compensation Account shall be debited each business day with the total amount of any payments made from such account since the last preceding business day to him or for his benefit. Unless otherwise specified by the Employer, each deemed investment fund will be debited pro-rata based on the value of the investment funds as of the end of the preceding business day.

9


 

8.3.2    The Deferred Compensation Account shall be credited on each Crediting Date with the total amount of any Participant Deferral Credits and Employer Credits to such account since the last preceding Crediting Date.

8.3.3    The Deferred Compensation Account shall be credited or debited on each day securities are traded on a national stock exchange with the amount of deemed investment gain or loss resulting from the performance of the investment funds elected by the Participant in accordance with Section 8.2. The amount of such deemed investment gain or loss shall be determined by the Committee and such determination shall be final and conclusive upon all concerned.

Section 9.         Administration by Committee:

9.1       Membership of Committee. If the Committee consists of individuals appointed by the Board, they will serve at the pleasure of the Board. Any member of the Committee may resign, and his successor, if any, shall be appointed by the Board.

9.2       General Administration. The Committee shall be responsible for the operation and administration of the Plan and for carrying out its provisions. The Committee shall have the full authority and discretion to make, amend, interpret, and enforce all appropriate rules and regulations for the administration of this Plan and decide or resolve any and all questions, including interpretations of this Plan, as may arise in connection with this Plan. Any such action taken by the Committee shall be final and conclusive on any party. To the extent the Committee has been granted discretionary authority under the Plan, the Committee’s prior exercise of such authority shall not obligate it to exercise its authority in a like fashion thereafter. The Committee shall be entitled to rely conclusively upon all tables, valuations, certificates, opinions and reports furnished by any actuary, accountant, controller, counsel or other person employed or engaged by the Employer with respect to the Plan. The Committee may, from time to time, employ agents and delegate to such agents, including employees of the Employer, such administrative or other duties as it sees fit.

9.3       Indemnification. To the extent not covered by insurance, the Employer shall indemnify the Committee, each employee, officer, director, and agent of the Employer, and all persons formerly serving in such capacities, against any and all liabilities or expenses, including all legal fees relating thereto, arising in connection with the exercise of their duties and responsibilities with respect to the Plan, provided however that the Employer shall not indemnify any person for liabilities or expenses due to that person’s own gross negligence or willful misconduct.

Section 10.       Contractual Liability, Trust:

10.1     Contractual Liability. Unless otherwise elected in the Adoption Agreement, the Company shall be obligated to make all payments hereunder. This obligation shall constitute a contractual liability of the Company to the Participants, and such payments shall be made from the general funds of the Company. The Company shall not be required to establish or maintain any special or separate fund, or otherwise to segregate assets to assure that such payments shall be made, and the Participants shall not have any interest in any particular assets of the Company by reason of its obligations hereunder. To the extent that any person acquires a right to receive payment from the Company, such right shall be no greater than the right of an unsecured creditor of the Company.

10.2     Trust. The Employer may establish a trust to assist it in meeting its obligations under the Plan. Any such trust shall conform to the requirements of a grantor trust under Revenue Procedures 92-64 and 92-65 and at all times during the continuance of the trust the principal and income of the trust shall be subject to claims of general creditors of the Employer under federal and state law. The establishment of such a trust would not be intended to cause Participants to realize current income on amounts contributed thereto, and the trust would be so interpreted and administered.

10


 

Section 11.       Allocation of Responsibilities:

The persons responsible for the Plan and the duties and responsibilities allocated to each are as follows:

11.1

Board.

(i)

To amend the Plan;

(ii)

To appoint and remove members of the Committee; and

(iii)

To terminate the Plan as permitted in Section 14.

11.2

Committee.

(i)

To designate Participants;

(ii)

To interpret the provisions of the Plan and to determine the rights  of the Participants under the Plan, except to the extent otherwise provided in Section 16 relating to claims procedure;

(iii)

To administer the Plan in accordance with its terms, except to the extent powers to administer the Plan are specifically delegated to another person or persons as provided in the Plan;

(iv)

To account for the amount credited to the Deferred Compensation Account of a Participant;

(v)

To direct the Employer in the payment of benefits;

(vi)

To file such reports as may be required with the United States Department of Labor, the Internal Revenue Service and any other government agency to which reports may be required to be submitted from time to time; and

(vii)

To administer the claims procedure to the extent provided in Section 16.

Section 12.       Benefits Not Assignable; Facility of Payments:

12.1     Benefits Not Assignable. No portion of any benefit credited or paid under the Plan with respect to any Participant shall be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance or charge, and any attempt so to anticipate, alienate, sell, transfer, assign, pledge, encumber or charge the same shall be void, nor shall any portion of such benefit be in any manner payable to any assignee, receiver or any one trustee, or be liable for his debts, contracts, liabilities, engagements or torts. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that all or any portion of the benefit of a Participant is transferred to the former Spouse of the Participant incident to a divorce, the Committee shall maintain such amount for the benefit of the former Spouse until distributed in the manner required by an order of any court having jurisdiction over the divorce, and the former Spouse shall be entitled to the same rights as the Participant with respect to such benefit.

12.2     Plan-Approved Domestic Relations Orders. The Committee shall establish procedures for determining whether an order directed to the Plan is a Plan-Approved Domestic Relations Order. If the Committee determines that an order is a Plan-Approved Domestic Relations Order, the Committee shall cause the payment of amounts pursuant to or segregate a separate account as provided by (and to prevent any payment or act which might be inconsistent with) the Plan-Approved Domestic Relations Order.

12.3     Payments to Minors and Others. If any individual entitled to receive a payment under the Plan shall be physically, mentally or legally incapable of receiving or acknowledging receipt of such payment, the Committee, upon the receipt of satisfactory evidence of his incapacity and satisfactory evidence that another person or institution is maintaining him and that no guardian or committee has been appointed for him, may cause any payment

11


 

otherwise payable to him to be made to such person or institution so maintaining him. Payment to such person or institution shall be in full satisfaction of all claims by or through the Participant to the extent of the amount thereof.

Section 13.       Beneficiary:

The Participant’s beneficiary shall be the person, persons, entity or entities designated by the Participant on the beneficiary designation form provided by and filed with the Committee or its designee. If the Participant does not designate a beneficiary, the beneficiary shall be his Surviving Spouse. If the Participant does not designate a beneficiary and has no Surviving Spouse, the beneficiary shall be the Participant’s estate. The designation of a beneficiary may be changed or revoked only by filing a new beneficiary designation form with the Committee or its designee. If a beneficiary (the “primary beneficiary”) is receiving or is entitled to receive payments under the Plan and dies before receiving all of the payments due him, the balance to which he is entitled shall be paid to the contingent beneficiary, if any, named in the Participant’s current beneficiary designation form. If there is no contingent beneficiary, the balance shall be paid to the estate of the primary beneficiary. Any beneficiary may disclaim all or any part of any benefit to which such beneficiary shall be entitled hereunder by filing a written disclaimer with the Committee before payment of such benefit is to be made. Such a disclaimer shall be made in a form satisfactory to the Committee and shall be irrevocable when filed. Any benefit disclaimed shall be payable from the Plan in the same manner as if the beneficiary who filed the disclaimer had predeceased the Participant.

Section 14.       Amendment and Termination of Plan:

The Company may amend any provision of the Plan or terminate the Plan at any time; provided, that in no event shall such amendment or termination reduce the balance in any Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account as of the date of such amendment or termination, nor shall any such amendment affect the terms of the Plan relating to the payment of such Deferred Compensation Account. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following special provisions shall apply:

14.1     Termination in the Discretion of the Employer. Except as otherwise provided in Sections 14.2, the Company in its discretion may terminate the Plan and distribute benefits to Participants subject to the following requirements and any others specified under Section 409A of the Code:

14.1.1  All arrangements sponsored by the Employer that would be aggregated with the Plan under Section 1.409A-l(c) of the Treasury Regulations are terminated.

14.1.2  No payments other than payments that would be payable under the terms of the Plan if the termination had not occurred are made within 12 months of the termination date.

14.1.3  All benefits under the Plan are paid within 24 months of the termination date.

14.1.4  The Employer does not adopt a new arrangement that would be aggregated with the Plan under Section 1.409A-1(c) of the Treasury Regulations providing for the deferral of compensation at any time within 3 years following the date of termination of  the Plan.

14.1.5  The termination does not occur proximate to a downturn in the financial health of the Employer.

14.2     Termination Upon Change in Control Event. If the Company terminates the Plan within thirty days preceding or twelve months following a Change in Control Event, the Deferred Compensation Account of each Participant shall become fully vested and payable to the Participant in a lump sum within twelve months following

the date of termination, subject to the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

Section 15.       Communication to Participants:

The Employer shall make a copy of the Plan available for inspection by Participants and their beneficiaries during reasonable hours at the principal office of the Employer.

12


 

Section 16.       Claims Procedure:

The following claims procedure shall apply with respect to the Plan:

16.1     Filing of a Claim for Benefits. If a Participant or Beneficiary (the “claimant”) believes that he is entitled to benefits under the Plan which are not being paid to him or which are not being accrued for his benefit, he shall file a written claim therefore with the Committee.

16.2     Notification to Claimant of Decision. Within 90 days after receipt of a claim by the Committee (or within 180 days if special circumstances require an extension of time), the Committee shall notify the claimant of the decision with regard to the claim.  In the event of such special circumstances requiring an extension of time, there shall be furnished to the claimant prior to expiration of the initial 90-day period written notice of the extension, which notice shall set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the decision shall be furnished. If such claim shall be wholly or partially denied, notice thereof shall be in writing and worded in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant, and shall set forth: (i) the specific reason or reasons for the denial; (ii) specific reference to pertinent provisions of the Plan on which the denial is based; (iii) a description of any additional material or information necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary; and (iv) an explanation of the procedure for review of the denial and the time limits applicable to such procedures, including a statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA following an adverse benefit determination on review. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the claim relates to a disability determination, the Committee shall notify the claimant of the decision within 45 days (which may be extended for an additional 30 days if required by special circumstances).

16.3     Procedure for Review. Within 60 days following receipt by the claimant of notice denying his claim, in whole or in part, or, if such notice shall not be given, within 60 days following the latest date on which such notice could have been timely given, the claimant may appeal denial of the claim by filing a written application for review with the Committee. Following such request for review, the Committee shall fully and fairly review the decision denying the claim. Prior to the decision of the Committee, the claimant shall be given an opportunity to review pertinent documents and to submit issues and comments in writing.

16.4     Decision on Review. The decision on review of a claim denied in whole or in part by the Committee shall be made in the following manner:

16.4.1  Within 60 days following receipt by the Committee of the request for review (or within 120 days if special circumstances require an extension of time), the Committee shall notify the claimant in writing of its decision with regard to the claim. In the event of such special circumstances requiring an extension of time, written notice of the extension shall be furnished to the claimant prior to the commencement of the extension. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the claim relates to a disability determination, the Committee shall notify the claimant of the decision within 45 days (which may be extended for an additional 45 days if required by special circumstances).

16.4.2  With respect to a claim that is denied in whole or in part, the decision on review shall set forth specific reasons for the decision, shall be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant, and shall set forth:

(i)

the specific reason or reasons for the adverse determination;

(ii)

specific reference to pertinent Plan provisions on which the adverse determination is based;

(iii)

a statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to the claimant’s claim for benefits; and

(iv)

a statement describing any voluntary appeal procedures offered by the Plan and the claimant’s right to obtain the information about such procedures, as well as a statement of the claimant’s right to bring an action under ERISA section 502(a).

13


 

16.4.3  The decision of the Committee shall be final and conclusive.

16.5     Action by Authorized Representative of Claimant. All actions set forth in this Section 16 to be taken by the claimant may likewise be taken by a representative of the claimant duly authorized by him to act in his behalf on such matters. The Committee may require such evidence as either may reasonably deem necessary or advisable of the authority to act of any such representative.

Section 17.       Miscellaneous Provisions:

17.1     Set off. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, the Employer may reduce the amount of any payment otherwise payable to or on behalf of a Participant hereunder (net of any required withholdings) at the time payment is due by the amount of any loan, cash advance, extension of credit or other obligation of the Participant to the Employer that is then due and payable, and the Participant shall be deemed to have consented to such reduction. In addition, the Employer may at any time offset a Participant’s Deferral Compensation Account by an amount up to $5,000 to collect any such amount in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

17.2     Notices. Each Participant who is not in Service and each Beneficiary shall be responsible for furnishing the Committee or its designee with his current address for the mailing of notices and benefit payments. Any notice required or permitted to be given to such Participant or Beneficiary shall be deemed given if directed to such address and mailed by regular United States mail, first class, postage prepaid. If any check mailed to such address is returned as undeliverable to the addressee, mailing of checks will be suspended until the Participant or Beneficiary furnishes the proper address. This provision shall not be construed as requiring the mailing of any notice or notification otherwise permitted to be given by posting or by other publication.

17.3     Lost Distributees. A benefit shall be deemed forfeited if the Committee is unable to locate the Participant or Beneficiary to whom payment is due on or before the fifth anniversary of the date payment is to be made or commence; provided, that the deemed investment rate of return pursuant to Section 8.2 shall cease to be applied to the Participant’s account following the first anniversary of such date; provided further, however, that such benefit shall be reinstated if a valid claim is made by or on behalf of the Participant or Beneficiary for all or part of the forfeited benefit.

17.4     Reliance on Data. The Employer and the Committee shall have the right to rely on any data provided by the Participant or by any Beneficiary. Representations of such data shall be binding upon any party seeking to claim a benefit through a Participant, and the Employer and the Committee shall have no obligation to inquire into the accuracy of any representation made at any time by a Participant or Beneficiary.

17.5     Receipt and Release for Payments. Subject to the provisions of Section 17.1, any payment made from the Plan to or with respect to any Participant or Beneficiary, or pursuant to a disclaimer by a Beneficiary, shall, to the extent thereof, be in full satisfaction of all claims hereunder against the Plan and the Employer with respect to the Plan. The recipient of any payment from the Plan may be required by the Committee, as a condition precedent to such payment, to execute a receipt and release with respect thereto in such form as shall be acceptable to the Committee.

17.6     Headings. The headings and subheadings of the Plan have been inserted for convenience of reference and are to be ignored in any construction of the provisions hereof.

17.7     Continuation of Employment. The establishment of the Plan shall not be construed as conferring any legal or other rights upon any Employee or any persons for continuation of employment, nor shall it interfere with the right of the Employer to discharge any Employee or to deal with him without regard to the effect thereof under the Plan.

17.8     Merger or Consolidation; Assumption of Plan. No Employer shall consolidate or merge into or with another corporation or entity, or transfer all or substantially all of its assets to another corporation, partnership, trust or other entity (a “Successor Entity”) unless such Successor Entity shall assume the rights, obligations and liabilities of the Employer under the Plan and upon such assumption, the Successor Entity shall become obligated to perform

14


 

the terms and conditions of the Plan. Nothing herein shall prohibit the assumption of the obligations and liabilities of the Employer under the Plan by any Successor Entity.

17.9     Construction. The Employer shall designate in the Adoption Agreement the state according to whose laws the provisions of the Plan shall be construed and enforced, except to the extent that such laws are superseded by ERISA and the applicable requirements of the Code.

17.10   Taxes. The Employer or other payor may withhold a benefit payment under the Plan or a Participant’s wages, or the Employer may reduce a Participant’s Account balance, in order to meet any federal, state, or local or employment tax withholding obligations with respect to Plan benefits, as permitted under Section 409A of the Code. The Employer or other payor shall report Plan payments and other Plan-related information to the appropriate governmental agencies as required under applicable laws.

Section 18.       Transition Rules:

This Section 18 does not apply to plans newly established on or after January 1, 2009.

18.1     2005 Election Termination. Notwithstanding Section 4.1.4, at any time during 2005, a Participant may terminate a Participation Agreement, or modify a Participation Agreement to reduce the amount of Compensation subject to the deferral election, so long as the Compensation subject to the terminated or modified Participation Agreement is includible in the income of the Participant in 2005 or, if later, in the taxable year in which the amounts are earned and vested.

18.2     2005 Deferral Election. The requirements of Section 4.1.2 relating to the timing of the Participation Agreement shall not apply to any deferral elections made on or before March 15, 2005, provided that (a) the amounts to which the deferral election relate have not been paid or become payable at the time of the election, (b) the Plan was in existence on or before December 31, 2004, (c) the election to defer compensation is made in accordance with the terms of the Plan as in effect on December 31, 2005 (other than a requirement to make a deferral election after March 15, 2005), and (d) the Plan is otherwise operated in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

18.3     2005 Termination of Participation; Distribution. Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, at any time during 2005, a Participant may terminate his or her participation in the Plan and receive a distribution of his Deferred Compensation Account balance on account of that termination, so long as the full amount of such distribution is includible in the Participant’s income in 2005 or, if later, in the taxable year of the Participant in which the amount is earned and vested.

18.4     Payment Elections. Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 7.1 or 7.5 of the Plan, a Participant may elect on or before December 31, 2008, the time or form of payment of amounts subject to Section 409A of the Code provided that such election applies only to amounts that would not otherwise be payable in the year of the election and does not cause an amount to paid in the year of the election that would not otherwise be payable in such year.

 

15


 

 

The Executive

Nonqualified Excess Plan tm

ADPTN AGMT

Adoption Agreement

THIS AGREEMENT is made the 1 st day of October, 2002, by II-VI, Incorporated (the “Employer”), having its principal office at 375 Saxonburg Blvd., Saxonburg, PA 16056-9499 and EXECUTIVE BENEFIT SERVICES, INC. (the “Sponsor”), having its principal office at 434 Fayetteville Street, Suite 1160, Raleigh, North Carolina 27601.

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Sponsor has established The Executive Nonqualified Excess Plan TM (the “Plan”); and

WHEREAS, the Employer desires to adopt the Plan as an unfunded, nonqualified deferred compensation plan, for the benefit of the Employer’s x Employees and/or o Independent Contractors;

NOW, THEREFORE, the Employer hereby adopts the Plan in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Adoption Agreement:

ARTICLE I

Terms used in this Adoption Agreement shall have the same meaning as in the Plan, unless some other meaning is expressly herein set forth. The Employer hereby represents and warrants that the Plan has been adopted by the Employer upon proper authorization and the Employer hereby elects to adopt the Plan for the benefit of its Participants as referred to in the Plan. By the execution of this Adoption Agreement, the Employer hereby agrees to be bound by the terms of the Plan.

This Adoption Agreement may only be used in connection with The Executive Nonqualified Excess Plan. The Sponsor will inform the Employer of any amendments to the Plan or of the discontinuance or abandonment of the Plan. For questions concerning the Plan, the Employer may call the Sponsor at (919) 833-1042.

ARTICLE II

The Employer hereby makes the following designations or elections for the purpose of the Plan [Section references below correspond to Section references in the Plan]:

© 2000 Executive Benefit Services, Inc.

16


 

2.4      Adjustment Date: The Deferred Compensation Account of Participants shall be adjusted for the amount of any Salary Deferral Credits, Employer Matching Credits and Employer Performance Incentive Credits to such account on the last business day of each Plan Year and such other times as may be designated below [check any additional desired Adjustment Dates]:

 

 

___

 

(a)

 

The last business day of each calendar quarter during the Plan Year.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(b)

 

The last business day of each month during the Plan Year.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(c)

 

The last business day of each payroll period during the Plan Year.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

XX

 

(d)

 

Each day securities are traded on a national stock exchange [when received by EBS] .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(e)

 

Other [specify]

                                                                       

 

 

 

 

 

                                                                                                  

.

2.9       Compensation: The “Compensation” of a Participant shall mean all of each Participant’s [check desired option(s)]:

 

 

___

 

(a)

 

Compensation received as an Employee reportable in box 1, Wages. Tips and other Compensation, on Form W-2.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(b)

 

Annual base salary.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

XX

 

(c)

 

Annual bonus.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(d)

 

Long term incentive plan compensation.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(e)

 

Compensation received as an Independent Contractor reportable on Form 1099.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(f)

 

Other [specify]:

                                                                       

 

 

 

 

 

                                                                                                  

.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Compensation x SHALL o SHALL NOT include Salary Deferral Credits under this Plan and amounts contributed by the Participant pursuant to a Salary Deferral Agreement to another employee benefit plan of the Employer which are not includible in the gross income of the Employee under Section 125, 402(e)(3), 402(h) or 403(b) of the Code.

2.13     Effective Date: [check desired option]:

 

 

___

 

(a)

 

This is a newly-established Plan, and the Effective Date of the Plan is                                 .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

XX

 

(b)

 

This is an amendment and restatement of the II-VI Incorporated Deferred Compensation Plan with an original effective date of June 30, 1996 , and the effective date of this amended and restated Plan is October 1, 2002 . This is amendment number 2 .

 

17


 

2.20     Normal Retirement Age: The Normal Retirement Age of a Participant shall be [check desired option]:

 

 

___

 

(a)

 

Age                    .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

XX

 

(b)

 

The later of age 65 or the 5th anniversary of the participation commencement date. The participation commencement date is the first day of the first Plan Year in which the Participant commenced participation in the Plan.

2.22     Participating Employer(s): As of the Effective Date, the following Participating Employer(s) are parties to the Plan [list all employer-parties, including the Employer]:

 

Name of Employer

 

Address

 

Telephone No.

 

EIN

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

II-VI, Incorporated

 

375 Saxonburg Blvd.

 

724-352-4455

 

25-1214948

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Saxonburg, PA 16056

 

 

 

 

2.23     Plan: The name of the Plan as applied to the Employer is:

            II-VI Incorporated Deferred Compensation Plan.

2.24     Plan Administrator: The Plan Administrator shall be [check desired option]:

 

 

     

 

(a)

 

Committee.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

XX

 

(b)

 

Employer.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

     

 

(c)

 

Other (specify):

                                                                                                                    .

2.25       Plan Year: The Plan Year shall be the 12 consecutive calendar month period ending on the last day of the month of June , and each anniversary thereof.

2.34      Trust: [check desired option]:

 

 

XX

 

(a)

 

The Employer does desire to establish a “rabbi” trust for the purpose of setting aside assets of the Employer contributed thereto for the payment of benefits under the Plan.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

If a trust is established and the value of the assets of the trust exceed               % (insert desired percentage greater than 100%) of the amount required to pay benefits under the Plan, then the Trustee is authorized to return such excess assets to the Employer.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(b)

 

The Employer does not desire to establish a “rabbi” trust for the purpose of setting aside assets of the Employer contributed thereto for the payment of benefits under the Plan.

18


 

2.36       Years of Service: For vesting purposes, Years of Service of a Participant shall be calculated from the date designated below [check desired option]:

 

 

XX

 

(a)

 

First Day of Service.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(b)

 

Effective Date of Plan Entry.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(c)

 

Each Contribution Date. Under this option (iii), each Employer Matching Credit or Performance Incentive Credit shall vest in accordance with the applicable schedule selected in Section 7 of this Adoption Agreement based on the Years of Service of a Participant from the Adjustment Date on which each Employer Matching Credit or Performance Incentive Credit is credited to his or her Deferred Compensation Account.

3.1          Salary Deferral Credits: A Participant may elect to have his Compensation (as selected in Section 2.9 of this Adoption Agreement) reduced by the following percentage or amount per pay period, or for a specified pay period or periods, as designated in writing to the Committee [check the applicable options]:

 

 

___

 

(a)

 

Annual base salary:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[complete the following blanks only if a minimum or maximum deferral is desired]:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

minimum deferral: $                           or                           %

 

 

 

 

 

maximum deferral: $                           or                           %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

XX

 

(b)

 

Annual bonus:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[complete the following blanks only if a minimum or maximum deferral is desired]:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

minimum deferral: $                           or                           %

 

 

 

 

 

maximum deferral: $                           or                           %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(c)

 

Other [please specify type, as selected in Section 2.9 of this Adoption Agreement]:                  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[complete the following blanks only if a minimum or maximum deferral is desired]:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

minimum deferral: $                           or                           %

 

 

 

 

 

maximum deferral: $                           or                           %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(d)

 

No Salary Deferral provision.

3.1.3      Termination of Salary Deferrals: A Participant may terminate his Salary Deferral Agreement effective as of [check desired option]:

 

 

XX

 

(a)

 

The first full payroll period commencing after the date written notice of the termination is received by the Committee.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(b)

 

The January 1 occurring after the date written notice of the termination is received by the Committee.

19


 

3.2       Employer Matching Credits: The Employer may make Matching Credits to the Deferred Compensation Account of each Participant in an amount determined as follows [check desired option(s)]:

 

 

___

 

(a)

 

                    % of the Participant’s Salary Deferral Credits.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(b)

 

                    % of the first                     % of the Participant’s Compensation which is elected as a Salary Deferral Credit.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

XX

 

(c)

 

An amount determined each Plan Year by the Employer.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(d)

 

The Employer shall decide from year to year whether Matching Credits will be made and shall notify Participants annually of the manner in which Matching Credits will be calculated for the subsequent year.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(e)

 

The Employer shall not match amounts provided above in excess of $                    , or in excess of        % of the Participant’s Compensation per Plan Year.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(f)

 

No Employer Matching Credits provision.

3.3        Employer Performance Incentive Credits: The Employer may make Performance Incentive Credits to the Deferred Compensation Account of each Active Participant in an amount determined as follows:

 

 

___

 

(a)

 

Such amount out of the current or accumulated net profit of the Employer for such year as the Employer in its sole discretion shall determine.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(b)

 

Such amount as the Employer in its sole discretion shall determine without regard to current or accumulated net profit.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(c)

 

The Employer shall not make Performance Incentive Credits in excess of $                 , or in excess of           % of the Participant’s Compensation per Plan Year.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

XX

 

(d)

 

No Employer Performance Incentive Credits provision.

4.1       Death of a Participant: If the Participant dies while in Service, the Employer shall pay a benefit to the Beneficiary in an amount equal to the accrued benefit of the Participant determined as of the date payments to the Beneficiary commence, plus [check desired option]:

 

 

___

 

(a)

 

An amount to be determined by the Committee.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(b)

 

A lump sum of $                                             .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(c)

 

          times the annual base salary of the Participant at his date of death.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(d)

 

Other [specify]:

                                                                                               .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

XX

 

(e)

 

No additional benefits.

20


 

4.4.2     Early Retirement: The Employer may elect to provide for Early Retirement. If Early Retirement is permitted, it shall be subject to the following eligibility requirements [check desired option]:

 

 

___

 

(a)

 

Completion of              Years of Service.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(b)

 

Attainment of age            .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(c)

 

Completion of            Years of Service and attainment of age            .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

XX

 

(d)

 

No Early Retirement provisions.

5.1        Regular In-Service withdrawals: [check desired option]:

 

 

___

 

(a)

 

The E m p l oyer does elect t o permit r e g u l ar i n - service wi t hd r aw a l s by a P arti c ipant from h i s Deferred Compe n s a tion Account.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

XX

 

(b)

 

The Employer d o e s not elect to permit regular i n -ser v ice wi t h d rawals b y a Part i cip a nt fr o m his D e ferred Compensation Account.

5.3       “Haircut” Withdrawals: [check desired option]:

 

 

XX

 

(a)

 

The Employer does elect to permit “haircut” withdrawals by a Participant from his Deferred Compensation Account.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Specify percentage (not less than 10%) of amount withdrawn that shall be forfeited: 10%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(b)

 

The Employer does not elect to permit “haircut” withdrawals by a Participant from his Deferred Compensation Account.

5.4        College Education Withdrawals: [check desired option]:

 

 

___

 

(a)

 

The Employer does elect to permit college education withdrawals by a Participant from his Deferred Compensation Account.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

XX

 

(b)

 

The Employer does not elect to permit college education withdrawals by a Participant from his Deferred Compensation Account.

6.1       Payment Options: Any benefit payable under the Plan may be made to the Participant or his Beneficiary (as applicable) in any of the following payment forms, as selected by the Participant upon his entry into the Plan [check desired option(s)]:

 

 

XX

 

(a)

 

A lump sum in cash as soon as feasible following the date Participant’s service with the Employer terminates for any reason (including Retirement, Disability or death).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

XX

 

(b)

 

Approximately equal annual installments over a term of 2, 5 or 10 years as elected by th e P articipant upon his entry into the Plan.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(c)

 

An amount specified b y the Participant in a Lump Sum, with the remainder in appro x ima t e l y equal annual installments over a period of                 years.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

21


 

 

 

 

 

 

Payment of the benefit shall commence as of the following date [select desired option]:

 

 

___

 

( i )

 

The first business day of the calendar year following the date Participant’s service with the Employer terminates for any reason (including Retirement, Disability or death).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

( i i)

 

The first business day of the calendar quarter following the date Participant’s service with the Employer terminates for any reason (including Retirement, Disability or death) .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

XX

 

(iii )

 

The first business day of the calendar month following the date Participant’s service with the Employer terminates for any reason (including Retirement, Disability or death) .

 

 

 

 

 

 

The payment of each annual installment shall be made on the anniversary of the date selected for the commencement of the installment payments in this subsection (ii). The amount of the annual installment shall be adjusted on each anniversary date of the commencement of the installment payments for credits or debits to the Participant’s account pursuant to Section 8 of the Plan.  Such adjustment shall be made by dividing the balance in the Deferred Compensation Account on each such date (following adjustment on such date) by the number of annual installments remaining to be paid hereunder; provided that the last annual installment due under the Plan shall be the entire amount credited to the Participant’s account on the date of payment.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(c)

 

Other [specify]:                                                                      

22


 

7.        Vesting:

 

 

(a)

 

Vesting of Employer Matching Credits: The nonforfeitable percentage of each Participant in his Accrued Benefit attributable to any applicable Employer Matching Credits shall be as follows [check one]:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

XX

 

(i)

 

Immediate 100% vesting.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(ii)

 

100% vesting after          Years of Service.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(iii)

 

100% vesting at age          .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(iv)

 

Number of Years

of Service

 

Vested

Percentage

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less than

1

 

 

0%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

20%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

40%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

60%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

80%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

or more

 

100%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(v)

 

Number of Years

of Service

 

Vested

Percentage

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less than

3

 

 

0%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

20%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

40%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

60%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

 

80%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

or more

 

100%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(vi)

 

Number of Years

of Service

 

Vested

Percentage

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less than

1

 

 

       %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

       %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

       %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

       %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

       %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

       %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

 

       %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

 

       %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

 

 

       %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9

 

 

       %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10

or more

 

       %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(vii)

 

Not applicable

 

 

 

 

In addition, the forfeitable percentage of each Participant in his Accrued Benefit attributable to any applicable Employer Matching Credits x SHALL o SHALL NOT become 100% vested at the Death or Disability of the Participant.

23


 

 

 

(b)

 

Vesting of Employer Performance Incentive Credits: The nonforfeitable percentage of each Participant in his Accrued Benefit attributable to any applicable Employer Performance Incentive Credits shall be as follows [check one]:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(i)

 

Immediate 100% vesting.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(ii)

 

100% vesting after           Years of Service.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(iii)

 

100% vesting at age           .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(iv)

 

Number of Years

of Service

 

Vested

Percentage

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less than

1

 

 

0%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

20%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

40%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

60%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

80%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

or more

 

100%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(v)

 

Number of Years

of Service

 

Vested

Percentage

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less than

3

 

 

0%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

20%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

40%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

60%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

 

80%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

or more

 

100%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(vi)

 

Number of Years

of Service

 

Vested

Percentage

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less than

1

 

 

       %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

       %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

       %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

       %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

       %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

       %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

 

       %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

 

       %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

 

 

       %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9

 

 

       %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10

or more

 

       %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

XX

 

(vii)

 

Not applicable

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In addition, the forfeitable percentage of each Participant in his Accrued Benefit attributable to any applicable Employer Performance Incentive Credits o SHALL o SHALL NOT become 100% vested at the Death or Disability of the Participant.

24


 

14.        Amendment or Termination of Plan: [check or complete all that apply]:

 

 

___

 

(a)

 

Notwithstanding any provision in this Adoption Agreement or the Plan to the contrary, Section         of the Plan shall be amended to read as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

See attached Exhibit        .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(b)

 

The Plan shall be terminated upon the occurrence of one or more of the following events [check if desired]:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(i)      The amount of shareholders equity shown on the financial statements of the Employer for each of the two most recent fiscal years is less than $                .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(ii)      The aggregate net loss (after tax) as reported on the financial statements of the Employer for the two most recent fiscal years is greater than $                .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(iii)      There is a change of control of the Employer. For this purpose, a “change of control” shall be deemed to have occurred if: (A) any person other than an officer who is an employee of the Employer for at least one year preceding the change of control, acquires or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Employer representing        % [insert percentage] or more of the combined voting power of the Employer’s then outstanding securities and thereafter, the membership of the Board becomes such that a majority are persons who were not members of the Board at the time of the acquisition of securities; or (B) the Employer, or its assets, are acquired by or combined with another entity and less than a majority of the outstanding voting shares of such entity after the acquisition or combination are owned, immediately after the acquisition or combination, by the owners of voting shares of the Employer immediately prior to the acquisition or combination.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(iv)      Other [specify]:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

17.9       Construction: The provisions of the Plan and Trust (if any) shall be construed and enforced according to the laws of the State of Pennsylvania , except to the extent that such laws are superseded by ERISA.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed as of the day and year first above stated.

 

II-VI, Incorporated

Name of Employer

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Francis J. Kramer

 

 

Authorized Person

 

 

Francis J. Kramer

 

 

President and Chief Operating Officer

NOTE: Execution of this Adoption Agreement creates a legal liability of the Employer with significant tax consequences to the Employer and Participants. The Employer should obtain legal and tax advice from its professional advisors before adopting the Plan. The Sponsor disclaims all liability for the legal and tax consequences which result from the elections made by the Employer in this Adoption Agreement.

 

 

 

25


 

Principal Life Insurance Company

Raleigh, NC 27612

1-800-999-4031

A member of the Principal Financial Group ®

 

The Executive

Nonqualified “Excess” Plan SM

ADOPTION AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT is the adoption by II - VI Incorporated (the “Employer”) of the Executive Nonqualified Excess Plan (“Plan”).

W I TN E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Employer desires to adopt the Plan as an unfunded, nonqualified deferred compensation plan; and

WHEREAS, the provisions of the Plan are intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and the regulations thereunder, and shall apply to amounts deferred after January 1, 2005, and to amounts deferred under the terms of any predecessor plan which are not earned and vested before January 1, 2005; and

WHEREAS, the Employer has been advised by Principal Life Insurance Company to obtain legal and tax advice from its professional advisors before adopting the Plan, and Principal Life Insurance Company disclaims all liability for the legal and tax consequences which result from the elections made by the Employer in this Adoption Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, the Employer hereby adopts the Plan in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Adoption Agreement:

ARTICLE I

Terms used in this Adoption Agreement shall have the same meaning as in the Plan, unless some other meaning is expressly herein set forth. The Employer hereby represents and warrants that the Plan has been adopted by the Employer upon proper authorization and the Employer hereby elects to adopt the Plan for the benefit of its Participants as referred to in the Plan. By the execution of this Adoption Agreement, the Employer hereby agrees to be bound by the terms of the Plan.

 

 

 

 

DD 2320-1

 


 

ARTICLE II

The Employer hereby makes the following designations or elections for the purpose of the Plan:

2.6     Committee: The duties of the Committee set forth in the Plan shall be satisfied by:

 

 

___

 

(a)

 

The administrative committee of at least three individuals appointed by the Board to serve at the pleasure of the Board.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

XX

 

(b)

 

Employer.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(c)

 

Other (specify):                                                                 .

2.7     Compensation: The “Compensation” of a Participant shall mean all of a Participant’s:

 

 

XX

 

(a)

 

Base salary.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

XX

 

(b)

 

Service Bonus.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

XX

 

(c)

 

Performance-Based Compensation earned in a period of 12 months or more.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(d)

 

Commissions.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(e)

 

Compensation received as an Independent Contractor reportable on Form 1099.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

XX

 

(f)

 

Other: Performance Shares and Restricted Stock .

2.8     Crediting Date: The Deferred Compensation Account of a Participant shall be credited with the amount of any Participant Deferrals to such account at the time designated below:

 

 

___

 

(a)

 

The last business day of each Plan Year.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(b)

 

The last business day of each calendar quarter during the Plan Year.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(c)

 

The last business day of each month during the Plan Year.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(d)

 

The last business day of each payroll period during the Plan Year.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(e)

 

Each pay day as reported by the Employer.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

XX

 

(f)

 

Any business day on which Participant Deferrals are received by the Provider.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(g)

 

Other:                                                                              .

DD 2320-1

2


 

2.12   Effective Date:

 

 

___

 

(a)

 

This is a newly-established Plan, and the Effective Date of the Plan is

                      .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

XX

 

(b)

 

This is an amendment and restatement of a plan named II-VI Incorporated Deferred Compensation Plan with an effective date of June 30, 1996 and amended October 1, 2002 . The Effective Date of this amended and restated Plan is January 1, 2005 . This is amendment number 3 .

2.18   Normal Retirement Age: The Normal Retirement Age of a Participant shall be:

 

 

___

 

(a)

 

Age       .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

XX

 

(b)

 

The later of age 65 or the 5 th anniversary of the participation commencement date. The participation commencement date is the first day of the first Plan Year in which the Participant commenced participation in the Plan.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(c)

 

Other:                                                          .

2.22   Participating Employer(s): As of the Effective Date, the following Participating Employer(s) are parties to the Plan:

 

Name of Employer

 

Address

 

Telephone No.

 

EIN

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

II-V I incorporated

 

375 Saxonburg Blvd.

 

(724) 352-4455

 

25-1214948

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Saxonburg, PA 16056

 

 

 

 

2.24   Plan: The name of the Plan as applied to the Employer is

II-VI Incorporated Deferred Compensation Plan .

2.25   Plan Administrator: The Plan Administrator shall be:

 

 

___

 

(a)

 

Committee.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

XX

 

(b)

 

Employer.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(c)

 

Other:                                                           .

2.27    Plan Year: The Plan Year shall end each year on the last day of the month of June .

 

2.35    Trust:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

XX

 

(a)

The Employer does desire to establish a “rabbi” trust for the purpose of setting aside assets of the Employer contributed thereto for the payment of benefits under the Plan.

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(b)

The Employer does not desire to establish a “rabbi” trust for the purpose of setting aside assets of the Employer contributed thereto for the payment of benefits under the Plan.

 

 

 

 

 

DD 2320-1

3


 

 

___

 

(c)

The Employer desires to establish a “rabbi” trust for the purpose of setting aside assets of the Employer contributed thereto for the payment of benefits under the Plan upon the occurrence of a Change in Control.

4.1      Participant Deferral Credits: Subject to the limitations in Section 4.1 of the Plan, a Participant may elect to have his Compensation (as selected in Section 2.7 of this Adoption Agreement) deferred within the annual limits below by the following percentage or amount as designated in writing to the Committee:

 

 

XX

 

(a)

 

Base salary:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

           maximum deferral: $

 

or

 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

XX

 

(b)

 

Service Bonus:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

           maximum deferral: $

 

or

 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

XX

 

(c)

 

Performance-Based Compensation:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

           maximum deferral: $

 

or

 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

XX

 

(d)

 

Other: Performance Shares and Restricted Stock.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

           maximum deferral: $

 

or

 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(e)

 

Participant deferrals not allowed.

4.2      Employer Credits: The Employer will make Employer Credits in the following manner:

 

 

XX

 

(a)

 

Employer Discretionary Credits: The Employer may make discretionary credits to the

 

 

 

Deferred Compensation Account of each Participant in an amount determined as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

XX

 

(i)

An amount determined each Plan Year by the Employer.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(ii)

Other:

 

.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(b)

 

Employer Profit Sharing Credits: The Employer may make profit sharing credits to the

 

 

 

Deferred Compensation Account of each Active Participant in an amount determined as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(i)

An amount determined each Plan Year by the Employer.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(ii)

Other:

 

.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(c)

 

Other:

 

 

.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(d)

 

Employer Credits not allowed.

 

 

 

 

 

 

DD 2320-1

4


 

5.3      Death of a Participant: If the Participant dies while in Service, the Employer shall pay a benefit to the Beneficiary in an amount equal to the vested balance in the Deferred Compensation Account of the Participant determined as of the date payments to the Beneficiary commence, plus:

 

 

___

 

(a)

 

An amount to be determined by the Committee.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(b)

 

Other:

 

 

.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

XX

 

(c)

 

No additional benefits.

 

5.4      In-Service Distributions: In-service accounts are permitted under the Plan:

 

 

XX

 

(a)

 

Yes, with respect to:

 

 

 

 

 

XX

Participant Deferral Credits only.

 

 

 

 

 

___

Employer Credits only.

 

 

 

 

 

___

Participant Deferral and Employer Credits.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In-service distributions may be made in the following manner:

 

 

 

 

 

XX

Single lump sum payment.

 

 

 

 

 

XX

Annual installment payments over 2, 5 or 10 years.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

If applicable, amounts not vested at the specified time of distribution will be:

 

 

 

 

 

___

Forfeited

 

 

 

 

 

___

Distributed annually when vested

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(b)

 

No in-service distributions permitted.

 

5.5      Education Distributions: Education accounts are permitted under the Plan:

 

 

XX

 

(a)

 

Yes, with respect to:

 

 

 

 

 

XX

Participant Deferral Credits only.

 

 

 

 

 

___

Employer Credits only.

 

 

 

 

 

___

Participant Deferral and Employer Credits.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Education distributions may be made in the following manner:

 

 

 

 

 

XX

Single lump sum payment.

 

 

 

 

 

XX

Annual installment payments over no more than 4 years.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

If applicable, amounts not vested at the specified time of distribution will be:

 

 

 

 

 

___

Forfeited

 

 

 

 

 

___

Distributed annually when vested

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(b)

 

No education distributions permitted.

 

5.6      Change in Control: Participant may elect to receive distributions under the Plan upon a Change in Control:

 

 

XX

 

(a)

 

Yes, Participants may elect upon initial enrollment to have accounts distributed upon a Change in Control.

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(b)

 

Participants may not elect to have accounts distributed upon a Change in Control.

DD 2320-1

5


 

6.1       Payment Options: Any benefit payable under the Plan upon a Qualifying Distribution Event may be made to the Participant or his Beneficiary (as applicable) in any of the following payment forms, as selected by the Participant in the Participant Deferral Agreement:

 

 

1.

 

Separation from Service other than Retirement (Retirement is defined by the Employer)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

XX

 

(a)

A lump sum in cash as soon as practicable following the date of the Qualifying Distribution Event.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

XX

 

(b)

Approximately equal annual installments over a term certain as elected by the Participant upon his entry into the Plan of 2, 5 or 10 years.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(c)

Other:

                                                                                                                          .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.

 

Separation from Service due to Retirement

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

XX

 

(a)

A lump sum in cash as soon as practicable following the date of the Qualifying Distribution Event.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

XX

 

(b)

Approximately equal annual installments over a term certain as elected by the Participant upon his entry into the Plan of 2, 5 or 10 years.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(c)

Other:

                                                                                                                          .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.

 

Death

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

XX

 

(a)

A lump sum in cash upon the date of the Qualifying Distribution Event.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

XX

 

(b)

Approximately equal annual installments over a term certain as elected by the Participant upon his entry into the Plan of 2, 5 or 10 years.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(c)

Other:

                                                                                                                          .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.

 

Disability

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

XX

 

(a)

A lump sum in cash upon the date of the Qualifying Distribution Event.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

XX

 

(b)

Approximately equal annual installments over a term certain as elected by the Participant upon his entry into the Plan of 2, 5 or 10 years.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(c)

Other:

                                                                                                                          .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

DD 2320-1

6


 

 

5.

 

Change in Control

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

XX

 

(a)

A lump sum in cash upon the date of the Qualifying Distribution Event.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(b)

Approximately equal annual installments over a term certain as elected by the Participant upon his entry into the Plan not to exceed          years.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(c)

Other:

                                                                                                                          .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(d)

Not applicable.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6.2       De Minimis Amounts. Notwithstanding any payment election made by the Participant, the vested balance in the Deferred Compensation Account of the Participant will be distributed in a single lump sum payment if the payment accompanies the termination of the Participant’s entire interest in the Plan and the amount of such payment does not exceed $ 10,000 .

7.      Vesting: An Active Participant shall be fully vested in the Employer Credits made to the Deferred Compensation Account upon the first to occur of the following events:

 

 

XX

 

(a)

 

Normal Retirement Age.

 

XX

 

(b)

 

Death.

 

XX

 

(c)

 

Disability.

 

XX

 

(d)

 

Change in Control.

 

___

 

(e)

 

Other:                                                                                  .

 

XX

 

(f)

 

Satisfaction of the vesting requirement specified below:

 

 

XX

Employer Discretionary Credits:

 

 

 

 

 

XX

 

(i)

 

Immediate 100% vesting.

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

(ii)

 

100% vesting after      Years of Service.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

(iii)

 

100% vesting at age      .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

(iv)

 

Number of Years

of Service

 

Vested

Percentage

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less than

1

 

      %

 

 

 

 

1

 

      %

 

 

 

 

2

 

      %

 

 

 

 

3

 

      %

 

 

 

 

4

 

      %

 

 

 

 

5

 

      %

 

 

 

 

6

 

      %

 

 

 

 

7

 

      %

 

 

 

 

8

 

      %

 

 

 

 

9

 

      %

 

 

 

 

10 or more

 

      %

 

DD 2320-1

7


 

 

 

 

For this purpose, Years of Service of a Participant shall be calculated from the date designated below:

 

 

 

 

 

___

(1)

 

First Day of Service.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

(2)

 

Effective Date of Plan Participation.

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(3)

 

Each Crediting Date. Under this option (3), each Employer Credit shall vest based on the Years of Service of a Participant from the Crediting Date on which each Employer Discretionary Credit is made to his or her Deferred Compensation Account. Notwithstanding the vesting schedule elected above, all Employer Discretionary Credits to the Deferred Compensation Account shall be 100% vested upon the following event(s):                               .

 

 

___

Employer Profit Sharing Credits:

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(i)

 

Immediate 100% vesting.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

(ii)

 

100% vesting after      Years of Service.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

(iii)

 

100% vesting at age      .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

(iv)

 

Number of Years

of Service

 

Vested

Percentage

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less than

1

 

      %

 

 

 

 

1

 

      %

 

 

 

 

2

 

      %

 

 

 

 

3

 

      %

 

 

 

 

4

 

      %

 

 

 

 

5

 

      %

 

 

 

 

6

 

      %

 

 

 

 

7

 

      %

 

 

 

 

8

 

      %

 

 

 

 

9

 

      %

 

 

 

 

10 or more

 

      %

 

 

 

 

For this purpose, Years of Service of a Participant shall be calculated from the date designated below:

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(1)

 

First Day of Service.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(2)

 

Effective Date of Plan Participation.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(3)

 

Each Crediting Date. Under this option (3), each Employer Credit shall vest based on the Years of Service of a Participant from the Crediting Date on which each Employer Discretionary Credit is made to his or her Deferred Compensation Account. Notwithstanding the vesting schedule elected above, all Employer Discretionary Credits to the Deferred Compensation Account shall be 100% vested upon the following event(s):                               .

 

DD 2320-1

8


 

 

___

Other Employer Credits:

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(i)

 

Immediate 100% vesting.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(ii)

 

100% vesting after      Years of Service.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(iii)

 

100% vesting at age      .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(iv)

 

Number of Years

of Service

 

Vested

Percentage

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less than

1

 

      %

 

 

 

 

1

 

      %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

      %

 

 

 

3

 

      %

 

 

 

4

 

      %

 

 

 

5

 

      %

 

 

 

6

 

      %

 

 

 

7

 

      %

 

 

 

8

 

      %

 

 

 

9

 

      %

 

 

 

10 or more

 

      %

 

 

 

 

For this purpose, Years of Service of a Participant shall be calculated from the date designated below:

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(1)

 

First Day of Service.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(2)

 

Effective Date of Plan Participation.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(3)

 

Each Crediting Date. Under this option (3), each Employer Credit shall vest based on the Years of Service of a Participant from the Crediting Date on which each Employer Discretionary Credit is made to his or her Deferred Compensation Account. Notwithstanding the vesting schedule elected above, all Employer Discretionary Credits to the Deferred Compensation Account shall be 100% vested upon the following event(s):                              .

14.       Amendment and Termination of Plan: Notwithstanding any provision in this Adoption Agreement or the Plan to the contrary, Section 8.2 of the Plan shall be amended to read as provided in attached Exhibit A.

         There are no amendments to the Plan.

17.9      Construction: The provisions of the Plan and Trust (if any) shall be construed and enforced according to the laws of the State of Pennsylvania, except to the extent that such laws are superseded by ERISA and the applicable provisions of the Code.

DD 2320-1

9


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed as of the day and year first above stated.

 

 

II-VI, Incorporated

Name of Employer

 

By:

/s/ Francis J. Kramer

Authorized person

Francis J. Kramer

Date:

June 01, 2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NOTE: Execution of this Adoption Agreement creates a legal liability of the Employer with significant tax consequences to the Employer and Participants. The Employer should obtain legal and tax advice from its professional advisors before adopting the Plan. Principal Life Insurance Company disclaims all liability for the legal and tax consequences which result from the elections made by the Employer in this Adoption Agreement.

 

 

 

DD 2320-1

10


 

EXHIBIT A

ADDENDUM TO THE II-VI, INCORPORATED DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

A. Section 8.2 Deemed Investments shall be amended by adding the following language after the current final sentence.

    The Committee is making available to the Participant an investment fund that is entirely invested in Employer stock (the “Stock Investment Fund”). Amounts credited to that account may be adjusted as described in Section 8.3.

    However, notwithstanding any language in the plan to the contrary:

 

A) The participant may not reallocate the balance in the Stock Investment Fund to any other investment fund that is made available; and

 

B) The Participant will receive any Qualifying Event distribution from the Stock Investment Fund account in shares of Employer Stock with partial shares redeemed in cash calculated as of the appropriate valuation date.

    This amendment is effective June 1, 2007 and applies to all current and future balances of the Stock Investment Fund as well as credits to the fund and distributions there from.

 

 

 

 

CHARLOTTE #238471 v 7    11


 

NOTE: Execution of this Adoption Agreement creates a legal liability of the Employer with significant tax consequences to the Employer and Participants. The Employer should obtain legal and tax advice from its professional advisors before adopting the Plan. Principal Life Insurance Company disclaims all liability for the legal and tax consequences which result from the elections made by the Employer in this Adoption Agreement.

 

Principal Life Insurance Company, Raleigh, NC 27612

A member of the Principal Financial Group®

THE EXECUTIVE NONQUALIFIED “EXCESS” PLAN

ADOPTION AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT is the adoption by II-VI Incorporated (the “Company”) of the Executive Nonqualified Excess Plan (“Plan”).

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS, the Company desires to adopt the Plan as an unfunded, nonqualified deferred compensation plan; and

WHEREAS, the provisions of the Plan are intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and the regulations thereunder and shall apply to amounts subject to section 409A; and

WHEREAS, the Company has been advised by Principal Life Insurance Company to obtain legal and tax advice from its professional advisors before adopting the Plan,

NOW, THEREFORE, the Company hereby adopts the Plan in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Adoption Agreement:

ARTICLE I

Terms used in this Adoption Agreement shall have the same meaning as in the Plan, unless some other meaning is expressly herein set forth. The Employer hereby represents and warrants that the Plan has been adopted by the Employer upon proper authorization and the Employer hereby elects to adopt the Plan for the benefit of its Participants as referred to in the Plan. By the execution of this Adoption Agreement, the Employer hereby agrees to be bound by the terms of the Plan.

ARTICLE II

The Employer hereby makes the following designations or elections for the purpose of the Plan:

2.6    Committee: The duties of the Committee set forth in the Plan shall be satisfied by:

 

 

XX

(a)

 

Company

 

 

 

 

 

 

¾

(b)

 

The administrative committee  appointed  by the Board to serve at the pleasure of the Board.

 

 

 

 

 

 

¾

(c)

 

Board.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

¾

(d)

 

Other (specify):

                                                                 .

 

 

 

DD2320-4

2


 

2.8     Compensation: The “Compensation” of a Participant shall mean all of a Participant’s:

 

 

XX

(a)

 

Base salary.

 

 

 

 

 

 

XX

(b)

 

Service Bonus.

 

 

 

 

 

 

XX

(c)

 

Performance-Based Compensation  earned in a period of 12 months or more.

 

 

 

 

 

 

¾

(d)

 

Commissions.

 

 

 

 

 

 

XX

(e)

 

Compensation received as an Independent Contractor reportable on Form l099.

 

 

 

 

 

 

XX

(f)

 

Other: Performance Shares  and Restricted Stock

 

2.9    Crediting Date:  The Deferred Compensation Account of a Participant shall be credited with the amount of any Participant Deferral to such account at the time designated below:

 

 

¾

(a)

 

The last business day of each Plan Year.

 

 

 

 

 

 

¾

(b)

 

The last business day of each calendar quarter during the Plan Year.

 

 

 

 

 

 

¾

(c)

 

The last business day of each month during the Plan Year.

 

 

 

 

 

 

¾

(d)

 

The last business day of each payroll period during the Plan Year.

 

 

 

 

 

 

¾

(e)

 

Each pay day as reported by the Employer.

 

 

 

 

 

 

XX

(f)

 

Any business day on which Participant Deferrals are received by the administrative recordkeeper.

 

 

 

 

 

 

¾

(g)

 

Other:

                                              .

2.13   Effective Date:

 

 

¾

(a)

 

This is a newly-established Plan, and the Effective Date of the Plan is

                                   .

 

 

 

 

 

 

XX

(b)

 

This is an amendment and restatement of a plan named II-VI Incorporated Deferred Compensation Plan   with an effective date of June 30, 1996 , and amended October 1, 2002 The Effective Date of this amended and restated Plan is January 1, 2005 . This is amendment number 4 .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

¾

(i)

All amounts in Deferred Compensation Accounts shall be subject to the provisions of this amended and restated Plan.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

XX

(ii)

Any Grandfathered Amounts shall be subject to the Plan rules in effect on October 3, 2004.

 

 

DD2320-4

3


 

2.20   Normal Retirement Age: The Normal Retirement Age of a Participant shall be:

 

 

¾

(a)

 

Age        .

 

 

 

 

 

 

XX

(b)

 

The later of age 65 or the 5th anniversary of the participation commencement date. The participation commencement date is the first day of the first Plan Year in which the Participant commenced participation in the Plan.

 

 

 

 

 

 

¾

(c)

 

Other:

.

 

 

2.23   Participating Employer(s): As of the Effective Date, the following Participating Employer(s) are parties to the Plan:

 

 

Name of Employer

 

Address

 

Telephone No.

 

EIN

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

II-VI Incorporated

 

375 Saxonburg Boulevard

 

(724) 352-4455

 

25-1214948

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Saxonburg, PA 16056

 

 

 

 

2.26   Plan: The name of the Plan is

II-VI  Incorporated Deferred Compensation Plan.

2.28   Plan  Year: The Plan Year shall end each year on the last day of the month of June .

2.30   Seniority Date: The date on which a Participant has: (See Exhibit A)

 

 

___

(a)

 

Attained age      .

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

(b)

 

Completed      Years of Service from First Date of Service.

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

(c)

 

Attained age      and completed      Years of Service from First Date of Service.

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

(d)

 

Attained an age as elected by the Participant.

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

(e)

 

Not applicable-distribution elections for Separation  from Service  are not based on Seniority  Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

DD2320-4

4


 

4.1        Participant Deferral Credits: Subject to the limitations in Section 4.1 of the Plan, a Participant may elect to have his Compensation (as selected in Section 2.8 of this Adoption Agreement) deferred within the annual limits below by the following percentage or amount as designated in writing to the Committee:

 

 

XX

 

(a)

 

Base salary:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

minimum deferral:                      %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

maximum deferral:  $                    or                    %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

XX

 

(b)

 

Service Bonus:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

minimum deferral:                      %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

maximum deferral:  $                    or                    %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

XX

 

(c)

 

Performance-Based Compensation:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

minimum deferral:                      %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

maximum deferral:  $                    or                    %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(d)

 

Commissions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

minimum deferral:                      %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

maximum deferral:  $                    or                    %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(e)

 

Form 1099 Compensation:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

minimum deferral:                      %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

maximum deferral:  $                    or                    %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

XX

 

(f)

 

Other: Performance Shares and  Restricted Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

minimum deferral:                      %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

maximum deferral:  $                    or                    %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(g)

 

Participant deferrals not allowed.

 

 

DD2320-4

5


 

4.2        Employer Credits: Employer Credits will be made in the following manner:

 

 

XX

 

(a)

 

Employer  Discretionary Credits : The Employer may make discretionary credits to the Deferred Compensation  Account of each Active Participant  in an amount determined as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

XX

 

(i)

 

An amount determined each Plan Year by the Employer.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(ii)

 

Other:                                                                                  .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(b)

 

Other Employer Credits : The Employer may make other credits to the Deferred Compensation Account of each Active Participant in an amount determined as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(i)

 

An amount determined each Plan Year by the Employer.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(ii)

 

Other:                                                                                  .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

 

Employer Credits not allowed.

 

5.2        Disability of a Participant:

 

 

XX

 

(a)

 

A Participant’s becoming Disabled shall be a Qualifying Distribution Event and the Deferred Compensation Account shall be paid by the Employer as provided in Section 7.1.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(b)

 

A Participant becoming Disabled shall not be a Qualifying Distribution Event.

5.3        Death of a Participant: If the Participant dies while in Service, the Employer shall pay a benefit to the Beneficiary in an amount equal to the vested balance in the Deferred Compensation Account of the Participant determined as of the date payments to the Beneficiary commence, plus:

 

 

___

 

(a)

 

An amount to be determined by the Committee.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(b)

 

Other:                                                                                  .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

XX

 

(c)

 

No additional benefits.

 

DD2320-4

6


 

5.4        In-Service or Education Distributions: In-Service and Education Accounts are permitted under the Plan:

 

 

XX

 

(a)

 

In-Service Accounts are allowed with respect to:

 

 

 

 

 

XX

 

Participant Deferral Credits only.

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

Employer Credits only.

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

Participant Deferral and Employer Credits.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In-service distributions may be made in the following manner:

 

 

 

 

 

XX

 

Single lump sum payment.

 

 

 

 

 

XX

 

Annual installments over a term of 2, 5 or 10 years.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Education Accounts are allowed with respect to:

 

 

 

 

 

XX

 

Participant Deferral Credits only.

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

Employer Credits only.

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

Participant Deferral and Employer Credits.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Education Accounts distributions may be made in the following manner:

 

 

 

 

 

XX

 

Single lump sum payment.

 

 

 

 

 

XX

 

Annual installments over a term certain not to exceed 4 years.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

If applicable, amounts not vested at the time payments due under this Section cease will be:

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

Forfeited

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

Distributed at Separation from Service if vested at that time

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(b)

 

No In-Service or Education Distributions permitted.

 

5.5        Change in Control Event:

 

 

XX

 

(a)

 

Participants may elect upon initial enrollment to have accounts distributed upon a Change in Control Event.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(b)

 

A Change in Control shall not be a Qualifying Distribution Event.

 

5.6        Unforeseeable Emergency Event:

 

 

XX

 

(a)

 

Participants may apply to have accounts distributed upon an Unforeseeable Emergency event.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(b)

 

An Unforeseeable Emergency shall not be a Qualifying Distribution Event

 

 

DD2320-4

7


 

6.         Vesting: An Active Participant shall be fully vested in the Employer Credits made to the Employer Credits made to the Deferred Compensation Account upon the first to occur of the following events:

 

 

XX

 

(a)

 

Normal Retirement  Age.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

XX

 

(b)

 

Death.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

XX

 

(c)

 

Disability.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

XX

 

(d)

 

Change in Control Event

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(e)

 

Other:                                                                                  .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

XX

 

(f)

 

Satisfaction of the vesting requirement as specified below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

XX

 

Employer Discretionary Credits:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

XX

 

(i)

 

Immediate 100% vesting.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(ii)

 

100% vesting after      Years of Service.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(iii)

 

100% vesting at age      .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(iv)

 

Number of Years of Service

 

Vested

Percentage

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less than

1

      %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

      %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

      %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

      %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

      %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

      %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

      %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

      %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

      %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9

      %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10 or more

      %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For this purpose, Years of Service of a Participant  shall be calculated from the date designated below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(1)

 

First Day of Service.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(2)

 

Effective Date of Plan Participation.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(3)

 

Each Crediting Date. Under this option (3), each Employer Credit shall vest based on the Years of Service of a Participant from the Crediting  Date on which each Employer Discretionary Credit is made to his or her Deferred Compensation  Account.


 

DD2320-4

8


 

 

 

 

 

___

 

Other Employer Credits:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(i)

 

Immediate 100% vesting.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(ii)

 

100% vesting after      Years of Service.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(iii)

 

100% vesting at age      .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(iv)

 

Number of Years of Service

 

Vested

Percentage

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less than

1

      %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

      %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

      %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

      %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

      %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

      %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

      %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

      %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

      %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9

      %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10 or more

      %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For this purpose, Years of Service of a Participant  shall be calculated from the date designated below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(1)

 

First Day of Service.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(2)

 

Effective Date of Plan Participation.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

 

(3)

 

Each Crediting Date. Under this option (3), each Employer Credit shall vest based on the Years of Service of a Participant from the Crediting  Date on which each Employer Discretionary Credit is made to his or her Deferred Compensation  Account.

 

7.1         Payment Options: Any benefit payable under the Plan upon a permitted Qualifying Distribution Event may be made to the Participant or his Beneficiary (as applicable) in any of the following payment forms, as selected by the Participant in the Participation Agreement:

 

(a)

Separation from Service prior to Seniority Date, or Separation from Service if Seniority Date is Not Applicable

 

 

XX

(i)

 

A lump sum.

 

 

 

 

 

 

XX

(ii)

 

Annual installments over a term certain as elected by the Participant of 2, 5 or 10 years.

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

(iii)

 

Other:                                                                          .

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

Separation from Service on or After Seniority Date, If Applicable

 

 

 

 

 

 

XX

(i)

 

A lump sum.

 

DD2320-4

9


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

XX

(ii)

 

Annual installments over a term certain as elected by the Participant of 2, 5 or 10 years.

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

(iii)

 

Other:                                                                          .

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

Separation from Service Upon a Change in Control Event

 

 

 

 

 

 

XX

(i)

 

A lump sum.

 

 

 

 

 

 

XX

(ii)

 

Annual installments over a term certain as elected by the Participant of 2, 5 or 10 years.

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

(iii)

 

Other:                                                                          .

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

Death

 

 

 

 

 

 

XX

(i)

 

A lump sum.

 

 

 

 

 

 

XX

(ii)

 

Annual installments over a term certain as elected by the Participant of 2, 5 or 10 years.

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

(iii)

 

Other:                                                                          .

 

 

 

 

 

(e)

Disability

 

 

 

 

 

 

XX

(i)

 

A lump sum.

 

 

 

 

 

 

XX

(ii)

 

Annual installments over a term certain as elected by the Participant of 2, 5 or 10 years.

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

(iii)

 

Other:                                                                          .

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

(iv)

 

Not applicable.

 

 

 

If applicable, amounts not vested at the time payments due under this Section cease will be:

 

 

 

___

 

Forfeited

 

___

 

Distributed at Separation from Service if vested at that time

 

 

 

(f)

Change in Control  Event

 

 

 

 

 

 

XX

(i)

 

A lump sum.

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

(ii)

 

Annual installments over a term certain as elected by the Participant not to exceed ___ years.

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

(iii)

 

Other:                                                                          .

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

(iv)

 

Not applicable.

 

 

 

 

 

 

DD2320-4

10


 

 

If applicable, amounts not vested at the time payments due under this Section cease will be:

 

 

 

___

 

Forfeited

 

___

 

Distributed at Separation from Service if vested at that time

 

 

 

 

7.4      De Minimis Amounts.

 

 

 

 

 

 

XX

(a)

 

Notwithstanding any payment election made by the Participant, the vested balance in the Deferred Compensation Account of the Participant will be distributed in a single lump sum payment at the time designated under the Plan if at the time of a permitted Qualifying Distribution Event that is either a Separation from Service, death, Disability (if applicable) or Change in Control Event (if applicable) the vested balance does not exceed $ 10,000 . In addition, the Employer  may distribute a Participant’s vested balance at any time if the balance does not exceed the limit in Section 402(g)(1)(B) of the Code and results in the termination  of the Participant’s entire interest in the Plan

 

 

 

 

 

 

___

(b)

 

There shall be no pre-determined de minimis amount under the Plan; however, the Employer may distribute a Participant’s vested balance at any time if the balance does not exceed the limit in Section 402(g)(1)(B) of the Code and results in the termination  of the Participant’s entire interest in the Plan.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.1     Contractual Liability: Liability for payments  under the Plan shall be the responsibility of the:

 

 

 

 

 

XX

(a)

 

Company.

 

 

 

 

 

___

(b)

 

Employer or Participating Employer who employed the Participant when amounts were deferred.

 

 

 

 

 

14.       Amendment and Termination of Plan: Notwithstanding any provision in this Adoption Agreement or the Plan to the contrary, Sections 2.30 and 8.2 of the Plan shall be amended to read as provided in attached Exhibit A

 

___

 

There are no amendments to the Plan.

 

 

17.9      Construction: The provisions of the Plan shall be construed and enforced according to the laws of the State of Pennsylvania , except to the extent that such laws are superseded by ERISA and the applicable provisions of the Code.

 

DD2320-4

11


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed as of the day and year stated below.

 

II-VI Incorporated

Name of Employer

 

 

By:

/s/ Craig A. Creaturo

Authorized Person Craig A. Creaturo

Date:

4-17-09

The Plan is adopted by the following Participating Employers:

 

 

Name of Employer

 

 

By:

 

Authorized Person

Date:

 

 

 

Name of Employer

 

 

By:

 

Authorized Person

Date:

 

 

 

Name of Employer

 

 

By:

 

Authorized Person

Date:

 

 

 

 

 

DD2320-4

12


 

EXHIBIT A

2.30 Seniority Date: The date on which a Participant has:

The later of age 65 or the 5 th anniversary of the participation commencement date. The participation commencement date is the first day of the first Plan Year in which the Participant commenced participation in the Plan.

Section 8.2 Deemed Investments shall be amended by adding the following language after the current final sentence.

The Committee is making available to the Participant an investment fund that is entirely invested in Employer stock (the “Stock lnvestment Fund”). Amounts credited to that account may be adjusted as described in Section 8.3.

However, notwithstanding any language in the plan to the contrary:

A)

The participant may not reallocate the balance in the Stock Investment Fund to any other investment fund that is made available; and

B)

The Participant will receive any Qualifying Event distribution from the Stock Investment Fund account in shares of Employer Stock with partial shares redeemed in cash calculated as of the appropriate valuation date.

This amendment is effective June l, 2007 and applies to all current and future balances of the Stock Investment Fund as well as credits to the fund and distributions there from.

 

 

 

DD2320-4

13


 

NOTE: Execution of this Adoption Agreement creates a legal liability of the Employer with significant tax consequences to the Employer and Participants. The Employer should obtain legal and tax advice from its professional advisors before adopting the Plan. Principal Life Insurance Company disclaims all liability for the legal and tax consequences which result from the elections made by the Employer in this Adoption Agreement.

Principal Life Insurance Company, Raleigh, NC 27612

A member of the Principal Financial Group®

THE EXECUTIVE NONQUALIFIED “EXCESS” PLAN

ADOPTION AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT is the adoption by II-VI Incorporated (the “Company”) of the Executive Nonqualified Excess Plan (“Plan”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Company desires to adopt the Plan as an unfunded, nonqualified deferred compensation plan; and

WHEREAS, the provisions of the Plan are intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and the regulations thereunder and shall apply to amounts subject to section 409A; and

WHEREAS, the Company has been advised by Principal Life Insurance Company to obtain legal and tax advice from its professional advisors before adopting the Plan,

NOW, THEREFORE, the Company hereby adopts the Plan in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Adoption Agreement:

ARTICLE I

Terms used in this Adoption Agreement shall have the same meaning as in the Plan, unless some other meaning is expressly herein set forth. The Employer hereby represents and warrants that the Plan has been adopted by the Employer upon proper authorization and the Employer hereby elects to adopt the Plan for the benefit of its Participants as referred to in the Plan. By the execution of this Adoption Agreement, the Employer hereby agrees to be bound by the terms of the Plan.

ARTICLE II

The Employer hereby makes the following designations or elections for the purpose of the Plan:

2.6       Committee: The duties of the Committee set forth in the Plan shall be satisfied by:

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

Company

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

 

(b)

 

The administrative committee appointed by the Board to serve at the pleasure of the Board.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

 

(c)

 

Board.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

 

(d)

 

Other (specify):                                            .

 

 

 

 

DD2320-3

 


 

 

2.8       Compensation: The “Compensation” of a Participant shall mean all of a Participant’s:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 X 

 

(a)

 

Base salary.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 X 

 

(b)

 

Service Bonus.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 X 

 

(c)

 

Performance-Based Compensation earned in a period of 12 months or more.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

 

(d)

 

Commissions.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 X 

 

(e)

 

Compensation received as an Independent Contractor reportable on Form 1099.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 X 

 

(f)

 

Other: Performance Shares and Restricted Stock.

 

2.9       Crediting Date: The Deferred Compensation Account of a Participant shall be credited with the amount of any Participant Deferral to such account at the time designated below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

 

(a)

 

The last business day of each Plan Year.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

 

(b)

 

The last business day of each calendar quarter during the Plan Year.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

 

(c)

 

The last business day of each month during the Plan Year.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

 

(d)

 

The last business day of each payroll period during the Plan Year.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

 

(e)

 

Each pay day as reported by the Employer.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 X 

 

(f)

 

Any business day on which Participant Deferrals are received by the Provider.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

 

(g)

 

Other:

 

2.13     Effective Date:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

 

(a)

 

This is a newly-established  Plan, and the Effective Date of the Plan is                                       .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 X 

 

(b)

 

This is an amendment  and restatement of a plan named II-VI Incorporated Deferred

Compensation  Plan with an effective date of June 30, 1996 and amended October 1, 2002.   The Effective Date of this amended and restated Plan is November 1, 2010 . This is amendment number 5 .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

 

(i)

 

All amounts in Deferred Compensation  Accounts shall be subject to the provisions of this amended and restated Plan.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 X 

 

(ii)

 

Any Grandfathered Amounts shall be subject to the Plan rules in effect on October 3, 2004.

DD2320-5


 

 

2.20     Normal Retirement Age: The Normal Retirement Age of a Participant shall be:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

 

(a)

 

Age            .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 X 

 

(b)

 

The later of age 65 or the 5th anniversary of the participation commencement date. The participation commencement date is the first day of the first Plan Year in which  the Participant commenced participation in the Plan.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

 

(c)

 

Other:.

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.23     Participating Employer(s):   As of the Effective Date, the following Participating Employer(s) are parties to the Plan:

 

 

Name of Employer

 

Address

 

Telephone No.

 

EIN

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

II-VI, Incorporated

 

375 Saxonburg Blvd.

 

(724) 352-4455 ext.

 

25-1214948

 

 

 

Saxonburg, PA 16056

 

 

 

 

 

2.26     Plan: The name of the Plan is II-VI Incorporated Deferred Compensation Plan.

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.28     Plan Year: The Plan Year shall end each year on the last day of the month of June .

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.30     Seniority Date: The date on which a Participant has:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

 

(a)

 

Attained age         .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

 

(b)

 

Completed         Years of Service from First Date of Service.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

 

(c)

 

Attained age         and completed         Years of Service from First Date of Service.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

 

(d)

 

Attained an age as elected by the Participant.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

 

(e)

 

Not applicable ‒ distribution elections for Separation from Service are not based on Seniority Date

 

4.1       Participant Deferral Credits: Subject to the limitations in Section 4.1 of the Plan, a Participant may elect to have his Compensation (as selected in Section 2.8 of this Adoption Agreement) deferred within the annual limits below by the following percentage or amount as designated in writing to the Committee:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 X 

 

(a)

 

Base salary:

 

 

 

 

 

 

minimum deferral:

 

            %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

maximum deferral:

$

            or 100 %

 

 

 X 

 

(b)

 

Service Bonus:

 

 

 

 

 

 

minimum deferral:

 

            %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

maximum deferral:

$

            or 100 %

 

DD2320-5


 

 

 X 

 

(c)

 

Performance-Based  Compensation:

 

 

 

 

 

 

minimum deferral:

 

            %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

maximum deferral:

$

            or 100 %

 

 

 X 

 

(d)

 

Commissions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

minimum deferral:

 

            %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

maximum deferral:

$

            or 100 %

 

 

 X 

 

(e)

 

Form 1099 Compensation:

 

 

 

 

 

 

minimum deferral:

 

            %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

maximum deferral:

$

            or 100 %

 

 

 X 

 

(f)

 

Other:   Performance Shares and Restricted Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

minimum deferral:

 

            %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

maximum deferral:

$

            or 100 %

 

 

__

 

(g)

 

Participant deferrals not allowed.

 

4.2       Employer Credits: Employer Credits will be made in the following manner:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 X 

 

(a)

 

Employer Discretionary Credits: The Employer may make discretionary credits to the Deferred Compensation  Account of each Active Participant  in an amount determined as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 X 

 

(i)

 

An amount determined each Plan Year by the Employer.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

 

(ii)

 

Other:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

 

(b)

 

Other Employer Credits: The Employer may make other credits to the Deferred Compensation Account of each Active Participant  in an amount determined as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

 

(i)

 

An amount determined each Plan Year by the Employer.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

 

(ii)

 

Other:                                    .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

 

(c)

 

Employer Credits not allowed.

 

5.2       Disability of a Participant:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 X 

 

(a)

 

Participants may elect upon initial enrollment to have accounts distributed upon becoming Disabled.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

 

(b)

 

Participants may not elect to have accounts distributed upon becoming Disabled.

DD2320-5


 

 

5.3       Death of a Participant: If the Participant dies while in Service, the Employer shall pay a benefit to the Beneficiary in an amount equal to the vested balance in the Deferred Compensation Account of the Participant determined as of the date payments to the Beneficiary  commence,  plus:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

 

(a)

 

An amount to be determined by the Committee.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

 

(b)

 

Other:                                    .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 X 

 

(c)

 

No additional benefits.

 

5.4       In-Service or Education Distributions: In-Service and Education Accounts are permitted under the Plan:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 X 

 

(a)

 

In-Service Accounts are allowed with respect to:

 

 

 

 

 

 X 

 

Participant Deferral Credits only.

 

 

 

 

 

__

 

Employer Credits only.

 

 

 

 

 

__

 

Participant Deferral and Employer Credits.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In-service distributions may be made in the following manner:

 

 

 

 

 

 X 

 

Single lump sum payment.

 

 

 

 

 

 X 

 

Annual installments over a term certain not to exceed 2, 5, or 10 years.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Education  Accounts are allowed with respect to:

 

 

 

 

 

 X 

 

Participant Deferral Credits only.

 

 

 

 

 

__

 

Employer Credits only.

 

 

 

 

 

__

 

Participant Deferral and Employer Credits.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Education  Accounts distributions may be made in the following manner:

 

 

 

 

 

 X 

 

Single lump sum payment.

 

 

 

 

 

 X 

 

Annual installments over a term certain not to exceed 4 years.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

If applicable, amounts not vested at the time payments due under this Section cease will be:

 

 

 

 

 

__

 

Forfeited.

 

 

 

 

 

__

 

Distributed at Separation from Service if vested at that time.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

 

(b)

 

No In-Service or Education Distributions permitted.

 

5.5       Change in Control Event:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 X 

 

(a)

 

Participants may elect upon initial enrollment to have accounts distributed upon a Change in Control Event.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

 

(b)

 

Participants may not elect to have accounts distributed upon a Change in Control Event.

 

5.6       Unforeseeable Emergency Event:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 X 

 

(a)

 

Participants may apply to have accounts distributed upon an Unforeseeable Emergency event.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

 

(b)

 

Participants may not apply to have accounts distributed upon a Unforeseeable Emergency event.

 

DD2320-5


 

6.         Vesting: An Active Participant shall be fully vested in the Employer Credits made to the Deferred Compensation  Account upon the first to occur of the following events:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 X 

 

(a)

 

Normal Retirement Age.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 X 

 

(b)

 

Death.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 X 

 

(c)

 

Disability.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 X 

 

(d)

 

Change in Control Event.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

 

(e)

 

Other:                                       .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 X 

 

(f)

 

Satisfaction of the vesting requirement as specified below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 X 

 

Employer Discretionary Credits:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 X 

 

(i)

 

Immediate 100% vesting.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

 

(ii)

 

100% vesting after               Years of Service.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

 

(iii)

 

100% vesting at age               .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

 

(iv)

 

Number of Years

of Service

 

Vested

Percentage

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less than

1

        %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

        %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

        %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

        %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

        %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

        %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

        %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

        %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

        %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9

        %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10 or more

        %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For this purpose, Years of Service of a Participant shall be calculated from the date designated below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 X 

 

(1)

 

First Day of Service.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

 

(2)

 

Effective Date of Plan Participation.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

 

(3)

 

Each Crediting Date. Under this option (3), each Employer Credit shall vest based on the Years of Service of a Participant from the Crediting Date on which each Employer Discretionary  Credit is made to his or her Deferred Compensation  Account.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

 

Other Employer Credits:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

 

(i)

 

Immediate 100% vesting.

DD2320-5


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

 

(ii)

 

100% vesting after               Years of Service.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

 

(iii)

 

100% vesting at age              

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

 

(iv)

 

Number of Years

of Service

 

Vested

Percentage

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less than

1

        %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

        %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

        %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

        %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

        %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

        %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

        %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

        %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

        %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9

        %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10 or more

        %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For this purpose, Years of Service of a Participant shall be calculated from the date designated below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

 

(1)

 

First Day of Service.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

 

(2)

 

Effective Date of Plan Participation.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

 

(3)

 

Each Crediting Date. Under this option (3), each Employer Credit shall vest based on the Years of Service of a Participant from the Crediting Date on which each Employer Discretionary  Credit is made to his or her Deferred Compensation  Account.

 

7.1           Payment Options: Any benefit payable under the Plan upon a permitted Qualifying Distribution Event may be made to the Participant or his Beneficiary (as applicable) in any of the following payment forms, as selected by the Participant in the Participation Agreement:

 

 

 

 

(a)

Separation from Service prior to Seniority Date, or Separation from Service if Seniority

 

Date is Not Applicable

 

 

 X 

(i)

 

A lump sum.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 X 

(ii)

 

Annual installments over a term certain as elected by the Participant of either  2, 5 or 10 years.

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

(iii)

 

Other:                                                                          .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

DD2320-5


 

 

 

(b)

Separation from Service on or After Seniority Date, If Applicable

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 X 

(i)

 

A lump sum.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 X 

(ii)

 

Annual installments over a term certain as elected by the Participant of either  2, 5 or 10 years.

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

(iii)

 

Other:                                                                          .

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

Separation from Service Upon a Change in Control Event

 

 

 

 

 

 

 X 

(i)

 

A lump sum.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 X 

(ii)

 

Annual installments over a term certain as elected by the Participant of either  2, 5 or 10 years.

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

(iii)

 

Other:                                                                          .

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

Death

 

 

 

 

 

 

 X 

(i)

 

A lump sum.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 X 

(ii)

 

Annual installments over a term certain as elected by the Participant of either  2, 5 or 10 years.

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

(iii)

 

Other:                                                                          .

 

 

 

 

 

 

(e)

Disability

 

 

 

 

 

 

 X 

(i)

 

A lump sum.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 X 

(ii)

 

Annual installments over a term certain as elected by the Participant of either  2, 5 or 10 years.

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

(iii)

 

Other:                                                                          .

 

 

 

 

 

 

If applicable, amounts not vested at the time payments due under this Section cease will be:

 

 

 

__

 

Forfeited

 

__

 

Distributed at Separation from Service if vested at that time

 

 

 

 

(f)

Change in Control Event

 

 

 

 

 

 

 X 

(i)

 

A lump sum.

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

(ii)

 

Annual installments over a term certain as elected by the Participant not to exceed ___ years.

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

(iii)

 

Other:                                                                          .

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

(iv)

 

Not applicable.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

DD2320-5


 

 

 

If applicable, amounts not vested at the time payments due under this Section cease will be:

 

 

 

 

 

__

 

Forfeited

 

__

 

Distributed at Separation from Service if vested at that time

 

 

 

 

7.4        De Minimis Amounts.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 X 

(a)

 

Notwithstanding any payment election made by the Participant, the vested balance in the Deferred Compensation Account of the Participant will be distributed in a single lump sum payment at the time designated under the Plan if at the time of a permitted Qualifying Distribution Event that is either a Separation from Service, death, Disability (if applicable) or Change in Control Event (if applicable) the vested balance does not exceed $ 10000. In addition, the Employer  may distribute a Participant’s vested balance at any time if the balance does not exceed the limit in Section 402(g)(1)(B) of the Code and results in the termination  of the Participant’s entire interest in the Plan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

(b)

 

There shall be no pre-determined de minimis amount under the Plan; however, the Employer may distribute a Participant’s vested balance at any time if the balance does not exceed the limit in Section 402(g)(1)(B) of the Code and results in the termination of the Participant’s  entire interest in the Plan.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.1       Contractual Liability: Liability for payments  under the Plan shall be the responsibility of the:

 

 

 

 

 

 X 

(a)

 

Company.

 

 

 

 

 

__

(b)

 

Employer or Participating Employer who employed the Participant when amounts were deferred.

 

 

14.         Amendment and Termination of Plan: Notwithstanding any provision in this Adoption Agreement or the Plan to the contrary, Section 2.30 and 8.2 of the Plan shall be amended to read as provided in attached Exhibit A .

 

 

 

__

 

There are no amendments to the Plan.

 

 

17.9       Construction: The provisions of the Plan shall be construed and enforced according to the laws of the State of Pennsylvania, except to the extent that such laws are superseded by ERISA and the applicable provisions of the Code.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed as of the day and year stated below.

 

II-VI, Incorporated

Name of Employer

 

 

By:

/s/ Craig A. Creaturo

Authorized Person Craig A. Creaturo

Date:

10-13-10

 

The Plan is adopted by the following Participating Employers:

 

Name of Employer

 

 

By:

/s/ David G. Wagner

Authorized Person David G. Wagner

Date:

10-13-10

DD2320-5


 

EXHIBIT A

2.30 Seniority Date:   The date on which a Participant has:

The later of age 65 or the 5 th anniversary of the participant commencement date. The participant commencement date is the first day of the first Plan Year in which the Participant commenced participation in the Plan.

Section 8.2 Deemed Investments shall be amended by adding the following language after the current final sentence.

The Committee is making available to the Participant an investment fund that is entirely invested in Employer stock (the “Stock Investment Fund”). Amounts credited to that account may be adjusted as described in Section 8.3.

However, notwithstanding any language in the plan to the contrary:

A)

The participant will receive any Qualifying Event distribution from the Stock Investment Fund account in shares of Employer Stock with partial shares redeemed in cash calculated as of the appropriate valuation date.

B)

The Participant will receive any Qualifying Event distribution from the Stock Investment Fund account in shares of Employer Stock with partial shares redeemed in cash calculated as of the appropriate valuation date.

This amendment is effective Jun 1, 2007 and applies to all current and future balances of the Stock Investment Fund as well as credits to the fund and distributions there from.

 

DD2320-5


 

NOTE: Execution of this Adoption Agreement creates a legal liability of the Employer with significant tax consequences to the Employer and Participants. Principal Life Insurance Company disclaims all liability for the legal and tax consequences which result from the elections made by the Employer in this Adoption Agreement.

 

Principal Life Insurance Company, Raleigh, NC 27612

A member of the Principal Financial Group®

THE EXECUTIVE NONQUALIFIED "EXCESS" PLAN

ADOPTION AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT is the adoption by II-VI Incorporated (the "Company") of the Executive Nonqualified Excess Plan ("Plan").

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Company desires to adopt the Plan as an unfunded, nonqualified deferred compensation plan; and

WHEREAS, the provisions of the Plan are intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and the regulations thereunder and shall apply to amounts subject to section 409A; and

WHEREAS, the Company has been advised by Principal Life Insurance Company to obtain legal and tax advice from its professional advisors before adopting the Plan,

NOW, THEREFORE, the Company hereby adopts the Plan in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Adoption Agreement:

ARTICLE I

Terms used in this Adoption Agreement shall have the same meaning as in the Plan, unless some other meaning is expressly herein set forth. The Employer hereby represents and warrants that the Plan has been adopted by the Employer upon proper authorization and the Employer hereby elects to adopt the Plan for the benefit of its Participants as referred to in the Plan. By the execution of this Adoption Agreement, the Employer hereby agrees to be bound by the terms of the Plan.

ARTICLE II

The Employer hereby makes the following designations or elections for the purpose of the Plan:

 

2.6 Committee: The duties of the Committee set forth in the Plan shall be satisfied by:

 

 

XX

(a)

Company

 

 

 

 

 

__

(b)

The administrative committee appointed by the Board to serve at the pleasure of the Board.

 

 

 

 

 

__

(c)

Board.

 

 

 

 

 

__

(d)

Other (specify):

 

.

 

 

DD2320-5


 

2.8 Compensation: The "Compensation" of a Participant shall mean all of a Participant's:

 

 

XX

(a)

Base salary.

 

 

 

 

 

XX

(b)

Service Bonus.

 

 

 

 

 

XX

(c)

Performance-Based Compensation earned in a period of 12 months or more.

 

 

 

 

 

__

(d)

Commissions.

 

 

 

 

 

XX

(e)

Compensation received as an Independent Contractor reportable on Form 1099.

 

 

 

 

 

XX

(f)

Other: Performance Shares and Restricted Stock .

 

2.9 Crediting Date: The Deferred Compensation Account of a Participant shall be credited as follows:

 

Participant Deferral Credits at the time designated below:

 

 

 

 

 

__

(a)

The last business day of each Plan Year.

 

 

 

 

 

__

(b)

The last business day of each calendar quarter during the Plan Year.

 

 

 

 

 

__

(c)

The last business day of each month during the Plan Year.

 

 

 

 

 

__

(d)

The last business day of each payroll period during the Plan Year.

 

 

 

 

 

__

(e)

Each pay day as reported by the Employer.

 

 

 

 

 

XX

(f)

On any business day as specified by the Employer.

 

 

 

 

 

__

(g)

Other:

 

.

 

Employer Credits at the time designated below:

 

 

 

 

 

XX

(a)

On any business day as specified by the Employer.

 

 

 

 

 

__

(b)

Other:

 

.

 

 

 

 

 

DD 2326-5

1


 

2.13 Effective Date:

 

 

__

(a)

This is a newly-established Plan, and the Effective Date of the Plan is

 

 

 

 

 

.

 

XX

(b)

This is an amendment and restatement of a plan named II-VI Incorporated Deferred Compensation Plan with an effective date of June 30, 1996 , amended on October 1, 2002 , and previously amended and restated on November 1, 2010 . The Effective Date of this amended and restated Plan is November 7, 2012 . This is amendment number 6 .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

(i)

All amounts in Deferred Compensation Accounts shall be subject to the provisions of this amended and restated Plan.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

XX

(ii)

Any Grandfathered Amounts shall be subject to the Plan rules in effect on October 3, 2004.

 

2.20 Normal Retirement Age: The Normal Retirement Age of a Participant shall be:

 

 

__

(a)

Age __.

 

 

 

 

 

XX

(b)

The later of age 65 or the 5th anniversary of the participation commencement date. The participation commencement date is the first day of the first Plan Year in which the Participant commenced participation in the Plan.

 

 

 

 

 

__

(c)

Other:

 

.

 

2.23 Participating Employer(s): As of the Effective Date, the following Participating Employer(s) are parties to the Plan:

 

Name of Employer

 

Address

 

Telephone No.

 

EIN

II-VI, Incorporated

 

375 Saxonburg Blvd.

 

(724) 352-4455

 

25-1214948

 

 

Saxonburg, PA 16056

 

 

 

 

 

2.26 Plan: The name of the Plan is II-VI Incorporated Deferred Compensation Plan .

 

2.28 Plan Year: The Plan Year shall end each year on the last day of the month of June .

 

2.30 Seniority Date: The date on which a Participant has:

 

 

__

(a)

Attained age __ .

 

 

 

 

 

__

(b)

Completed __ Years of Service from First Date of Service.

 

 

 

 

 

__

(c)

Attained age __ and completed __ Years of Service from First Date of Service.

 

 

 

 

 

__

(d)

Attained an age as elected by the Participant.

 

 

 

 

 

__

(e)

Not applicable – distribution elections for Separation from Service are not based on Seniority Date

 

DD 2326-5

2


 

4.1 Participant Deferral Credits: Subject to the limitations in Section 4.1 of the Plan, a Participant may elect to have his Compensation (as selected in Section 2.8 of this Adoption Agreement) deferred within the annual limits below by the following percentage or amount as designated in writing to the Committee:

 

 

XX

(a)

Base salary:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

minimum deferral:

 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

maximum deferral:

$

 

or

100

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

XX

(b)

Service Bonus:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

minimum deferral:

 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

maximum deferral:

$

 

or

100

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

XX

(c)

Performance-Based Compensation:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

minimum deferral:

 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

maximum deferral:

$

 

or

100

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

(d)

Commissions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

minimum deferral:

 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

maximum deferral:

$

 

or

 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

XX

(e)

Form 1099 Compensation:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

minimum deferral:

 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

maximum deferral:

$

 

or

100

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

XX

(f)

Other: Performance Shares and Restricted Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

minimum deferral:

 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

maximum deferral:

$

 

or

100

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

(g)

Participant deferrals not allowed.

 

DD 2326-5

3


 

4.2 Employer Credits: Employer Credits will be made in the following manner:

 

 

XX

(a)

Employer Discretionary Credits: The Employer may make discretionary credits to the Deferred Compensation Account of each Active Participant in an amount determined as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

XX

(i)

An amount determined each Plan Year by the Employer.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

(ii)

Other:

 

.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

(b)

Other Employer Credits: The Employer may make other credits to the Deferred Compensation Account of each Active Participant in an amount determined as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

(i)

An amount determined each Plan Year by the Employer.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

(ii)

Other:

 

.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

(c)

Employer Credits not allowed.

 

5.2 Disability of a Participant:

 

 

XX

(a)

A Participant's becoming Disabled shall be a Qualifying Distribution Event and the Deferred Compensation Account shall be paid by the Employer as provided in Section 7.1.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

(b)

A Participant becoming Disabled shall not be a Qualifying Distribution Event.

 

5.3 Death of a Participant: If the Participant dies while in Service, the Employer shall pay a benefit to the Beneficiary in an amount equal to the vested balance in the Deferred Compensation Account of the Participant determined as of the date payments to the Beneficiary commence, plus:

 

 

__

(a)

An amount to be determined by the Committee.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

(b)

Other:

 

.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

XX

(c)

No additional benefits.

 

DD 2326-5

4


 

5.4 In-Service or Education Distributions: In-Service and Education Accounts are permitted under the Plan:

 

 

XX

(a)

In-Service Accounts are allowed with respect to:

 

 

 

 

XX

Participant Deferral Credits only.

 

 

 

__

Employer Credits only.

 

 

 

__

Participant Deferral and Employer Credits.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In-service distributions may be made in the following manner:

 

 

 

XX

Single lump sum payment.

 

 

 

XX

Annual installments over a term certain not to exceed 10 years.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Education Accounts are allowed with respect to:

 

 

 

XX

Participant Deferral Credits only.

 

 

 

__

Employer Credits only.

 

 

 

__

Participant Deferral and Employer Credits.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Education Accounts distributions may be made in the following manner:

 

 

 

XX

Single lump sum payment.

 

 

 

XX

Annual installments over a term certain not to exceed 5 years.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

If applicable, amounts not vested at the time payments due under this Section cease will be:

 

 

 

__

Forfeited

 

 

 

__

Distributed at Separation from Service if vested at that time

 

 

 

 

 

__

(b)

No In-Service or Education Distributions permitted.

 

5.5 Change in Control Event:

 

 

XX

(a)

Participants may elect upon initial enrollment to have accounts distributed upon a Change in Control Event.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

(b)

A Change in Control shall not be a Qualifying Distribution Event.

 

5.6 Unforeseeable Emergency Event:

 

 

XX

(a)

Participants may apply to have accounts distributed upon an Unforeseeable Emergency event.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

(b)

An Unforeseeable Emergency shall not be a Qualifying Distribution Event

DD 2326-5

5


 

6. Vesting: An Active Participant shall be fully vested in the Employer Credits made to the Deferred Compensation Account upon the first to occur of the following events:

 

 

XX

(a)

Normal Retirement Age.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

XX

(b)

Death.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

XX

(c)

Disability.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

XX

(d)

Change in Control Event

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

(e)

Other:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

XX

(f)

Satisfaction of the vesting requirement as specified below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

XX

Employer Discretionary Credits:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

XX

(i)

Immediate 100% vesting.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

(ii)

100% vesting after __ Years of Service.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

(iii)

100% vesting at age __.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

(iv)

Number of Years of Service

 

Vested Percentage

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less than

1

 

__%

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

__%

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

__%

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

__%

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

__%

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

__%

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

__%

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

__%

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

 

__%

 

 

 

 

 

 

9

 

__%

 

 

 

 

 

 

10 or more

 

__%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For this purpose, Years of Service of a Participant shall be calculated from the date designated below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

XX

(1)

First Day of Service.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

(2)

Effective Date of Plan Participation.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

(3)

Each Crediting Date. Under this option (3), each Employer Credit shall vest based on the Years of Service of a Participant from the Crediting Date on which each Employer Discretionary Credit is made to his or her Deferred Compensation Account.

 

DD 2326-5

6


 

 

 

__

Other Employer Credits:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

(i)

Immediate 100% vesting.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

(ii)

100% vesting after __ Years of Service.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

(iii)

100% vesting at age __.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

(iv)

Number of Years of Service

Vested Percentage

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less than

1

 

__%

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

__%

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

__%

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

__%

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

__%

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

__%

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

__%

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

__%

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

 

__%

 

 

 

 

 

 

9

 

__%

 

 

 

 

 

 

10 or more

 

__%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For this purpose, Years of Service of a Participant shall be calculated from the date designated below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

(1)

First Day of Service.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

(2)

Effective Date of Plan Participation.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

(3)

Each Crediting Date. Under this option (3), each Employer Credit shall vest based on the Years of Service of a Participant from the Crediting Date on which each Employer Discretionary Credit is made to his or her Deferred Compensation Account.

 

7.1 Payment Options: Any benefit payable under the Plan upon a permitted Qualifying Distribution Event may be made to the Participant or his Beneficiary (as applicable) in any of the following payment forms, as selected by the Participant in the Participation Agreement:

 

 

(a)

 

Separation from Service prior to Seniority Date, or Separation from Service if Seniority Date is Not Applicable

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

XX

(i)

A lump sum.

 

 

 

XX

(ii)

Annual installments over a term certain as elected by the Participant not to exceed 10 years.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

(iii)

Other:

 

.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

DD 2326-5

7


 

 

(b)

 

Separation from Service on or After Seniority Date, If Applicable

 

 

 

XX

(i)

A lump sum.

 

 

 

XX

(ii)

Annual installments over a term certain as elected by the Participant not to exceed 10 years.

 

 

 

__

(iii)

Other:

 

.

 

(c)

 

Separation from Service Upon a Change in Control Event

 

 

 

XX

(i)

A lump sum.

 

 

 

XX

(ii)

Annual installments over a term certain as elected by the Participant not to exceed 10 years.

 

 

 

__

(iii)

Other:

 

.

 

(d)

 

Death

 

 

 

 

XX

(i)

A lump sum.

 

 

 

XX

(ii)

Annual installments over a term certain as elected by the Participant not to exceed 10 years.

 

 

 

__

(iii)

Other:

 

.

 

(e)

 

Disability

 

 

 

 

XX

(i)

A lump sum.

 

 

 

XX

(ii)

Annual installments over a term certain as elected by the Participant not to exceed 10 years.

 

 

 

__

(iii)

Other:

 

.

 

 

 

__

(iv)

Not applicable.

 

 

 

If applicable, amounts not vested at the time payments due under this Section cease will be:

 

 

 

__

Forfeited

 

 

 

__

Distributed at Separation from Service if vested at that time

 

(f)

 

Change in Control Event

 

 

 

 

XX

(i)

A lump sum.

 

 

 

__

(ii)

Annual installments over a term certain as elected by the Participant not to exceed _____ years.

 

 

 

__

(iii)

Other:

 

.

 

 

 

__

(iv)

Not applicable.

 

 

 

 

 

 

DD 2326-5

8


 

 

 

 

If applicable, amounts not vested at the time payments due under this Section cease will be:

 

 

 

__

Forfeited

 

 

 

 

__

Distributed at Separation from Service if vested at that time

 

7.4 De Minimis Amounts.

 

 

XX

(a)

Notwithstanding any payment election made by the Participant, the vested balance in the Deferred Compensation Account of the Participant will be distributed in a single lump sum payment at the time designated under the Plan if at the time of a permitted Qualifying Distribution Event that is either a Separation from Service, death, Disability (if applicable) or Change in Control Event (if applicable) the vested balance does not exceed $ 10,000 . In addition, the Employer may distribute a Participant's vested balance at any time if the balance does not exceed the limit in Section 402(g)(1)(B) of the Code and results in the termination of the Participant's entire interest in the Plan

 

__

(b)

There shall be no pre-determined de minimis amount under the Plan; however, the Employer may distribute a Participant's vested balance at any time if the balance does not exceed the limit in Section 402(g)(1)(B) of the Code and results in the termination of the Participant's entire interest in the Plan.

 

10.1 Contractual Liability: Liability for payments under the Plan shall be the responsibility of the:

 

 

XX

(a)

Company.

 

__

(b)

Employer or Participating Employer who employed the Participant when amounts were deferred.

14. Amendment and Termination of Plan: Notwithstanding any provision in this Adoption Agreement or the Plan to the contrary, Section 2.30 and 8.2 of the Plan shall be amended to read as provided in attached Exhibit A .

 

 

 

 

__

There are no amendments to the Plan.

 

 

 

 

 

 

DD 2326-5

9


 

17.9 Construction: The provisions of the Plan shall be construed and enforced according to the laws of the State of Pennsylvania , except to the extent that such laws are superseded by ERISA and the applicable provisions of the Code.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed as of the day and year stated below.

 

II-VI, Incorporated

Name of Employer

By:

 

Authorized Person

Date:

 

 

The Plan is adopted by the following Participating Employers:

 

 

Name of Employer

By:

 

Authorized Person

Date:

 

 

DD 2326-5

10


 

EXHIBIT A

2.30 Seniority Date: The date on which a Participant has:

The later of age 65 or the 5 th anniversary of the participant commencement date.  The participant commencement date is the first day of the first Plan Year in which the Participant commenced  participation in the Plan.

Section 8.2 Deemed Investments shall be amended by adding the following language after the current final sentence.

The Committee is making available to the Participant an investment fund that is entirely invested in Employer stock (the “Stock Investment Fund”). Amounts credited to that account may be adjusted as described in Section 8.3.

However, notwithstanding any language in the plan to the contrary:

A)

The participant will receive any Qualifying Event distribution from the Stock Investment Fund account in shares of Employer Stock with partial shares redeemed in cash calculated as of the appropriate valuation date.

B)

The Participant will receive any Qualifying Event distribution from the Stock Investment Fund account in shares of Employer Stock with partial shares redeemed in cash calculated as of the appropriate valuation date.

This amendment is effective Jun 1, 2007 and applies to all current and future balances of the Stock Investment Fund as well as credits to the fund and distributions there from.

 

DD 2326-5

11

 

Exhibit 10.18

THE EXECUTIVE NONQUALIFIED EXCESS PLAN

PLAN DOCUMENT

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

DD 2326-6

 


 

THE EXECUTIVE NONQUALIFIED EXCESS PLAN

Section 1.         Purpose:

By execution of the Adoption Agreement, the Employer has adopted the Plan set forth herein, and in the Adoption Agreement, to provide a means by which certain management Employees or Independent Contractors of the Employer may elect to defer receipt of current Compensation from the Employer in order to provide retirement and other benefits on behalf of such Employees or Independent Contractors of the Employer, as selected in the Adoption Agreement. The Plan is intended to be a nonqualified deferred compensation plan that complies with the provisions of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”). The Plan is also intended to be an unfunded plan maintained primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation benefits for a select group of management or highly compensated employees under Sections 201(2), 301(a)(3) and 401(a)(l) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”) and independent contractors. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, this Plan shall be interpreted, operated and administered in a manner consistent with these intentions.

Section 2.         Definitions:

As used in the Plan, including this Section 2, references to one gender shall include the other, unless otherwise indicated by the context:

2.1       “Active Participant” means, with respect to any day or date, a Participant who is in Service on such day or date; provided, that a Participant shall cease to be an Active Participant (i) immediately upon a determination by the Committee that the Participant has ceased to be an Employee or Independent Contractor, or (ii) at the end of the Plan Year that the Committee determines the Participant no longer meets the eligibility requirements of the Plan.

2.2       “Adoption Agreement” means the written agreement pursuant to which the Employer adopts the Plan. The Adoption Agreement is a part of the Plan as applied to the Employer.

2.3       “Beneficiary” means the person, persons, entity or entities designated or determined pursuant to the provisions of Section 13 of the Plan.

2.4       “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company, if the Company is a corporation. If the Company is not a corporation, “Board” shall mean the Company.

2.5       “Change in Control Event” means an event described in Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(v) of the Code (or any successor provision thereto) and the regulations thereunder.

2.6       “Committee” means the persons or entity designated in the Adoption Agreement to administer the Plan. If the Committee designated in the Adoption Agreement is unable to serve, the Employer shall satisfy the duties of the Committee provided for in Section 9.

2.7       “Company” means the company designated in the Adoption Agreement as such.

2.8       “Compensation” shall have the meaning designated in the Adoption Agreement.

2.9       “Crediting Date” means the date designated in the Adoption Agreement for crediting the amount of any Participant Deferral Credits or Employer Credits to the Deferred Compensation Account of a Participant.

2.10     “Deferred Compensation Account” means the account maintained with respect to each Participant under the Plan. The Deferred Compensation Account shall be credited with Participant Deferral Credits and Employer Credits, credited or debited for deemed investment gains or losses, and adjusted for payments in accordance with the rules and elections in effect under Section 8. The Deferred Compensation Account of a Participant shall include any In-Service or Education Account of the Participant, if applicable.

DD2320-5


 

2.11     “Disabled” means Disabled within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and the regulations thereunder. Generally, this means that the Participant is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, or is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three months under an accident and health plan covering Employees of the Employer.

2.12     “Education Account” is an In-Service Account which will be used by the Participant for educational purposes.

2.13     “Effective Date” shall be the date designated in the Adoption Agreement.

2.14     “Employee” means an individual in the Service of the Employer if the relationship between the individual and the Employer is the legal relationship of employer and employee. An individual shall cease to be an Employee upon the Employee’s Separation from Service.

2.15     “Employer” means the Company, as identified in the Adoption Agreement, and any Participating Employer which adopts this Plan. An Employer may be a corporation, a limited liability company, a partnership or sole proprietorship.

2.16     “Employer Credits” means the amounts credited to the Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account by the Employer pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.2.

2.17     “Grandfathered Amounts” means, if applicable, the amounts that were deferred under the Plan and were earned and vested within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and regulations thereunder as of December 31, 2004. Grandfathered Amounts shall be subject to the terms designated in the Adoption Agreement.

2.18     “Independent Contractor” means an individual in the Service of the Employer if the relationship between the individual and the Employer is not the legal relationship of employer and employee. An individual shall cease to be an Independent Contractor upon the termination of the Independent Contractor’s Service. An Independent Contractor shall include a director of the Employer who is not an Employee.

2.19     “In-Service Account” means a separate account to be kept for each Participant that has elected to take in-service distributions as described in Section 5.4. The In-Service Account shall be adjusted in the same manner and at the same time as the Deferred Compensation Account under Section 8 and in accordance with the rules and elections in effect under Section 8.

2.20     “Normal Retirement Age” of a Participant means the age designated in the Adoption Agreement.

2.21     “Participant” means with respect to any Plan Year an Employee or Independent Contractor who has been designated by the Committee as a Participant and who has entered the Plan or who has a Deferred Compensation Account under the Plan; provided that if the Participant is an Employee, the individual must be a highly compensated or management employee of the Employer within the meaning of Sections 201(2), 301(a)(3) and 401(a)(1) of ERISA.

2.22     “Participant Deferral Credits” means the amounts credited to the Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account by the Employer pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.1.

2.23     “Participating Employer” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) which adopts this Plan with the consent of the Company identified in the Adoption Agreement.

2.24     “Participation Agreement” means a written agreement entered into between a Participant and the Employer pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.1

DD2320-5


 

2.25     “Performance-Based Compensation” means compensation where the amount of, or entitlement to, the compensation is contingent on the satisfaction of preestablished organizational or individual performance criteria relating to a performance period of at least twelve months. Organizational or individual performance criteria are considered preestablished if established in writing within 90 days after the commencement of the period of service to which the criteria relates, provided that the outcome is substantially uncertain at the time the criteria are established. Performance-based compensation may include payments based upon subjective performance criteria as provided in regulations and administrative guidance promulgated under Section 409A of the Code.

2.26     “Plan” means The Executive Nonqualified Excess Plan, as herein set out and as set out in the Adoption Agreement, or as duly amended. The name of the Plan as applied to the Employer shall be designated in the Adoption Agreement.

2.27     “Plan-Approved Domestic Relations Order” shall mean a judgment, decree, or order (including the approval of a settlement agreement) which is:

2.27.1  Issued pursuant to a State’s domestic relations law;

2.27.2  Relates to the provision of child support, alimony payments or marital property rights to a Spouse, former Spouse, child or other dependent of the Participant;

2.27.3  Creates or recognizes the right of a Spouse, former Spouse, child or other dependent of the Participant to receive all or a portion of the Participant’s benefits under the Plan;

2.27.4  Requires payment to such person of their interest in the Participant’s benefits in a lump sum payment at a specific time; and

2.27.5  Meets such other requirements established by the Committee.

2.28     “Plan Year” means the twelve-month period ending on the last day of the month designated in the Adoption Agreement; provided that the initial Plan Year may have fewer than twelve months.

2.29     “Qualifying Distribution Event” means (i) the Separation from Service of the Participant, (ii) the date the Participant becomes Disabled, (iii) the death of the Participant, (iv) the time specified by the Participant for an In-Service or Education Distribution, (v) a Change in Control Event, or (vi) an Unforeseeable Emergency, each to the extent provided in Section 5.

2.30     “Seniority Date” shall have the meaning designated in the Adoption Agreement.

2.31    “Separation from Service” or “Separates from Service” means a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code.

2.32     “Service” means employment by the Employer as an Employee. For purposes of the Plan, the employment relationship is treated as continuing intact while the Employee is on military leave, sick leave, or other bona fide leave of absence if the period of such leave does not exceed six months, or if longer, so long as the Employee’s right to reemployment is provided either by statute or contract. If the Participant is an Independent Contractor, “Service” shall mean the period during which the contractual relationship exists between the Employer and the Participant. The contractual relationship is not terminated if the Participant anticipates a renewal of the contract or becomes an Employee.

2.33     “Service Bonus” means any bonus paid to a Participant by the Employer which is not Performance-Based Compensation.

2.34     “Specified Employee” means an Employee who meets the requirements for key employee treatment under Section 416(i)(l)(A)(i), (ii) or (iii) of the Code (applied in accordance with the regulations thereunder and without regard to Section 416(i)(5) of the Code) at any time during the twelve month period ending on December

DD2320-5


 

31 of each year (the “identification date”). Unless binding corporate action is taken to establish different rules for determining Specified Employees for all plans of the Company and its controlled group members that are subject to Section 409A of the Code, the foregoing rules and the other default rules under the regulations of Section 409A of the Code shall apply. If the person is a key employee as of any identification date, the person is treated as a Specified Employee for the twelve-month period beginning on the first day of the fourth month following the identification date.

2.35     “Spouse” or “Surviving Spouse” means, except as otherwise provided in the Plan, a person who is the legally married spouse or surviving spouse of a Participant.

2.36     “Unforeseeable Emergency” means an “unforeseeable emergency” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code.

2.37     “Years of Service” means each Plan Year of Service completed by the Participant. For vesting purposes, Years of Service shall be calculated from the date designated in the Adoption Agreement and Service shall be based on service with the Company and all Participating Employers.

Section 3.         Participation:

The Committee in its discretion shall designate each Employee or Independent Contractor who is eligible to participate in the Plan. A Participant who Separates from Service with the Employer and who later returns to Service will not be an Active Participant under the Plan except upon satisfaction of such terms and conditions as the Committee shall establish upon the Participant’s return to Service, whether or not the Participant shall have a balance remaining in the Deferred Compensation Account under the Plan on the date of the return to Service.

Section 4.         Credits to Deferred Compensation Account:

4.1       Participant Deferral Credits. To the extent provided in the Adoption Agreement, each Active Participant may elect, by entering into a Participation Agreement with the Employer, to defer the receipt of Compensation from the Employer by a dollar amount or percentage specified in the Participation Agreement. The amount of Compensation the Participant elects to defer, the Participant Deferral Credit, shall be credited by the Employer to the Deferred Compensation Account maintained for the Participant pursuant to Section 8. The following special provisions shall apply with respect to the Participant Deferral Credits of a Participant:

4.1.1    The Employer shall credit to the Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account on each Crediting Date an amount equal to the total Participant Deferral Credit for the period ending on such Crediting Date.

4.1.2    An election pursuant to this Section 4.1 shall be made by the Participant by executing and delivering a Participation Agreement to the Committee. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 4.1, the Participation Agreement shall become effective with respect to such Participant as of the first day of January following the date such Participation Agreement is received by the Committee. A Participant’s election may be changed at any time prior to the last permissible date for making the election as permitted in this Section 4.1, and shall thereafter be irrevocable. The election of a Participant shall continue in effect for subsequent years until modified by the Participant as permitted in this Section 4.1.

4.1.3    A Participant may execute and deliver a Participation Agreement to the Committee within 30 days after the date the Participant first becomes eligible to participate in the Plan to be effective as of the first payroll period next following the date the Participation Agreement is fully executed by the Participant. Whether a Participant is treated as newly eligible for participation under this Section shall be determined in accordance with Section 409A of the Code and the regulations thereunder, including (i) rules that treat all elective deferral account balance plans as one plan, and (ii) rules that treat a previously eligible Employee as newly eligible if his benefits had been previously distributed or if he has been ineligible for 24 months. For Compensation that is earned based upon a specified performance period (for example, an annual bonus), where a deferral election is made under this Section but after the beginning of the performance period, the election will only apply to the portion of the Compensation equal to the total amount of the Compensation for the service period multiplied by the ratio of the

DD2320-5


 

number of days remaining in the performance period after the election over the total number of days in the performance period.

4.1.4    A Participant may unilaterally modify a Participation Agreement (either to terminate, increase or decrease the portion of his future Compensation which is subject to deferral within the percentage limits set forth in Section 4.1 of the Adoption Agreement) by providing a written modification of the Participation Agreement to the Committee. The modification shall become effective as of the first day of January following the date such written modification is received by the Committee.

4.1.5    If the Participant performed services continuously from the later of the beginning of the performance period or the date upon which the performance criteria are established through the date upon which the Participant makes an initial deferral election, a Participation Agreement relating to the deferral of Performance-Based Compensation may be executed and delivered to the Committee no later than the date which is 6 months prior to the end of the performance period, provided that in no event may an election to defer Performance-Based Compensation be made after such Compensation has become readily ascertainable.

4.1.6    If the Employer has a fiscal year other than the calendar year, Compensation relating to Service in the fiscal year of the Employer (such as a bonus based on the fiscal year of the Employer), of which no amount is paid or payable during the fiscal year, may be deferred at the Participant’s election if the election to defer is made not later than the close of the Employer’s fiscal year next preceding the first fiscal year in which the Participant performs any services for which such Compensation is  payable.

4.1.7    Compensation payable after the last day of the Participant’s taxable year solely for services provided during the final payroll period containing the last day of the Participant’s taxable year (i.e., December 31) is treated for purposes of this Section 4.1 as Compensation for services performed in the subsequent taxable year.

4.1.8    The Committee may from time to time establish policies or rules consistent with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code to govern the manner in which Participant Deferral Credits may be made.

4.1.9    If a Participant becomes Disabled all currently effective deferral elections for such Participant shall be cancelled. At the time the participant is no longer Disabled, subsequent elections to defer future compensation will be permitted under this Section 4.

4.1.10  If a Participant applies for and receives a distribution on account of an Unforeseeable Emergency, all currently effective deferral elections for such Participant shall be cancelled. Subsequent elections to defer future compensation will be permitted under this Section 4.

4.1.11  If a Participant receives a hardship distribution under Section 1.401(k)-1(d)(3) of the Code or any other similar provision, all currently effective deferral elections shall be cancelled. Subsequent elections to defer future compensation under this Section 4 will not be effective until the later of the beginning of the next calendar year or six months after the date of the hardship distribution.

4.2       Employer Credits. If designated by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, the Employer shall cause the Committee to credit to the Deferred 10 Compensation Account of each Active Participant an Employer Credit as determined in accordance with the Adoption Agreement. A Participant must make distribution elections with respect to any Employer Credits credited to his Deferred Compensation Account by the deadline that would apply under Section 4.1 for distribution elections with respect to Participant Deferral Credits credited at the same time, on a Participation Agreement that is timely executed and delivered to the Committee pursuant to Section 4.1.

4.3       Deferred Compensation Account. All Participant Deferral Credits and Employer Credits shall be credited to the Deferred Compensation Account of the Participant as provided in Section 8.

DD2320-5


 

Section 5.         Qualifying Distribution Events:

5.1       Separation from Service. If the Participant Separates from Service with the Employer, the vested balance in the Deferred Compensation Account shall be paid to the Participant by the Employer as provided in Section 7. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no distribution shall be made earlier than six months after the date of Separation from Service (or, if earlier, the date of death) with respect to a Participant who as of the date of Separation from Service is a Specified Employee of a corporation the stock in which is traded on an established securities market or otherwise. Any payments to which such Specified Employee would be entitled during the first six months following the date of Separation from Service shall be accumulated and paid on the first day of the seventh month following the date of Separation from Service, and shall be adjusted for deemed investment gain and loss incurred during the six month period.

5.2       Disability. If the Employer designates in the Adoption Agreement that distributions are permitted under the Plan when a Participant becomes Disabled, and the Participant becomes Disabled while in Service, the vested balance in the Deferred Compensation Account shall be paid to the Participant by the Employer as provided in Section 7.

5.3       Death. If the Participant dies while in Service, the Employer shall pay a benefit to the Participant’s Beneficiary in the amount designated in the Adoption Agreement. Payment of such benefit shall be made by the Employer as provided in Section 7.

5.4       In-Service or Education Distributions. If the Employer designates in the Adoption Agreement that in-service or education distributions are permitted under the Plan, a Participant may designate in the Participation Agreement to have a specified amount credited to the Participant’s In-Service or Education Account for in-service or education distributions at the date specified by the Participant. In no event may an in-service or education distribution of an amount be made before the date that is two years after the first day of the year in which any deferral election to such In-Service or Education Account became effective. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Participant incurs a Qualifying Distribution Event prior to the date on which the entire balance in the In-Service or Education Account has been distributed, then the balance in the In-Service or Education Account on the date of the Qualifying Distribution Event shall be paid as provided under Section 7.1 for payments on such Qualifying Distribution Event.

5.5       Change in Control Event. If the Employer designates in the Adoption Agreement that distributions are permitted under the Plan upon the occurrence of a Change in Control Event, the Participant may designate in the Participation Agreement to have the vested balance in the Deferred Compensation Account paid to the Participant upon a Change in Control Event by the Employer as provided in Section 7.

5.6       Unforeseeable Emergency. If the Employer designates in the Adoption Agreement that distributions are permitted under the Plan upon the occurrence of an Unforeseeable Emergency event, a distribution from the Deferred Compensation Account may be made to a Participant in the event of an Unforeseeable Emergency, subject to the following provisions:

5.6.1    A Participant may, at any time prior to his Separation from Service for any reason, make application to the Committee to receive a distribution in a lump sum of all or a portion of the vested balance in the Deferred Compensation Account (determined as of the date the distribution, if any, is made under this Section 5.6) because of an Unforeseeable Emergency. A distribution because of an Unforeseeable Emergency shall not exceed the amount required to satisfy the Unforeseeable Emergency plus amounts necessary to pay taxes reasonably anticipated as a result of such distribution, after taking into account the extent to which the Unforeseeable Emergency may be relieved through reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise or by liquidation of the Participant’s assets (to the extent the liquidation of such assets would not itself cause severe financial hardship) or by stopping current deferrals under the Plan pursuant to Section 4.1.10.

5.6.2    The Participant’s request for a distribution on account of Unforeseeable Emergency must be made in writing to the Committee. The request must specify the nature of the financial hardship, the total amount requested to be distributed from the Deferred Compensation Account, and the total amount of the actual expense incurred or to be incurred on account of the Unforeseeable Emergency.

DD2320-5


 

5.6.3    If a distribution under this Section 5.6 is approved by the Committee, such distribution will be made as soon as practicable following the date it is approved. The processing of the request shall be completed as soon as practicable from the date on which the Committee receives the properly completed written request for a distribution on account of an Unforeseeable Emergency. If a Participant’s Separation from Service occurs after a request is approved in accordance with this Section 5.6.3, but prior to distribution of the full amount approved, the approval of the request shall be automatically null and void and the benefits which the Participant is entitled to receive under the Plan shall be distributed in accordance with the applicable distribution provisions of the Plan.

5.6.4    The Committee may from time to time adopt additional policies or rules consistent with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code to govern the manner in which such distributions may be made so that the Plan may be conveniently administered.

Section 6.         Vesting:

A Participant shall be fully vested in the portion of his Deferred Compensation Account attributable to Participant Deferral Credits, and all income, gains and losses attributable thereto. A Participant shall become fully vested in the portion of his Deferred Compensation Account attributable to Employer Credits, and income, gains and losses attributable thereto, in accordance with the vesting schedule and provisions designated by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement. If a Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account is not fully vested upon Separation from Service, the portion of the Deferred Compensation Account that is not fully vested shall thereupon be forfeited.

Section 7.         Distribution Rules:

7.1       Payment Options. The Employer shall designate in the Adoption Agreement the payment options which may be elected by the Participant (lump sum, annual installments, or a combination of both). Different payment options may be made available for each Qualifying Distribution Event, and different payment options may be available for different types of Separations from Service, all as designated in the Adoption Agreement. The Participant shall elect in the Participation Agreement the method under which the vested balance in the Deferred Compensation Account will be distributed from among the designated payment options. The Participant may at such time elect a different method of payment for each Qualifying Distribution Event as specified in the Adoption Agreement. If the Participant is permitted by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement to elect different payment options and does not make a valid election, the vested balance in the Deferred Compensation Account will be distributed as a lump sum.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if certain Qualifying Distribution Events occur prior to the date on which the vested balance of a Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account is completely paid pursuant to this Section 7.1 following the occurrence of certain initial Qualifying Distribution Events, the following rules apply:

7.1.1    If the initial Qualifying Distribution Event is a Separation from Service or Disability, and the Participant subsequently dies, the remaining unpaid vested balance of a Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account shall be paid as a lump sum.

7.1.2    If the initial Qualifying Distribution Event is a Change in Control Event, and any subsequent Qualifying Distribution Event occurs (except an In-Service or Education Distribution described in Section 2.29(iv)), the remaining unpaid vested balance of a Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account shall be paid as provided under Section 7.1 for payments on such subsequent Qualifying Distribution Event.

7.2       Timing of Payments. Payment shall be made in the manner elected by the Participant and shall commence as soon as practicable after (but no later than 60 days after) the distribution date elected for the Qualifying Distribution Event. In the event the Participant fails to make a valid election of the payment method, the distribution will be made in a single lump sum payment as soon as practicable after (but no later than 60 days after) the Qualifying Distribution Event. A payment may be further delayed to the extent permitted in accordance with regulations and guidance under Section 409A of the Code.

DD2320-5


 

7.3       Installment Payments. If the Participant elects to receive installment payments upon a Qualifying Distribution Event, the payment of each installment shall be made on the anniversary of the date of the first installment payment, and the amount of the installment shall be adjusted on such anniversary for credits or debits to the Participant’s account pursuant to Section 8 of the Plan. Such adjustment shall be made by dividing the balance in the Deferred Compensation Account on such date by the number of installments remaining to be paid hereunder; provided that the last installment due under the Plan shall be the entire amount credited to the Participant’s account on the date of payment.

7.4         De Minimis Amounts. Notwithstanding any payment election made by the Participant, if the Employer designates a pre-determined de minimis amount in the Adoption Agreement, the vested balance in the Deferred Compensation Account of the Participant will be distributed in a single lump sum payment if at the time of a permitted Qualifying Distribution Event the vested balance does not exceed such pre-determined de minimis amount; provided, however, that such distribution will be made only where the Qualifying Distribution Event is a Separation from Service, death, Disability (if applicable) or Change in Control Event (if applicable). Such payment shall be made on or before the later of (i) December 31 of the calendar year in which the Qualifying Distribution Event occurs, or (ii) the date that is 2-1/2 months after the Qualifying Distribution Event occurs. In addition, the Employer may distribute a Participant’s vested balance at any time if the balance does not exceed the limit in Section 402(g)(1)(B) of the Code and results in the termination of the Participant’s entire interest in the Plan as provided under Section 409A of the Code.

7.5       Subsequent Elections. With the consent of the Committee, a Participant may delay or change the method of payment of the Deferred Compensation Account subject to the following requirements:

7.5.1    The new election may not take effect until at least 12 months after the date on which the new election is made.

7.5.2    If the new election relates to a payment for a Qualifying Distribution Event other than the death of the Participant, the Participant becoming Disabled, or an Unforeseeable Emergency, the new election must provide for the deferral of the payment for a period of at least five years from the date such payment would otherwise have been made.

7.5.3    If the new election relates to a payment from the In-Service or Education Account, the new election must be made at least 12 months prior to the date of the first scheduled payment from such account. For purposes of this Section 7.5 and Section 7.6, a payment is each separately identified amount to which the Participant is entitled under the Plan; provided, that entitlement to a series of installment payments is treated as the entitlement to a single payment.

7.6       Acceleration Prohibited. The acceleration of the time or schedule of any payment due under the Plan is prohibited except as expressly provided in regulations and administrative guidance promulgated under Section 409A of the Code (such as accelerations for domestic relations orders and employment taxes). It is not an acceleration of the time or schedule of payment if the Employer waives or accelerates the vesting requirements applicable to a benefit under the Plan.

Section 8.         Accounts; Deemed Investment; Adjustments to Account:

8.1       Accounts. The Committee shall establish a book reserve account, entitled the “Deferred Compensation Account,” on behalf of each Participant. The Committee shall also establish an In-Service or Education Account as a part of the Deferred Compensation Account of each Participant, if applicable. The amount credited to the Deferred Compensation Account shall be adjusted pursuant to the provisions of Section 8.3.

8.2       Deemed Investments. The Deferred Compensation Account of a Participant shall be credited with an investment return determined as if the account were invested in one or more investment funds made available by the Committee. The Participant shall elect the investment funds in which his Deferred Compensation Account shall be deemed to be invested. Such election shall be made in the manner prescribed by the Committee and shall take effect upon the entry of the Participant into the Plan. The investment election of the Participant shall remain in effect until

DD2320-5


 

a new election is made by the Participant. In the event the Participant fails for any reason to make an effective election of the investment return to be credited to his account, the investment return shall be determined by the Committee.

8.3       Adjustments to Deferred Compensation Account. With respect to each Participant who has a Deferred Compensation Account under the Plan, the amount credited to such account shall be adjusted by the following debits and credits, at the times and in the order stated:

8.3.1    The Deferred Compensation Account shall be debited each business day with the total amount of any payments made from such account since the last preceding business day to him or for his benefit. Unless otherwise specified by the Employer, each deemed investment fund will be debited pro-rata based on the value of the investment funds as of the end of the preceding business day.

8.3.2    The Deferred Compensation Account shall be credited on each Crediting Date with the total amount of any Participant Deferral Credits and Employer Credits to such account since the last preceding Crediting Date.

8.3.3    The Deferred Compensation Account shall be credited or debited on each day securities are traded on a national stock exchange with the amount of deemed investment gain or loss resulting from the performance of the deemed investment funds elected by the Participant in accordance with Section 8.2. The amount of such deemed investment gain or loss shall be determined by the Committee and such determination shall be final and conclusive upon all concerned.

Section 9.         Administration by Committee:

9.1       Membership of Committee. If the Committee consists of individuals appointed by the Board, they will serve at the pleasure of the Board. Any member of the Committee may resign, and his successor, if any, shall be appointed by the Board.

9.2       General Administration. The Committee shall be responsible for the operation and administration of the Plan and for carrying out its provisions. The Committee shall have the full authority and discretion to make, amend, interpret, and enforce all appropriate rules and regulations for the administration of this Plan and decide or resolve any and all questions, including interpretations of this Plan, as may arise in connection with this Plan. Any such action taken by the Committee shall be final and conclusive on any party. To the extent the Committee has been granted discretionary authority under the Plan, the Committee’s prior exercise of such authority shall not obligate it to exercise its authority in a like fashion thereafter. The Committee shall be entitled to rely conclusively upon all tables, valuations, certificates, opinions and reports furnished by any actuary, accountant, controller, counsel or other person employed or engaged by the Employer with respect to the Plan. The Committee may, from time to time, employ agents and delegate to such agents, including Employees of the Employer, such administrative or other duties as it sees fit.

9.3       Indemnification. To the extent not covered by insurance, the Employer shall indemnify the Committee, each Employee, officer, director, and agent of the Employer, and all persons formerly serving in such capacities, against any and all liabilities or expenses, including all legal fees relating thereto, arising in connection with the exercise of their duties and responsibilities with respect to the Plan, provided however that the Employer shall not indemnify any person for liabilities or expenses due to that person’s own gross negligence or willful misconduct.

Section 10.       Contractual Liability, Trust:

10.1     Contractual Liability. Unless otherwise elected in the Adoption Agreement, the Company shall be obligated to make all payments hereunder. This obligation shall constitute a contractual liability of the Company to the Participants, and such payments shall be made from the general funds of the Company. The Company shall not be required to establish or maintain any special or separate fund, or otherwise to segregate assets to assure that such payments shall be made, and the Participants shall not have any interest in any particular assets of the Company by reason of its obligations hereunder. To the extent that any person acquires a right to receive payment from the Company, such right shall be no greater than the right of an unsecured creditor of the Company.

DD2320-5


 

10.2     Trust. The Employer may establish a trust to assist it in meeting its obligations under the Plan. Any such trust shall conform to the requirements of a grantor trust under Revenue Procedures 92-64 and 92-65 and at all times during the continuance of the trust the principal and income of the trust shall be subject to claims of general creditors of the Employer under federal and state law. The establishment of such a trust would not be intended to cause Participants to realize current income on amounts contributed thereto, and the trust would be so interpreted and administered.

Section 11.       Allocation of Responsibilities:

The persons responsible for the Plan and the duties and responsibilities allocated to each are as follows:

11.1

Board.

(i)

To amend the Plan;

(ii)

To appoint and remove members of the Committee; and

(iii)

To terminate the Plan as permitted in Section 14.

11.2

Committee.

(i)

To designate Participants;

(ii)

To interpret the provisions of the Plan and to determine the rights of the Participants under the Plan, except to the extent otherwise provided in Section 16 relating to claims procedure;

(iii)

To administer the Plan in accordance with its terms, except to the extent powers to administer the Plan are specifically delegated to another person or persons as provided in the Plan;

(iv)

To account for the amount credited to the Deferred Compensation Account of a Participant;

(v)

To direct the Employer in the payment of benefits;

(vi)

To file such reports as may be required with the United States Department of Labor, the Internal Revenue Service and any other government agency to which reports may be required to be submitted from time to time; and

(vii)

To administer the claims procedure to the extent provided in Section 16.

Section 12.       Benefits Not Assignable; Facility of Payments:

12.1     Benefits Not Assignable. No portion of any benefit credited or paid under the Plan with respect to any Participant shall be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance or charge, and any attempt so to anticipate, alienate, sell, transfer, assign, pledge, encumber or charge the same shall be void, nor shall any portion of such benefit be in any manner payable to any assignee, receiver or any one trustee, or be liable for his debts, contracts, liabilities, engagements or torts.

12.2     Plan-Approved Domestic Relations Orders. The Committee shall establish procedures for determining whether an order directed to the Plan is a Plan-Approved Domestic Relations Order. If the Committee determines that an order is a Plan-Approved Domestic Relations Order, the Committee shall cause the payment of amounts pursuant to or segregate a separate account as provided by (and to prevent any payment or act which might be inconsistent with) the Plan-Approved Domestic Relations Order.

12.3     Payments to Minors and Others. If any individual entitled to receive a payment under the Plan shall be physically, mentally or legally incapable of receiving or acknowledging receipt of such payment, the Committee,

DD2320-5


 

upon the receipt of satisfactory evidence of his incapacity and satisfactory evidence that another person or institution is maintaining him and that no guardian or committee has been appointed for him, may cause any payment otherwise payable to him to be made to such person or institution so maintaining him. Payment to such person or institution shall be in full satisfaction of all claims by or through the Participant to the extent of the amount thereof.

Section 13.       Beneficiary:

The Participant’s beneficiary shall be the person, persons, entity or entities designated by the Participant on the beneficiary designation form provided by and filed with the Committee or its designee. If the Participant does not designate a beneficiary, the beneficiary shall be his Surviving Spouse. If the Participant does not designate a beneficiary and has no Surviving Spouse, the beneficiary shall be the Participant’s estate. The designation of a beneficiary may be changed or revoked only by filing a new beneficiary designation form with the Committee or its designee. If a beneficiary (the “primary beneficiary”) is receiving or is entitled to receive payments under the Plan and dies before receiving all of the payments due him, the balance to which he is entitled shall be paid to the contingent beneficiary, if any, named in the Participant’s current beneficiary designation form. If there is no contingent beneficiary, the balance shall be paid to the estate of the primary beneficiary. Any beneficiary may disclaim all or any part of any benefit to which such beneficiary shall be entitled hereunder by filing a written disclaimer with the Committee before payment of such benefit is to be made. Such a disclaimer shall be made in a form satisfactory to the Committee and shall be irrevocable when filed. Any benefit disclaimed shall be payable from the Plan in the same manner as if the beneficiary who filed the disclaimer had predeceased the Participant.

Section 14.       Amendment and Termination of Plan:

The Company may amend any provision of the Plan or terminate the Plan at any time; provided, that in no event shall such amendment or termination reduce the balance in any Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account as of the date of such amendment or termination, nor shall any such amendment affect the terms of the Plan relating to the payment of such Deferred Compensation Account. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following special provisions shall apply:

14.1     Termination in the Discretion of the Employer. Except as otherwise provided in Sections 14.2, the Company in its discretion may terminate the Plan and distribute benefits to Participants subject to the following requirements and any others specified under Section 409A of the Code:

14.1.1  All arrangements sponsored by the Employer that would be aggregated with the Plan under Section 1.409A-l(c) of the Treasury Regulations are terminated.

14.1.2  No payments other than payments that would be payable under the terms of the Plan if the termination had not occurred are made within 12 months of the termination date.

14.1.3  All benefits under the Plan are paid within 24 months of the termination date.

14.1.4  The Employer does not adopt a new arrangement that would be aggregated with the Plan under Section 1.409A-1(c) of the Treasury Regulations providing for the deferral of compensation at any time within 3 years following the date of termination of the Plan.

14.1.5  The termination does not occur proximate to a downturn in the financial health of the Employer.

14.2       Termination Upon Change in Control Event. If the Company terminates the Plan within thirty days preceding or twelve months following a Change in Control Event, the Deferred Compensation Account of each Participant shall become fully vested and payable to the Participant in a lump sum within twelve months following the date of termination, subject to the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

DD2320-5


 

Section 15.       Communication to Participants:

The Employer shall make a copy of the Plan available for inspection by Participants and their beneficiaries during reasonable hours at the principal office of the Employer.

Section 16.       Claims Procedure:

The following claims procedure shall apply with respect to the Plan:

16.1     Filing of a Claim for Benefits. If a Participant or Beneficiary (the “claimant”) believes that he is entitled to benefits under the Plan which are not being paid to him or which are not being accrued for his benefit, he shall file a written claim therefore with the Committee.

16.2     Notification to Claimant of Decision. Within 90 days after receipt of a claim by the Committee (or within 180 days if special circumstances require an extension of time), the Committee shall notify the claimant of the decision with regard to the claim.  In the event of such special circumstances requiring an extension of time, there shall be furnished to the claimant prior to expiration of the initial 90-day period written notice of the extension, which notice shall set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the decision shall be furnished. If such claim shall be wholly or partially denied, notice thereof shall be in writing and worded in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant, and shall set forth: (i) the specific reason or reasons for the denial; (ii) specific reference to pertinent provisions of the Plan on which the denial is based; (iii) a description of any additional material or information necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary; and (iv) an explanation of the procedure for review of the denial and the time limits applicable to such procedures, including a statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA following an adverse benefit determination on review. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the claim relates to a disability determination, the Committee shall notify the claimant of the decision within 45 days (which may be extended for an additional 30 days if required by special circumstances).

16.3     Procedure for Review. Within 60 days following receipt by the claimant of notice denying his claim, in whole or in part, or, if such notice shall not be given, within 60 days following the latest date on which such notice could have been timely given, the claimant may appeal denial of the claim by filing a written application for review with the Committee. Following such request for review, the Committee shall fully and fairly review the decision denying the claim. Prior to the decision of the Committee, the claimant shall be given an opportunity to review pertinent documents and to submit issues and comments in writing.

16.4     Decision on Review. The decision on review of a claim denied in whole or in part by the Committee shall be made in the following manner:

16.4.1  Within 60 days following receipt by the Committee of the request for review (or within 120 days if special circumstances require an extension of time), the Committee shall notify the claimant in writing of its decision with regard to the claim. In the event of such special circumstances requiring an extension of time, written notice of the extension shall be furnished to the claimant prior to the commencement of the extension. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the claim relates to a disability determination, the Committee shall notify the claimant of the decision within 45 days (which may be extended for an additional 45 days if required by special circumstances).

16.4.2  With respect to a claim that is denied in whole or in part, the decision on review shall set forth specific reasons for the decision, shall be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant, and shall set forth:

(i)

the specific reason or reasons for the adverse determination;

(ii)

specific reference to pertinent Plan provisions on which the adverse determination is based;

DD2320-5


 

(iii)

a statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to the claimant’s claim for benefits; and

(iv)

a statement describing any voluntary appeal procedures offered by the Plan and the claimant’s right to obtain the information about such procedures, as well as a statement of the claimant’s right to bring an action under ERISA section 502(a).

16.4.3  The decision of the Committee shall be final and conclusive.

16.5     Action by Authorized Representative of Claimant. All actions set forth in this Section 16 to be taken by the claimant may likewise be taken by a representative of the claimant duly authorized by him to act in his behalf on such matters. The Committee may require such evidence as either may reasonably deem necessary or advisable of the authority to act of any such representative.

Section 17.       Miscellaneous Provisions:

17.1     Set off. The Employer may at any time offset a Participant’s Deferral Compensation Account by an amount up to $5,000 to collect the amount of any loan, cash advance, extension of other credit or other obligation of the Participant to the Employer that is then due and payable in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

17.2     Notices. Each Participant who is not in Service and each Beneficiary shall be responsible for furnishing the Committee or its designee with his current address for the mailing of notices and benefit payments. Any notice required or permitted to be given to such Participant or Beneficiary shall be deemed given if directed to such address and mailed by regular United States mail, first class, postage prepaid. If any check mailed to such address is returned as undeliverable to the addressee, mailing of checks will be suspended until the Participant or Beneficiary furnishes the proper address. This provision shall not be construed as requiring the mailing of any notice or notification otherwise permitted to be given by posting or by other publication.

17.3     Lost Distributees. A benefit shall be deemed forfeited if the Committee is unable to locate the Participant or Beneficiary to whom payment is due by the fifth anniversary of the date payment is to be made or commence; provided, that the deemed investment rate of return pursuant to Section 8.2 shall cease to be applied to the Participant’s account following the first anniversary of such date; provided further, however, that such benefit shall be reinstated if a valid claim is made by or on behalf of the Participant or Beneficiary for all or part of the forfeited benefit.

17.4     Reliance on Data. The Employer and the Committee shall have the right to rely on any data provided by the Participant or by any Beneficiary. Representations of such data shall be binding upon any party seeking to claim a benefit through a Participant, and the Employer and the Committee shall have no obligation to inquire into the accuracy of any representation made at any time by a Participant or Beneficiary.

17.5     Headings. The headings and subheadings of the Plan have been inserted for convenience of reference and are to be ignored in any construction of the provisions hereof.

17.6     Continuation of Employment. The establishment of the Plan shall not be construed as conferring any legal or other rights upon any Employee or any persons for continuation of employment, nor shall it interfere with the right of the Employer to discharge any Employee or to deal with him without regard to the effect thereof under the Plan.

17.7     Merger or Consolidation; Assumption of Plan. No Employer shall consolidate or merge into or with another corporation or entity, or transfer all or substantially all of its assets to another corporation, partnership, trust or other entity (a “Successor Entity”) unless such Successor Entity shall assume the rights, obligations and liabilities of the Employer under the Plan and upon such assumption, the Successor Entity shall become obligated to

DD2320-5


 

perform the terms and conditions of the Plan. Nothing herein shall prohibit the assumption of the obligations and liabilities of the Employer under the Plan by any Successor Entity.

17.8     Construction. The Employer shall designate in the Adoption Agreement the state according to whose laws the provisions of the Plan shall be construed and enforced, except to the extent that such laws are superseded by ERISA and the applicable requirements of the Code.

17.9     Taxes. The Employer or other payor may withhold a benefit payment under the Plan or a Participant’s wages, or the Employer may reduce a Participant’s Account balance, in order to meet any federal, state, or local or employment tax withholding obligations with respect to Plan benefits, as permitted under Section 409A of the Code. The Employer or other payor shall report Plan payments and other Plan-related information to the appropriate governmental agencies as required under applicable laws.

Section 18.       Transition Rules:

This Section 18 does not apply to plans newly established on or after January 1, 2009.

18.1     2005 Election Termination. Notwithstanding Section 4.1.4, at any time during 2005, a Participant may terminate a Participation Agreement, or modify a Participation Agreement to reduce the amount of Compensation subject to the deferral election, so long as the Compensation subject to the terminated or modified Participation Agreement is includible in the income of the Participant in 2005 or, if later, in the taxable year in which the amounts are earned and vested.

18.2     2005 Deferral Election. The requirements of Section 4.1.2 relating to the timing of the Participation Agreement shall not apply to any deferral elections made on or before March 15, 2005, provided that (a) the amounts to which the deferral election relate have not been paid or become payable at the time of the election, (b) the Plan was in existence on or before December 31, 2004, (c) the election to defer compensation is made in accordance with the terms of the Plan as in effect on December 31, 2005 (other than a requirement to make a deferral election after March 15, 2005), and (d) the Plan is otherwise operated in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

18.3     2005 Termination of Participation; Distribution. Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, at any time during 2005, a Participant may terminate his or her participation in the Plan and receive a distribution of his Deferred Compensation Account balance on account of that termination, so long as the full amount of such distribution is includible in the Participant’s income in 2005 or, if later, in the taxable year of the Participant in which the amount is earned and vested.

18.4     Payment Elections. Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 7.1 or 7.5 of the Plan, a Participant may elect on or before December 31, 2008, the time or form of payment of amounts subject to Section 409A of the Code provided that such election applies only to amounts that would not otherwise be payable in the year of the election and does not cause an amount to paid in the year of the election that would not otherwise be payable in such year.


DD2320-5


 

NOTE: Execution of this Adoption Agreement creates a legal liability of the Employer with significant tax consequences to the Employer and Participants. Principal Life Insurance Company disclaims all liability for the legal and tax consequences which result from the elections made by the Employer in this Adoption Agreement.

 

Principal Life Insurance Company, Raleigh, NC 27612

A member of the Principal Financial Group®

THE EXECUTIVE NONQUALIFIED "EXCESS" PLAN

ADOPTION AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT is the adoption by II-VI Incorporated (the "Company") of the Executive Nonqualified Excess Plan ("Plan").

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Company desires to adopt the Plan as an unfunded, nonqualified deferred compensation plan; and

WHEREAS, the provisions of the Plan are intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and the regulations thereunder and shall apply to amounts subject to section 409A; and

WHEREAS, the Company has been advised by Principal Life Insurance Company to obtain legal and tax advice from its professional advisors before adopting the Plan,

NOW, THEREFORE, the Company hereby adopts the Plan in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Adoption Agreement:

ARTICLE I

Terms used in this Adoption Agreement shall have the same meaning as in the Plan, unless some other meaning is expressly herein set forth. The Employer hereby represents and warrants that the Plan has been adopted by the Employer upon proper authorization and the Employer hereby elects to adopt the Plan for the benefit of its Participants as referred to in the Plan. By the execution of this Adoption Agreement, the Employer hereby agrees to be bound by the terms of the Plan.

ARTICLE II

The Employer hereby makes the following designations or elections for the purpose of the Plan:

 

2.6 Committee: The duties of the Committee set forth in the Plan shall be satisfied by:

 

 

XX

(a)

Company

 

 

 

 

 

__

(b)

The administrative committee appointed by the Board to serve at the pleasure of the Board.

 

 

 

 

 

__

(c)

Board.

 

 

 

 

 

__

(d)

Other (specify):

 

.

 

 

DD2320-5


 

2.8 Compensation: The "Compensation" of a Participant shall mean all of a Participant's:

 

 

XX

(a)

Base salary.

 

 

 

 

 

XX

(b)

Service Bonus.

 

 

 

 

 

XX

(c)

Performance-Based Compensation earned in a period of 12 months or more.

 

 

 

 

 

__

(d)

Commissions.

 

 

 

 

 

XX

(e)

Compensation received as an Independent Contractor reportable on Form 1099.

 

 

 

 

 

XX

(f)

Other: Performance Shares and Restricted Stock .

 

2.9 Crediting Date: The Deferred Compensation Account of a Participant shall be credited as follows:

 

Participant Deferral Credits at the time designated below:

 

 

 

 

 

__

(a)

The last business day of each Plan Year.

 

 

 

 

 

__

(b)

The last business day of each calendar quarter during the Plan Year.

 

 

 

 

 

__

(c)

The last business day of each month during the Plan Year.

 

 

 

 

 

__

(d)

The last business day of each payroll period during the Plan Year.

 

 

 

 

 

__

(e)

Each pay day as reported by the Employer.

 

 

 

 

 

XX

(f)

On any business day as specified by the Employer.

 

 

 

 

 

__

(g)

Other:

 

.

 

Employer Credits at the time designated below:

 

 

 

 

 

XX

(a)

On any business day as specified by the Employer.

 

 

 

 

 

__

(b)

Other:

 

.

 

 

 

 

 

DD 2326-6

1


 

2.13 Effective Date:

 

 

__

(a)

This is a newly-established Plan, and the Effective Date of the Plan is

 

 

 

 

 

.

 

 

 

 

 

XX

(b)

This is an amendment and restatement of a plan named II-VI Incorporated Deferred Compensation Plan with an effective date of June 30, 1996 , amended on October 1, 2002 , and previously amended and restated on November 1, 2010 . The Effective Date of this amended and restated Plan is November 7, 2012 . This is amendment number 6 .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

(i)

All amounts in Deferred Compensation Accounts shall be subject to the provisions of this amended and restated Plan.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

XX

(ii)

Any Grandfathered Amounts shall be subject to the Plan rules in effect on October 3, 2004.

 

2.20 Normal Retirement Age: The Normal Retirement Age of a Participant shall be:

 

 

__

(a)

Age __.

 

 

 

 

 

XX

(b)

The later of age 65 or the 5th anniversary of the participation commencement date. The participation commencement date is the first day of the first Plan Year in which the Participant commenced participation in the Plan.

 

 

 

 

 

__

(c)

Other:

 

.

 

2.23 Participating Employer(s): As of the Effective Date, the following Participating Employer(s) are parties to the Plan:

 

Name of Employer

 

Address

 

Telephone No.

 

EIN

II-VI, Incorporated

 

375 Saxonburg Blvd.

 

(724) 352-4455

 

25-1214948

 

 

Saxonburg, PA 16056

 

 

 

 

 

2.26 Plan: The name of the Plan is II-VI Incorporated Deferred Compensation Plan .

 

2.28 Plan Year: The Plan Year shall end each year on the last day of the month of June .

 

2.30 Seniority Date: The date on which a Participant has:

 

 

__

(a)

Attained age __ .

 

 

 

 

 

__

(b)

Completed __ Years of Service from First Date of Service.

 

 

 

 

 

__

(c)

Attained age __ and completed __ Years of Service from First Date of Service.

 

 

 

 

 

__

(d)

Attained an age as elected by the Participant.

 

 

 

 

 

__

(e)

Not applicable – distribution elections for Separation from Service are not based on Seniority Date

 

DD 2326-6

2


 

4.1 Participant Deferral Credits: Subject to the limitations in Section 4.1 of the Plan, a Participant may elect to have his Compensation (as selected in Section 2.8 of this Adoption Agreement) deferred within the annual limits below by the following percentage or amount as designated in writing to the Committee:

 

 

XX

(a)

Base salary:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

minimum deferral:

 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

maximum deferral:

$

 

or

100

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

XX

(b)

Service Bonus:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

minimum deferral:

 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

maximum deferral:

$

 

or

100

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

XX

(c)

Performance-Based Compensation:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

minimum deferral:

 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

maximum deferral:

$

 

or

100

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

(d)

Commissions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

minimum deferral:

 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

maximum deferral:

$

 

or

 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

XX

(e)

Form 1099 Compensation:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

minimum deferral:

 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

maximum deferral:

$

 

or

100

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

XX

(f)

Other: Performance Shares and Restricted Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

minimum deferral:

 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

maximum deferral:

$

 

or

100

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

(g)

Participant deferrals not allowed.

 

DD 2326-6

3


 

4.2 Employer Credits: Employer Credits will be made in the following manner:

 

 

XX

(a)

Employer Discretionary Credits: The Employer may make discretionary credits to the Deferred Compensation Account of each Active Participant in an amount determined as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

XX

(i)

An amount determined each Plan Year by the Employer.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

(ii)

Other:

 

.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

(b)

Other Employer Credits: The Employer may make other credits to the Deferred Compensation Account of each Active Participant in an amount determined as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

(i)

An amount determined each Plan Year by the Employer.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

(ii)

Other:

 

.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

(c)

Employer Credits not allowed.

 

5.2 Disability of a Participant:

 

 

XX

(a)

A Participant's becoming Disabled shall be a Qualifying Distribution Event and the Deferred Compensation Account shall be paid by the Employer as provided in Section 7.1.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

(b)

A Participant becoming Disabled shall not be a Qualifying Distribution Event.

 

5.3 Death of a Participant: If the Participant dies while in Service, the Employer shall pay a benefit to the Beneficiary in an amount equal to the vested balance in the Deferred Compensation Account of the Participant determined as of the date payments to the Beneficiary commence, plus:

 

 

__

(a)

An amount to be determined by the Committee.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

(b)

Other:

 

.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

XX

(c)

No additional benefits.

 

DD 2326-6

4


 

5.4 In-Service or Education Distributions: In-Service and Education Accounts are permitted under the Plan:

 

 

XX

(a)

In-Service Accounts are allowed with respect to:

 

 

 

 

XX

Participant Deferral Credits only.

 

 

 

__

Employer Credits only.

 

 

 

__

Participant Deferral and Employer Credits.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In-service distributions may be made in the following manner:

 

 

 

XX

Single lump sum payment.

 

 

 

XX

Annual installments over a term certain not to exceed 10 years.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Education Accounts are allowed with respect to:

 

 

 

XX

Participant Deferral Credits only.

 

 

 

__

Employer Credits only.

 

 

 

__

Participant Deferral and Employer Credits.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Education Accounts distributions may be made in the following manner:

 

 

 

XX

Single lump sum payment.

 

 

 

XX

Annual installments over a term certain not to exceed 5 years.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

If applicable, amounts not vested at the time payments due under this Section cease will be:

 

 

 

__

Forfeited

 

 

 

__

Distributed at Separation from Service if vested at that time

 

 

 

 

 

__

(b)

No In-Service or Education Distributions permitted.

 

5.5 Change in Control Event:

 

 

XX

(a)

Participants may elect upon initial enrollment to have accounts distributed upon a Change in Control Event.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

(b)

A Change in Control shall not be a Qualifying Distribution Event.

 

5.6 Unforeseeable Emergency Event:

 

 

XX

(a)

Participants may apply to have accounts distributed upon an Unforeseeable Emergency event.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

(b)

An Unforeseeable Emergency shall not be a Qualifying Distribution Event

DD 2326-6

5


 

6. Vesting: An Active Participant shall be fully vested in the Employer Credits made to the Deferred Compensation Account upon the first to occur of the following events:

 

 

XX

(a)

Normal Retirement Age.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

XX

(b)

Death.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

XX

(c)

Disability.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

XX

(d)

Change in Control Event

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

(e)

Other:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

XX

(f)

Satisfaction of the vesting requirement as specified below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

XX

Employer Discretionary Credits:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

XX

(i)

Immediate 100% vesting.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

(ii)

100% vesting after __ Years of Service.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

(iii)

100% vesting at age __.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

(iv)

Number of Years of Service

 

Vested Percentage

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less than

1

 

__%

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

__%

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

__%

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

__%

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

__%

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

__%

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

__%

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

__%

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

 

__%

 

 

 

 

 

 

9

 

__%

 

 

 

 

 

 

10 or more

 

__%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For this purpose, Years of Service of a Participant shall be calculated from the date designated below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

XX

(1)

First Day of Service.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

(2)

Effective Date of Plan Participation.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

(3)

Each Crediting Date. Under this option (3), each Employer Credit shall vest based on the Years of Service of a Participant from the Crediting Date on which each Employer Discretionary Credit is made to his or her Deferred Compensation Account.

 

DD 2326-6

6


 

 

 

__

Other Employer Credits:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

(i)

Immediate 100% vesting.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

(ii)

100% vesting after __ Years of Service.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

(iii)

100% vesting at age __.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

(iv)

Number of Years of Service

Vested Percentage

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less than

1

 

__%

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

__%

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

__%

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

__%

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

__%

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

__%

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

__%

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

__%

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

 

__%

 

 

 

 

 

 

9

 

__%

 

 

 

 

 

 

10 or more

 

__%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For this purpose, Years of Service of a Participant shall be calculated from the date designated below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

(1)

First Day of Service.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

(2)

Effective Date of Plan Participation.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

(3)

Each Crediting Date. Under this option (3), each Employer Credit shall vest based on the Years of Service of a Participant from the Crediting Date on which each Employer Discretionary Credit is made to his or her Deferred Compensation Account.

 

7.1 Payment Options: Any benefit payable under the Plan upon a permitted Qualifying Distribution Event may be made to the Participant or his Beneficiary (as applicable) in any of the following payment forms, as selected by the Participant in the Participation Agreement:

 

 

(a)

 

Separation from Service prior to Seniority Date, or Separation from Service if Seniority Date is Not Applicable

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

XX

(i)

A lump sum.

 

 

 

XX

(ii)

Annual installments over a term certain as elected by the Participant not to exceed 10 years.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

__

(iii)

Other:

 

.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

DD 2326-6

7


 

 

(b)

 

Separation from Service on or After Seniority Date, If Applicable

 

 

 

XX

(i)

A lump sum.

 

 

 

XX

(ii)

Annual installments over a term certain as elected by the Participant not to exceed 10 years.

 

 

 

__

(iii)

Other:

 

.

 

(c)

 

Separation from Service Upon a Change in Control Event

 

 

 

XX

(i)

A lump sum.

 

 

 

XX

(ii)

Annual installments over a term certain as elected by the Participant not to exceed 10 years.

 

 

 

__

(iii)

Other:

 

.

 

(d)

 

Death

 

 

 

 

XX

(i)

A lump sum.

 

 

 

XX

(ii)

Annual installments over a term certain as elected by the Participant not to exceed 10 years.

 

 

 

__

(iii)

Other:

 

.

 

(e)

 

Disability

 

 

 

 

XX

(i)

A lump sum.

 

 

 

XX

(ii)

Annual installments over a term certain as elected by the Participant not to exceed 10 years.

 

 

 

__

(iii)

Other:

 

.

 

 

 

__

(iv)

Not applicable.

 

 

 

If applicable, amounts not vested at the time payments due under this Section cease will be:

 

 

 

__

Forfeited

 

 

 

__

Distributed at Separation from Service if vested at that time

 

(f)

 

Change in Control Event

 

 

 

 

XX

(i)

A lump sum.

 

 

 

__

(ii)

Annual installments over a term certain as elected by the Participant not to exceed _____ years.

 

 

 

__

(iii)

Other:

 

.

 

 

 

__

(iv)

Not applicable.

 

 

 

 

 

 

DD 2326-6

8


 

 

 

 

If applicable, amounts not vested at the time payments due under this Section cease will be:

 

 

 

__

Forfeited

 

 

 

 

__

Distributed at Separation from Service if vested at that time

 

7.4 De Minimis Amounts.

 

 

XX

(a)

Notwithstanding any payment election made by the Participant, the vested balance in the Deferred Compensation Account of the Participant will be distributed in a single lump sum payment at the time designated under the Plan if at the time of a permitted Qualifying Distribution Event that is either a Separation from Service, death, Disability (if applicable) or Change in Control Event (if applicable) the vested balance does not exceed $ 10,000 . In addition, the Employer may distribute a Participant's vested balance at any time if the balance does not exceed the limit in Section 402(g)(1)(B) of the Code and results in the termination of the Participant's entire interest in the Plan

 

__

(b)

There shall be no pre-determined de minimis amount under the Plan; however, the Employer may distribute a Participant's vested balance at any time if the balance does not exceed the limit in Section 402(g)(1)(B) of the Code and results in the termination of the Participant's entire interest in the Plan.

 

10.1 Contractual Liability: Liability for payments under the Plan shall be the responsibility of the:

 

 

XX

(a)

Company.

 

__

(b)

Employer or Participating Employer who employed the Participant when amounts were deferred.

14. Amendment and Termination of Plan: Notwithstanding any provision in this Adoption Agreement or the Plan to the contrary, Section 2.30 and 8.2 of the Plan shall be amended to read as provided in attached Exhibit A .

 

 

 

 

__

There are no amendments to the Plan.

 

 

 

 

 

 

DD 2326-6

9


 

17.9 Construction: The provisions of the Plan shall be construed and enforced according to the laws of the State of Pennsylvania , except to the extent that such laws are superseded by ERISA and the applicable provisions of the Code.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed as of the day and year stated below.

 

II-VI, Incorporated

Name of Employer

By:

/s/ David G. Wagner

Authorized Person

Date:

7/29/2014

 

The Plan is adopted by the following Participating Employers:

 

II-VI, Incorporated

Name of Employer

By:

/s/ David G. Wagner

Authorized Person

Date:

7/29/2014

 

DD 2326-6

10


 

EXHIBIT A

2.30 Seniority Date: The date on which a Participant has:

The later of age 65 or the 5 th anniversary of the participant commencement date.  The participant commencement date is the first day of the first Plan Year in which the Participant commenced  participation in the Plan.

Section 8.2 Deemed Investments shall be amended by adding the following language after the current final sentence.

The Committee is making available to the Participant an investment fund that is entirely invested in Employer stock (the “Stock Investment Fund”). Amounts credited to that account may be adjusted as described in Section 8.3.

However, notwithstanding any language in the plan to the contrary:

A)

The participant will receive any Qualifying Event distribution from the Stock Investment Fund account in shares of Employer Stock with partial shares redeemed in cash calculated as of the appropriate valuation date.

B)

The Participant will receive any Qualifying Event distribution from the Stock Investment Fund account in shares of Employer Stock with partial shares redeemed in cash calculated as of the appropriate valuation date.

This amendment is effective Jun 1, 2007 and applies to all current and future balances of the Stock Investment Fund as well as credits to the fund and distributions there from.

 

 

DD 2326-6

11

 

Exhibit 10.36

 

II-VI INCORPORATED

PERFORMANCE SHARE AWARD AGREEMENT

THIS PERFORMANCE SHARE AWARD AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is dated as of the Grant Date, as specified in the applicable Summary of Award (as defined below), by and between II-VI Incorporated, a Pennsylvania corporation (“ II-VI ”), and the Recipient, as specified in the applicable Summary of Award, who is a director, employee or consultant of II-VI or one of its subsidiaries (the “ Recipient ”). For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Company” shall include II-VI and/or any Subsidiary of II-VI that the Recipient is employed by or may become employed by or provide services to during the Recipient’s employment by II-VI or any such Subsidiary.

Reference is made to the Summary of Award (the “Summary of Award”) issued to the Recipient with respect to the applicable Award, which may be found on Morgan Stanley StockPlan Connect system www.stockplanconnect.com (or any successor system selected by II-VI) (the “StockPlan Connect System”) . Reference further is made to the Summary Plan Description relating to the Plan (as defined below) which also may be found on the StockPlan Connect System.

All capitalized terms used herein, to the extent not defined herein, shall have the meanings set forth in the II-VI 2012 Omnibus Incentive Plan (as amended and/or restated from time to time, the “ Plan ”), a copy of which can be found on the StockPlan Connect System, and/or the applicable Summary of Award.  Terms of the Plan and the Summary of Award are incorporated herein by reference.  This Agreement shall constitute an Award Agreement as that term is defined in the Plan and is intended to be a Qualified Performance-Based Award within the meaning of Section 2.28 of the Plan.  

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the Recipient and II-VI agree as follows:

1.       Performance Share Award .  II-VI hereby grants to Recipient an Award of the number of Performance Shares specified in the Summary of Award, to be earned based upon achievement of the Performance Objectives in accordance with Section 2 below (this “Award”) .  For the purposes of this Award:  (1) “ Performance Period” shall mean the period from                     through and including                     ; (2) “Target Award” shall mean the Target Award set forth in the Summary of Award; and (3) “ Maximum Award” means the maximum number of Performance Shares that may be earned under this Agreement as set forth in the Summary of Award, which number represents 200 % of the Target Award.

 

Page 1 of 9


 

2 .        Determination of Shares Earned . Subject to Sections 5 and 6 below, Performance Shares shall be earned in accordance with the following schedule:

 

 

Performance Shares Earned as a

Percentage of Target Award (3)

 

If II-VI Consolidated Cash Flow from Operations is less than 79.99% of the Cash Flow Target

0%

If II-VI Consolidated Cash Flow from Operations is greater than or equal to 80.00% and less than 100.0% of the Cash Flow Target

50.0% to 99.99% (1)

If II-VI Consolidated Cash Flow from Operations equals 100.0% of the Cash Flow Target

100.0%

If II-VI Consolidated Cash Flow from Operations is greater than 100.0% and less than 140.0% of the Cash Flow Target

100.01% to 199.99% (2)

If II-VI Consolidated Cash Flow from Operations is greater than or equal to 140.0% of the Cash Flow Target

200.0% (Maximum Award )

 

 

(1)

In the event that the II-VI Consolidated Cash Flow from Operations is greater than or equal to 80.0% and less than 100.0% of the Cash Flow Target, the Performance Shares earned as a percentage of the Target Award will be a percentage determined on a linear basis between 50.0% and 99.99% by adding 50.0% to the product of (A) 50.0% and (B)(i) the II-VI Consolidated Cash Flow from Operations as a percentage of the Cash Flow Target less 80.0% divided by (ii) 20.0% (which product cannot exceed 49.99%).

(2)

In the event that the II-VI Consolidated Cash Flow from Operations is greater than 100.0% and less than 140.0% of the Cash Flow Target, the Performance Shares earned as a percentage of the Target Award will be a percentage determined on a linear basis between 100.01% and 199.99% by adding 100.0% to the product of (A) 100.0% and (B)(i) the II-VI Consolidated Cash Flow from Operations as a percentage of the Cash Flow Target less 100.0% divided by (ii) 40.0% (which product cannot exceed 99.99%).

(3)

As further detailed in Attachment A , performance against target will be determined as follows:

(A) II-VI Consolidated Cash Flow from Operations during the Performance Period shall be compared to the Cash Flow Target; and

(B) II-VI Consolidated Cash Flow from Operations during each of the four six-month periods comprising the Performance Period will be measured against the applicable target set forth in Attachment A for such six-month period, and the results obtained for each of the six-month periods shall be aggregated and measured against the Cash Flow Target.

The calculation above (clause (A) or clause (B)) yielding the higher percentage of the Cash Flow Target shall determine the number of Performance Shares earned.

For the purposes of this Award (i) “II-VI Consolidated Cash Flow from Operations” shall mean the consolidated “Net cash flow provided by operating activities” of II-VI for the Performance Period, determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, consistently applied, (ii) all targets are expressed in US dollars and performance for II-VI businesses that do not use US dollars as their reporting currency will be translated into US dollars via II-VI’s financial consolidation system at the appropriate exchange rates and (iii) “ Cash Flow Target” shall mean $                                     .

Only whole Performance Shares shall be earned in accordance with this Section 2 . By way of example and not limitation, earning 66.67% of a Target Award of 100 Performance Shares would result in delivery of 66 Performance Shares.

 

Page 2 of 9


 

3.       Delivery of Shares . Unless Recipient has elected to defer receipt of the Performance Shares in accordance with Section 4 , and except as otherwise provided in Section 2 , II-VI shall cause a stock certificate (or equivalent electronic book entry) representing shares of II-VI Common Stock, no par value (“ II-VI Common Stock”) equal to the number of Performance Shares earned as provided in Section 2 to be issued or credited, as applicable, to Recipient no later than the seventy-fifth (75 th ) calendar day following the end of the Performance Period.

4.       Deferral . A Recipient that is subject to US Federal income tax may elect in writing on or before the date that is twelve (12) months prior to the end of the Performance Period, or such earlier date as may be designated in writing by II-VI (the “Latest Deferral Date”) in order to satisfy the deferral election requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), to defer the issuance of all or part of the Performance Shares earned. Any such election shall: (1) specify the date of issuance for the earned Performance Shares, which shall not be earlier than the fifth (5 th ) anniversary of the original payment date or such other minimum deferral period as may be designated by II-VI in order to satisfy the deferral election requirements of Section 409A of the Code; and (2) comply with all other applicable deferral election requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

5.       Limitation of Rights; Dividend Equivalents . Recipient shall not have any rights of ownership of the shares of II-VI’s Common Stock underlying the Performance Shares before the issuance of such shares, including the right to vote such shares.  Recipient, however, shall be entitled to receive, following the completion of the Performance Period but in no event later than March 15th of the calendar year following the completion of the Performance Period, a cash payment equal to the cash dividends that would have been paid during the Performance Period on the applicable number of shares underlying the Performance Shares earned as provided in Section 2 if such shares had been issued and outstanding during the Performance Period.  

6.        Termination of Employment .

(a)      Except as provided in Section 6(b) and Section 7 below or as may be otherwise determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion, if Recipient’s employment with or service to the Company terminates before the end of the Performance Period, this Award shall be forfeited on the date of such termination.

(b)       Prorating in Certain Circumstances .  Notwithstanding Section 6(a) , if Recipient’s employment with the Company terminates during the Performance Period due to Recipient’s normal retirement as defined in II-VI’s Global Retirement Policy, or Recipient’s employment with or service to the Company terminates during the Performance Period due to Recipient’s death or permanent and total disability, as defined in Code Section 22(e)(3), Recipient shall be entitled to a prorated portion of the Performance Shares to the extent earned pursuant to Section 2 above, determined at the end of the Performance Period and based on the ratio of the number of complete months Recipient was employed or served (as applicable) during the Performance Period to the total number of months in the Performance Period.  In the event of the death of the Recipient, delivery of the applicable number of shares of II-VI Common Stock shall be made to the Recipient’s estate as soon as administratively practicable after the end of the Performance Period.

7.       Change in Control . Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in any employment or similar agreement between the Recipient and the Company that discusses the effect of a Change in Control on the Recipient’s Awards, in the event of a Change in Control, the following provisions shall apply, unless provided otherwise by the Committee prior to the date of the Change in Control:  

(a)      Immediately prior to the Change in Control, if (A) Performance Shares have been earned but shares of II-VI Common Stock have not yet been delivered or deferred in accordance with Section 3 or Section 4, as applicable , the applicable number of shares of II-VI Common Stock shall be delivered or deferred in accordance with Section 3 or Section 4 , as applicable , and (B) the Performance Period has not expired, this Award shall be cancelled in exchange for a cash payment to be made within thirty (30) days after the Change in Control equal to the product of (1) the Fair Market Value of the shares of II-VI Common Stock underlying the Target Award as of the date of the Change in Control and (2) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of completed months in the Performance Period preceding the date of the Change in Control, and the denominator of which is the total number of months in the Performance Period.

 

Page 3 of 9


 

(b)      Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, in the event that II-VI determines that all or part of the consideration or compensation to be paid to the Recipient under this Agreement constitutes a “parachute payment” under Code Section 280G(b)(2), then, if the aggregate present value of such parachute payments, together with the aggregate present value of any consideration, compensation or benefits to be paid to the Recipient under any other plan, arrangement or agreement which constitute “parachute payments” (collectively, the “ Total Payments”) exceeds 2.99 times the Recipient’s “base amount,” as defined in Code Section 280G(b)(3) (the “ Recipient’s Base Amount”), the Recipient acknowledges and agrees that the “parachute payments” which would otherwise be payable to or for the benefit of the Recipient shall be reduced to the extent necessary so that the Total Payments are equal to 2.99 times the Recipient’s Base Amount.  The Company shall make any such required reduction from any specified type of Total Payments that does not constitute deferred compensation and is otherwise exempt or excepted from coverage under Section 409A (but excluding stock options or other stock rights).  

8.       Nontransferability . Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, the Performance Shares shall not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred or disposed of (a “ Transfer ”) in any manner, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.  Any attempt to Transfer the Performance Shares in violation of this Section or the Plan shall render the Award null and void.

10.       Adjustments . The number of securities underlying the Performance Shares and, if applicable, the type of securities underlying the Performance Shares, shall be adjusted to reflect any stock dividend, stock split, or combination of the shares of II-VI Common Stock.  In addition, the Committee may make or provide for such adjustments in the Performance Shares as it in its sole discretion may in good faith determine to be equitably required in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of Recipient’s rights that otherwise would result from (a) any exchange of shares of II-VI Common Stock, recapitalization or other change in the capital structure of II-VI, (b) any Change in Control, merger, consolidation, spin-off, spin-out, split-off, split-up, reorganization, partial or complete liquidation or other distribution of assets (other than a normal cash dividend), or issuance of rights or warrants to purchase securities, or (c) any other corporate transaction or event having an effect similar to any of the foregoing.  Moreover, in the event of any such transaction or event, the Committee may provide in substitution for the Performance Shares such alternative consideration as it may in good faith determine to be equitable under the circumstances and may require in connection therewith the surrender of the Performance Shares so substituted.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no adjustment shall be made which: (A) would be inconsistent with meeting the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code, unless otherwise determined by the Board, or (B) would cause the Award to fail to comply with Section 409A (or an exception thereto).  

11.       Fractional Shares . II-VI shall not be required to issue any fractional Shares pursuant to the Award, and II-VI may round fractional Shares down to the nearest whole Share.  

12.       Withholding . Recipient shall pay to II-VI, and II-VI shall have the right to withhold from payments made to the Recipient pursuant to this Award, or to withhold from other compensation payable to the Recipient, all applicable federal, state and local income and employment taxes (including taxes of any foreign jurisdiction) which II-VI is required to withhold at any time with respect to the Performance Shares and any cash dividend equivalents paid thereon.  Shares of II-VI Common Stock tendered in payment of required withholding obligations shall be valued at the closing price per share of II-VI Common Stock on the date such withholding obligation arises.

13.       Plan Provisions . In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the Plan, the Plan shall control, except that capitalized terms specifically defined in this Agreement shall have the meaning given to them in this Agreement with respect to their usage in this Agreement, notwithstanding the definitions given to such terms in the Plan (which definitions shall control as they relate to the usage of such terms in the Plan).

14.       No Continued Rights . The granting of the Award shall not give Recipient any rights to similar grants in future years or any right to continuance of employment or other service with II-VI or its Subsidiaries, nor shall it interfere in any way with any right that the Company would otherwise have to terminate Recipient’s employment or other service at any time, or the right of Recipient to terminate his or her employment or other service at any time.

15.       Rights Unsecured . II-VI shall remain the owner of all Performance Shares deferred by Recipient pursuant to Section 4 and Recipient shall have only II-VI’s unfunded, unsecured promise to pay pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and the II-VI Non-Qualified Executive Plan, as it may be amended and/or restated from

 

Page 4 of 9


 

time to time, and any predecessor or successor plan thereto.  The rights of Recipient hereunder and thereunder shall be those of a general unsecured creditor of II-VI and Recipient shall not have any security interest in any assets of II-VI.

16.       Non-Competition; Non-Solicitation; Confidentiality .

(a)      While the Recipient is employed by the Company and for a period of one (1) year after the termination of such employment for any reason (the “ Restricted Period”), the Recipient will not directly or indirectly:

(i)      engage in any business or enterprise (whether as owner, partner, officer, director, employee, consultant, investor, lender or otherwise, except as the holder of not more than 1% of the outstanding stock of a publicly-held company), that develops, manufactures, markets or sells any product or service that competes with any product or service developed, manufactured, marketed or sold or, to Recipient’s knowledge, planned to be developed, manufactured, marketed or sold, by II-VI or its Subsidiaries while the Recipient was employed by the Company, within the United States of America and/or any other country within which II-VI or its Subsidiaries have customers or prospective customers as of the date of such termination or cessation.

(ii)      (A) solicit for the purpose of selling or distributing any products or services that are the same or similar to those developed, manufactured, marketed or sold by II-VI or its Subsidiaries, (1) any customers of II-VI or its Subsidiaries, (2) any prospective customers known by Recipient to have been solicited by II-VI or its Subsidiaries within the twelve (12) months prior to the Recipient’s termination or cessation of employment, or (3) any distributors, sales agents or other third-parties who sell to or refer potential customers in need of the types of products and services produced, marketed, licensed, sold or provided by II-VI or its Subsidiaries who have become known to Recipient as a result of his/her employment with the Company, or (B) induce or attempt to induce any vendor, supplier, licensee or other business relation of II-VI or its Subsidiaries to cease or restrict doing business with II-VI or its Subsidiaries, or in any way interfere with the relationship between any such vendor, supplier, licensee or business relation and II-VI or its Subsidiaries.  

(iii)      either alone or in association with others (A) solicit, or permit any organization directly or indirectly controlled by the Recipient to solicit, any employee of II-VI or its Subsidiaries to leave the employ of II-VI or its Subsidiaries, or (B) solicit for employment, hire or engage as an independent contractor, or permit any organization directly or indirectly controlled by the Recipient to solicit for employment, hire or engage as an independent contractor, any person who was employed by II-VI or its Subsidiaries at any time during the term of the Recipient’s employment with the Company; provided , that this clause (C) shall not apply to any individual whose employment with II-VI or its Subsidiaries has been terminated for a period of one year or longer.

(b)      The Recipient acknowledges that certain materials, including, but not limited to, information, data, technology and other materials relating to customers, programs, costs, marketing, investment, sales activities, promotion, credit and financial data, manufacturing processes, financing methods, plans or the business and affairs of II-VI and its Subsidiaries constitute proprietary confidential information and trade secrets.  Accordingly, the Recipient will not at any time during or after the Recipient’s employment with the Company disclose or use for the Recipient’s own benefit or purposes or the benefit or purposes of any other person, firm, partnership, joint venture, association, corporation or other business organization, entity or enterprise, other than the Company, any proprietary confidential information or trade secrets;  provided that the foregoing shall not apply to information which is not unique to II-VI and its Subsidiaries or which is generally known to the industry or the public other than as a result of the Recipient’s breach of this covenant.  The Recipient agrees that, upon termination of employment with the Company for any reason, the Recipient will immediately return to II-VI all property of II-VI and its Subsidiaries including all memoranda, books, technical and/or lab notebooks, customer product and pricing data, papers, plans, information, letters and other data, and all copies thereof or therefrom, which in any way relate to the business of II-VI and its Subsidiaries, except that the Recipient may retain personal items.  The Recipient further agrees that the Recipient will not retain or use for the Recipient’s account at any time any trade names, trademark or other proprietary business designation used or owned in connection with the business of II-VI and its Subsidiaries.

 

Page 5 of 9


 

The Restricted Period will be tolled during and for any period of time during which the Recipient is in violation of the restrictive covenants contained in this Section 16 and for any period of time which may be necessary to secure an order of court or injunction, either preliminary or permanent, to enforce such covenants, such that the cumulative time period during which the Recipient is in compliance with the restrictive covenants contained in Section 16 will not exceed the one (1) year period set forth above.  

17.       Remedies; Clawback .

(a)      II-VI and Recipient acknowledge and agree that that any violation by Recipient of any of the restrictive covenants contained in Section 16 would cause immediate, material and irreparable harm to II-VI and its Subsidiaries which may not adequately be compensated by money damages and, therefore, II-VI and its Subsidiaries shall be entitled to injunctive relief (including, without limitation, one or more preliminary injunctions and/or ex parte restraining orders) in addition to, and not in derogation of, any other remedies provided by law, in equity or otherwise for such a violation including, but not limited to, the right to have such covenants specifically enforced by any court of competent jurisdiction, the rights under Section 17(b) below, and the right to require Recipient to account for and pay over to II-VI all benefits derived or received by Recipient as a result of any such breach of covenant together with interest thereon, from the date of such initial violation until such sums are received by II-VI.

(b)      In the event that the Recipient violates or breaches any of the covenants set forth in Section 16 of this Agreement, the Performance Shares and the right to receive shares of II-VI Common Stock in exchange for such Performance Shares shall be forfeited.  II-VI shall also have the right, in its sole discretion, in addition to any other remedies or damages provided by law, in equity or otherwise, to demand and require the Recipient, to the extent that any shares of II-VI Common Stock were received with respect to such Performance Shares (i) return and transfer to II-VI any such shares directly or beneficially owned by the Recipient, and (ii) to the extent that the Recipient sold or transferred any such Shares, disgorge and/or repay to II-VI any profits or other economic value (as determined by II-VI) made or realized by the Recipient with respect to such Shares, including but not limited to the value of any gift thereof.

(c)      The Recipient further agrees, as a condition to acceptance of these Performance Shares, that these Performance Shares, as well as any other incentive award previously granted to Recipient by II-VI, may be subject to recoupment by II-VI under the provisions of any other forfeiture or clawback policy that has been or may be adopted by II-VI in the future, or as required by any applicable law then in effect.

18.       Recipient Acknowledgments . Recipient acknowledges and agrees that (i) as a result of Recipient’s previous, current and future employment with the Company, Recipient has had access to, will have access to and/or possesses or will possess confidential and proprietary information of II-VI and its Subsidiaries, (ii) II-VI and its Subsidiaries are engaged in a highly competitive business conduct such business worldwide, (iii) this Agreement does not constitute a contract of employment, does not imply that the Company will continue the Recipient’s employment for any period of time and does not change the at-will nature of the Recipient’s employment, except as set forth in a separate written employment agreement between the Company and the Recipient, (iv) the restrictive covenants set forth in Section 16 are necessary and reasonable in time and scope (including the period, geographic, product and service and other restrictions) to protect the legitimate business interests of II-VI and its Subsidiaries, (v) the remedy, forfeiture and payment provisions contained in Section 17 are reasonable and necessary to protect the legitimate business interests of II-VI and its Subsidiaries, (vi) acceptance of these Performance Shares and agreement to be bound by the provisions hereof is not a condition of Recipient’s employment, and (vii) Recipient’s receipt of the benefits provided under this Agreement is adequate consideration for the enforcement of the provisions contained in Section 16 hereof.  

19.       Severability; Waiver . If any term, provision, covenant or restriction contained in the Agreement is held by a court or a federal regulatory agency of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions contained in the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect, and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated.  In particular, in the event that any of such provisions shall be adjudicated to exceed the time, geographic, product and service or other limitations permitted by applicable law in any jurisdiction, then such provisions shall be deemed reformed in such jurisdiction to the maximum time, geographic, product and service or other limitations permitted by applicable law.  No delay or

 

Page 6 of 9


 

omission by II-VI in exercising any right under this Agreement will operate as a waiver of that or any other right. A waiver or consent given by II-VI on any one occasion is effective only in that instance and will not be construed as a bar to or waiver of any right on any other occasion.  

20.       Notice . II-VI may require any notice required or permitted under this Agreement to be transmitted, submitted or received, by II-VI or the Recipient, via the StockPlan Connect System in accordance with the procedures established by II-VI for such notice.  Otherwise, any written notice required or permitted by this Agreement shall be mailed, certified mail (return receipt requested) or by overnight carrier, to II-VI at the following address:  

 

II-VI Incorporated

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

375 Saxonburg Boulevard

Saxonburg, Pennsylvania 16056

or to Recipient at his or her most recent home address on record with II-VI. Notices are effective upon receipt.  

21.       Controlling Law . The validity, construction and effect of this Agreement will be determined in accordance with the internal laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania without giving effect to the conflict of laws principles thereof.  Recipient and II-VI hereby irrevocably submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state and Federal courts located in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania and consent to the jurisdiction of any such court; provided , however , that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth above, II-VI may file an action to enforce the covenants contained in Section 16 by seeking injunctive or other equitable relief in any appropriate court having jurisdiction, including but not limited to where the Recipient resides or where the Recipient was employed by the Company.  Recipient and II-VI also both irrevocably waive, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any objection either may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such dispute brought or injunctive or equitable relief sought in such court or any defense of inconvenient forum for the maintenance of such dispute and consent to the personal jurisdiction of any such court.  The Company shall be a third-party beneficiary of this Agreement.

22.       Entire Agreement . This Agreement (including the Plan and the Summary of Award) contains the entire understanding between the parties and supersedes any prior understanding and agreements between them regarding the subject matter hereof with respect to the Award, and there are no other representations, agreements, arrangements or understandings, oral or written, between the parties relating to the Award which are not fully expressed herein.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, any restrictive covenants contained in this Agreement are independent, and are not intended to limit the enforceability, of any restrictive or other covenants contained in any other agreement between the Company and the Recipient.

23.       Captions . Section and other headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and are in no way intended to describe, interpret, define or limit the scope, extent or intent of this Agreement or any provision hereof.

24.       Limitation of Actions . Any lawsuit commenced by the Recipient with respect to any matter arising out of or relating to this Agreement must be filed no later than one (1) year after the date that a denial of any claim hereunder is made or any earlier date that the claim otherwise accrues.

25.       Section 409A . This Agreement and the Award are intended to satisfy all applicable requirements of Section 409A or an exception thereto and shall be construed accordingly.  II-VI may in its discretion, and without the Recipient’s consent, take any action it deems necessary to comply with the requirements of Section 409A or an exception thereto, including amending the terms of the Award and this Agreement, in any manner it deems necessary to cause the Award and this Agreement to be excepted from Section 409A (or to comply therewith to the extent that II-VI determines it is not excepted).  Notwithstanding, Recipient recognizes and acknowledges that Section 409A may affect the timing and recognition of payments due hereunder, and may impose upon the Recipient certain taxes or other charges for which the Recipient is and shall remain solely responsible.

 

Page 7 of 9


 

26.       Assignment . Except as provided in Section 8 , Recipient’s rights and obligations under this Agreement shall not be transferable by Recipient, by assignment or otherwise, and any purported assignment, transfer or delegation thereof by Recipient shall be void.  II-VI and the Company may assign/delegate all or any portion of this Agreement and its rights hereunder without prior notice to the Recipient and without the Recipient providing any additional consent thereto, whereupon the Recipient shall continue to be bound hereby with respect to such assignee/delegatee.

27.       Electronic Delivery . II-VI may, in its sole discretion, deliver any documents or correspondence related to this Agreement, the Plan, the Performance Shares, the Recipient’s participation in the Plan, or future awards that may be granted to the Recipient under the Plan, by electronic means.  The Recipient hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and to Recipient’s participation in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by II-VI or another third party designated by II-VI, including but not limited to the StockPlan Connect System.  Likewise, II-VI may require the Recipient to deliver or receive any documents or correspondence related to this Agreement by such electronic means.  

28.       Amendments . This Agreement may be amended or modified at any time by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto, or as otherwise provided under the Plan or this Agreement.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

 

 

 

Page 8 of 9


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the Grant Date set forth above.  Electronic acceptance of this Agreement by the Recipient pursuant to II-VI’s instructions to the Recipient (including through the StockPlan Connect System) shall constitute execution of this Agreement by the Recipient.

The Recipient agrees that his or her electronic acceptance of this Agreement, including but not limited to via the StockPlan Connect System, shall constitute his or her signature, and that he or she agrees to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement.  

 

II-VI INCORPORATED

By:

Name: David G. Wagner

Title: Vice President, Human Resources

PARTICIPANT

Electronic Acceptance via the

StockPlan Connect System

 

 

Page 9 of 9

 

Exhibit 10.37

 

II-VI INCORPORATED

PERFORMANCE UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT

THIS PERFORMANCE UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is dated as of the Grant Date, as specified in the applicable Summary of Award (as defined below), by and between II-VI Incorporated, a Pennsylvania corporation (“ II-VI ”), and the Recipient, as specified in the applicable Summary of Award, who is a director, employee or consultant of II-VI or one of its Subsidiaries (the “ Recipient ”).  For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Company” shall mean II-VI and/or any Subsidiary of II-VI that the Recipient is employed by or may become employed by or provide services to during the Recipient’s employment by II-VI or any such Subsidiary.

Reference is made to the Summary of Award (the “Summary of Award”) issued to the Recipient with respect to the applicable Award, which may be found on Morgan Stanley StockPlan Connect system www.stockplanconnect.com (or any successor system selected by II-VI) (the “StockPlan Connect System”) . Reference further is made to the Summary Plan Description relating to the Plan (as defined below) which also may be found on the StockPlan Connect System.  

All capitalized terms used herein, to the extent not defined herein, shall have the meanings set forth in the II-VI 2012 Omnibus Incentive Plan (as amended and/or restated from time to time, the “ Plan ”), a copy of which can be found on the StockPlan Connect System, and/or the applicable Summary of Award.  Terms of the Plan and the Summary of Award are incorporated herein by reference.  This Agreement shall constitute an Award Agreement as that term is defined in the Plan and is intended to be a Qualified Performance-Based Award within the meaning of Section 2.28 of the Plan.  

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the Recipient and II-VI agree as follows:

1.        Performance Unit Award .  II-VI hereby grants to Recipient an Award of Performance Units under the Plan, as specified in the Summary of Award, to be earned based upon achievement of the Performance Objectives in accordance with Section 2 below (this “ Award ) .  For the purposes of this Award: (1) “ Performance Period” shall mean the period from                       through and including                       ; (2) “ Target Award” shall mean the Target Award set forth in the Summary of Award; and (3) “ Maximum Award” means the maximum number of Performance Units allowable under this Agreement as set forth in the Summary of Award representing 200 % of the Target Award.

 

Page 1 of 8


 

2 .        Determination of Units Earned/Valuation . Subject to Sections 4 and 5 below, II-VI shall deliver to Recipient, for each whole Performance Unit that is earned in accordance with the following schedule, an amount in cash equal to the closing price of II-VI common stock, no par value (“ II-VI Common Stock ”) on the day prior to the Compensation Committee’s approval of the number of Performance Units earned following completion of the Performance Period.  The Award is payable solely in cash, less applicable withholdings, as set forth in Section 9.

 

 

Performance Units Earned as a

Percentage of Target Award (3)

 

If II-VI Consolidated Cash Flow from Operations is less than 79.99% of the Cash Flow Target

0%

If II-VI Consolidated Cash Flow from Operations is greater than or equal to 80.00% and less than 100.0% of the Cash Flow Target

50.0% to 99.99% (1)

If II-VI Consolidated Cash Flow from Operations equals 100.0% of the Cash Flow Target

100.0%

If II-VI Consolidated Cash Flow from Operations is greater than 100.0% and less than 140.0% of the Cash Flow Target

100.01% to 199.99% (2)

If II-VI Consolidated Cash Flow from Operations is greater than or equal to 140.0% of the Cash Flow Target

200.0% (Maximum Award )

 

 

(1)

In the event that the II-VI Consolidated Cash Flow from Operations is greater than or equal to 80.0% and less than 100.0% of the Cash Flow Target, the Performance Units earned as a percentage of the Target Award will be a percentage determined on a linear basis between 50.0% and 99.99% by adding 50.0% to the product of (A) 50.0% and (B)(i) the II-VI Consolidated Cash Flow from Operations as a percentage of the Cash Flow Target less 80.0% divided by (ii) 20.0% (which product cannot exceed 49.99%).

(2)

In the event that the II-VI Consolidated Cash Flow from Operations is greater than 100.0% and less than 140.0% of the Cash Flow Target, the Performance Units earned as a percentage of the Target Award will be a percentage determined on a linear basis between 100.01% and 199.99% by adding 100.0% to the product of (A) 100.0% and (B)(i) the II-VI Consolidated Cash Flow from Operations as a percentage of the Cash Flow Target less 100.0% divided by (ii) 40.0% (which product cannot exceed 99.99%).

As further detailed in Attachment A , performance against target will be determined as follows:

(A) II-VI Consolidated Cash Flow from Operations during the Performance Period shall be compared to the Cash Flow Target; and

(B) II-VI Consolidated Cash Flow from Operations during each of the four six-month periods comprising the Performance Period will be measured against the applicable target set forth in Attachment A for such six-month period, and the results obtained for each of the six-month periods shall be aggregated and measured against the Cash Flow Target.

The calculation above (clause (A) or clause (B)) yielding the higher percentage of the Cash Flow Target shall determine the number of Performance Units earned.

For the purposes of this Award (i) “II-VI Consolidated Cash Flow from Operations” shall mean the “Total Cash Flow” of II-VI for the Performance Period, determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, consistently applied, (ii) all targets are expressed in US dollars and performance for II-VI businesses that do not use US dollars as their reporting currency will be translated into US dollars via II-VI’s financial consolidation system at the appropriate exchange rates and (iii) “Cash Flow Target” shall mean $                                           .

3.        Payment. The amount determined under Section 2 will be paid to Recipient in cash no later than the seventy fifth (75 th ) calendar day following the end of the Performance Period.

 

Page 2 of 8


 

4.        Termination of Employment .

(a)      Except as provided in Section 4(b) or Section 5 below or as may be otherwise determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, if Recipient’s employment with or service to the Company terminates before the end of the Performance Period, this Award shall be forfeited on the date of such termination.

(b)       Prorating in Certain Circumstances .  Notwithstanding Section 4(a) , if Recipient’s employment with the Company terminates during the Performance Period due to Recipient’s normal retirement as defined in II-VI’s Global Retirement Policy, or Recipient’s employment with or service to the Company terminates during the Performance Period due to the Recipient’s death or permanent and total disability, as defined in Code Section 22(e)(3), Recipient shall be entitled to a prorated portion of the Performance Units to the extent earned pursuant to Section 2 above, determined at the end of the Performance Period and based on the ratio of the number of complete months Recipient was employed or served (as applicable) during the Performance Period to the total number of months in the Performance Period.  In the event of the death of the Recipient, amounts due pursuant to Section 2 shall be paid to the Recipient’s estate as soon as administratively practicable after the end of the Performance Period.

5.        Change in Control . Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in any employment or similar agreement between the Recipient and the Company that discusses the effect of a Change in Control on the Recipient’s Awards, in the event of a Change in Control, the following provisions shall apply, unless provided otherwise by the Committee prior to the date of the Change in Control:  

(a)      Immediately prior to the Change in Control, if (A) this Award has been earned but not yet paid, this Award shall be paid in accordance with Section 2 , and (B) the Performance Period has not expired, this Award shall be cancelled in exchange for a cash payment to be made within thirty (30) days after the Change in Control equal to the product of (1) the Fair Market Value of the shares of II-VI Common Stock underlying the Target Award as of the date of the Change in Control and (2) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of completed months in the Performance Period preceding the date of the Change in Control, and the denominator of which is the total number of months in the Performance Period.

(b)      Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, in the event that II-VI determines that all or part of the consideration or compensation to be paid to the Recipient under this Agreement constitutes a “parachute payment” under Code Section 280G(b)(2), then, if the aggregate present value of such parachute payments, together with the aggregate present value of any consideration, compensation or benefits to be paid to the Recipient under any other plan, arrangement or agreement which constitute “parachute payments” (collectively, the “ Total Payments”) exceeds 2.99 times the Recipient’s “base amount,” as defined in Code Section 280G(b)(3) (the “ Recipient’s Base Amount”), the Recipient acknowledges and agrees that the “parachute payments” which would otherwise be payable to or for the benefit of the Recipient shall be reduced to the extent necessary so that the Total Payments are equal to 2.99 times the Recipient’s Base Amount.  The Company shall make any such required reduction from any specified type of Total Payments that does not constitute deferred compensation and is otherwise exempt or excepted from coverage under Section 409A (but excluding stock options or other stock rights).  

6.        Nontransferability . Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, the Performance Units shall not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred or disposed of (a “Transfer”) in any manner, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.  Any attempt to Transfer the Performance Units in violation of this Section or the Plan shall render the Award null and void.

7.        Adjustments . The number of securities underlying the Performance Units and, if applicable, the type of securities underlying the Performance Units, shall be adjusted to reflect any stock dividend, stock split, or combination or exchange of shares of II-VI Common Stock.  In addition, the Committee may make or provide for such adjustment in the Performance Units as it in good faith determines to be equitably required in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of Recipient’s rights that otherwise would result from (a) any exchange of shares of II-VI Common Stock, recapitalization or other change in the capital structure of II-VI, (b) any Change in Control, merger, consolidation, spin-off, spin-out, split-off, split-up, reorganization, partial or complete liquidation or other distribution of assets (other than a normal cash dividend), or issuance of rights or warrants to purchase securities, or (c) any other corporate transaction or event having an effect similar to any of the foregoing.  Moreover, in the event

 

Page 3 of 8


 

of any such transaction or event, the Committee may provide in substitution for the Performance Units such alternative consideration as it may in good faith determine to be equitable under the circumstances and may require in connection therewith the surrender of the Performance Units so substituted.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no adjustment shall be made which: (A) would be inconsistent with meeting the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code, unless otherwise determined by the Board, or (B) would cause the Award to fail to comply with Section 409A (or an exception thereto).  

8.        Withholding . II-VI shall have the right to withhold from payments made to the Recipient pursuant to this Award, or to withhold from other compensation payable to Recipient all applicable federal, state and local income and employment taxes (including taxes of any foreign jurisdiction) which II-VI is required to withhold at any time with respect to the Performance Units.

9.        Plan Provisions . In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the Plan, the Plan shall control, except that capitalized terms specifically defined in this Agreement shall have the meaning given to them in this Agreement with respect to their usage in this Agreement, notwithstanding the definitions given to such terms in the Plan (which definitions shall control as they relate to the usage of such terms in the Plan).

10.       No Continued Rights . The granting of the Award shall not give Recipient any rights to similar grants in future years or any right to continuance of employment or other service with II-VI or its Subsidiaries, nor shall it interfere in any way with any right that the Company would otherwise have to terminate Recipient’s employment or other service at any time, or the right of Recipient to terminate his or her employment or other service at any time.

11.       Rights Unsecured .  Recipient shall have only II-VI’s unfunded, unsecured promise to pay pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.  The rights of Recipient hereunder shall be that of a general unsecured creditor of II-VI and Recipient shall not have any security interest in any assets of II-VI.

12.       Non-Competition; Non-Solicitation; Confidentiality .

(a)      While the Recipient is employed by the Company and for a period of one (1) year after the termination of such employment for any reason (the “ Restricted Period”), the Recipient will not directly or indirectly:

(i)      engage in any business or enterprise (whether as owner, partner, officer, director, employee, consultant, investor, lender or otherwise, except as the holder of not more than 1% of the outstanding stock of a publicly-held company), that develops, manufactures, markets or sells any product or service that competes with any product or service developed, manufactured, marketed or sold or, to Recipient’s knowledge, planned to be developed, manufactured, marketed or sold, by II-VI or its Subsidiaries while the Recipient was employed by the Company, within the United States of America and/or any other country within which II-VI or its Subsidiaries has customers or prospective customers as of the date of such termination or cessation.

(ii)      (A) solicit for the purpose of selling or distributing any products or services that are the same or similar to those developed, manufactured, marketed or sold by II-VI or its Subsidiaries, (1) any customers of II-VI or its Subsidiaries, (2) any prospective customers known by Recipient to have been solicited by II-VI or its Subsidiaries within the twelve (12) months prior to the Recipient’s termination or cessation of employment, or (3) any distributors, sales agents or other third-parties who sell to or refer potential customers in need of the types of products and services produced, marketed, licensed, sold or provided by II-VI or its Subsidiaries who have become known to Recipient as a result of his/her employment with the Company, or (B) induce or attempt to induce any vendor, supplier, licensee or other business relation of II-VI or its Subsidiaries to cease or restrict doing business with II-VI or its Subsidiaries, or in any way interfere with the relationship between any such vendor, supplier, licensee or business relation and II-VI or its Subsidiaries.  

(iii)      either alone or in association with others (A) solicit, or permit any organization directly or indirectly controlled by the Recipient to solicit, any employee of II-VI or its Subsidiaries to leave the employ of II-VI or its Subsidiaries, or (B) solicit for employment, hire or engage as an independent contractor, or permit any organization directly or indirectly controlled by the Recipient to solicit for employment, hire or engage

 

Page 4 of 8


 

as an independent contractor, any person who was employed by II-VI or its Subsidiaries at any time during the term of the Recipient’s employment with the Company; provided , that this clause (B) shall not apply to any individual whose employment with II-VI or its Subsidiaries has been terminated for a period of one year or longer.

(b)      The Recipient acknowledges that certain materials, including, but not limited to, information, data, technology and other materials relating to customers, programs, costs, marketing, investment, sales activities, promotion, credit and financial data, manufacturing processes, financing methods, plans or the business and affairs of II-VI and its Subsidiaries constitute proprietary confidential information and trade secrets.  Accordingly, the Recipient will not at any time during or after the Recipient’s employment with the Company disclose or use for the Recipient’s own benefit or purposes or the benefit or purposes of any other person, firm, partnership, joint venture, association, corporation or other business organization, entity or enterprise, other than the Company, any proprietary confidential information or trade secrets;  provided that the foregoing shall not apply to information which is not unique to II-VI and its Subsidiaries or which is generally known to the industry or the public other than as a result of the Recipient’s breach of this covenant.  The Recipient agrees that, upon termination of employment with the Company for any reason, the Recipient will immediately return to II-VI all property of II-VI and its Subsidiaries including all memoranda, books, technical and/or lab notebooks, customer product and pricing data, papers, plans, information, letters and other data, and all copies thereof or therefrom, which in any way relate to the business of II-VI and its Subsidiaries, except that the Recipient may retain personal items.  The Recipient further agrees that the Recipient will not retain or use for the Recipient’s account at any time any trade names, trademark or other proprietary business designation used or owned in connection with the business of II-VI and its Subsidiaries.

The Restricted Period will be tolled during and for any period of time during which the Recipient is in violation of the restrictive covenants contained in this Section 12 and for any period of time which may be necessary to secure an order of court or injunction, either preliminary or permanent, to enforce such covenants, such that the cumulative time period during which the Recipient is in compliance with the restrictive covenants contained in Section 12 will not exceed the one (1) year period set forth above.  

13.       Remedies; Clawback .

(a)      II-VI and Recipient acknowledge and agree that that any violation by Recipient of any of the restrictive covenants contained in Section 13 would cause immediate, material and irreparable harm to II-VI and its Subsidiaries which may not adequately be compensated by money damages and, therefore, II-VI and its Subsidiaries shall be entitled to injunctive relief (including, without limitation, one or more preliminary injunctions and/or ex parte restraining orders) in addition to, and not in derogation of, any other remedies provided by law, in equity or otherwise for such a violation including, but not limited to, the right to have such covenants specifically enforced by any court of competent jurisdiction, the rights under Section 13(b) below, and the right to require Recipient to account for and pay over to II-VI all benefits derived or received by Recipient as a result of any such breach of covenant together with interest thereon, from the date of such initial violation until such sums are received by II-VI.

(b)      In the event that the Recipient violates or breaches any of the covenants set forth in Section 12 of this Agreement, the Performance Units and the right to receive a cash payment in exchange for such Performance Units shall be forfeited.  II-VI shall also have the right, in its sole discretion, in addition to any other remedies or damages provided by law, in equity or otherwise, to demand and require the Recipient, to the extent that any cash payment was received with respect to such Performance Units, to return and transfer to II-VI any such cash payment.

(c)      The Recipient further agrees, as a condition to acceptance of these Performance Units, that these Performance Units, as well as any other incentive award previously granted to Recipient by II-VI, may be subject to recoupment by II-VI under the provisions of any other forfeiture or clawback policy that has been or may be adopted by II-VI in the future, or as required by any applicable law then in effect.

14.       Recipient Acknowledgments . Recipient acknowledges and agrees that (i) as a result of Recipient’s previous, current and future employment with the Company, Recipient has had access to, will have access to and/or possesses or will possess confidential and proprietary information of II-VI and its Subsidiaries, (ii) II-VI and its

 

Page 5 of 8


 

Subsidiaries are engaged in a highly competitive business and conduct such business worldwide, (iii) this Agreement does not constitute a contract of employment, does not imply that the Company will continue the Recipient’s employment for any period of time and does not change the at-will nature of the Recipient’s employment, except as set forth in a separate written employment agreement between the Company and the Recipient, (iv) the restrictive covenants set forth in Section 12 are necessary and reasonable in time and scope (including the period, geographic, product and service and other restrictions) to protect the legitimate business interests of II-VI and its Subsidiaries, (v) the remedy, forfeiture and payment provisions contained in Section 13 are reasonable and necessary to protect the legitimate business interests of II-VI and its Subsidiaries, (vi) acceptance of the Performance Units and agreement to be bound by the provisions hereof is not a condition of Recipient’s employment, and (vii) Recipient’s receipt of the benefits provided under this Agreement is adequate consideration for the enforcement of the provisions contained in Section 13 hereof.

15.       Severability; Waiver . If any term, provision, covenant or restriction contained in the Agreement is held by a court or a federal regulatory agency of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions contained in the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect, and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated.  In particular, in the event that any of such provisions shall be adjudicated to exceed the time, geographic, product and service or other limitations permitted by applicable law in any jurisdiction, then such provisions shall be deemed reformed in such jurisdiction to the maximum time, geographic, product and service or other limitations permitted by applicable law.  No delay or omission by II-VI in exercising any right under this Agreement will operate as a waiver of that or any other right. A waiver or consent given by II-VI on any one occasion is effective only in that instance and will not be construed as a bar to or waiver of any right on any other occasion.  

16.       Notice . II-VI may require any notice required or permitted under this Agreement to be transmitted, submitted or received, by II-VI or the Recipient, via the StockPlan Connect System in accordance with the procedures established by II-VI for such notice.  Otherwise, any written notice required or permitted by this Agreement shall be mailed, certified mail (return receipt requested) or by overnight carrier, to II-VI at the following address:  

 

II-VI Incorporated

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

375 Saxonburg Boulevard

Saxonburg, Pennsylvania 16056

or to Recipient at his or her most recent home address on record with II-VI. Notices are effective upon receipt.  

17.       Controlling Law . The validity, construction and effect of this Agreement will be determined in accordance with the internal laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania without giving effect to the conflict of laws principles thereof.  Recipient and II-VI hereby irrevocably submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state and Federal courts located in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania and consent to the jurisdiction of any such court; provided , however , that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth above, II-VI may file an action to enforce the covenants contained in Section 12 by seeking injunctive or other equitable relief in any appropriate court having jurisdiction, including but not limited to where the Recipient resides or where the Recipient was employed by the Company.  Recipient and II-VI also both irrevocably waive, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any objection either may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such dispute brought or injunctive or equitable relief sought in such court or any defense of inconvenient forum for the maintenance of such dispute and consent to the personal jurisdiction of any such court.  The Company shall be a third-party beneficiary of this Agreement.

18.       Entire Agreement . This Agreement (including the Plan and the Summary of Award) contains the entire understanding between the parties and supersedes any prior understanding and agreements between them regarding the subject matter hereof with respect to the Award, and there are no other representations, agreements, arrangements or understandings, oral or written, between the parties relating to the Award which are not fully expressed herein.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, any restrictive covenants

 

Page 6 of 8


 

contained in this Agreement are independent, and are not intended to limit the enforceability, of any restrictive or other covenants contained in any other agreement between the Company and the Recipient.

19.       Captions . Section and other headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and are in no way intended to describe, interpret, define or limit the scope, extent or intent of this Agreement or any provision hereof.

20.       Limitation of Actions . Any lawsuit commenced by the Recipient with respect to any matter arising out of or relating to this Agreement must be filed no later than one (1) year after the date that a denial of any claim hereunder is made or any earlier date that the claim otherwise accrues.

21.       Section 409A . This Agreement and the Award are intended to satisfy all applicable requirements of Section 409A or an exception thereto and shall be construed accordingly.  II-VI may, in its discretion and without the consent of the Recipient, take any action it deems necessary to comply with the requirements of Section 409A or an exception thereto, including amending the terms of the Award and this Agreement in any manner it deems necessary to cause the Award and this Agreement to be excepted from Section 409A (or to comply therewith to the extent that II-VI determines it is not excepted).  Notwithstanding, Recipient recognizes and acknowledges that Section 409A  may affect the timing and recognition of payments due hereunder, and may impose upon the Recipient certain taxes or other charges for which the Recipient is and shall remain solely responsible.

22.       Assignment . Except as provided in Section 6 , Recipient’s rights and obligations under this Agreement shall not be transferable by Recipient, by assignment or otherwise, and any purported assignment, transfer or delegation thereof by Recipient shall be void.  II-VI and the Company may assign/delegate all or any portion of this Agreement and its rights hereunder without prior notice to the Recipient and without the Recipient providing any additional consent thereto, whereupon the Recipient shall continue to be bound hereby with respect to such assignee/delegatee.

23.       Electronic Delivery . II-VI may, in its sole discretion, deliver any documents or correspondence related to this Agreement, the Performance Units, the Plan, the Recipient's participation in the Plan, or future awards that may be granted to the Recipient under the Plan, by electronic means.  The Recipient hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and to Recipient's participation in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by II-VI or another third party designated by II-VI, including but not limited to the StockPlan Connect System.  Likewise, II-VI may require the Recipient to deliver or receive any documents or correspondence related to this Agreement by such electronic means.  

24.       Amendments . This Agreement may be amended or modified at any time by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto, or as otherwise provided under the Plan or this Agreement.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

 

 

 

Page 7 of 8


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the Grant Date set forth above.  Electronic acceptance of this Agreement by the Recipient pursuant to II-VI's instructions to the Recipient (including through the StockPlan Connect System) shall constitute execution of this Agreement by the Recipient.

The Recipient agrees that his or her electronic acceptance of this Agreement, including but not limited to via the StockPlan Connect System, shall constitute his or her signature, and that he or she agrees to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement.  

 

II-VI INCORPORATED

By:

Name: David G. Wagner

Title: Vice President, Human Resources

PARTICIPANT

Electronic Acceptance via the

StockPlan Connect System

 

 

Page 8 of 8

Exhibit 21.01

LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES OF II-VI INCORPORATED

 

 

Subsidiary

 

Jurisdiction of

Incorporation

Allied Rising Investment Limited

 

Hong Kong

Beijing Lasertech Co., Ltd.

 

China

Fuzhou Photop Technologies, Inc.

 

China

Fuzhou Photop Optics Co., Ltd.

 

China

HIGHYAG Lasertechnologie, Inc.

 

Pennsylvania

HIGHYAG Lasertechnologie GmbH

 

Germany

II-VI Benelux N.V.

 

Belgium

II-VI Delaware, Inc.

 

Delaware

II-VI Deutschland GmbH

 

Germany

II-VI Deutschland Holdings GmbH

 

Germany

II-VI Holdings B.V.

 

Netherlands

II-VI Infrared Laser (Suzhou) Co., Ltd.

 

China

II-VI Italia s.r.l.

 

Italy

II-VI Japan Incorporated

 

Japan

II-VI Korea Limited

 

Republic of Korea (South)

II-VI Laser Enterprise GmbH

 

Switzerland

II-VI Laser Enterprise Inc.

(f/k/a Delaware Holdings, Inc.)

 

Delaware

II-VI Laser Enterprise Ltd.

 

England

II-VI Laser Enterprises Philippines, Inc.

 

Philippines

II-VI Optical Systems, Inc.

(f/k/a LightWorks Optical Systems, Inc.)

 

California

II-VI Optics (Suzhou) Co., Ltd.

 

China

II-VI Performance Metals, Inc (f/k/a Pacific Rare Specialty Metals and Chemicals, Inc.)

 

Philippines

II-VI Photonics (US), Inc.

 

Delaware

II-VI Photonics Limited

 

Hong Kong

II-VI Photonics Pty Limited

(f/k/a Photop AOFR Pty Limited)

 

Australia


II-VI Photonics, Inc.

(f/k/a Photop Koncent, Inc.)

 

China

II-VI Photop Technologies Holding Pte. Ltd.

 

Singapore

II-VI Singapore Pte., Ltd.

 

Singapore

II-VI Suisse S.a.r.l.

 

Switzerland

II-VI Technologies (Beijing) Co., Ltd.

 

China

II-VI U.K. Limited

 

England

II-VI Vietnam Co. Ltd.

 

Vietnam

II-VI Wide Band Gap, Inc.

 

Pennsylvania

M Cubed Technologies, Inc.

 

Delaware

Marlow Industries Europe GmbH

 

Germany

Marlow Industries, Inc.

 

Texas

Max Levy Autograph, Inc.

 

Pennsylvania

Optimal Coatech (Guangzhou) Co., Ltd.

 

China

II-VI Photonics (Shenzhen) Inc.

 

China

Photop Suwtech, Inc.

 

China

Photop Technologies, Inc.

 

Cayman Islands

Photop Technologies, Inc.

 

California

Richly World Investment Limited

 

Hong Kong

Two-Six (Thailand) Co., Ltd.

 

Thailand

 

Exhibit 23.01

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements ( Form S-8 Nos.
033-63739, 333-12737, 333-67121, 333-129675, 333-164827, 333-74682, 333-184805,
333-199855) of our reports dated August 28, 2015, with respect to the consolidated financial statements and schedule of II-VI Incorporated and Subsidiaries and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of II-VI Incorporated and Subsidiaries included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) of II-VI Incorporated and Subsidiaries for the year ended June 30, 2015.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania
August 28, 2015

Exhibit 31.01

CERTIFICATIONS

I, Francis J. Kramer, certify that:

1.

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of II-VI Incorporated;

2.

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.

The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.

The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

August 28, 2015

 

By:

 

/s/ Francis J. Kramer

 

 

 

 

Francis J. Kramer

 

 

 

 

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and Director

 

Exhibit 31.02

CERTIFICATIONS

I, Mary Jane Raymond, certify that:

1.

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of II-VI Incorporated;

2.

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.

The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.

The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

August 28, 2015

 

By:

 

/s/ Mary Jane Raymond

 

 

 

 

Mary Jane Raymond

 

 

 

 

Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

 

Exhibit 32.01

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of II-VI Incorporated (the “Corporation”) on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2015 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), the undersigned officer of the Corporation certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to his knowledge:

(1)

The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2)

The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Corporation.

 

Date: August 28, 2015

 

/s/ Francis J. Kramer

 

 

Francis J. Kramer

 

 

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and Director

*

This certification is made solely for purposes of 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, subject to the knowledge standard contained therein, and not for any other purpose.

Exhibit 32.02

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of II-VI Incorporated (the “Corporation”) on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2015 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), the undersigned officer of the Corporation certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to his knowledge:

(1)

The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2)

The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Corporation.

 

Date: August 28, 2015

 

/s/ Mary Jane Raymond

 

 

Mary Jane Raymond

 

 

Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

*

This certification is made solely for purposes of 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, subject to the knowledge standard contained therein, and not for any other purpose.